Skip to main content

AI assistant

Sign in to chat with this filing

The assistant answers questions, extracts KPIs, and summarises risk factors directly from the filing text.

Bajaj Electricals Ltd. Annual Report 2025

Jul 9, 2025

60535_rns_2025-07-09_8f73dadd-7fab-4c82-8957-7b7ff8f19506.pdf

Annual Report

Open in viewer

Opens in your device viewer

July 9,2025

==> picture [133 x 64] intentionally omitted <==

To,

BSE Limited Department of Corporate Services, Phiroze Jeejeebhoy Towers, Dalal Street, Mumbai 400 001

: Code No. 500031

National Stock Exchange of India Limited

: BAJAJELEC - Series: EQ

Listing Department Exchange Plaza, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051

Dear Sir/Madam,

Sub.: Notice of the 86[th] Annual General Meeting (“86[th] AGM”) of Bajaj Electricals Limited (“Company”) and the Annual Report for the Financial Year 2024-25

Pursuant to the provisions of Regulations 34 and 30 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, as amended ( "SEBI Listing Regulations" ), we hereby submit the Annual Report of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, containing, inter-alia , the Notice convening the 86[th] AGM of the Company to be held on Thursday, August 7, 2025, at 3:00 P.M. (IST) via Video Conferencing (VC)/Other Audio-Visual Means (OAVM), to transact the following businesses:

Ordinary Businesses:

  1. To receive, consider and adopt the Audited Standalone and Consolidated Financial Statements including Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2025, and the Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended on that date together with Directors’ and Auditors’ Report thereon . (Ordinary Resolution)

  2. To declare a dividend of Rs. 3.00 per equity share of face value of Rs. 2 each for the financial year ended March 31, 2025 (Ordinary Resolution)

  3. To take note of the retirement of Mr. Rajiv Bajaj (DIN 00018262), Director, who retires by rotation at this Annual General Meeting and has expressed his intention not to seek re-appointment, and to consider and decide not to fill the vacancy arising from his retirement. (Ordinary Resolution)

  4. To appoint a director in place of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj (DIN 08254455), who retires by rotation at this Annual General Meeting, and being eligible, offers herself for re-appointment. (Ordinary Resolution)

Special Businesses:

  1. To appoint Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj (DIN 08472468) as a Non-Executive and Non-Independent Director of the Company (Ordinary Resolution)

  2. To ratify the remuneration of Cost Auditors for the financial year ending March 31, 2026, (Ordinary Resolution)

  3. To appoint Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Company Secretaries, as Secretarial Auditors for the term of 5 (five) consecutive years (Ordinary Resolution)

  4. To approve borrowing by way of issue of securities (Special Resolution)

==> picture [45 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

Corporate Office: Mulla House 51, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Mumbai 400 001 Tel: +91 22 6149 7000 | www.bajajelectricals.com

Registered Office: 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Fort, Mumbai 400 001 Tel: +91 22 6110 7800 | Email: [email protected] | CIN: L31500MH1938PLC009887

==> picture [133 x 64] intentionally omitted <==

  1. To approve Limits of Borrowing under Section 180(1)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 (Special Resolution)

  2. 10.To approve providing security under Section 180(1)(a) of the Companies Act, 2013 in connection with the borrowings of the Company (Special Resolution)

The Notice of the ensuing 86[th] AGM of the Company and the Annual Report for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, are being dispatched to the Members, whose email IDs are registered with the Company or MUFG Intime India Private Limited (“ RTA ”) or their Depositories, through electronic mode today i.e., July 9, 2025.

Brief details of the 86[th] AGM of the Company are as under:

Date and time of AGM Thursday,August 7,2025,at 3:00 P.M.(IST)
Mode VC / OAVM
Web-link for participation through
VC/OAVM
https://instameet.in.mpms.mufg.com
Cut-off date for e-voting Thursday,July31,2025
E-votingstart date and time Sunday,August 3,2025,at 09:00 A.M.(IST)
E-votingend date and time Wednesday,August 6,2025,at 05:00 P.M.(IST)

The Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (“BRSR”) for the Financial Year 2024-25 which is a part of the Annual Report, is being uploaded on the website of the Company at https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

We request you to take the above on record and that the same be treated as compliance under the applicable provisions of the SEBI Listing Regulations and other applicable laws, if any.

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully, For Bajaj Electricals Limited Prashant Anant Digitally signed by Prashant Anant Dalvi Dalvi Date: 2025.07.09 16:05:07 +05'30' Prashant Dalvi Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary (ICSI Membership No.: A51129)

Encl.: As above.

==> picture [45 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

Corporate Office: Mulla House 51, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Mumbai 400 001 Tel: +91 22 6149 7000 | www.bajajelectricals.com

Registered Office: 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Fort, Mumbai 400 001 Tel: +91 22 6110 7800 | Email: [email protected] | CIN: L31500MH1938PLC009887

==> picture [146 x 71] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [143 x 105] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [213 x 174] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [36 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [72 x 305] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [72 x 208] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [37 x 310] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [36 x 95] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [142 x 141] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [72 x 71] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [35 x 327] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [58 x 393] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [27 x 27] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [34 x 297] intentionally omitted <==

Powered by trust. Designed for life.

==> picture [38 x 340] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [35 x 261] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [37 x 279] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [35 x 196] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [67 x 162] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [37 x 209] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [38 x 140] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [70 x 204] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [36 x 164] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [36 x 170] intentionally omitted <==

86[th] Annual Report 2024 - 2025

About the Report

We are pleased to present our 86th Annual Report, which includes optional details to the greatest extent possible, adhering to the reporting guidelines set forth by the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC).

Additionally, we have aligned the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) with the Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) utilised in our reporting on the Capitals. Our primary aim with this report is to meet the informational needs of our stakeholders, ensuring that the information is both meaningful and relevant to them.

The reporting is aligned with the following –

  • The Companies Act, 2013 Indian Accounting Standards The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.

Our approach

Shareholders are putting significant emphasis on a Company's overall value creation approach in addition to its financial performance. Bajaj Electricals has recognised this shift and is dedicated to sustainable value creation. The report details the Company's governance, business model, strategy, risks, operations and performance for the fiscal year 2024-2025.

Reporting period

This detailed report primarily concentrates on the timeframe from April 1, 2024, to March 31, 2025. However, certain sections also include pertinent data and statistics from prior years. The information provided in the Integrated Report pertains specifically to Bajaj Electricals Limited as a standalone entity, unless

indicated otherwise. All financial and non-financial information complies with the relevant laws, regulations and standards of the Republic of India.

Reporting boundary

This report focuses on Bajaj Electricals and includes coverage of its three manufacturing sites, offices located across India, project sites and international projects overseen from India. It addresses the different segments of Bajaj Electricals –

Consumer Products Lighting Solutions

==> picture [135 x 97] intentionally omitted <==

Our stakeholders

Investors
Employees
Channel partners
Community
Lenders
Customers
Suppliers/
Vendors

Our contribution to UNSDGs

Committed to making a substantial contribution to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), we employ these goals as a framework to evaluate and monitor the positive and negative effects of our environmental and social initiatives. This report emphasises 14 specific SDGs where our core activities and strategic objectives have made a noticeable impact, which are elaborated upon throughout the document.

==> picture [124 x 74] intentionally omitted <==

Material topics

Bajaj Electricals has performed a materiality assessment to identify critical issues that may affect its longterm value creation for stakeholders. This process involved evaluating internal and external factors, industry trends, business strategies and the economic environment. The management will regularly revisit these material issues as the Company advances its sustainability initiatives. For a brief overview of these issues, please see the Materiality section on page 26. Exploring these topics offers important insights into the factors driving the Company's growth.

==> picture [55 x 44] intentionally omitted <==

What's Inside

Our 6 capitals

FC Page 50

Financial Capital

Deals with the allocation of funds and business growth and profits.

MC Page 52

Manufactured Capital

Includes manufacturing capabilities, capacity building and quality assurance.

IC Page 60

Intellectual Capital

Discloses about research and development, innovation, integration of technology and marketing strategies.

Assurance

To ensure the accuracy of the facts and information presented, the Management has thoroughly reviewed the details and qualitative statements within the Annual Report. The statutory auditor, S R B C & Co. LLP, Chartered Accountants, has issued an unmodified opinion on the financial statements and the 'Independent Auditor’s Report' has been appropriately included as part of this report.

Queries regarding the report

Any feedback or query related to this report can be communicated to –

Mr. Prashant Dalvi Company Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer

Corporate Overview

  • 02 About Bajaj Group 04 About Bajaj Electricals 08 Our Businesses 14 Chairman’s Communiqué 16 Financial Highlights 18 Awards and Accolades 20 Value Creation Model 22 Stakeholder Engagement 26 Materiality Assessment 28 Risk Management 32 ESG Strategy 36 Board of Directors 38 Product Portfolio 40 Consumer Products 46 Lighting Solutions 50 Financial Capital 52 Manufactured Capital 60 Intellectual Capital 68 Human Capital 78 Social and Relationship Capital

  • 84 Natural Capital 91 Corporate Information

HC Page 68

Human Capital

Represents our talent pool and how they are being nurtured.

SRC Page 78

Social and Relationship Capital

Discloses CSR projects and value creation for key stakeholders.

Page 84

NC

Natural Capital

Showcases efforts towards protecting natural resources.

==> picture [45 x 44] intentionally omitted <==

[email protected]

Readers can also reach out to us at the above email to provide feedback on improving our disclosures.

The electronic version of the report can be found on our website –

https://www.bajajelectricals.com

Statutory Reports

92 Notice of the Annual General Meeting

  • 108 Board's Report 139 Report on Corporate Governance

  • 163 Management Discussion and Analysis

Financial Statements

Standalone

  • 217 Independent Auditor’s Report

  • 226 Standalone Financial Statements

Consolidated

  • 309 Independent Auditor’s Report

  • 318 Consolidated Financial Statements

02

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

About Bajaj Group

A Legacy that Inspires, a Future that Encourages

The year was 1926, nearly a century ago, when a vision gradually began to take shape-one that saw the potential of businesses not just in terms of profits but in purpose.

Shri Jamnalal Bajaj, guided by the ideals of integrity, nation-building and shared prosperity, laid the foundation of what we now know as the Bajaj Group. His belief was simple yet profound-that business success must go hand in hand with the greater good of society.

==> picture [65 x 46] intentionally omitted <==

What began as a modest dream has grown into an extraordinary legacy, touching and transforming the lives of millions of people. Today, the Bajaj Group stands tall as a beacon of trust, resilience and relentless progress.

Across generations, we have nurtured the seeds sown by our Founder, growing them into a flourishing ecosystem that touches the lives of millions every day. From automobiles that drive India forward, to financial services that empower dreams, from consumer appliances that bring comfort to homes, to ventures in steel, insurance, engineering, FMCG, travel, tourism and beyond —

the Bajaj Group today is deeply woven into the fabric of India’s growth story.

The Bajaj Group remains steadfast in its belief that business must serve a larger purpose. Our work in community development and social impact is integral to our vision of contributing to India’s future. While pursuing excellence and innovation in business, we remain deeply invested in creating meaningful impact in healthcare, education, arts, culture and heritage. Guided by the enduring values of our Founder, we strongly believe that every milestone we achieve is not just a step forward for the Group, but a step forward for the nation.

As we look ahead, we carry

forward this legacy with pride and responsibility. Our journey is far from over, it is evolving, expanding and inspiring new possibilities every day. With excellence as our foundation, innovation as our engine and trust as our compass, the Bajaj Group continues to focus on building a future that is inclusive, progressive and rooted in shared growth.

95+

Years in business

40+

Companies under Bajaj Group

1,00,000+

Employees worldwide

==> picture [42 x 43] intentionally omitted <==

03

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Industries covered

Home Automobile

Appliances (2 wheelers and 3 wheelers)

==> picture [43 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [43 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

Lighting Travel Solutions

==> picture [43 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [43 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

Our Founding Fathers

Their path continues to inspire and guide us

==> picture [74 x 80] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [75 x 80] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [75 x 80] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [74 x 80] intentionally omitted <==

Jamnalal Kamalnayan Ramkrishna Rahul Bajaj Bajaj Bajaj Bajaj (1889-1942) (1915-1972) (1923-1990) (1938-2022)

Fans Insurance

==> picture [43 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [43 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

EPC – Power NBFC / Transmission Financial and Distribution Services

==> picture [43 x 41] intentionally omitted <==

Iron and Steel

==> picture [46 x 43] intentionally omitted <==

To know more about our history

==> picture [71 x 63] intentionally omitted <==

Scan the QR code

Honouring a Life of Leadership

Shri Madhur Bajaj (1952–2025)

With deep respect and affection, we remember Shri Madhur Bajaj, Non-Executive Director and Promoter of Bajaj Electricals Limited and former Vice Chairman of Bajaj Auto. A deeply respected member of the Bajaj family, Shri Madhur Bajaj dedicated over four decades to shaping the Group’s journey with wisdom, humility and a lifelong focus on advancing societal progress. He served with distinction, offering invaluable insights, steady leadership and a steadfast dedication to the Group’s values.

An alumnus of The Doon School,

Sydenham College and IMD Lausanne, he combined sharp business acumen with a genuine passion for societal wellbeing. His contributions extended far beyond the boardroom, as he remained a strong advocate for ethical governance and community development.

As the first younger brother of our Chairman, he was both a member of our family and a guiding light, inspiring colleagues with his humility, wisdom and warmth. His demise is a profound loss to the Bajaj family and to all those who had the privilege of knowing him. We remember his legacy with deep gratitude and will continue to be guided by the principles he held dear.

04

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

About Bajaj Electricals

Powered by trust

Since its inception in 1938, under the visionary leadership of Shri Jamnalal Bajaj, Bajaj Electricals has grown into a trusted part of millions of lives.

Upholding the Gandhian principles of integrity and service, we have accomplished several milestones while navigating the winds of change and remaining deeply rooted in our core values.

Bajaj Electricals, as one of the pioneers in the Indian Consumer Products and Lighting Solutions industries, continues to chart ahead, focusing on consumercentricity, product innovation and brand reinvention. Our focus remains on enhancing consumer experiences through a deep understanding of their needs and preferences. This approach drives the development of innovative products, tailored to meet evolving market demands.

At our core lies a belief that trust, innovation and relentless pursuit of excellence are not just ideals, but the very engines of our progress. Guided by this philosophy, we continue to grow with a singular purpose to illuminate lives, empower communities and contribute to a future that balances progress with longterm responsibility.

==> picture [46 x 44] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [368 x 451] intentionally omitted <==

05

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Our values

==> picture [313 x 121] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Integrity Teamwork Empowerment
Customer Delight Innovation Trust
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [66 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [48 x 8] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Our vision
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [343 x 451] intentionally omitted <==

‘Enhancing quality of life and bringing happiness with sustainability.’

We are driven by the ambition to be the consumer’s first and lasting choice. With agility in our actions and a mindset of continuous improvement, we seek not only to meet expectations but to exceed them. At every step, we are inspired by the belief that true success lies in creating value responsibly for our customers, for our people and for the planet.

Know more about our history

==> picture [85 x 76] intentionally omitted <==

Scan the QR code

06

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

==> picture [49 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

Key highlights

==> picture [31 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

Financial performance

J 4,828.4

Revenue

( H in crores)

J 362.2

EBITDA

( H in crores)

J 133.4

PAT

( H in crores)

==> picture [36 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

Operational excellence

J 88.5

Investment towards R&D

( H in crores)

53%

Is the capacity utilisation across plants

929

New SKUs launched across all business segments

==> picture [203 x 256] intentionally omitted <==

25.9%

Dividend pay-out ratio

==> picture [483 x 239] intentionally omitted <==

07

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [363 x 256] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [31 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [31 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

Sustainable practices

Dedicated teams & collaborations

==> picture [83 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

1,743
----- End of picture text -----

16.17%

Reduction in Scope 1 Total employees emissions (YoY)

==> picture [83 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

434
----- End of picture text -----

26.5% Share of renewable energy

Training given on health and safety measures

==> picture [83 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

2
----- End of picture text -----

9.61%

Reduction in freshwater Engagement sessions held withdrawal (YoY) with supply partners

2095.98 MT

7 CSR projects

Waste recycled

==> picture [39 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

Strong corporate governance framework

Zero

Incidents

==> picture [90 x 40] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

56%
Independent directors
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [83 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

90%
----- End of picture text -----

Average attendance in Board meetings

==> picture [152 x 258] intentionally omitted <==

08

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Our Businesses

Business divisions in a nutshell

We have build a consolidated yet flexible portfolio, centred on Consumer Centricity, Product Innovation and Brand Reinvention.

By integrating multiple brands with distinct identities under a unified strategic platform, we are poised to serve India’s diverse and rapidly evolving customer base. This structure empowers us to customise our offerings across varied use cases and geographies, bridging the needs of both mass-markets and premium segments alike. As India’s urban and semi-urban spaces expand with increasing demand for efficiency, connected living and sustainable choices, we continue to strengthen our presence to deliver value across every layer of society and infrastructure.

01 Consumer products

02 Lighting solutions

09 Corporate Overview Statutory Reports Financial Statements

==> picture [534 x 535] intentionally omitted <==

10

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Consumer Products

The Consumer Products business continues to evolve in line with changing consumer aspirations and increased demand for multifunctional, energy-efficient solutions. With a mix of legacy and new-age brands including Bajaj, Nex, Morphy Richards and Nirlep, we address a wide variety of consumer preferences across functionality, design and price segments. Our portfolio features a diverse range of appliances, fans and cookware, designed to suit compact modern kitchens and larger family households alike.

As convenience-first living and health-conscious cooking gain traction, we are re-engineering our offerings to deliver intuitive usability, faster performance and minimal maintenance. Beyond utility, the appliances are designed with improved aesthetics and finishes to complement aspirational Indian homes. The category is also expanding in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities, where rising disposable incomes and greater brand awareness are broadening the market base.

J 3,805.9

Revenue ( H in crores)

257

Total SKUs (Consumer Products)

==> picture [55 x 44] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [291 x 121] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [28 x 10] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Fans
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [101 x 12] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Home Appliances
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [320 x 448] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Ceiling fan Table fan Water Heater Air Cooler
Tower fan Personal fan Room Heater Irons
----- End of picture text -----

11

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [58 x 83] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [82 x 53] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [483 x 474] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Kitchen Appliances Cooking essentials Grooming
Mixer Grinder Juicer Gas stove Pressure Hair Dryer Straightener
cookers
Induction Pans
Stand Mixer Hand Blender Trimmer Body
stoves
Groomer
Food Processor Air Fryer Kadhai
Kettle
----- End of picture text -----

12

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Lighting Solutions

==> picture [112 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

The Lighting Solutions business integrates design, technology and sustainability to offer differentiated experiences across residential and professional categories. For consumers, our focus is on stylish, smart lighting solutions that enhance ambience while promoting energy savings. Conversely, for professionals, the emphasis shifts to reliability, configurability and efficiency in complex applications such as infrastructure projects, workspaces and public zones. This two-pronged strategy allows Bajaj Electricals to address India’s diverse and rapidly evolving lighting needs of modern India.

J 1,022.5 Revenue ( H in crores)

672 SKUs

Consumer lighting

==> picture [281 x 403] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Bulbs Batons Decorative
Light
Portable Light Outdoor Light
----- End of picture text -----

The Consumer Lighting business is driven by rising awareness around energy use, sustainability and smart home integration. Our portfolio of energy-efficient LED bulbs, elegant decorative fixtures and innovative smart lighting systems is curated to deliver both aesthetic and functional benefits.

With consumers seeking more personalised and dynamic environments, we offer lighting solutions that cater to mood-based settings, ambient control and design flexibility. We are also placing a stronger emphasis on connectivity, voice control compatibility and long lifespan, all while maintaining affordability. This shift reflects a growing demand for lighting that complements modern interiors and also aligns with environmental consciousness.

13

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [57 x 83] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [33 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

Professional lighting

==> picture [269 x 261] intentionally omitted <==

Our Professional Lighting portfolio is purpose-built to meet the complex requirements of infrastructureled growth in India. With a strong presence across sectors such as manufacturing, commercial real estate, public infrastructure and hospitality, we provide high-performance LED luminaries, specialised lighting controls and tailored fixtures designed for durability and energy efficiency.

These solutions are built to withstand demanding conditions while delivering consistent, projectspecific outcomes, whether it is for highway lighting, airport terminals, IT campuses or urban redevelopment zones. Our expertise extends beyond product design; we also provide application-specific configurations that enhance safety, visibility and environmental performance.

Indoor Stadium Tunnel Light Light Office Light Street light

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

14

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Chairman’s Communiqué

We are resolute in conducting our operations responsibly and in creating long-term value for all stakeholders.

==> picture [55 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

Dear Shareholders,

I am pleased to present the Integrated Annual Report for FY 2025. This has been a year that tested our resilience, not only through external market dynamics but also through internal transitions. As we navigated key management changes, we reaffirmed our commitment to operational excellence and customer trust.

15

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

During the year, we experienced changes in our leadership team. Mr Anuj Poddar, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and Mr Ravindra Singh Negi, Chief Operating Officer – Consumer Products, both left the Company to pursue external opportunities. We turned a new chapter in our leadership with the appointment of Mr Sanjay Sachdeva as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sachdeva, formerly of Unilever, brings with him invaluable global experience that will help us accelerate our growth in India and expand our international footprint. Mr Vishal Chadha assumed the role of Chief Operating Officer – Consumer Products, bringing fresh perspective and renewed energy. Together, under the continued leadership of Mr Rajesh Naik (Chief Operating Officer – Lighting Solutions), Mr E C Prasad (Chief Financial Officer) and Mr Suman Kumar Ghosh (Chief Human Resource Officer), we remained focus on people, purpose and performance to steer the Company towards its long-term strategic goals.

The year 2024–25 was marked by significant global disruptions, including geopolitical conflicts, military escalations and uncertain trade dynamics affecting global supply chains. Despite these headwinds, India’s GDP is estimated to have grown by 6.5%, primarily driven by strong performance in agriculture and services, coupled with rising consumption and exports. Consumer preferences are shifting towards premium and smart products, supported by growing demand for home ownership. While rate cuts by the Reserve Bank of India have provided some relief, uncertainties such as US tariffs, geopolitical tensions and supply chain realignments, continue to pose risks. These macro trends were also reflected in our business performance during the year. However, it was a stronger operational year for the Company.

Our revenue from operations rose to H 4,828 crores, marking a 4% year-onyear increase. We gained momentum in the second half of the year, with revenues growing by 5.7% as compared to 2.2% in the first half. We reported a Profit Before Tax (PBT) of H 170 crores this year, slightly less than H 173 crores last year. Nevertheless, adjusting for one-time gains of H 41 crores from income tax refunds in the previous year and H 21 crores of exceptional gains this year, our underlying PBT grew to H 148 crores from H 132 crores, registering a healthy 12.4% increase. This underscores the fundamental strength of our operations.

The Consumer Products business faced demand fluctuations, yet key segments demonstrated notable resilience. Products from the Morphy Richards brand and domestic appliances such as air coolers recorded strong growth. This was further supported by broadbased channel growth across trade, e-commerce and modern format retail. The premium segment in select domestic and kitchen appliance categories also grew, mirroring evolving customer aspirations. I am confident that increasing disposable income, shifting consumption patterns, easing inflation and RBI rate cuts will accelerate the positive growth trajectory of this business.

The Lighting Solutions business demonstrated resilience in a competitive pricing environment, particularly in core LED categories and achieved an improvement in gross margins. A new brand campaign 'BUILT TO SHINE' was launched during the year, reaffirming our legacy and expertise in delivering modern lighting solutions for today’s consumer. Encouragingly, our Professional Lighting segment maintained a robust order book. We also successfully executed several prestigious projects, including illumination for

the Maha Kumbh Mela 2025, the re-lighting of Wankhede Stadium, infrastructure development along the Dwarka Expressway, Varanasi Sports Stadium and the Jagannath Temple in Koraput, Odisha.

We remained focused on strategic priorities—investing consistently in brand building, research and development and product enhancement, all while upholding the highest standards of quality.

Financial discipline remains central to our execution strategy. We are committed to generating positive operational cash flows, optimising working capital and enhancing shareholder value.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) considerations are embedded at the core of our business strategy. We are resolute in conducting our operations responsibly and in creating long-term value for all stakeholders. Through focused initiatives, we aim to reduce our environmental footprint, foster social impact and uphold sound governance. This unwavering commitment drives sustainable growth, sparks innovation and enables us to contribute meaningfully to the environment, society and the economy.

I would like to take this opportunity to extend my sincere appreciation to the entire organisation and every team member for their dedication, resilience and commitment. I am also deeply grateful to our Board of Directors, our business partners and you—our valued shareholders—for your continued trust and support.

Yours sincerely,

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman

16

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Financial Highlights

Our Performance at a glance

Total Income

==> picture [94 x 225] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in crores)
4,934 4,728 4,883
FY22-23 FY23-24 FY24-25
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [94 x 244] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Total Equity
( H in crores)
1,908 1,441 1,725
FY22-23 FY23-24 FY24-25
----- End of picture text -----

EBITDA

==> picture [94 x 225] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in crores)
420 346 362
FY22-23 FY23-24 FY24-25
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [94 x 240] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Basic EPS
(in H )
19 11 12
FY22-23 FY23-24 FY24-25
----- End of picture text -----

Total Comprehensive Income

==> picture [95 x 231] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in crores)
218 132 135
FY22-23 FY23-24 FY24-25
----- End of picture text -----

17

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

A~ _hm R>ÊS> go _hm _wH$m~bm hwAm _hm AmgmZ

Pilgrims Embrace Bajaj’s 24x7 Seva Kendra at the Maha Kumbh Mela 2025 for Warmth and Comfort

Bajaj stood by the devotees, turning our promise of dependability and durability into action!

==> picture [111 x 119] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [139 x 87] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [129 x 107] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [93 x 107] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [139 x 128] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 107] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 107] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 95] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [51 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [34 x 39] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [96 x 8] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Life-Size Installation
----- End of picture text -----

Bajaj Pentacle Digi Geyser providing steaming water for relief

1000+ Hot Water Bags Free rotating service for devotees' warm compresses

24/7 Seva Dedicated sevaks ensuring unwavering support throughout

One month

of uninterrupted seva

Served ~100,000 pilgrims

Overwhelming response from pilgrims in Prayagraj

Inspired by the pilgrims' unwavering spirit, Bajaj Geysers stand resilient- enduring every challenge, just like them.

18

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Awards and Accolades

Recognitions that inspire

==> picture [145 x 145] intentionally omitted <==

Top General Counsels of India by "Forbes Legal Power List" 2024 & Top 100 General Counsels by Business World

==> picture [66 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

Recognised by Forbes India, Binu N S Puri (General Counsel) was featured among top legal leaders in India. This selection highlights his excellence in legal delivery, leadership and governance standards.

==> picture [145 x 146] intentionally omitted <==

Good Design Award – Product Design Excellence

==> picture [78 x 96] intentionally omitted <==

Three products – Evoque Mixer Grinder, Nex Dryft Ceiling Fan and Nex DAC D2 Air Cooler – received this prestigious award for innovation and design. It reflects Bajaj Electricals’ focus on delivering stylish, efficient and user-centric solutions.

==> picture [146 x 145] intentionally omitted <==

CII CFO Excellence Award – Leading CFO of the Year 2023–24

Awarded by the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII), EC Prasad was recognised as the top CFO in the Consumer Products sector. This award acknowledges his role in driving turnaround, governance and digital integration across finance.

==> picture [146 x 146] intentionally omitted <==

CII IQ National Excellence Practice Competition – Platinum, Winner & Gold Awards

Conferred by CII’s Institute of Quality, these awards honoured Bajaj Electricals for innovation in submersible pump durability and enhancing unboxing experience through CARE. It marks strong strides in product quality, customer satisfaction and operational improvement.

19

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [145 x 145] intentionally omitted <==

Golden Peacock Innovation Management Award 2024

Bestowed by the Institute of Directors, this prestigious award recognises Bajaj Electricals’ innovation leadership and its journey from idea to worldclass R&D capability. It positions the Company among top innovation-driven enterprises in India.

==> picture [145 x 146] intentionally omitted <==

ELSC Awards – Best in Class Supply Chain Sustainability

Presented at the Express Logistics & Supply Chain (ELSC) Leadership Awards, this award celebrates Bajaj’s commitment to a greener supply chain. It reinforces its focus on sustainable operations across the value chain.

==> picture [146 x 145] intentionally omitted <==

SAP ACE Award – Special SAP Recognition for Cloud ERP

Awarded by SAP India, this honour recognises Bajaj Electricals’ excellence in digital transformation through Cloud ERP implementation. It marks a significant milestone in building a more agile, connected and future-ready enterprise.

==> picture [146 x 146] intentionally omitted <==

ELSC Awards – Best-In-Class Client & Supplier Collaboration

This honour acknowledges Bajaj Electricals' efforts to build strong, collaborative ecosystems with its partners. It celebrates the Company’s ability to drive mutual success through trusted relationships.

==> picture [145 x 145] intentionally omitted <==

BW Business World Jury Award – Sustainable Supply Chain Leadership

Awarded at the BW SCM Leadership Awards 2024, the recognition was given to Deepak Sharma for leading sustainability in manufacturing and logistics. It affirms Bajaj’s push for responsible supply chains and environmental stewardship.

==> picture [145 x 146] intentionally omitted <==

ELSC Inspirational Leaders Award

Conferred upon Deepak Sharma at the ELSC Awards, this award recognises visionary leadership in manufacturing and supply chain. It celebrates transformative impact and excellence in execution across the business.

20

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Value Creation Model

Driving Long-Term Value Creation

Our value creation model is built on transforming strategic insights into impactful actions through a resilient and sustainable ecosystem. Anchored in innovation, operational excellence and responsible business practices, this integrated approach aligns with our purpose of serving our stakeholders and supports our contribution to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

Inputs

Our ecosystem

Financial Human Capital Capital

Average net worth: J 1,513.9 crores

Total employee strength: 1,743

Gender diversity: 8%

Gross capital expenditure: J 53.9 crores

Man-hours of training provided: 27,478 hours

Brand investments: J 140.4 crores

Average amount spent per full time employee on training and development: ~11,700 INR/FTE

Health and Safety Management System implementation at sites: 4

Talent acquisition during FY 2024-25 : 347

Manufactured Capital

Social and Relationship Capital

Manufacturing sites: 4

CSR expenditure: J 4.7 crores

Total CSR projects undertaken: 7

Warehouse footprint: 31.5 lakh sq.ft.

Total partnerships for CSR activities: 5

Installed capacity of Consumer Products: 10.8 Mn Units

MSME touch points excluding factories: 213

% of domestic sourcing for Consumer Products: 95%

Installed capacity of Lighting Solutions: 18.8 Mn Units

% of domestic sourcing for Lighting Solutions: >99%

Intellectual Capital

Natural Capital

R&D team strength: 170

Energy consumption: 56,278.6 GJ

Patents filed: 38

Waste generation: 2,142.5 MT

Installed Renewable Capacity: 2,096 KWp

Designs filed: 63

==> picture [11 x 369] intentionally omitted <==

B2C model

Ideation and Operational Innovation Excellence Innovation / R&D Procurement / Product Manufacturing Development Quality Excellence Supply Chain Go-to-Market and Delivery Strategy Logistics Marketing Distribution Branding

==> picture [64 x 36] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Customer
Engagement
Customer Use
After-sales Service
----- End of picture text -----

B2B model

Innovation and Planning

Post-Sales Support Innovation and After-sales Planning Services Research and Development Design and Survey Product Design and Development Execution and Business Delivery Acquisition Manufacturing Tendering and Distribution Contract and Claim Quality Check Management Logistics

Green Energy generated & Consumed: 8,561 GJ

21 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Outputs 929 SKUs

K 3,805.9 Crores

Consumer product sales

K 1,022.5 Crores

Lighting Solutions sales

==> picture [11 x 369] intentionally omitted <==

Outcomes SDGs Financial Human Financial Capital Capital Capital Total revenue: Average age of the workforce: J 4,828.4 Crores 39 EBITDA: J 362.2 Crores Employee engagement score: Manufactured 82% PAT: J 133.4 Crores Capital Turnover rate: Cash flow from operations: 26.8% J 346.8 Crores Return on Capital Employed: 13.8% Intellectual Manufactured Social and Relationship Capital Capital Capital No. of units produced Employees participated in CSR consumer products: 4.6 Mn volunteering activities across units various initiatives: >75% No. of unit produced Dealer base: 850+ Human lighting solutions: 11.2 Mn Retailer base: around 1.7 lakh Capital units No. of customer care centres: Factory capacity utilisation: 660+ 53% Pin code served: 19,000+ Complaints resolved within 2 days (CP): 96% (CP): 96% Social and Relationship Capital Intellectual Natural Capital Capital Design accepted: 14 Waste recovered through recycling, reusing or other Patents accepted: 05 recovery operations: ~98% New SKUs launched in Natural Trees planted: ~24,000 Consumer products: 257 SKUs Capital Renewable energy mix (Solar New SKUs launched in generation / Total electricity Lighting solution: 672 consumption): 26.5% Waste to land fill: <1%

22

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Stakeholder Engagement

Strengthening Collaborative Relationships

Stakeholder engagement is central to our decision-making and business strategy. We value our stakeholders as key partners in our pursuit of sustainable growth and enduring value creation. Through transparent and proactive communication, we continuously engage with a broad spectrum of stakeholders to understand their expectations, address their concerns and incorporate their insights into our operations. This collaborative approach ensures that our business and ESG initiatives are aligned with stakeholder priorities, enabling us to respond effectively to evolving needs and foster long-term trust.

==> picture [317 x 311] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

l p
stak
ne ar
e
n tn
al h
ha er
o
C s
tern lde
es In
n r
iti
I s
n ve
mu st
p
m or
i
o s
C
h
rs
e
u
C
E
t
s
d
m
o
m
er
a
s
le plo
d y
s
n
r
e
e
il
a e
p
p
s
u
S
dra
o
B
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [66 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

23

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Board and leadership

90% Board meeting attendance rate

Employees

1,743 Total workforce

Importance to us

Through well-defined strategies and disciplined implementation, the Board and leadership teams play a critical role in steering the Company’s strategic direction, monitoring financial performance, mitigating risks and ensuring compliance with laws and regulations which drives Bajaj Electricals towards sustained longterm growth.

How we engage

Board and committee meetings

Importance to us

Employees are central to the success of Bajaj Electricals. The workforce lies at the heart of our productivity, profitability, innovation and customer satisfaction. Their knowledge and expertise form the bedrock of our long-term growth and competitive advantage.

How we engage

Employee satisfaction surveys Rewards and recognition Training and development programmes

Value Proposition

  • Setting objectives

  • Strategic planning Monitoring financial health Ensuring compliance Formulating risk mitigation strategies

Frequency of engagement

Board meetings held in FY 2024-2025: 8

Total Board Committee Meetings held in FY 2024-2025: 19

Value Proposition

  • Comprehensive and equitable access to skillbuilding and knowledge development programmes

  • Meaningful leadership development opportunities

  • A professional, inclusive and collaborative workplace culture

  • Sustained learning and career advancement prospects

  • Encouraging and growthoriented work environment

Frequency of engagement

Ongoing training and feedback

Capital impacted

==> picture [69 x 220] intentionally omitted <==

Capital impacted

==> picture [69 x 253] intentionally omitted <==

Capitals

Manufactured

Social and relationship

Financial

Intellectual

Natural

Human

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 24

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Investor

25.9% Dividend to shareholders/ Investors

Customer

2% Complaints reduced

Importance to us

The contribution of our investors and lenders is crucial to our sustained growth and expansion. They serve as key collaborators in advancing our strategic ambitions. In addition, they play a key role in reinforcing accountability, promoting transparency and strengthening our reputation among stakeholders.

How we engage

  • Annual general meetings Investor and analyst meets and conferences

  • Quarterly earnings call and presentations

  • Integrated reports and press releases

Importance to us

Customer satisfaction, feedback and loyalty are crucial to the maintenance of our competitive edge and leadership in the market. By delivering high-quality products and services that meet customer expectations, we strengthen our market reputation and build lasting relationships that are essential to the Company’s long-term growth.

How we engage

Customer satisfaction surveys Brand Campaigns (ATL and BTL) Social media engagements Loyalty programmes

Value Proposition

  • Steady and reliable investment performance

  • Clear and transparent financial reporting

  • Strong ethical practices and robust risk management

Frequency of engagement

Total number of annual general meetings held: 1 Total one-on-one investor meets and conferences held in FY 2024-25: 42

Value Proposition

  • Well-established brands with unique product offerings

  • Market-aligned and attractive pricing strategies

  • Consistent focus on product quality and reliability

  • Delivering superior value to customers

  • Expanding premium product portfolio

  • Efficient and responsive after-sales support

Frequency of engagement

  • Regular customer feedback

  • Need-based communication

Capital impacted

==> picture [69 x 242] intentionally omitted <==

Capital impacted

==> picture [69 x 242] intentionally omitted <==

Capitals

Manufactured

Social and relationship

Financial

Intellectual

Natural

Human

25 Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports Financial Statements

Suppliers (up-stream)

288 Supplier and partner associated

Channel partners (down-stream)

81%

Channel partner retention rate

Communities

J 4.7 Crores Spent on CSR activities

Importance to us

Suppliers provide us with operational leverage, enabling us to optimise our value chain while ensuring cost competitiveness and sustainability.

How we engage

  • Suppliers meets Training programmes Quality enhancement programmes Feedback and surveys

Importance to us

Channel partners are central to our market reach expansion. They offer valuable insights that influence our strategies. They contribute significantly to driving sales growth, increasing revenue and improving overall cost efficiency.

How we engage

  • Retailers meet

  • Electrician meets Market Placement drives Tie-up schemes

Importance to us

Local communities play a vital role in creating a supportive ecosystem that enables smooth and responsible business operations. They offer social support and contribute to a stable operating environment.

How we engage

CSR activities

  • Initiatives for the betterment of

society

Value Proposition

  • Ethical, transparent and fair business practices

  • Sustainability-led growth opportunities

  • Timely and reliable payment processes

  • Consistent order flow to support business expansion

Frequency of engagement

  • Regular follow up

  • Regular audits at supplier sites

Value Proposition

  • Upholding ethical and responsible business practices

  • Opportunities for sustained learning and skill development

  • Focus on capacity strengthening and capability enhancement

  • Tailored product and service offerings aligned with customer requirements

Frequency of engagement

  • Regular follow-up

Value Proposition

  • Uplifting underserved communities through targeted initiatives

  • Improving quality of life by expanding access to healthcare services

  • Promoting safe working environments to safeguard community well-being

Frequency of engagement

  • On going

  • Need-based

Capital impacted

==> picture [69 x 152] intentionally omitted <==

Capital impacted

==> picture [69 x 172] intentionally omitted <==

Capital impacted

==> picture [69 x 163] intentionally omitted <==

Capitals

Manufactured

Social and relationship

Financial

Intellectual

Natural

Human

26

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Materiality Assessment

Refining Our Core Priorities

Materiality assessment forms the foundation of our sustainability approach. This enables us to prioritise the most relevant issues, engage meaningfully with stakeholders and strengthen our commitment to transparency and accountability. By embedding materiality into our decision-making processes, we are equipped to manage risks, encourage innovation and generate shared value.

We strive to create a lasting positive impact on both the environment and society by aligning our operations with principles of integrity, creativity and community service into every aspect of our operations. We ensure a balanced pursuit of economic, social and environmental goals.

Assessment conducted considering the internal impact on the business as well as external impact on society and the environment. This approach enables us to effectively prioritise ESG risks and opportunities.

Materiality Assessment Framework

Our approach to managing key business aspects involves a four-step process, covering everything from identification to disclosure.

Identification of Material Issues

This involves active engagement with stakeholders such as employees, senior management, Board of directors, customers, suppliers, regulatory bodies, NGOs and community representatives to identify environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues that are most relevant. Their input helps ensure that the issues considered reflect both societal expectations and emerging external trends that may impact the business.

Prioritisation of Material Issues

Preparing the Materiality Matrix

Key Stakeholder Identification

==> picture [66 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

The materiality Once ESG issues are assessment is identified, they are systematically prioritised based on integrated into the their significance to Company’s Enterprise stakeholders and their Risk Management potential impact on (ERM) process. This business performance. ensures that identified These are plotted on a ESG issues are not materiality matrix, which evaluated in isolation helps visualise and but are aligned with the distinguish high-priority organisation’s broader areas requiring focused risk and opportunity action and continuous landscape. The result is monitoring. a more strategic and riskinformed view of ESG priorities.

A structured process is followed to identify and categorise key stakeholders—both internal (employees, leadership Board members) and external (customers, investors, partners and communities). Understanding stakeholder influence and interest helps in aligning ESG strategies with expectations and ensures meaningful and inclusive engagement.

27

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Capital SDGs Priority Materiality Topics influenced impacted

Relevance to the Company

Environment

Natural
Human
Manufactured
Environmental portfolio
Expanding a sustainable portfolio through the
development of energy-efficient products
Energy management
Addressing climate change risks by optimising
energy use
Product stewardship
Reducing the environmental footprint of our
products
Water management
Promoting efficient and responsible water usage
Supply chain management
Ensuring consistent supply of superior-quality
products to customers
Waste generation and
recycling
Facilitating efficient waste management and
optimal utilisation of raw materials
Social
Manufactured
Human
Social
Employee health and
safety
Creating a safe work environment to enhance
productivity and augment operational efficiency
Quality and service
delivery
Enhancing brand reputation by prioritising both
customer satisfaction and safety

Governance

Natural
Financial
Human
Fair business practices
Operating with integrity to strengthen
stakeholder trust
Corporate governance,
transparency and disclosures
Maintaining ethics, transparency and disclosure
among the internal and external stakeholders
Regulatory compliance and
integrity
Complying with applicable national and regional
laws and regulations governing the business
Business ethics and anti-
corruption
Protecting brand value while strengthening
stakeholder trust
Resilient business model and
long-term profitability
Driving sustained growth and success to deliver
enhanced value for all shareholders
Environmental risk
management
Recognising environmental risk areas and
formulating effective mitigation strategies

High Medium Low

28

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Risk Management

Addressing challenges with resilience

We engage in proactive risk management to swiftly identify and mitigate potential challenges. Our dedicated risk management team monitors market dynamics, regulatory changes and internal operations to ensure preparedness in the face of unpredictable events. We place strong emphasis on risk training across the organisation to build awareness and response capabilities. Additionally, we focus on the sustained enhancement and the deployment of new controls. We ensure robust risk assessment frameworks and contingency plans are effectively implemented to safeguard stakeholder interests.

==> picture [483 x 172] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Risk management framework
Risk Risk Risk Risk Monitoring
identification assessment prioritisation response and reporting
----- End of picture text -----

Economic risks

==> picture [484 x 194] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
High exposure to global Reduced profit margins Monitoring fluctuations in
market dependencies and due to ascending input and commodity prices and inflation
input cost variability commodity costs patterns Medium
Escalated production Deploying measures to reduce
costs, affecting the overall adverse effects on demand and
operational efficiency profitability
Fluctuations in pricing Regularly assessing market
strategies, leading to dynamics to realign business
weakened competitive strategies accordingly and sustain
positioning strategic relevance
Capital impacted Financial Manufactured
----- End of picture text -----

29

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Market and channel risks

==> picture [483 x 176] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Limited diversification Reduced revenue due to Augmenting the effectiveness and
in market presence and regional or channel-specific productivity of sales operations
distribution networks downturns Expanding market presence Low
Disruption in product through new product listings and
availability or market access strategic promotions
Lower customer retention Introducing exclusive offerings and
from misaligned offerings new product categories
Capital impacted Financial Social and Relationship Human
----- End of picture text -----

Technological risks

==> picture [483 x 185] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Delayed investment in Loss of competitive edge Implementing cutting-edge
emerging technologies due to outdated products processes and technologies to
and insufficient focus Decline in customer enhance product delivery Medium
on embracing digital satisfaction and brand Building a collaborative innovation
innovation relevance ecosystem to drive progress
Reduced market share as Embedding Artificial Intelligence
consumer preferences shift (AI), machine learning and data
analytics into core operations
Capital impacted Financial Intellectual Manufactured
----- End of picture text -----

Reputational risks

==> picture [483 x 181] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Lack of proactive Decline in consumer loyalty Conducting comprehensive brand
brand monitoring and sales assessments to monitor awareness
Low
and inadequate Negative media coverage levels
crisis communication and public perception Strengthening brand identity by
mechanisms Potential loss of business emphasising product durability
partnerships or investor Formulating strategies to elevate
confidence brand image and perceived value
Capital impacted Social and Relationship Human Intellectual
----- End of picture text -----

30

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Quality risks

==> picture [484 x 167] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Inconsistencies within the Negative impact on brand Conducting routine audits to
quality control framework reputation and market ensure adherence to safety and
and insufficient positioning quality standards Low
monitoring during Increase in product returns, Allocating resources to proactively
production and supply replacements and warranty detect and address quality issues
processes claims Driving sustained enhancements
Potential regulatory scrutiny in product safety and quality
or legal liabilities performance
Capital impacted Financial Social and Relationship
----- End of picture text -----

Cyber security risks

==> picture [484 x 205] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Lack of cybersecurity Disruption of business Deploying effective mobile access
strategy and inadequate operations due to data and device management solutions
awareness of emerging breaches or cyberattacks Safeguarding confidential Medium
threats Financial losses arising from information while ensuring
regulatory penalties, legal regulatory compliance
actions or data theft Strengthening security protocols
Compromise of sensitive for mobile platforms and devices
business and stakeholder Board of Directors and executive
information management engaged in the
information security, cybersecurity
strategy and review process
Capital impacted Financial Manufactured Human Social and Relationship
----- End of picture text -----

Supply risks

==> picture [484 x 176] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Lack of planning, visibility Disruption in timely product Assessing supplier performance
and supplier coordination availability affecting across key criteria, including ESG
across the supply chain customer satisfaction adherence Low
Increased inventory Performing routine compliance
carrying costs due to stock audits for essential supply partners
obsolescence
Ensuring transparent
Reduced operational communication with suppliers
efficiency and production to align with evolving business
downtime requirements
Capital impacted Financial Manufactured Social and Relationship
----- End of picture text -----

31

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Compliance risks

==> picture [483 x 167] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Weak internal controls Exposure to legal penalties, Ensuring adherence to safety,
and limited awareness fines and sanctions quality and environmental laws
Low
of evolving legal Reputational damage and Continuously evaluating and
requirements may lead to loss of stakeholder trust refining compliance frameworks
non-compliance
Operational disruptions due Aligning all business activities with
to enforcement actions applicable legal and regulatory
requirements
Capital impacted Financial Intellectual Social and Relationship
----- End of picture text -----

Rapid technological transition

==> picture [483 x 205] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Rapid technological Invest in continuous Continuous investment in R&D,
changes outpacing capacity building of internal product innovation and smart
existing innovation cycles stakeholders technologies to remain competitive High
Upgrade infrastructure and future market ready
to align with advanced
technologies and emerging
market demand
Capital impacted Financial Manufactured Intellectual
Human Social and Relationship Natural
----- End of picture text -----

Emerging risks

==> picture [483 x 176] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Root cause Impact Response Priority
Evolving ESG Risk of non-compliance and Proactive alignment with
regulations and growing potential legal or regulatory emerging global ESG standards,
Medium
stakeholder expectations actions enhancement of compliance
for sustainability frameworks and transparent
performance sustainability disclosure
Capital impacted Financial Manufactured
Human Social and Relationship Natural
----- End of picture text -----

32

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

ESG Strategy

Driving Growth with Inclusivity

At Bajaj Electricals, we undertake a comprehensive materiality assessment that encompasses all facets of our operations. This robust process serves as the foundation for identifying and addressing critical Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors. By seamlessly integrating ESG principles into our core business processes, we ensure alignment with long-term strategic goals and enable effective execution of future initiatives. Our ESG strategy is anchored on four strategic pillars, each reinforced by ten clearly defined focus areas that guide our sustainability efforts.

These pillars and focus areas offer a solid framework and clear guidance for integrating ESG considerations into our daily business activities effectively.

==> picture [379 x 51] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

1 4 10
Vision- Inspiring Strategic pillars Focus areas
sustainable living
----- End of picture text -----

Strategic pillars and focus areas with KPIs

==> picture [484 x 193] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Empowering our teams
Focus areas KPIs
Ensuring safety 285 Sustaining Zero Fatalities
Numbers of safety and other EHS trainings
Lost time injury frequency rate
Strengthening human capital 8% Diverse and inclusive workforce
Women in workforce
ESG training
Employee delight
----- End of picture text -----

33

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [484 x 164] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Preserving environment
Focus areas KPIs
Combating climate change 667.35 tCO e Energy and emissions
2
Reduction in GHG emission
Carbon sequestration
Climate risk assessment
Enhancing circularity 98% Waste management
Waste recycled and reused
Single-use plastic
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [484 x 415] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Guarding integrity
Focus areas KPIs
Upholding integrity 285 ESG communication
ESG topics covered for employees
Business ethics
Engaging with stakeholders 50,000+ Community development
Community beneficiaries impacted
Employee volunteering hours
Inspiring trust in customers
Building enduring bonds with
suppliers
Consumer centricity
Respecting human rights Human rights assessments
Unlocking new possibilities
Focus areas KPIs
Sustainable products K 88.5 crores Product life cycle and innovation
R&D investments
Sustainable products
Packaging responsibly 100% Eco-friendly packaging
Recyclable, reusable or compostable
packaging
----- End of picture text -----

34

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Sustainability-linked Material Topics and SMART Targets

Targets/Goals
Implementation of ISO 14001:2015 (EMS) standard across all operating
locations and review the progress on quarterly basis.
Reduce energy intensity by 5% (from FY 2023 baseline); achieve 50%
renewable energy usein operations by 2030.
100% compliance with Extended Producers Responsibility (EPR) Rule for
Plastic, E-Waste and Battery
A. Reduce water intensity by 5% in the FY 2026 (from FY 2023 baseline)
B. Maintain Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) across manufacturing locations.
ConductESG Screening of 100% FG suppliers by FY 2026.
A. Sustain>99% waste diversion ratefrom landfill
B. Sustain Zero Waste to Landfill Certification across manufacturing locations
Environment
Material Topic
Environment Portfolio
Energy Management
Product Stewardship
Water Management
Supply Chain Management
Waste Generation and Recycling
Targets/Goals
SustainZero fatalities
Resolve>95% of customer complaints within 2 working days and
responding to 100% complaint within 1 hour
Social
Material Topic
Employee Health and Safety
Quality and Service Delivery
Material Topic
Social
Targets/Goals
Employee Health and Safety SustainZero fatalities
Quality and Service Delivery Resolve>95% of customer complaints within 2 working days and
responding to 100% complaint within 1 hour
Material Topic
Fair Business Practices
Corporate Governance,
Transparency & Disclosures
Regulatory Compliance and Integrity
Business Ethics and Anti-Corruption
Resilient Business Model & Long-
Term Profitability
Environmental Risk Management
Governance
Targets/Goals
Cover 100% employees under Code of Conduct
100% training on corporate governance (ESG, Money Laundering,
Anti-Corruption, Anti Bribery, Code of Conduct and Insider Trading)
100% Compliance with ESG Requirements
Ensure 100% employee coverage in 'Code of Conduct' training; extend training
to contractual vendors by FY 2026.
Adherence to BEL ESG Strategy
Complete Climate Risk Assessment for BEL Business by FY 2026

35

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

ESG Progress

==> picture [484 x 601] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

FY 21-22 FY 22-23 FY 23-24 FY 24-25
Energy GJ Non-renewable (fuel)(GJ) 12,017.3 53,626.5 25,182.1 24,321.0
Non-renewable (electricity 16,576.0 20,756.6 19,707.1 25,288.9
purchased from grid)
Renewable energy (Solar) 2,211.3 2,537.4 4,985.9 6,988.9
14.7% 96.5% 40.1%
Total Energy Consumption 30,804.6 76,920.5 49,875.1 56,598.8
GJ/Cr Non-renewable (fuel) 2.5 10.9 5.4 4.7
Non-renewable (electricity 3.4 4.2 4.2 4.8
purchased from grid)
Renewable energy (Solar) 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.3
Total Energy Consumption 6.4 15.7 10.7 10.9
Water KL/Cr Total consumption/turnover 10.6 10.5 10.4 8.4
KL Total Absolute water 51,439.0 51,773.0 48,499.4 43,717.9
consumption
KL Total water recycling 6,292 10,248.4
Percentage 62.8%
(%) change
KL/cr Total water recycling per rupees 1.3 1.9
of revenue
Percentage 46.1%
(%) change
Waste MT/CR Total Waste Generated (per cr 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.4
of turnover)
MT Total absolute waste generated 7,198.3 5,344.7 2,394.3 2,142.5
(MT)
MT/CR Total waste recycled (per cr of 1.3 0.9 0.5 0.4
turnover)
MT Total absolute waste recycled, 6,482.2 4,823.7 2,338.7 2,095.5
reused (waste recovered)
MT Waste goes in Landfill (MT) - 3.5 21.2 17.2
Percentage(%) % of waste sent to landfill (<%1) - 0.06% 0.8% 0.8%
Social Percentage "Gender diversity - - - 5.1%
(%) (% women in the senior
management"
Nos. Women (Total work force) - 149 139 137
Safety Nos. of LTI per To achieve zero Lost Time Injury 0.3 0 0.4 0
million man Frequency Rate (LTIFR).
hours
Suppliers Nos. To complete ESG screening/ - - - -
evaluation of all manufacturing
suppliers
Nos. Trainings & ESG awareness - - - 2
sessions to suppliers
----- End of picture text -----

36

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Board of Directors

Leading from the front

==> picture [188 x 125] intentionally omitted <==

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman

==> picture [179 x 128] intentionally omitted <==

Rajiv Bajaj Non-Executive Director

==> picture [188 x 129] intentionally omitted <==

Nirav Bajaj Additional Non-Executive Director

==> picture [207 x 129] intentionally omitted <==

Sanjay Sachdeva Managing Director & CEO

==> picture [183 x 128] intentionally omitted <==

Pooja Bajaj Executive Director

==> picture [63 x 63] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [96 x 73] intentionally omitted <==

37

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [180 x 129] intentionally omitted <==

Shailesh Haribhakti Independent Director

Sudarshan Sampathkumar Independent Director

==> picture [181 x 125] intentionally omitted <==

Vikram Hosangady Independent Director

==> picture [180 x 129] intentionally omitted <==

Swati Salgaocar Independent Director

==> picture [65 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

Saurabh Kumar Independent Director

38

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Product Portfolio

A deep dive into our businesses

Bajaj Electricals’ business portfolio spans Consumer Products (Appliances, Fans, Cookware) and Lighting Solutions (Consumer and Professional Lighting). Our products are designed to elevate the quality of life and bring joy to millions of citizens in India.

We have attained industry leadership with prominent brand offerings comprising BAJAJ, Nirlep, Morphy Richards and Nex. Moreover, we are relentlessly enhancing our product quality and aesthetics as part of a strategic shift towards premiumisation.

==> picture [66 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [292 x 533] intentionally omitted <==

39 Corporate Overview Statutory Reports Financial Statements

==> picture [38 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [534 x 533] intentionally omitted <==

40

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Consumer Products

Our diverse product range includes innovative kitchen and domestic appliances, fans and cookware, designed to meet the evolving needs of our customers. With a strong emphasis on research and development, we continuously integrate advanced technologies to ensure our products are not only functional but also aesthetically appealing.

Bajaj - Engineered for Everyday Life

Bajaj is redefining its legacy in the consumer appliances space by emphasising durability, energy efficiency and modern relevance. Under its ‘Built for Life’ positioning, the brand is creating products that offer long-term value, withstand everyday use and meet evolving lifestyle needs. From kitchen essentials to comfort-focused fans and air coolers, Bajaj appliances are thoughtfully engineered to simplify life without compromising on performance. With an integrated approach to product development and after-sales support, the brand continues to nurture strong, enduring relationships with consumers who prioritise reliability, efficiency and trust.

New product launches under

==> picture [64 x 17] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [112 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [112 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [112 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [112 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [456 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Eurostos Ceiling Fan Airlark Ceiling Fan Voittaa Ceiling Fan Arioso Hue Ceiling Fan
----- End of picture text -----

41

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [501 x 104] intentionally omitted <==

Robusto HS TPW Fan

==> picture [111 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

Breeze Master TPW Fan

==> picture [93 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

Shield Series - Elevate 90 Digi Desert Cooler

==> picture [110 x 80] intentionally omitted <==

Shield Series - Glanza 42 Digi Personal Cooler

==> picture [102 x 85] intentionally omitted <==

Eternal Series - Pentacle Digi (15L, 25L) Water Heater

Armor Series - Contempo (6L, 10L, 15L, 25L) Water Heater

Military Series - Evoque 4 Jar 1000W Mixer Grinder

Military Series - Glamore 4 Jar 1000W Mixer Grinder

==> picture [501 x 105] intentionally omitted <==

Armor Series - QuadraMax 4 Jar 1000W Mixer Grinder

Ninja Series - PowerBlend 1000W Juicer Mixer Grinder

ICX 190FS Induction Stove

4BRGP8 Neo Dual Hob Top

==> picture [45 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

42

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Nex

Nex represents a premium, technology-first extension of the Bajaj Electricals portfolio. It was created to address the demands of design-savvy consumers who demand more from everyday appliances. Every product, whether a sleek fan or a smart kitchen device, is built to elevate functionality while delivering a refined user experience. Notably, Nex ceiling fans utilise advanced aeirology technology, delivering 20% higher air thrust for superior performance. Backed by robust engineering and a strong service infrastructure, Nex brings future-ready innovation to homes across India. It stands as a symbol of performance-driven living in an era where comfort, control and aesthetics intersect.

New product launches under

==> picture [109 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [108 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [440 x 22] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Nex Dryft A95 NEX DAC2 Nex Dryft A90 BLDC Nex Glyde A25
IOT 1200 Ceiling Fan Desert Cooler Ceiling Fan Ceiling Fan
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [501 x 105] intentionally omitted <==

Nex Glyde A5 Pedestal Fan

Nex Glyde A5 Wall Fan

Nex PAC1 Personal Cooler

Nex TAC1 Tower Cooler

==> picture [111 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [107 x 96] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [110 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [93 x 90] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [96 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Nex Glyde A80 Ceiling Fan
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [346 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Nex PAC2 Personal Cooler Nex DAC1 Desert Cooler Nex Glyde A5 Table White
----- End of picture text -----

43

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Morphy Richards

With a legacy rooted in functionality and finesse, Morphy Richards has established itself as a go-to brand for appliances that add both elegance and utility. Each product is crafted to enhance daily moments, offering precision and ease with a refined sense of style. Its deep understanding of Indian households ensures relevance in both form and use, whether through compact designs, versatile features or contemporary finishes. Morphy Richards continues to be the preferred choice for those who seek both value and sophistication in their appliances.

New product launches under

Kingsman 15 in 1 digital

Estella Straightener Brush

Stylist Care Hot Air Brush

6.5L Crystal Crysp Air fryer

==> picture [501 x 104] intentionally omitted <==

GrindPro Maxx Mixer Grinder

TetraBlend Mixer Grinder

==> picture [79 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Intellitemp Steam Iron
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [82 x 17] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Cordless
Steam Ease Steam Iron
----- End of picture text -----

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

44

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Nirlep

Nirlep is reimagining health-focused cooking through its 'Every Day Health' proposition. The brand offers non-stick and pressure cookware designed for low-oil cooking, nutritional retention and ease of use. With a growing focus on wellness, Nirlep also supports educational content, recipes and cooking tips aimed at promoting informed food choices. Whether preparing simple meals or experimenting with new dishes, Nirlep helps consumers make healthy eating part of everyday life without compromising on taste or convenience.

New product launches under

==> picture [14 x 6] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [50 x 6] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [49 x 22] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [5 x 10] intentionally omitted <==

Nirlep Pressure Cooker

==> picture [501 x 105] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [502 x 158] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

NHPro 5 SS NHPro 35H NHPro 35 AL NHP 35
NHP 65HD NHP 5 NHP 45 SS
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [82 x 53] intentionally omitted <==

45

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Nirlep Pressure Cooker

==> picture [111 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 84] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 79] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [502 x 161] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

NHPIDKGL24 NHPIFPGL24 NHPGS4A IEDK26GL
IECG26N NHPIFG28
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [70 x 102] intentionally omitted <==

46

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Lighting Solutions

Innovating Light for Every Space

Our Lighting Solutions delivers innovative and energy-efficient lighting products for both consumer and professional applications. We offer a comprehensive range of LED lamps and fixtures, including panels, battens and specialised solutions for street, sports, industrial and infrastructural lighting. With a strong focus on sustainability and aesthetic appeal, we design our products to enhance the visual quality of spaces while ensuring optimal performance.

We are renowned for our ability to undertake turnkey illumination projects, providing customised solutions to meet specific client needs. Additionally, we focus on smart lighting technologies that improve energy efficiency and contribute positively to urban infrastructure.

==> picture [483 x 366] intentionally omitted <==

47

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Consumer lighting

We are dedicated to fulfilling the lighting requirements of residential and personal spaces, seamlessly blending aesthetics with reliability. We offer consumers a diverse selection of high-performance and durable lighting solutions, allowing them to illuminate their homes according to their unique preferences. Our product range includes energyefficient LED bulbs, elegant decorative fixtures and advanced smart lighting systems, empowering consumers to create spaces that reflect their lifestyles.

New product launches

==> picture [502 x 154] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [298 x 27] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Celesta Bulk Head – 10w, 20w
Celesta Modular Surface Downlights –
9w, 15w, 20w
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [134 x 21] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Robusta Led Flood Light 50w Auto
Colour Change
----- End of picture text -----

Professional lighting

We specialise in a wide array of offerings, including smart street lighting, sports lighting and industrial illumination, ensuring optimal performance and energy efficiency across diverse sectors.

New product launches

Street Lighting

==> picture [83 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

Flood Lighting

==> picture [78 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [82 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [18 x 7] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Vista
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [38 x 8] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Gleam XT
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [21 x 7] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Praze
----- End of picture text -----

48

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

New product launches

Solar Street Lighting

==> picture [112 x 72] intentionally omitted <==

Flair

Commercial Lighting

Skylux Surface Troffer 2X2

Industrial Lighting

==> picture [82 x 81] intentionally omitted <==

Verdant Dura Wellglass

==> picture [110 x 68] intentionally omitted <==

Skylux Surface Troffer 1X4

==> picture [112 x 69] intentionally omitted <==

Novabay Highbay

==> picture [90 x 83] intentionally omitted <==

Glint Recessed Down Light

Landscape Lighting

==> picture [24 x 77] intentionally omitted <==

Tllum Bollard

AuraCrest Post Top

==> picture [70 x 96] intentionally omitted <==

Borage NX Post Top

Torcia Bollard

==> picture [82 x 94] intentionally omitted <==

Arian Plus NX Post Top

49

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Lighting Solutions Projects

Illuminating Faith: Lighting the Kumbh Mela

Bajaj Lighting powers the Maha Kumbh Mela with 30,000+ LED and 1,000 solar hybrid streetlights, illuminating over 4,000 hectares. From Sangam to shelter homes, its energy-efficient solutions ensure safety, ease of movement, and sustainability—reinforcing Bajaj’s legacy of trust, innovation, and nation-building at one of the world’s largest spiritual gatherings.

==> picture [194 x 151] intentionally omitted <==

Engineering Marvel: Lighting Mumbai’s Coastal Road Tunnel

Bajaj Electricals powers the iconic Mumbai Coastal Road tunnels with advanced LED lighting and smart controls. Spanning 3.93 km, including submarine sections, each tunnel zone is custom-lit for optimal visibility, safety, and energy efficiency—overcoming complex challenges and reinforcing Bajaj’s commitment to smart, futureready urban infrastructure.

==> picture [194 x 139] intentionally omitted <==

Elevating Icons: Transforming Wankhede Stadium

Celebrating 50 years of Wankhede, Bajaj Lighting unveils a cutting-edge LED system meeting global HDTV standards. With DMX compatibility, remote controls, and energy efficiency, it enhances broadcasts, player performance, and sustainability— seamlessly integrated into the iconic structure, readying the stadium for the next era of world-class cricketing moments.

==> picture [194 x 151] intentionally omitted <==

Empowering Frontiers: Brightening the Indo-Bangla Line

More than 22,000 Flood Lighting were installed along the 600kms border of India and Bangladesh by Bajaj Professional Lighting. Praze LED Flood Light 130W with high efficacy of 120 lm/W and warm white colours were used.

==> picture [194 x 139] intentionally omitted <==

Building Value through Financial Foresight

Financial Capital

Material topics

Resilient business model and longterm profitability

Contribution to UN SDGs

At Bajaj Electricals, we continue to uphold our legacy of prudent financial stewardship, sustaining growth and long-term value creation. Driven by disciplined cost management, strategic investments and an unwavering focus on operational efficiency, we have built a position of exceptional financial strength. This achievement not only reflects our commitment to financial resilience but also empowers us to invest confidently in brand-led growth, consumercentric products and digital transformation across both our business verticals. Our strong cash flows and efficient capital allocation have enabled us to strengthen shareholder returns while maintaining the agility to respond to emerging market opportunities. Our financial capital will be strategically deployed to maximize shareholder value, with a sharp focus on balancing risk and return to ensure sustainable, long-term gains.

What we have from other capitals What we ensure Social and Financial Management and Relationship Capital Operational Efficiency Positive relationship with investors, Strategic budget planning shareholders, financial institutions, Prudent capital allocation regulators and tax authorities Efficient cash flow generation Constant improvement in the Manufacturing working capital cycle Capital Timely payment of taxes Physical assets used in production, Maintaining profitability such as dies and moulds, plant through cost optimisation and machinery and technology Risk Management

What we achieved Increased YoY revenue from operations by 4%

Positive relationship with investors, shareholders, financial institutions, regulators and tax authorities

Improved gross margin% by 177bps EBITDA up by 4.6% Healthy cash flow from operations of K 347 crores

Physical assets used in production, such as dies and moulds, plant and machinery and technology

Surplus funds of K 509 crores

Growth, wealth maximisation and corporate responsibility Investment in R&D Expansion into New Markets Marketing and Brand Building Supply chain optimization Data Analytics and Business Intelligence Strategic initiatives Building reserves for future expansion Maximising shareholders’ wealth Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

Human Capital

Building value through equity of K 1,725 crores

Efficient human capital that enables better commercial and financial decisions

Intellectual Capital

Technology support, usage of Artificial Intelligence for efficient reporting systems and continuous digitisation to effectively take financial decisions

51

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [10 x 176] intentionally omitted <==

The financial year 2025 was a good year for us in terms of financial performance, especially in the 2nd half of the year. The Consumer Products business registered revenue growth of 5.6% on the back of good demand for Morphy Richards brand and domestic appliances such as air coolers. Further, the 2nd half of the year witnessed revival of the trade channel, aiding the growth momentum. Conversely,

the Lighting Solutions division saw a modest 1.4% decline, primarily due to subdued consumer lighting demand.

We manage our financial capital through prudent planning, disciplined allocation and continuous monitoring to ensure sustainable value creation. This involves strategic budgeting, aligned with our business objectives, efficient funding of core operations

and growth initiatives and maintaining strong liquidity to support operational needs. We focus on optimising our working capital cycle, managing risks effectively and ensuring timely compliance with financial obligations. Our approach ensures profitability and cash flow stability, as well as long-term financial resilience and the capacity to reinvest in innovation, people and sustainable growth.

Cashflow generation and deployment ( J crores)

==> picture [484 x 246] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

347
120
114
362 6
(5)
81
253 28 (53)
(13) (205)
(2) (43)
(35)
EBITDA CP EBITDA LS EBITDA Others and Unallocable EBITDA Company WC Releases and Non-cash Adjustments Contribution to exchequer Cashflow from operations Net capex Surplus investments Net interest payout Dividend Others Net cash change Opening cash balance Closing cash balance
----- End of picture text -----

Outcomes for the year

Exited the year with surplus funds of H 509 crores (first time in the history of the Company)

Generated cashflow from operations of

H 347 crores

facilitated by operating profits

Closed legacy income tax assessments resulting into a refund of H 59 crores

Implementing new Purchaseto-Pay (P2P) system

'DICE'

Implemented 'Project Vriddhi'

for scaling up go-to-market strategy (GTM) in consumer lighting, achieving double–digit value growth in 167 cities

Brand investment to the tune of

H 140 crores to support business growth

Proposed dividend payout of

H 35 crores

in line with Dividend Distribution Policy

Way Forward

  • Proposal approved by the Board to explore the possibilities, opportunities and feasibility of setting up a new manufacturing unit at a suitable location in India with an estimated capex of around H 300 crores

  • Received approval from the Board to set up a wholly–owned subsidiary in the UAE to expand the international footprint and enhance business opportunities in the Middle East and other untapped markets

  • Maintaining flexible capital structure

  • Making ROI-based investments towards the intellectual capital

  • Continued focus on digitisation Focusing on shareholders’ wealth maximisation

Manufactured Capital

Manufacturing Excellence, Driving Growth

We have developed advanced manufacturing capabilities that enable us to offer premium, energy-efficient and durable products, leading the way in meeting the ever-evolving demands of consumers. To stay ahead in the industry, we diligently make efforts to improve product quality, consumer convenience and cost-efficiency all of which strengthen our brand value and fuel long-term business growth.

What we have from other capitals What we ensure What we achieved

Material topics

Quality and service delivery

Contribution to UN SDGs

==> picture [73 x 48] intentionally omitted <==

Human Streamlined production process Capital in the manufacturing plants High potential talent with sound Optimisation of raw materials understanding of technical and minimising TAT know-how and domain expertise Environmental stewardship by integrating sustainable practice Natural Regular audits to Capital maintain highest Judicious quality and ESG standards utilisation of natural resources to Timely safety and health checks streamline our operations of machinery and equipment Intellectual Adoption of advanced Capital technology in manufacturing to Technology integration to increase efficiency improve manufacturing and Supporting health, safety and quality of products well-being of employees

Social and Relationship Capital Strong collaboration with supply chain partners

Implemented ISO certifications for quality management systems (ISO 9001:2015), environmental management systems (ISO 14001:2015) and Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) (ISO 45001:2018) to ensure consistency and compliance.

Enhanced capacity utilisation of 53%

Increase in production by 7%

Reduced consumer complaints by 2%

53

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [10 x 177] intentionally omitted <==

We are committed to redefining excellence in the electrical appliances industry through our advanced manufacturing capabilities. These capabilities enable us to deliver premium, energy-efficient and durable products tailored to the evolving needs of our consumers.

Our relentless pursuit of innovation drives us to continuously enhance product quality, optimise consumer convenience and achieve unparalleled cost-efficiency. By integrating cuttingedge technologies and sustainable practices, we not only strengthen our brand’s value but also establish a robust foundation for longterm business growth.

As we move forward, our focus remains on empowering our customers with reliable, high-performance solutions that elevate everyday living while contributing to a sustainable future. This commitment positions us as a trusted leader in the industry, poised to exceed expectations and deliver enduring value to our stakeholders.

Our manufacturing facilities

We have transformed manufacturing landscape through strategic investments in state-of-the-art facilities, integrating advanced automation, IoT-enabled systems and cutting-edge production technologies.

These modernised plants enable us to deliver premium, energy-efficient and durable products tailored to the evolving needs of our consumers. Our unswerving commitment to quality is reflected in rigorous standards and optimised resource utilisation, ensuring cost-efficiency and minimal environmental impact. By embracing sustainable practices, such as energy-efficient processes and waste reduction, we align with global sustainability goals while maintaining operational excellence. These efforts enhance our ability to meet dynamic market demands, reinforce our brand’s legacy of innovation and drive long-term growth,

Strategic location of our manufacturing facilities

==> picture [318 x 191] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Nashik, Maharashtra
Chhatrapati
Sambhajinagar,
Maharashtra
Chakan, Maharashtra
----- End of picture text -----

Capacity utilisation

==> picture [259 x 89] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

57% 50% 53%
2023 2024 2025
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [318 x 291] intentionally omitted <==

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

54

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

==> picture [483 x 266] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Chakan Plant
----- End of picture text -----

Product lines

LED

==> picture [120 x 58] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Capacity
74% utilisation
42%
----- End of picture text -----

0.8 Mn

units/annum Total installed capacity

0.6 Mn

==> picture [20 x 7] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Fans
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [57 x 58] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

55%
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [46 x 19] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Capacity
utilisation
----- End of picture text -----

4.8 Mn

units/annum Total installed capacity

2.6 Mn

Highlights of FY 2025

  • Achieved highest annual production of 26.4 Lakhs ceiling fans

  • Marked a significant milestone in December 2024 by producing 3.5 lakh ceiling fans, marking our highest-ever production in a single month

  • In March 2025, we achieved our highest-ever monthly production by manufacturing 1.1 lakh equivalent lighting units, marking a 42% year-on-year volume growth compared to FY 2024

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

Certifications

Zero waste to landfill (ZWL)

==> picture [29 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [65 x 8] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

ISO 9001:2015
----- End of picture text -----

Quality Management System (QMS)

==> picture [29 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

ISO 14001:2015

Environmental Management Systems (EMS)

==> picture [29 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

55

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [317 x 266] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Nashik Plant
----- End of picture text -----

Product lines

Water heaters

Mixers

==> picture [285 x 58] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Capacity Capacity
45% utilisation 60.4% utilisation
14% 45%
----- End of picture text -----

SWH 0.7 Mn

MG 0.6 Mn units/annum Total installed capacity

units/annum Total installed capacity

SWH 0.4 Mn

MG 0.4 Mn

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

IWH 0.3 Mn

HB 0.3 Mn

units/annum Total installed capacity

units/annum Total installed capacity

IWH 0.04 Mn

HB 0.1 Mn

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

LED

==> picture [120 x 58] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Capacity
59% utilisation
7%
----- End of picture text -----

18 Mn

==> picture [90 x 20] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

units/annum
Total installed capacity
----- End of picture text -----

10.5 Mn

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

Certifications

ISO 9001

Quality Management System (QMS)

==> picture [29 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

ISO 14001

Environmental Management Systems (EMS)

==> picture [29 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

ISO 45001

Occupational Health and Safety (OH&S) Management System

Highlights of FY 2025

  • Produced 45,000 Mixer Grinders in July 2024, which is our highest-ever production in a single month with overall volume growth of around 68% against FY 2024

  • Achieved highest annual production of 4.5 Lakhs Storage Water Heaters with 30% volume growth against FY 2024

  • Achieved highest annual production of 105 Lakhs LED units with 7% volume growth against FY 2024

  • Achieved around 5% of average productivity growth compared to FY 2024

56

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

==> picture [483 x 315] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar plant
----- End of picture text -----

Product lines

Certifications

Non-stick cookware

Pressure cooker

==> picture [120 x 57] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Capacity
11% utilisation
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [57 x 58] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

61%
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [46 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Capacity
utilisation
39%
----- End of picture text -----

3 Mn

0.9 Mn

units/annum Total installed capacity

units/annum Total installed capacity

0.3 Mn

0.5 Mn

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

units/ annum Annual production of FY 2025

==> picture [97 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [23 x 7] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

ZWL
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [80 x 7] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

(Zero waste to landfill)
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [28 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

ISO 9001

Quality Management System (QMS)

==> picture [28 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

Highlights of FY 2025

  • Produced 1 Lakh Pressure Cooker units in September 2024, which is highest ever production in a single month with overall volume growth of around 39% against FY 2024

  • Achieved around 10% of average productivity growth compared to Chakan plant and 5% from Nashik plant against FY 2024

57

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Strengthening manufacturing excellence

==> picture [444 x 163] intentionally omitted <==

To enhance our manufacturing capabilities, several initiatives were undertaken aimed at enhancing workforce efficiency, streamlining operations, automating key processes and driving cost optimisation. To achieve this, we have taken several actions during FY 2025.

MOST Study Implementation

De-bottlenecking of processes

Continued our efforts to identify and eliminate process bottlenecks to improve production process and enhance operational efficiency.

==> picture [37 x 35] intentionally omitted <==

Idea generation workshops

Make-vs-Buy redefinition and Industry 4.0 adoption

The Make-vs-Buy strategy was revisited based on evolving business scenarios. Under Project Nysa, the ‘Connected Factory’ initiative was implemented at the Chakan Plant. This Industry 4.0 and IoT-based project delivers numerous benefits, including increased efficiency, reduced downtime and waste, improved product quality and enhanced data-driven decision-making.

A Maynard Operation Sequence Technique (MOST) study was conducted at the Chakan Plant focusing on Ceiling Fan and Lighting operations. This analysis led to a 10% reduction in direct manpower requirements, enhancing operational efficiency and contributing to cost optimisation. Automation of LED assembly and packing operations were transformed into a fully automated setup, significantly improving productivity and consistency.

Several workshops were organised for ceiling fan and water heater division in collaboration with external agencies. These sessions utilised competitor benchmarking and product teardown exercises to identify Value Analysis/Value Engineering (VAVE) opportunities and alternative design ideas aimed at cost reduction and quality improvement.

==> picture [31 x 34] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [31 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [54 x 97] intentionally omitted <==

58

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Transforming through technology

We are making efforts to adopt advanced technologies and automation across our manufacturing operations to enhance efficiency and productivity. At the Nashik Plant, the LED manual assembly line has been fully transformed into an automated assembly and packing line, maximising output while minimising resource extraction. At the Chakan Plant, our FY 2025 strategy of ‘Sweat the Resources’ focused on optimising and monetising existing assets by driving manufacturing excellence.

The accelerated integration of digital technologies, exemplified by the implementation of Connected Factory initiatives at the Chakan Plant, has established a more interconnected,

intelligent and efficient manufacturing environment. These Industry 4.0-based initiatives enable seamless information flow between people and machines, leading to improved manufacturing efficiency.

The deployment of Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES) and digitisation of production processes have significantly enhanced efficiency, productivity and overall plant performance. Real-time dashboards now provide critical data on production, quality, losses, rejections and Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE), allowing teams to quickly identify deviations and take immediate corrective actions.

K 10.7 crores

Investment made towards tech-integration

Greener manufacturing for a sustainable future

==> picture [83 x 57] intentionally omitted <==

At Bajaj Electricals, we are integrating sustainability across every stage of our product and service life-cycle. From responsible raw material sourcing to eco-friendly manufacturing, transportation and end-of-life disposal, we focus on reducing environmental impact,carbon footprint optimising energy use and managing waste effectively.

In FY 2025, we have made significant strides in minimising our environmental footprint with our robust waste segregation and recycling initiatives that divert nearly all waste from landfills. Additionally, we enhanced our reliance on renewable energy, particularly solar power, and improved energy efficiency by deploying advanced technologies such as variable frequency drives, contributing to a substantial reduction in carbon emissions.

Water conservation has also been a key priority for us. We have implemented rainwater harvesting systems this year to sustainably manage and replenish this vital natural resource.

In addition, we are developing green belts through extensive tree plantation drives to enhance biodiversity around our facilities. To ensure continuous environmental compliance, we have also installed Online Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems (OCEMS), which enable us monitor and control emissions in real time. These efforts reflect our commitment to sustainable manufacturing and our drive to create lasting environmental impact across our operations

To know more refer to Natural Capital

Page 84

59 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Driving a culture of quality and safety

In FY 2025, we placed strong emphasis on compliance and workplace safety across our manufacturing units. We completed the installation of advanced fire-fighting systems at our Chakan and Nashik facilities, reinforcing our commitment to safe and secure work environment. This was supported by establishment of well defined safety protocols, regular audits and strengthening our critical-to-quality (CTQ) processes. Our approach is driven by both market and process processes. By incorporating automation or inspections, we ensure timely monitoring and auditing to uphold high standards.

We have successfully maintained and renewed our ISO certifications, BIS licenses and legal metrology certifications, reaffirming our adherence to global quality and safety standards. To advance our quality management systems we are implementing IoTenabled monitoring systems that utilise connected sensors to collect and analyse real-time data. This pro active approach not only helps us to manage quality and safety but also reduces electrical incidents and enhances overall productivity on the shop floor.

Zero

==> picture [32 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Fatality
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [105 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

2%
----- End of picture text -----

Reduced customer complaints

Lean, green and efficient supply chain management

To improve our efficiency and visibility in order to serve our customers better, we have implemented advanced technology into our logistics operations by implementing Transport Management System (TMS) and Warehouse Management System (WMS).

During FY 2025, we achieved over 80% adoption of TMS and introduced an e-POD (electronic Proof of Delivery) system, allowing for faster and more reliable delivery closures. Our WMS lite system provides real-time traceability of materials for both customers and our sales team. Further, TMS and

WMS are seamlessly integrated with our ERP system to streamline and interconnect our processes.

On the sustainability front, we are transitioning to electric vehicles for deliveries, particularly in regions where emission regulations are stringent. While challenges such as vehicle availability, delivery range and load capacity persist, our team is continuously working to expand green logistics and reduce our environmental footprint.

Way Forward

We plan to further strengthen our manufacturing capabilities by deepening the integration of digital technologies and automation across all our facilities. We plan to invest in advanced robotics, AI-driven quality control and predictive maintenance solutions to boost productivity, reduce downtime and ensure consistent product quality. Additionally, we will continue to upskill our workforce, build a culture of innovation through regular ideageneration workshops and pursue sustainable practices by increasing the use of renewable energy and resource-efficient operations.

Intellectual Capital

Transforming Insight Into Innovation

Driven by our promise to improving lives through continuous innovation, we leverage our R&D expertise to develop solutions that blend modern aesthetics with the principles of sustainable urban living. We are innovation, we leverage continuously improving product functionality and quality. With a focus on thoughtful user centric design, durability and energy-efficient innovations, we aim to deliver smarter solutions that add real value to modern living. Our approach to bring product differentiation and regular consumer connect has significantly improved the brand value.

Material topics

Environmental portfolio

Product stewardship

Quality and service delivery

Contribution to UN SDGs

==> picture [73 x 48] intentionally omitted <==

What we have from other capitals

Human Capital Experts with innovative ideas and strong product development capabilities

Financial Capital Strategic investment to integrate advanced technologies and improve R&D

Social and Relationship Capital Insightful customer feedback and product need analysis

Natural Capital

Environmental knowledge and data serve as the foundation for sustainability strategies and foster innovation

What we ensure

  • What we ensure What we achieved Innovating smart and 38 patents filed energy efficient products and 05 patents Adopting to granted newer technologies 63 designs filed Understanding and 14 design consumer needs and accepted analysing the demand New SKU’s 929 Gathering market insights introduced, Maintaining data security comprising of 257

  • Improving brand value through marketing campaigns

  • New launches

  • value through under consumer marketing campaigns products and 672 Strengthening under lighting environmental products decision-making with accurate data

61 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Our R&D expertise

==> picture [10 x 177] intentionally omitted <==

Our intellectual capital is driven by a robust team of professionals with advanced capabilities in innovation, product development and technical expertise. This empowers us to deliver premium solutions that adapt to dynamic customer demands. We have also made significant investments to strengthen our R&D capabilities, enabling us to identify emerging market trends and maintain an innovative edge.

170

R&D team strength

==> picture [318 x 240] intentionally omitted <==

Our state-of-the-art R&D centre

Establishment year

2014

Location

==> picture [61 x 62] intentionally omitted <==

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Area of R&D centre (total builtup area)

3,489.3 sq.m. Total plot area

5,175.8 sq.m.

Our state-of-the-art R&D facility integrates every aspect of research, design, development and testing under one roof, serving as the origin for all future products and technologies of the Company. Through this hub, we drive continuous improvement and the development of cutting-edge solutions across Bajaj Electricals’ three main business verticals —

==> picture [152 x 163] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Consumer
products
Consumer
lighting
Professional
lighting
----- End of picture text -----

The R&D centre’s focus on innovation has led to the introduction of nextgeneration appliances and smart products, such as IoT-enabled devices, catering to both urban and rural markets.

R&D investments

Our R&D focuses on investing in both talent and infrastructure, including capital investments in advanced research labs that align with our vision for energy-efficient and smart products. Our teams develop cuttingedge solutions in key areas - polymers and coatings, embedded hardware and software solutions, motors and controls, NVH (Noise, Vibration and Harshness), Reliability, Thermal and fluid management, Lighting, Optics, IoT and Sustainability, for developing energy efficient, high performance and durable products solutions. We have made significant investments in our infrastructure, including the laboratories and digital simulation tools, to facilitate the development of innovative product features, ensuring that our products set new benchmarks for energy efficiency and sustainability.

K 88.5 crores

Investment towards R&D

62

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Innovation ecosystem @ Bajaj Electricals

Our unique Innovation ecosystem connects internal talent with a diverse network of external partners, such as universities, start-ups, research centers and technology experts, to accelerate impactful and sustainable technological progress.

At the heart of this ecosystem is a structured, design thinking-led approach that prioritises the consumer experience. It drives consumer-centric innovation through identification of consumer pain points thru consumer-connect sessions (direct interaction between our engineers with consumers), competitive benchmarking and IP & technology landscaping. Regular ideation, brainstorming and hackathons sessions, involving cross-functional team members, are conducted to create meaningful and impactful solutions to consumer pain points.

Through our innovation, we strive to unlock

  • 1._ High level of product differentiation

  • 2._ Maximum product value at optimised cost to consumers

  • 3._ Minimal environmental impact

  • 4._ Enhanced manufacturing excellence and scalability

We have established partnerships with leading universities and technology companies to advance research, talent development and innovation in areas such as materials applications, electronics and controls, motors and IoT solutions. These collaborations enhance our R&D capabilities, enable faster turnaround times, provide access to ready-to-implement technologies and reduce operational and capital costs.

By leveraging these strategic alliances, we effectively address both short- and long-term technological challenges across our consumer products and lighting businesses. Through this collaborative effort, we have successfully developed multiple innovations, allowing us to deliver consumer-focused products

Product innovations

For enhanced performance, durability and user experience

  • Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) coatings in non-stick cookware

  • Energy-efficient motor topologies in ceiling fans

  • Advanced nano coatings in water heater, irons, mixer grinder and Nirlep cookware

  • Extended warranties on Storage Water Heaters, Mixer Grinders, Ceiling Fans and Coolers

  • Coarse mode and small quantity grinding in mixer grinders

  • Higher air thrust and low noise operation in ceiling fans

  • 12-degree cooling in coolers

  • 33% faster heating in storage water heaters

  • IoT base mobile app for consumer experiences along with devices health and energy monitoring

  • Bonded Heatsink for better thermal conduction.

  • Light for wellness like Visual comfort solutions for indoor commercial application

For next generation lighting solutions

  • Advanced LED technology with freedom lighting range up to 180 lumens per watt, ideal for industrial and green building applications

  • IoT-integrated lighting and smart connected LEDs that adapt to occupancy and natural light, reducing energy consumption

  • Solar hybrid streetlights deployed at large-scale events such as Maha Kumbh Mela, promoting renewable energy adoption

  • Flicker-free lighting with high CRI (>90) and minimal ripple for enhanced user comfort and sustainability

  • Fire-retardant polycarbonate lenses to enhance safety and durability in our Modular Ceiling Rose (MCR) lighting projects.

  • Consumer products and solutions powered by IoT technology, enabling real-time connectivity, smart automation and personalized user experiences across everyday devices.

Delivering on our brand promise through innovation

Inspired by Bajaj’s philosophy of ‘Built for Life,’ our R&D initiatives focus on advancing product

durability, optimising critical components and ensuring dependable performance across every stage of the product’s lifecycle.

With our Nex brand, we deliver on the promise to ‘Feel the Future’ by focusing on advanced technologies that enable smart features (IoT), greater efficiency, low noise and superior performance such as higher air thrust and enhanced cooling, positioning Nex as a premium choice in the market.

For Morphy Richards, our promise of ‘Happiness Engineered’ drives us to create solutions that delight customers with exceptional performance, unmatched user experience and aesthetics that meet global standards.

With the Nirlep brand, we focus on ‘Everyday Health’ by developing products that prioritise nutrition retention and promote consumer health and safety during cooking.

With CITISOL – IoT enable platform for product and services:

Unified Smart Lighting Management

The CiTiSOL LMS (Light Management System) app enables remote control and monitoring of individual luminaries, allowing users to view data in graphs, generate device reports and switch lights on/off instantly

Scalable Smart-City Integration

Built to serve urban and rural municipalities, campuses and industrial zones, CiTiSOL integrates IoT across domains—smart poles, occupancybased lighting, ambient light sensors, video analytics, heat mapping and asset tracking—to streamline operations and lower costs With open APIs and support for LoRa, NB-IoT, Zigbee, BLE mesh, GSM, CANbus, Modbus and RF

Enhanced Safety & Oversight

The platform features real-time alerts and alarms for unusual activity (e.g., power theft), along with intelligencedriven services like theft detection and maintenance scheduling

End to End Platform Approach

Under its BEL CitiSol business model, all components—from smart poles and tunnel lighting to energy-monitoring

63 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

modules and HVAC-integrated indoor lighting—are offered as a connected turnkey solution

New products launched under our home brands

257

Consumer products

672

Lighting Solutions

Strengthening our intellectual property

38

Patents filed in FY 2025

46%

Compared to FY 2024

05

Patents granted in FY 2025

Compared to FY 2024

63

Design registrations filed in FY 2025

Increased by

28%

Compared to FY 2024

Integrating sustainability in product innovation

We integrate sustainability throughout our product innovation journey. Our R&D team is at the forefront of developing of energy-efficient products, leveraging smart lighting technologies such as NB-IoT and embracing sustainable materials and manufacturing methods to reduce

environmental impact. In FY 2025, we made significant progress in sustainability by:

Enhancing the energy efficiency of 114 SKUs in consumer appliances

Improving energy

efficiency in 12 SKUs within our lighting solutions

Introducing 50 packaging solutions that utilise recycled or reduced active material content, with several eliminating the use of EPS (thermocol) entirely

Upgrading the

sustainability profile of 202 SKUs by incorporating alternative, eco-friendly materials and reducing material usage

Extending the

life and warranty of 23 SKUs, effectively doubling their expected lifespan in line with our 'Built for Life' philosophy

Through these initiatives, we ensure our products not only meet regulatory standards but also contribute meaningfully to energy conservation and environmental stewardship.

Gaining traction through alternate channels

Leveraging E-commerce and Q-commerce platforms

Our approach involves aggressively tapping into various e-commerce platforms—both established and emerging—to accelerate our sales momentum. We have significantly strengthened our presence in leading marketplaces such as

Amazon and Flipkart through consistent rollouts of new product developments, premiumisation across product categories and a focused expansion in high-potential segments such as BLDC fans.

Recognising the rapid growth of quick commerce (Q-commerce), we are expanding our category offerings, enhancing brand visibility, acquiring new customers and aligning strategically with quick commerce partners. Additionally, we are launching our own direct-to-consumer (D2C) platform and implementing a ‘Brand as Seller’ programme on third-party platforms, which is expected to add further momentum to online sales growth.

Harnessing robust digital marketing strategies

For our business, digital marketing is pivotal in raising brand visibility and supporting conversions across diverse platforms. We employ a strategic mix of in-platform activations on e-commerce sites and out-platform initiatives through social media and digital campaigns to effectively reach and engage customers across all subsegments of these channels. Our key initiatives include launching multimedia campaigns that target important product categories, introducing exclusive online launches and creating engagement-driven digital campaigns aimed at growing our subscriber base. By leveraging data-driven optimisation, we enhance campaign efficiency and fine-tune customer journey to drive superior outcomes.

We consistently evaluate the success of our digital marketing initiatives by tracking critical metrics such as Return on Advertising Spend (ROAS), Advertising Cost of Sales (ACOS), growth in top-of-the-funnel brand awareness, optimisation of Gross Value (GV) and Product Page Views (PPV) share, along with effective conversion rates. These insights enable us to monitor campaign efficiency, optimise our advertising spend and maximise both reach and sales conversion across digital and e-commerce platforms.

64

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Collaborating for deeper market penetration

To overcome the challenges of reaching rural markets via alternate sales channels, we have strategically partnered with Microfinance Institutions (MFIs), which serve as vital links to rural consumers. We ensure our products are effectively distributed and easily accessible in these regions.

In addition, we are expanding our rural presence through both organic and inorganic growth within the Regional Format Retail (RFR) channel, further strengthening our reach in underserved markets. By integrating product innovation, digital marketing and channel expansion, we are well-positioned to capitalise on growth opportunities in both urban and rural segments.

Accelerating momentum with digital transformation

We are accelerating our growth momentum by adopting advanced technology which enables us to continue our business operations seamlessly across all the departments.

Enhancing operational excellence

Our digital transformation efforts, supported by cutting-edge technology, are focused on optimising operations and embedding data-driven decisionmaking throughout the organisation.

Cloud-first strategy

We are transitioning to a 100% cloud-based infrastructure, primarily utilising platforms such as Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Microsoft Azure. This move enhances agility, security, resilience and scalability of the IT systems, leading to improved operational efficiency and cost-effectiveness.

leveraging real-time data from various sources, including IoT devices in manufacturing, to ensure immediate visibility and quicker responses to evolving business needs.

Integrating Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning

We have established a dedicated AI research hub to drive innovation and business growth through advanced AI and machine learning applications. With numerous AI projects already implemented, we leverage these technologies for supply chain optimisation, personalised consumer experiences and automation of routine tasks across departments such as finance and HR. Additionally, we have introduced a responsible AI framework to ensure the ethical and accountable development and deployment of AI solutions across our operations.

Robotic Process Automation and Intelligent Automation

We are implementing Robotic Process Automation (RPA) to automate repetitive, rule-based tasks across functions such as finance, HR and supply chain, leading to improved efficiency, accuracy and cost savings. Building on this foundation, we are advancing towards Intelligent Automation (IA) by integrating AI with RPA, enabling automation of more complex and less structured tasks, which further enhances our operational capabilities.

Data and analytics transformation

We have built a robust, centralised enterprise data platform on AWS using Snowflake, creating a single source of truth for all our data-driven insights.

Digital twins

Our IT department equips business users with advanced analytics tools and infrastructure, empowering them to gain deeper insights into consumer behaviour, demand trends and operational performance. Through our BI platform ‘Insights,’ we are democratising data across the organisation with role-based access, enabling faster and more informed decision-making. Additionally, we are

We are exploring digital twin technology in areas such as product simulation trials for R&D and the potential optimisation of our manufacturing processes. This approach enables us to conduct virtual testing, accelerate innovation and enhance the efficiency of our operations.

==> picture [317 x 177] intentionally omitted <==

65 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Improving data security and privacy

We are making substantial and continuous investments in several key areas to strengthen our cybersecurity measures and protect our extensive data assets. These efforts are essential for ensuring operational resilience, safeguarding sensitive information and maintaining the trust of our consumers and partners.

To reinforce governance and accountability, our cybersecurity strategy is regularly reviewed and monitored by the Board of Directors. This oversight ensures alignment with evolving regulatory standards, risk mitigation priorities and long-term business objectives.

Through this structured and forwardlooking approach, we are building a secure digital environment that supports sustainable growth and protects the integrity of our operations in an increasingly connected world.

Cloud security

01 Cloud-Native Security Tools

As Bajaj adopts a cloud-first strategy, we have made investments in security tools and services specifically designed for cloud environments (e.g., AWS Security Hub and Azure Security Centre).

01[ Cloud Security Posture ] Management (CSPM)

We have implemented CSPM solutions to continuously monitor and assess the security configuration of their cloud resources, ensuring compliance and identifying potential vulnerabilities.

Advanced threat detection and prevention systems

01 AI-Powered Cybersecurity

We are evaluating and deploying AI-powered cybersecurity solutions to enable real-time threat detection, anomaly analysis and automated responses to potential cyberattacks. By leveraging AI, we can identify sophisticated threats such as phishing attempts, malware and insider risks more effectively.

02[ Next-Generation Firewalls and ] Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS)

We are continuously upgrading our network security infrastructure with next-generation firewalls and intrusion prevention systems to monitor and control network traffic, preventing unauthorised access or any malicious activity.

03[ Endpoint Detection and ] Response (EDR)

We have implemented Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR) solutions across employee devices and servers, providing comprehensive visibility into endpoint activities, detecting suspicious behaviour and ensuring rapid incident response.

Security Operations Center (SOC) Enhancement

01[ Advanced Security Information ] and Event Management (SIEM) Systems

We are upgrading and optimising SIEM platforms to collect, aggregate and analyse security logs from various sources, providing a centralised view of the security landscape and enabling faster incident detection and response.

02[ Security Orchestration, ] Automation and Response (SOAR) Technologies

We have implemented SOAR tools to automate repetitive security tasks, streamline incident response workflows and improve the efficiency of the security operations team.

Data protection and privacy technologies

01[ Data Loss Prevention (DLP) ] Solutions

Our investment in Data Loss Prevention (DLP) solutions is aimed at ensuring secure data handling by monitoring and managing the transmission of sensitive information, thereby preventing potential leaks.

01 Data Encryption

To protect our data confidentiality, we have implemented robust encryption mechanisms for data at rest (stored on servers and devices) and data in transit (being transferred across networks).

03[ Identity and Access Management ] (IAM) and Privileged Access Management (PAM)

We are strengthening our Identity and Access Management (IAM) systems by incorporating multi-factor authentication (MFA), role-based access control (RBAC) with single signon across applications and deploying Privileged Access Management (PAM) solutions to secure privileged accounts and restrict access to critical systems and data.

Strengthening security awareness, compliance and incident response

To build a strong security culture and support the data security technologies that we have adopted, we are providing continuous cybersecurity awareness training for all employees, including regular phishing simulation exercises to enhance vigilance and identify areas for improvement.

To ensure robust governance, risk management and compliance, we have implemented SAP GRC for access and risk management. We also conduct regular security audits and penetration testing, supported by dedicated teams with legal and technical expertise to stay compliant with evolving data privacy laws.

Additionally, we have developed comprehensive incident response plans and maintain skilled incident response teams, ensuring that we are well-prepared to effectively manage and recover from any security incidents.

66

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Boosting manufacturing and logistics capabilities

We have made significant investments to integrate advanced technologies into our production processes, streamlining operations, optimising resource utilisation and costs as well as reducing delivery times to elevate customer satisfaction.

==> picture [32 x 34] intentionally omitted <==

Logistics optimisation

We leverage advanced IT systems and data analytics to optimise transportation routes, warehouse management and inventory placement. These efforts have reduced logistics costs and improved delivery times, enhancing our overall operational efficiency and customer satisfaction.

B2B digital platforms

Our B2B platforms, such as the Rishta distributor and dealer platform, facilitate close collaboration with our business partners. These digital solutions streamline interactions, enhance communication and strengthen our relationships within the distribution network.

Digital Manufacturing System (Industry 4.0)

We play a pivotal role in advancing Industry 4.0 initiatives across our manufacturing network, with our Chakan plant already operational and delivering impactful, measurable outcomes. By seamlessly integrating advanced digital technologies into our operations, we have significantly enhanced Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE), boosted labour productivity (measured in units per person-hour) and realised substantial cost savings through waste reduction and optimised resource utilization. These advancements have also strengthened our operational agility, enabling us to respond swiftly and efficiently to fluctuating market demands.

AI-powered supply chain optimisation

Our IT department develops and maintains AI-driven capabilities that seamlessly connect consumer demand, product development, planning, suppliers, logistics and manufacturing. This holistic approach results in substantial cost savings and improved efficiency throughout our supply chain, ensuring we can adapt quickly to market changes and deliver value to our customers.

Real-time visibility

Our IT department provides the infrastructure and tools necessary for real-time visibility across the entire supply chain. By leveraging data from various sources, including IoT devices in manufacturing and logistics, we enable better tracking, more accurate predictions and faster responsiveness to potential disruptions, ensuring a resilient and agile supply chain.

Expanding our distribution networks

To broaden our customer reach and provide convenient access to our products, we are leveraging technology to expand and strengthen our distribution network. This approach has allowed us to penetrate more deeply and extensively across India.

E-commerce and modern trade infrastructure

We play a vital role in building and maintaining our e-commerce and modern trade platforms, enabling us to reach consumers directly through online channels. Our connected customer 360-degree dashboard provides comprehensive business insights across key performance indicators, helping us better understand and serve our customers.

Data analytics for channel optimisation

We provide advanced analytics capabilities to evaluate the performance of various distribution channelsincluding e-commerce, modern trade traditional retail and quick commerce. This enables us to optimise our channel mix based on consumer behaviour and evolving market trends, ensuring efficient and effective distribution.

Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) initiatives

As we prepare to launch our ‘House of Brands’ D2C channel, our IT department is delivering the necessary technology infrastructure to support order management, personalisation and customer relationship management. This initiative will allow us to connect more closely with consumers and offer tailored experiences.

Customer connectivity models

By using AI-powered customer connectivity models and robust IT infrastructure, we are enhancing collaborative planning, forecasting and replenishment with key customers. This improves product availability and a more responsive distribution network, ultimately benefiting both our partners and end consumers.

67

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

  • Data, Insights and Personalization at Scale:

BEL is deeply invested in digital transformation and has a comprehensive strategy for future digitalization across its entire value chain. Here's a breakdown of their key focus areas:

  • Using data and analytics for personalization, targeted advertising and loyalty programmes.

Influencer Marketing & UGC:

1. End-to-End Supply Chain Digitalization and Automation:

  • Utilizing social media for brand development and engagement, including influencer collaborations and user-generated content.

  • Integrated SCM Operations: This program uses advanced analytics, technology and data to improve the entire customer value chain.

  • D2C (Direct-to-Consumer) Growth:

  • AI-Powered Supply Chain Optimization:

  • Understanding consumer trends and buying patterns through direct-to-consumer strategies.

  • Demand Forecasting:

  • AI examines data, such as weather patterns for seasonal products like coolers, to generate precise volume forecasts. This enhances production planning, minimizes waste and optimizes costs.

3. Workforce Transformation and Culture:

AI Upskilling:

Training employees to enhance decision-making and free them up for more strategic tasks.

Route Optimization:

  • AI helps distributors identify the most sustainable and costeffective delivery options.

Digital Skills Transformation:

Driving a large-scale skills transformation program across marketing, finance, supply chain, procurement and HR.

2. Digital Marketing and Customer Engagement:

Responsible AI Framework:

Multi-Brand Digital Universe:

A critical part of their strategy is a Responsible AI framework to govern the development, deployment and use of AI, ensuring ethical considerations and managing risks.

  • Managing a multi-brand digital environment with a focus on data-driven personalization.

Omnichannel Experience:

In essence, Bel's future digitalization strategy is about leveraging advanced technologies like AI, digital twins, cloud computing and big data to drive

  • Operating effectively in an omnichannel world, across conventional and new channels for both communication and

commerce.

==> picture [317 x 170] intentionally omitted <==

efficiency, foster innovation, enhance customer and retailer experiences and create a more agile and resilient business across its entire operations.

==> picture [46 x 66] intentionally omitted <==

Way Forward

As we continue to strengthen our intellectual capital, our focus remains on driving innovation and operational excellence through deeper integration of advanced digital technologies. Our forward-looking strategy aims to minimise product defects, enhance quality, reduce turnaround times and elevate customer support standards. These initiatives not only bolster efficiency but also align with our commitment to sustainable and responsible growth.

To ensure a smooth transition and empower our workforce, we are investing in comprehensive training programmes that enable employees to adapt quickly to emerging digital tools. By nurturing a digitally skilled and future-ready workforce, we are fostering a culture of continuous learning and innovation.

Moreover, these efforts contribute to our broader ESG goals— accelerating data-driven sales analysis, optimising supply chain and logistics for reduced environmental impact and delivering a more seamless, responsive customer care experience. Through this holistic approach, we aim to create longterm value for all stakeholders while reinforcing our position as a responsible and resilient enterprise in the era of Industry 4.0.

Human Capital

Empowering People, Enabling Progress

We are committed to nurture a talent pool, that possesses the ability to upskill themselves to excel in a dynamic operating environment. Aligned with our organisational philosophy and growth ambitions, we offer our employees lucrative opportunities, robust benefits and a supportive ecosystem to enhance their professional journey. This approach has substantially strengthened our ability to create a conducive work culture and drive long-term, sustainable success.

Material topics

Employee health and safety

Business ethics and anti-corruption

Contribution to UN SDGs

==> picture [73 x 48] intentionally omitted <==

What we have from other capitals
What we ensure
What we achieved
What we have from other capitals
What we ensure
What we achieved
What we have from other capitals
What we ensure
What we achieved
Financial
Capital
Investment towards attracting
top talent and fostering their
development and ensuring
long term retention
Intellectual
Capital
Digitisation of HR systems
for proper regulation and
employee management
Social and
Relationship Capital
Strong community connect for
hiring right talent
Strategic talent
acquisition and retention
Regular training sessions
across all hierarchy
Equal employment
opportunities and benefits
Safe work environment
Supporting health and
well-being of employees
Transparent performance
analysis and
employee recognition
Acknowledging
and resolving
employee grievances
5 years of excellence
as aGreat Place to
Work
Strong employee base
of1,743people
Balanced diversity with
8%women employees

69

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Pillars that guide our HR practices

==> picture [10 x 176] intentionally omitted <==

Creating a future-ready organisation Employee wellness and safety

Recognitions awarded by Great Place to Work®

==> picture [46 x 73] intentionally omitted <==

Bajaj Electricals has been certified as ‘Great Place to Work’ for the 5th consecutive year in FY 2025

==> picture [51 x 49] intentionally omitted <==

We are ranked among the Top 50 best companies to work in the manufacturing sector in FY 2025

==> picture [54 x 50] intentionally omitted <==

India's Best Workplaces™ in Consumer Durables 2025.

Diversity and equal opportunity

==> picture [123 x 103] intentionally omitted <==

Talent management

Promoting fairness and inclusivity in all aspects of employment is a core value at our organisation. We are committed to identifying and attracting top talent from diverse backgrounds, disciplines and geographies, ensuring a workforce that reflects inclusivity and relevant expertise. We prioritise merit-based selection while ensuring a healthy balance of diversity within our workforce. Our comprehensive talent management strategies encompass the entire employee lifecycle-from attracting and developing talent to retaining and engaging high performers—ensuring that every stage fosters both excellence and inclusivity to help us maintain a competitive edge.

We recognise and celebrate the dedication of our employees through our Long Service Awards programme. This initiative honours all employees,including those below the senior management level, who complete 5, 10, 15 and 25 years of service.

We also have a dedicated Long Service and Retirement Policy that outlines a range of thoughtful rewards, including cash prizes, gift vouchers and travel opportunities, to honour the dedication and contributions of our team members.

==> picture [318 x 172] intentionally omitted <==

70

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Talent acquisition

We have prioritised building a competitive edge in talent acquisition by systematically analysing compensation data and aligning our pay structures with industry trends. This has helped us to attract high-performing candidates and retain key employees in a highly competitive market.

To bring in the right talent, our approach is directed towards targeted benchmarking for critical roles and a proactive talent pipeline-building exercise. We focus on role aggregation and structure alignment to ensure that our organisational design supports both current and future business needs. This enables us to identify, attract and nurture talent for positions vital to our strategic objectives.

External hiring

During FY 2025, the external hiring process has been efficiently managed internally by our Talent Acquisition team. This has substantially reduced our dependency on external agencies. Also, we have adopted digital hiring methods, which has significantly reduced lead time and improved the efficiency of our recruitment process. By leveraging data-driven insights, we ensure that our talent acquisition strategies remain agile and responsive to evolving business requirements.

85%

External hiring done in-house

347

People hired in FY 2025

Our on-boarding procedure

We ensure all onboarding logistics are completed before the date, providing a seamless start for new employees. Critical role holders undergo tailored onboarding sessions to gain a deeper understanding of the business and their specific roles, while other employees participate in a standard onboarding session on their first day. Within the first week, all new joiners attend a common onboarding session to connect with peers, clarify queries and gain a consistent understanding of Company policies, culture and goal-setting processes. This structured approach drives early engagement and smooth integration into our winning culture.

Internal mobility

We have conducted Springboard programme, which has significantly driven our internal mobility and leadership development. Through this programme, we have facilitated 33 internal role movements. Additionally, we have recognised high-potential employees and empowered them to take on greater responsibilities.

SPRINT

To build a future-ready talent pool, we invest in campus programmes such as SPRINT (Management Trainee Programme), Sales Management Associate Programme and Graduate Engineer Training. These initiatives attract young professionals with diverse perspectives and help develop a robust pipeline of aspirational talent for various business functions.

Talent retention

We differentiate ourselves by retaining critical talent through a comprehensive strategy that includes offering competitive compensation, fostering a conducive environment to nurture talent and providing both lateral and vertical career movement opportunities. This approach keeps our key talent engaged, motivated and ensures longterm relationships.

Pygmalion

Pygmalion High Performer–High Potential Development Programme is one of our flagship initiatives, designed for the top 15% of our consistently high-performing employees. Spanning 10–11 months, this programme integrates individualised development plans, cross-functional projects, targeted learning interventions and leadership exposure to prepare futureready leaders. Participants benefit from classroom training on executive presence, influencing skills and team development. Personalised coaching and mentoring further support their selfdevelopment and career growth.

~8%

Attrition rate among programme participants

15%

Employees experienced role movements across departments and functions

68

Open positions filled by internal candidates

71 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Training and development

We focus on maintaining a continuous learning culture and ensuring regular upskilling of our employees across all departments and levels of the organisation. This approach empowers our workforce to further advance domain knowledge and contribute to holistic success of the Company. To deliver the most relevant and impactful training we conduct a comprehensive training needs analysis. This process involves analysing performance data, gathering managerial input from each department and closely monitoring industry trends and benchmarks.

By identifying skill gaps through these methods, we are able to design targeted training programmes that address specific developmental needs and support both individual and organisational growth.

27,478 hours

Total training hours across all levels

129

Training sessions conducted

~16 hours Manhours Learning per employee

Digital learning for employees

To ensure holistic development of our employees, we have invested in more than 75 e-learning modules in collaboration with our training partners. These modules have been thoughtfully curated to cover a broad spectrum of functional and behavioural competencies.

During FY 2025, we enhanced the user experience of our digital Learning Management System and introduced new content to facilitate self-paced learning that is accessible anytime, anywhere. This initiative is designed to nurture a culture of continuous learning and support capability building in alignment with our business objectives.

159 hours

Topics on which training session were conducted during FY 2025

E-learning

==> picture [307 x 114] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Data Power BI Influencing Sales Health and
analytics skills capability Safety
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
Gen AI Six Sigma, Team ESG
DFSS collaboration
----- End of picture text -----

We have adopted a structured approach to upskilling and reskilling our workforce in emerging technologies and digital skills, which has significantly contributed to the advancement of our sales capabilities, research and development, supply chain and quality functions. Moreover, we provided training in Generative AI and data analytics to enhance decisionmaking abilities, boost performance and improve overall efficiency.

==> picture [494 x 200] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Upskill Training (FY 2025)
Pay Grade Level Junior Mgt Middle level Mgt. Senior Mgt. Top Mgmt. Total Man hours
Age group
UOM men hours man hours man hours man hours man hours
Female 1113 1113
Age<30 years Male 2631 35 2666
Total 3744 35 0 0 3779
Female 1712 357 76 2145
30 years
Male 12855 5020 2330 50 20256
<=age<=50 years
Total 14567 5377 2406 50 22401
Female 68 13 81
Age>50 Years Male 176 224 766 52 1218
Total 244 237 766 52 1299
Total Training hours 18555 5649 3172 102 27478
----- End of picture text -----

72

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Leadership development

Succession planning is a systematic process designed to identify, develop and retain talent to fill key positions within the organisation. The primary goal is to build a strong talent pipeline for leadership roles. For all critical positions, we have identified either internal successors or external hiringtalent to ensure seamless transitions and organisational continuity.

==> picture [318 x 202] intentionally omitted <==

Catalyst leadership development programme

This programme is a strategic initiative focused on enhancing leadership capabilities and providing a personalised, comprehensive development experience that aligns with our business objectives and the Winning Culture framework. The programme is structured in three key phases: it begins with a psychometric assessment, 360-degree feedback conversations and Behavioural Event Interviews; the second phase involves the creation of customised Individual Development Plans; and the final phase focuses on a targeted development journey designed to address the needs of the entire cohort and individual leaders.

35

Senior leaders participated

Diversity and inclusion

Our comprehensive Equal Opportunity Employer policy reflects our commitment to ensure equality, inclusivity and promote diversity. We foster an inclusive culture by cultivating a diverse talent pool that embraces differences in background, caste, religion, gender and age. Our merit-based hiring processes and policies guarantee equal opportunities for all individuals, irrespective of their background or abilities.

90%

Inclusivity score

==> picture [483 x 230] intentionally omitted <==

73 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

D&I council

==> picture [111 x 75] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

108
Junior Management
9
Senior and top management
----- End of picture text -----

D&I council

Our Diversity and Inclusion Council, comprising leaders from diverse backgrounds, creates a culture of inclusion and drives consensusdriven decision-making.

Key focus areas of the council

  • 01[ Employee sensitisation on ] unconscious biases

  • 02[ Creating inclusive ] policies and practices

  • 03[ Creating communities]

Training to strengthen our inclusivity

Step-up programme

Empowering women and fostering their leadership skills is a prime focus at Bajaj Electricals. Step-up programme is a dedicated learning journey for women employees, designed to equip them with the skills and frameworks needed to effectively influence stakeholders and achieve their professional ambitions. This comprehensive sixmonth programme covers essential topics such as articulating career vision, expressing ambition, overcoming biases, assertiveness, work-life synergy, personal branding and building networks and alliances.

41

==> picture [80 x 103] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

20
Middle Management
137
Total count
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [10 x 10] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [9 x 10] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [9 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [10 x 10] intentionally omitted <==

Supporting women employees

Unconscious bias course

We are committed to supporting our women employees as they return from maternity leave by offering tailored benefits and comfortable work options. These include flexible working hours, work-from-home arrangements, the possibility of extending maternity leave and the provision of additional unpaid leave if needed. We also ensure that performance ratings are protected during the maternity break. Additionally, we organise webinars focused on well-being to further assist employees during this important period.

Our Learning Management System (LMS) offers a course on unconscious bias, covering topics such as decoding explicit and implicit biases, distinguishing between stereotypes, biases and prejudices, recognising unconscious bias in the workplace and developing actionable plans to shift perspectives and encourage a more inclusive environment.

Limitless speaker sessions

We have organised three sensitisation sessions under the Limitless Speaker series, featuring speakers from the LGBTQ+ community and individuals with physical disabilities. These sessions aimed to promote empathy and encourage a more inclusive workplace culture.

==> picture [152 x 282] intentionally omitted <==

POSH e-learning module

To ensure a safe and respectful workplace, all employees are required to complete the mandatory online training on the Prevention of Sexual Harassment (POSH) Act. This module provides in-depth understanding of the POSH Act, educates employees on identifying actions that may constitute sexual harassment and outlines the redressal mechanisms available to victims.

100%

Employees completed POSH training

Women employee participation

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

74

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Employee engagement

We prioritise continuous employee engagement through various events that enhance productivity, foster collaboration and promote shared responsibility. This year, through the coordinated efforts of a cross functional team called FunAtBajaj (FAB) Champions, we launched Bajaj Got Talent (BGT) — a community platform for like-minded individuals.

Bajaj Got Talent

Designed to foster connection and collaboration, this platform enables employees with common interests to engage, share knowledge and support each other’s growth. Employees can also showcase their talents to colleagues across the organisation. By bringing together individuals from diverse teams in a spirit of enjoyment, BGT strengthens connections among colleagues, facilitating smoother collaboration in cross-functional teams.

Enabling open communication for employees

[International and regional ] 01 townhalls

Our largest platform, the International Townhall, is held twice a year for leaders to share organisational and business updates, enabling unity across global teams. Regional Townhalls are held to extend this communication to local levels, focusing on region-specific updates.

02 All Hands Meet (AHM)

Held quarterly, AHMs make leaders accessible to frontline employees, share business results, celebrate achievements and set future directions. These sessions include cross-functional leaders and open Q&A, promoting transparency and clarity.

03 Facetime with leaders

This initiative connects new joiners and high-potential employees with business and functional heads in an informal setting, encouraging open dialogue, trust and the sharing of ideas and experiences.

04 Marvel AI

This is an employee chatbot that enables staff to provide feedback on people practices and raise grievances confidentially.

05 CHRO connect

Quarterly meetings where the CHRO engages with employees to gather feedback and address concerns related to ongoing organisational initiatives.

06 HR Open House

Department-level sessions where HODs and HR teams provide business and HR updates while addressing functionspecific and individual concerns.

07 Plant-level Safety Committee

The Plant-level Safety Committee, which ensures consultation and participation from contract employees, meets monthly to discuss and recommend safety improvement initiatives.

==> picture [483 x 229] intentionally omitted <==

75 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Employee recognition

Our employees power the success and steady growth of our organisation. Through a range of award programmes, we acknowledge exceptional performance, uplifting team spirit and encouraging continued excellence.

Spot Awards are given to employees who make significant contributions in real-time, providing immediate recognition and motivation for their efforts.

Sarvottam programme continues to be a strong motivator, especially for employees in the Radical category. This programme is designed to honour those who consistently go above and beyond in their roles, demonstrating innovation, commitment and a strong drive for results.

335

132

Celebrating Excellence: Spot Awards for Outstanding Employees

Employees recognised under Sarvottam programme

==> picture [483 x 320] intentionally omitted <==

76

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Employee safety and well-being

We aim to create a safe, healthy and supportive work environment for all our employees. We have increased the group mediclaim sum assured for all employees, ensuring better financial protection in times of need. Our commitment to holistic well-being is further demonstrated through dedicated Employee Assistance Programme (EAP) offerings focused on mental health support.

During the year, we have also organised customised medical camps across different locations to address specific health needs of our workforce. We also provide higher maternity coverage for women employees to support them during and after pregnancy.

==> picture [150 x 52] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

285 covering
799+ employees
----- End of picture text -----

Awareness sessions conducted to raise awareness and promote safety and healthy lifestyle of employees

==> picture [303 x 309] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

No. of sessions Total Man hours
On Health 70 1,968.5
and safety measures
On Skill upgradation 129 27,575
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [483 x 272] intentionally omitted <==

77 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Human rights

Our approach strongly prioritise respecting, protecting and upholding essential human rights across business. To ensure a safe and comfortable working environment, we have reinforced our human rights policies and encourage employees to report any grievances related to the organisation or other relevant concerns.

Bajaj Electricals is committed to fostering an inclusive and equitable workplace. We ensure that there is no discrimination in compensation, training or employee benefits on the basis of caste, religion, disability, gender, sexual orientation, race, colour, ancestry, marital status or affiliation with any political, religious, or union organisation, or any majority or minority group.

Policies for our employees

==> picture [318 x 258] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Code of Whistle Blower POSH
Conduct policy policy policy
Human Rights Employee welfare Employee
Policy fund Policy insurance policy
Group gratuity cum life assurance Flexi benefit
scheme benefit policy allowances
Maternity House rent Get together
benefit allowance benefit policy
Scholarship to
employee and Car Policy Time off policy
children
----- End of picture text -----

BEL Governance Policies

  • Anti bribery and Anti-corruption policy

  • Code of practices and procedure of faire disclosure of UPSI

  • Code of Conduct for director and senior management

  • BEL Insider trading Policy

==> picture [317 x 197] intentionally omitted <==

Way Forward

We will continue to enhance our recruitment and retention strategies to ensure business continuity and minimise productivity disruptions, while maintaining a strong commitment to diversity and inclusion. By investing in tailored learning and development initiatives and integrating the Winning Culture framework into all HR practices, we aim to address specific skill needs and reinforce desired behaviours. Additionally, a comprehensive review of our organisational design will support a transition to a rolebased structure, with ongoing efforts focused on boosting productivity and efficiency.

Social and Relationship Capital

Together We Thrive

We believe in bringing a balance in the community and enabling holistic development of our economy. With this objective in this mind, we are constantly propagating mutually beneficial relationships with all our key stakeholders to address their concerns and make their aspirations a reality. Our focus has always been on sustainable growth, while maintaining our role as a responsible business that serves the community, enhancing the quality of life of every individual and household.

Material topics

Supply chain management

Quality service and delivery

Contribution to UN SDGs

==> picture [73 x 48] intentionally omitted <==

  • What we have from other capitals What we ensure What we achieved Financial Understanding the key 50,000+ lives Capital issues of the community touched through

  • We ensure adequate funding to We encourage and enable community support our CSR projects, driving our employees to actively development projects meaningful impact and fostering participate in CSR initiatives >75% employees sustainable community development through structured participated in CSR

  • volunteering programmes. volunteering activities

  • Manufactured This not only enhances their across various Capital engagement and sense of initiatives

  • We deliver smart and innovative purpose but also strengthens products designed to meet the our impact on society Engaged with 288

We ensure adequate funding to support our CSR projects, driving meaningful impact and fostering sustainable community development

We deliver smart and innovative products designed to meet the evolving needs of our customers

Engaged with 288 supply chain partners

  • Creating environmental awareness

  • awareness No. of consumer care Promoting women centres to 660+ empowerment

Human Capital

People to provide quality service and product delivery along with volunteering CSR initiatives

  • Maintaining long-term relationship with supply partners

  • Robust customer engagement

79 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

==> picture [10 x 177] intentionally omitted <==

Our commitment to community

Our Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiatives reflect our dedication to sustainable community development and meaningful stakeholder engagement. By partnering with local communities and organisations, we strive to make a meaningful impact in environmental sustainability, women’s empowerment and fostering art &

Our focus areas

Strengthening Fostering environmental art and sustainability culture Women Empowerment

we ensure that our programmes are relevant, effective and sustainable. Our dedicated teams, supported by employee volunteers, work tirelessly to execute these initiatives with precision and care, ensuring measurable outcomes that uplift communities.

culture. Our tailored programmes, shaped by thorough needs assessments, empower individuals and foster resilient communities. Our CSR initiatives are carefully designed to align with the unique needs of each community we serve. Through thorough assessments and open dialogue with local stakeholders,

Geographic reach of our CSR projects

Projects related to and Projects related to Fostering Women Empowerment art and culture Maharashtra Ahmedabad, Gujarat Gujarat Alibaug, Maharashtra Bengaluru, Karnataka Chennai, Tamil Nadu New Delhi, New Delhi Sangolda, Goa Bardhaman, West Bengal Gurugram, Haryana Gwalior, Madhya Pradesh Mumbai, Maharashtra Auroville, Puducherry Uttan, Maharashtra

Projects related to Strengthening Environmental Sustainability Himachal Pradesh Kerala Uttarakhand Karnataka New Delhi Goa Uttar Pradesh Maharashtra West Bengal Daman & Diu Chattisgarh Gujarat Odisha Haryana Madhya Pradesh Punjab Tamil Nadu Jammu & Kashmir

80

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

~24,000

Total trees planted

425+

Women empowered

50,000+

Total lives benefitted

K 4.7 crores

CSR expenditure

The Improved Cookstove Project – A Step Towards Green Future

The Bajaj Electricals Foundation, the CSR arm of Bajaj Electricals Ltd., 10,000 improved cookstoves are being distributed to remote rural communities in Maharashtra and Rajasthan.

These cookstoves significantly reduce firewood consumption, helping combat deforestation and supporting national conservation efforts. By generating less smoke, the cookstoves also reduce indoor air pollution, lowering the risk of respiratory illnessesespecially for women and children who spend their most time near traditional cooking fires.

With 10,000 clean cookstoves reaching women beneficiaries and positively impacting 50,000+ lives, this initiative goes beyond a simple technological upgrade. It serves as a catalyst for social, environmental and economic transformation, placing both people and the planet at the core of its mission and paving the way for a greener, healthier future.

CSR changemakers

efforts. This collaborative, handson approach not only deepens community engagement but also instills a strong sense of purpose and connection among employees, enhancing both social impact and organizational culture.

The integration of CSR initiatives with employee volunteering serves as a significant catalyst for sustainable community development. By contributing their time, skills and expertise, our employees take on meaningful roles as CSR Champions and Changemakers, addressing local challenges in impactful ways. Their active involvement in planning, executing and evaluating community projects expands the reach and effectiveness of our volunteering

==> picture [57 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

75%
----- End of picture text -----

Employees volunteered

==> picture [317 x 193] intentionally omitted <==

Measuring what matters: Evaluating CSR impact

Caling our community development projects

Bajaj Electricals Foundation ensures sustainable and scalable community development through strategic planning and robust execution, supported by strong monitoring mechanisms such as regular site visits, partner meetings and thirdparty audits. These measures enable data-driven decisions and timely adjustments. Projects are guided by roadmaps and participatory approaches to address local needs, while capacity building for trainers and NGO teams enhances grassroots impact. Collaborations with academic institutions, government, start-ups and social enterprises drive innovation and scale and long-term NGO partnerships provide deep community insights for enduring impact.

We regularly evaluate the impact of our community development programmes through a comprehensive project assessment process. This includes regular monitoring visits to track progress against objectives as well as the collection of both quantitative metrics and qualitative feedback from beneficiaries. External consultants independently review project outcomes, identify gaps and recommend improvements. Additionally, third-party evaluations of NGO and CBO partners help ensure each initiative’s effectiveness, relevance and integrity supporting continuous improvement and accountability.

81 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Consumer care

We are committed to delivering exceptional consumer care through a comprehensive set of initiatives aimed to enhance customer satisfaction and service quality. We have implemented a robust, technology-driven service ecosystem that ensures prompt responses, efficient grievance resolution and continuous improvement based on consumer insights.

Tech-driven customer support

Our customer support is anchored in a one-hour response promise, enhanced customer engagement and the introduction of self-service options through digital platforms and mobile apps. We have integrated our CRM with SAP and mobile applications, making real-time data accessible to our Quality Assurance and R&D teams. This enables us to gather actionable consumer insights through mechanisms such as Net Promoter Score (NPS) tracking, ensuring that product performance and service quality are continuously monitored and improved.

By leveraging technology partnerships, we provide seamless customer service experiences. Customers can book service requests, register complaints and purchase extended warranties through cloud-based CRM applications, WhatsApp, chatbots, video calls and QR code-enabled registrations. These digital tools make service access faster, more transparent and available 24/7, significantly enhancing convenience and satisfaction.

==> picture [45 x 66] intentionally omitted <==

Efficiency in repairs and installations

Comprehensive customer service network

To ensure timely and efficient service delivery for repairs and installations, we have implemented a Turnaround Time (TAT) based payment structure for our service partners, ensured spare parts availability and utilised Power BI-based systems to review and monitor service partner performance. Our realtime customer satisfaction surveys are rigorously analysed to identify pain points, with cross-functional teams define targeted improvements to address them. This approach has led to improvements in product features, service processes, sales and marketing.

We have strategically expanded our customer service network to reach every corner of India, ensuring the efficient resolution of customer grievances. Additionally, we provide regular training to our service technicians, focusing on both technical and soft skill enhancement to ensure that our customers receive superior preand post-service experience.

660+

Consumer Care centres

During FY 2025, we also launched pre-season service discount offers on fans and coolers, extended call centre operating hours and promoted QR code-based complaint registration to further enhance customer convenience and awareness.

19,000+

PIN codes covered across India

3,200+

Skilled technicians

==> picture [318 x 304] intentionally omitted <==

82

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Value chain partners

Our supply chain partners play a pivotal role in driving operational excellence, enhancing customer satisfaction and ensuring business sustainability. We recognise their vital contributions at every stage of our operations and are committed to building long-lasting, collaborative relationships through regular engagement. By fostering a culture of mutual trust and shared success, we ensure a resilient and responsive supply chain that supports our mission of delivering superior products and services.

==> picture [52 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

288
----- End of picture text -----

Supply chain partners

59

Key suppliers participated in ESG awareness sessions

Focusing on the 'Net-Zero Programme,' our objective is to guide decarbonisation pathways by empowering value chain partners to commit to and accelerate actions toward achieving Net-Zero emissions.

Suppliers on-boarding process

Requirement Visit from a crossDetailed assessment Commencement based on the functional team and analysis of of trails for supply chain that includes manufacturing products to be strategy members from processes, manufactured Quality Assurance management and supplied and Sourcing capabilities, adherence to the supply to environmental partner's premises. social and governance compliances

==> picture [9 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [295 x 99] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [10 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [10 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [9 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

Based on the report result, the supplier is on-boarded if qualified

Suppliers’ evaluation based on the cost, quality, compliance, delivery, development capability and ESG

Findings are submitted to the supply partner for any required corrections in the analysis conducted

==> picture [483 x 215] intentionally omitted <==

83 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Fostering Long-Term Collaboration Across the Value Chain

We engage with our value chain partners through multiple channels at various levels to build and maintain strong, collaborative and sustainable relationships.

01 Governance meetings

Regular discussions with key management to review performance, address concerns and discuss new developments

02 Awareness sessions

Online and offline sessions to educate and update a wider network of partners across the value chain

[Process and development ] 03 meetings

Collaborative meetings focused on key processes, challenges and solutions during new product development

05 Partner feedback sessions

Inviting supply partners to report potential risks and share ideas and probable solutions

06 Facility visits

Regular on-site visits to the manufacturing location of the partners to guide and encourage them with their operations

Mulya Programme

The ‘Mulya’ programme, which involves active participation from our supply partners, consultants and subject matter experts, has played a pivotal role in driving significant cost savings. Through this collaborative initiative, we have generated a pool of ideas that resulted in significant annualise saving of more than H 80 crores.

On the logistics front, we have strengthened our distribution network by adding new warehouses in key locations. This expansion has enabled us to enhance service levels for customers in specific regions, including Odisha, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, ensuring faster and more efficient deliveries.

==> picture [119 x 129] intentionally omitted <==

Maintaining transparency in supply chain process

We have established a comprehensive sourcing policy and Code of Conduct that outline clear guidelines for transparency and ethical business practices. These policies are designed to ensure that our operations consistently reflect our commitment to fairness, integrity and compliance with environment, social and governance standards.

Promoting local sourcing

We operate across India, sourcing materials both domestically and internationally, with a strong emphasis on local procurement. By promoting local businesses and strengthening the domestic supply chain, we enhance supply chain resilience while contributing to economic growth. This approach empowers regional suppliers and supports sustainable, communitydriven development.

>95%

Material sourced locally from local suppliers

Way Forward

We will focus on scaling impactful CSR initiatives through deeper community engagement, innovative partnerships and robust monitoring to ensure long-term, sustainable development.

In consumer care, we aim to further enhance customer experience by leveraging advanced digital platforms, expanding our service network and continuously improving service quality based on real-time feedback.

For our value chain partners, we will strengthen collaborative relationships, promote local sourcing and uphold transparency and ethical practices, all while driving operational excellence and cost efficiencies.

Natural Capital

Environmental Stewardship at Our Core

As a manufacturing organisation, we deeply value the vital role that the natural resources play in enabling us to consistently deliver the best to our stakeholders. We believe that as a responsible organisation, it is our duty to safeguard the environment by minimising the impact of our operations and giving back to nature wherever possible. Through our approach, we remain committed to protecting and replenishing resources continually and make the world a better place for generations to come.

Material topics

Energy management Water management Waste management

Contribution to UN SDGs

==> picture [73 x 73] intentionally omitted <==

What we have from other capitals

What we have from other capitals What we ensure What we achieved Manufactured Recycling and re-using of Achieved Zero liquid Capital resources discharge status Effluent treatment plants in Optimised use of natural in all manufacturing locations manufacturing facilities to reduce resources environmental footprint Reduction in carbon 10248.4 KL of emission and waste wastewater treated Intellectual generation and reused in Capital operations and Enriching ecological Innovating energy efficient products gardening landscape and developing methods to optimise 18% reduction in Regular energy and the usage of natural resources carbon emission environmental audits intensity Social and ESG assessments for supply Relationship Capital partners 2095.9 MT waste

2095.9 MT waste recovered through recycling process

Engaging with supply partners who aligns with our ecoconscious objectives

59 Key suppliers engaged through ESG programmes

85

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Bajaj’s Environmental Management System (EMS)

==> picture [10 x 176] intentionally omitted <==

Bajaj Electricals Limited has implemented a robust Environmental Management System (EMS) aligned with global sustainability standards, upholding a deep-seated commitment to minimising environmental impact. We have dedicated 'Environment, Health & Safety Policy" and Policy on 'Life-cycle Sustainability, Responsible Sourcing and Product and Service Responsibility'.We conduct annual Aspect and Impact Assessments at our manufacturing facilities to identify and mitigate environmental impacts such as emissions, energy use, water consumption and waste generation. Regular Hazard Identification and Risk Assessments (HIRA) help us to proactively manage environmental, health and safety risks.

To ensure compliance with environmental regulations, we partner with government-approved labs for ongoing monitoring of air, water, emissions, noise and effluent discharge. These efforts support our sustainability goals by ensuring

regulatory compliance, minimising our ecological footprint, enabling prompt risk response and promoting transparency and accountability.

Additionally, we have implemented Environment Management System (ISO 14001:2015).

Our Chakan unit is certified by TÜV SÜD South Asia Private Limited and Nashik unit is certified by Integral Certification Private Ltd. To ensure continued compliance with the requirements of the ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Management System, we conduct internal audits every six months. These audits are further validated through annual external audits, reinforcing our adherence to environmental excellence and continuous improvement.

To ensure the successful implementation of a reliable and robust environmental management system, we have established a Boardlevel CSR and ESG Committee. This committee oversees the progress of our ESG initiatives and guides the team in adopting innovative and effective solutions. We have also introduced an

annual training plan, engaged with stakeholders and conducted sessions with domain experts to enhance environmental impact among both internal and external stakeholders.

==> picture [22 x 209] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [20 x 20] intentionally omitted <==

CERTIFICATE

of TÜV SÜD South Asia Private LimitedThe Certification Body certifies that

==> picture [25 x 13] intentionally omitted <==

Bajaj Electricals Limited (Chakan Unit) Fan Division Gat No. 603-607 & 392,426, Village Mahalunge, Chakan-Talegaon Road, Tal. Khed Dist. Pune – 410 501, India

has implemented Quality Management System in accordance with ISO 9001:2015 for the scope of

Manufacturing & Supply of Electric Fans

The certificate is valid from 2024-08-31 until 2027-08-30 The present status of this certificate can be obtained through TUV SUD website by scanning below QR code and by entering the certificate number (without spaces) on web page. Further clarifications regarding the status & scope of this certificate may be obtained by consulting the certification body at Subject to successful completion of annual periodic audits [email protected] Certificate Registration No. 99 100 20308

Date of Initial certification: 1996-01-01 Issue Date: 2024-07-31 Rev. 00

==> picture [26 x 13] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [106 x 22] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

of TÜV SÜD South Asia Private Limited, Member of TÜV SÜD Group Head of Certification Body ________Rahul Kale Mumbai
TÜV SÜD South Asia Pvt. Ltd. ⚫ TÜV SÜD House ⚫ Saki Naka ⚫ Andheri (East) ⚫ Mumbai – 400072 ⚫ Maharashtra ⚫ India
----- End of picture text -----

86

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Climate change mitigation

Climate change is profoundly altering the environment through a range of interconnected impacts. Rising global temperatures have led to more frequent and intense heatwaves, droughts and heavy rainfall, disrupting natural ecosystems and human societies alike. These changes also worsen air and water quality, increase the spread of diseases and endanger food and water security for both people and wildlife. At BEL, we recognise that climate change presents both significant challenges and unique opportunities. We have identified the key strengths, challenges, opportunities and threats that are directly associated our the business operations and might impact our growth. By proactively addressing these factors, we aim to enhance our resilience, capitalise on emerging opportunities and contribute positively.

==> picture [109 x 103] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Strengths
----- End of picture text -----

  • Adherence to global EMS standards

  • Rooftop solar energy generation

  • Zero waste to landfill certification

  • Robust Energy management

  • Rain Water Harvesting

  • Zero Liquid discharge

  • Life cycle assessment

==> picture [109 x 103] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Challenges
----- End of picture text -----

  • Stringent environmental norms

  • Resource intensive monitoring

  • Dependence on external labs

  • Huge Capital Investment

==> picture [41 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

Opportunities

  • Adoption of green technologies

  • Growing environmental awareness

  • Strategic collaborations for funding and innovations

  • Scaling conservation programmes

  • Engaging employees in sustainability initiatives

==> picture [41 x 41] intentionally omitted <==

Threats

  • Rapid regulatory changes with high operational cost

  • Extreme weather events causing disruption in operations

  • Competitive pressure and resource scarcity

  • Negative public or media scrutiny can lead to reputational damage

  • Precautionary

  • environmental risk

  • management

  • Comprehensive environmental monitoring

Monitoring environmental impact of products

We take a holistic approach to minimising the environmental impact of our products throughout their entire lifecycle, from raw material sourcing and manufacturing to customer use and end-of-life disposal. We conduct Lifecycle Assessments (LCA) to identify and address environmental impacts at every stage. Our eco-design principles ensure products are durable, energy-efficient and resource efficient. Sustainable manufacturing practices, responsible sourcing and supply

chain compliance further reduce our footprint. Post-sale, we monitor product performance, support responsible recycling and disposal and maintain transparency through certifications and ESG reporting. Continuous innovation and investment in green technologies drive us to set new sustainability benchmarks, ensuring our products remain environmentally responsible during its entire lifecycle.

We have defined the ‘Business Partner’s Code of Conduct’ highlighting the minimum requirements pertaining to:

02 Conflict of Interest

01 Human rights

==> picture [18 x 18] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

03
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [18 x 18] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

04
----- End of picture text -----

Bribery, Corruption Gifts and and Money Donations Laundering

87

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

over the past years.

05

Confidentiality and Protection of BEL Group’s Property and Information

06

Data Protection and Privacy

We also promote sustainable employee transportation through a range of measures, including carpooling, shuttle services, public transit and flexible work-from-home options. Our ongoing investment in R&D ensures the development of energy-efficient, low-emission products. Additionally, we regularly monitor ambient air quality and stack emissions through government-approved laboratories, maintaining transparency and compliance with environmental standards.

Reduction in carbon emission

07

08

Ethical Sourcing of Materials

Social Media

09

10

No Child or Equal Opportunity Forced Labour Employer

12

11

Prevention of Occupational Sexual Harassment health and safety

Scope 1
Scope 2
(Manufacturing
Locations)
Scope 2 (Offices
and Warehouses)
FY 2025
1498.1 MT
3419.7 MT
1687.2 MT
FY 2024
1,665.7
MT
3,919.5
MT
FY 2023
3,485.7
MT
4,122.5
MT
Target
FY 2025
1,582.4
MT
3,723
MT

*From FY 2025, we have expanded our emissions reporting to encompass 15 offices and 17 warehouses. Based on the data, we have estimated an increase of scope 2 emission by 1,109.67 MT CO2 eq.

Transitioning to smarter energy management

13

Environmental stewardship pollution prevention, effective waste management, biodiversity conservation, no-deforestation policies and land conservation.

This code of conduct is applicable to all current and potential business partners of BEL Group, including, customers, suppliers (of services and products), contractors, sub-contractors, landlords/lessors, lessees, intermediaries, consultants, agents, agencies, brokers, representatives, dealers and distributors.

Reducing carbon footprint

We are deeply committed to reducing our carbon footprint through a comprehensive, data-driven approach. We closely monitor electricity and fuel consumption across all our facilities using smart meters and maintain accurate records to track and manage our greenhouse gas emissions in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. By transitioning to cleaner fuels such as PNG at our Chakan plant, expanding rooftop solar capacity and optimising manufacturing processes, we have significantly lowered our emission intensity

We believe that every step, from product design to daily operations, offers an opportunity to minimise our environmental footprint and make a positive impact. Our commitment begins with designing products that are both innovative and energy efficient. We ensure that our appliances meet or exceed the highest standards, such as BEE and Energy Star ratings, enabling our customers to make environmentally responsible choices. By prioritising durability and longevity in our designs, we help reduce the need for frequent replacements, minimising energy consumption throughout the product lifecycle.

Within our manufacturing facilities, we have installed smart meters and submeters across our plants, allowing us to monitor energy consumption in real time and identify areas for significant energy savings. At all our plants, we have set up a solar power generation plant that generates clean renewable energy, directly reducing our reliance on grid electricity and lowering greenhouse gas emissions in the process. We have also installed light motion sensors in material storage areas and offices, ensuring that lights are used only when needed and eliminating unnecessary energy consumption. Meanwhile, at our Nirlep plant, the installation of APFC (Automatic Power Factor Correction) panels has helped us improve our power factor, reducing energy losses and enhancing overall efficiency.

During reporting period, we have also conducted an energy audit through a BEE-accredited energy auditor

26.5%

Total share of energy from renewable sources

88

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Circular waste management

We have adopted a structured and responsible approach to managing and minimising waste across our production facilities. Our efforts focus on proactive monitoring, process optimisation and sustainability-driven practices to ensure that waste generation is kept to a minimum and all residual waste

is managed in an environmentally sound manner. Waste segregation is implemented at every stage, with waste categorised as recyclable, nonrecyclable, hazardous or biodegradable at the point of origin. This systematic segregation enables more effective reuse and recycling, reducing

dependence on landfills. We conduct regular audits to identify inefficiencies and avoidable waste sources. We have adopted below hierarchy of waste management.

Most Preferred

Prevention: Avoiding or reducing the generation of waste in the first place

==> picture [167 x 202] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Prevention
Reuse
Recycling
Recovery
Disposal
Least
Preferred
----- End of picture text -----

Reuse: Using products or materials again for the same or a different purpose, without changing their form or quality

Recycling: Processing waste materials into new products or raw materials.

Recovery: Extracting energy or materials from waste that cannot be reused or recycled

Disposal: Getting rid of waste that cannot be prevented, reused, recycled or recovered. This method includes practices such as landfilling and dumping, which are considered the least preferred due to their negative impact on both the environment and human health

01 Refuse

04 Recycle

Elimination of single use plastics from operations

Segregated waste streams sent to certified recyclers and partnerships established for recycling of e-waste and hazardous waste

02 Reduce

Streamlining process Our and digitising operations to cut down raw material, 5R paper and packaging principle waste

05 Rotten

Converting garden waste into manure

03 Reuse

Packing materials, pallets and containers reused within supply chain and components refurbished for internal use.

Chakan and Nirlep units have achieved ‘Zero Waste to Landfill’ certification, successfully diverting over 99% of waste from landfills through recycling, recovery and material repurposing.

Advanced waste minimisation techniques

We integrate advanced waste minimisation techniques across our manufacturing units by adopting lean manufacturing practices, such as Kaizen and 5S, to eliminate inefficiencies and reduce material waste.

Waste is segregated at the source using colour-coded bins and dedicated collection systems, with on-site baling and compacting machines facilitating efficient handling and transport of recyclables. We prioritise internal reuse of materials like metal trimmings and recoverable components and partner with authorised recyclers for responsible off-site recycling of hazardous waste, e-waste and plastics. Additionally, effluent and sewage treatment plants allow us to reuse treated wastewater within our facilities, reducing both liquid waste and freshwater consumption.

89 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Structured waste management system

We manage both hazardous and nonhazardous waste through a structured, regulatory-compliant process. Nonhazardous waste-such as packaging, paper, plastics, metal scrap, wood and food is segregated at the source for recycling, reuse or composting. On the other hand, hazardous waste, including used oil, paint sludge, chemical containers and e-waste, is promptly identified, safely stored and handled as per environmental regulations. Nonhazardous waste goes to authorised recyclers, while hazardous waste is sent to authorised recyclers and Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities (TSDFs) or co-processed in cement kilns, with full manifest tracking and reporting to authorities.

Total waste generated

2,142.518 MT

FY 2025

16.59%

Reduction from FY 2024 (Intensity per unit of product)

Total hazardous waste generated

44.446 MT

FY 2025

24.24%

Reduction from FY 2024 (Intensity per unit of product)

Total e-waste generated

9.5079 MT FY 2025

Total waste treated

2142.518 MT

FY 2025

16.59%

Improvement from FY 2024 (Intensity per unit of product)

Total waste recycled and reused

2095.982 MT

FY 2025

16.46%

Improvement from FY 2024 (Intensity per unit of product)

Water stewardship

We utilise water judiciously. We ensure responsible and sustainable water management by adopting smart water monitoring systems. By installing water meters at key consumption and withdrawal points, we are meticulously tracking and managing our water usage.

We also conserve water through rainwater harvesting initiatives. At our Nashik facility, we have implemented a RWH system covering 22,123 square meters, such as the primary collection surface.

The implementation of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) systems has enabled us to minimise liquid waste and recycle both domestic and process water, leading to significant reduction in our overall water input. Additionally, we have installed state-of-the-art Sewage Treatment Plants (STP) and Effluent Treatment Plants (ETP) at these sites. The treated water from these facilities is repurposed for green belt development and landscaping, creating a closedloop system that maximises resource efficiency and supports vibrant green spaces within our premises.

To avoid water losses and leakages we continuously engage employees through capacity building and routine operational checks.

CMD 108.5 KLD

Installed capacity of STP

22 KLD

Installed capacity of ETP

Total non-hazardous waste generated

2,041.344 MT

FY 2025

17.66%

Reduction from FY 2024 (Intensity per unit of product)

90

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Freshwater withdrawal

Enriching ecological landscape

43837.94 KL

FY 2025

9.6%

Reduction from FY 2024

Waste water recycled

10,248.4 KL

FY 2025

62.8%

Improvement from FY 2024

To enhance our ecosystem and nurture biodiversity, we are in process of creating a butterfly garden at our Nashik facility to enhance the visual appeal of our surroundings and significantly boost regional biodiversity. We have also focused on planting native tree species to beautify our environment and support the preservation of indigenous flora, thereby maintaining the delicate balance of local ecosystems. Additionally, we are laying the groundwork for responsible water management by planning the installation of rainwater harvesting structures and ponds to conserve precious water resources and support local biodiversity.

~24,000

Trees of native species planted

Way Forward

As part of our long-term sustainability vision, we are committed to advancing our environmental performance while aligning our efforts with the broader three pillars of sustainability—environmental, social and economic—across our operations and value chain. Our focus will be on advancing our environmental performance by concentrating on key areas such as enhancing product energy efficiency, expanding the use of renewable energy and aggressively reducing our carbon footprint, including Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. To conserve and optimise natural resources, we plan to install rainwater harvesting systems across all our facilities. Through continuous investment in sustainable innovation and R&D, we are dedicated to developing eco-friendly products and adopting new technologies and materials that strengthen our environmental stewardship throughout the entire product lifecycle.

==> picture [76 x 110] intentionally omitted <==

91 Corporate Overview

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Corporate Information

Board of Directors

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & CEO

Rajiv Bajaj Non-Executive Director

Pooja Bajaj Executive Director

Nirav Bajaj Additional Non-Executive Director

Shailesh Haribhakti Independent Director

Sudarshan Sampathkumar Independent Director

Vikram Hosangady Independent Director

Swati Salgaocar Independent Director

Saurabh Kumar Independent Director

Chief Financial Officer

E C Prasad

Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary

Prashant Dalvi

Auditors

S R B C & CO LLP, Chartered Accountants

Secretarial Auditor

Makarand M. Joshi & Co. Practicing Company Secretaries

Cost Auditor

R. Nanabhoy & Co. Cost Accountants

Bankers

State Bank of India | Bank of India | Union Bank of India | Yes Bank Ltd. | IDBI Bank Ltd. | HDFC Bank Ltd. | ICICI Bank Ltd.

Registered Office

45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai - 400001 CIN: L31500MH1938PLC009887

Corporate Office

26th & 27th Floor, One Unity Center, Senapati Bapat Marg, Prabhadevi West, Mumbai 400013

Mulla House, 51 M. G. Road, Fort, Mumbai 400001

Factories

Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar Units | Chakan Unit | Nashik Unit

Branch Offices

Ahmedabad | Bangalore | Bhubaneswar | Chandigarh | Chennai | Cochin | Delhi | Guwahati | Hyderabad | Indore | Jaipur | Kolkata | Lucknow | Mumbai | Nagpur | Patna | Pune | Raipur | Ranchi

Depots

Ahmedabad | Bangalore | Coimbatore| Guwahati | Hyderabad | Kolkata | Luhari | Lucknow Mumbai | Nagpur | Noida | Patna | Sanpka | Zirakpur

Central Warehouses

Hyderabad | Kulana | Luhari | Mumbai | Vapi

Overseas Representative / Liaison Offices

China | Dubai

==> picture [59 x 86] intentionally omitted <==

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 92

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Notice of the Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the Eighty-sixth (86th) Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) of the members of Bajaj Electricals Limited (the “Company”) will be held on Thursday, August 7, 2025, at 03:00 PM (IST) via Video Conferencing (“VC”)/Other Audio-Visual Means (“OAVM”) to transact the following businesses:

ORDINARY BUSINESS

  1. To receive, consider and adopt the Audited Standalone and Consolidated Financial Statements including Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2025, and the Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended on that date together with Directors’ and Auditors’ Report thereon.

  2. To declare a dividend of H 3.00 per equity share of face value of H 2 each for the financial year ended March 31, 2025.

  3. To take note of the retirement of Mr. Rajiv Bajaj (DIN 00018262), Director, who retires by rotation at this Annual General Meeting and has expressed his intention not to seek re-appointment, and to consider and decide not to fill the vacancy arising from his retirement.

  4. To appoint a director in place of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj (DIN 08254455), who retires by rotation at this Annual General Meeting, and being eligible, offers herself for re-appointment.

SPECIAL BUSINESS

  1. To appoint Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj (DIN 08472468) as a NonExecutive and Non-Independent Director of the Company, and, in this regard, to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

  2. “RESOLVED THAT, pursuant to provisions of section 152 and any other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”), the rules made thereunder (including any statutory amendment(s), modification(s), clarification(s), substitution(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof for the time being in force), and based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj (DIN 08472468) who was appointed by the Board of Directors, as an additional director under section 161(1) of the Act and who vacates his office at this annual general meeting and in respect of whom a notice in writing pursuant to section 160 of the Act has been received in the prescribed manner, be and is hereby appointed as a Non-Executive and Non-Independent Director, liable to retire by rotation.

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT pursuant to the provisions of section 149, 197 and other applicable provisions of the Act and the Rules made thereunder, Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj be paid such fees and remuneration and profit-related commission as the Board may approve from time to time and subject to such limits, prescribed or as may be prescribed from time to time.”

  1. To ratify the remuneration of Cost Auditors for the financial year ending March 31, 2026, and, in this regard, to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution :

“RESOLVED THAT, pursuant to the provisions of Section 148 and all other applicable provisions, if any, of the Companies Act, 2013, and rules made thereunder (including any statutory amendment(s), modification(s), clarification(s), substitution(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof for the time being in force), the remuneration of H 2,18,000/- (Rupees Two Lakh Eighteen Thousand only) plus applicable taxes and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, as approved by the Board upon recommendation of the Audit Committee, to be paid to Messrs R. Nanabhoy & Co., Cost Accountants (Firm Registration No.000010), as Cost Auditors of the Company for conducting the cost audit for the financial year 2025-26, be and is hereby ratified, confirmed, and approved.”

  1. To appoint Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Company Secretaries, as Secretarial Auditors for the term of 5 (five) consecutive years and, in this regard, to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolution as an Ordinary Resolution:

“RESOLVED THAT, pursuant to Regulation 24A of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, read with the provisions of Section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 9 of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 and other applicable provisions, if any, of the Companies Act, 2013, (including any statutory amendment(s), modification(s), clarification(s), substitution(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof for the time being in force) and as per the recommendations of Board of Directors of the Company, consent of the Members be and is hereby accorded for the appointment of Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Practicing Company Secretaries, (Firm Registration No.P2009MH007000 and Peer review No.6832/2025) as the Secretarial Auditors of the Company to hold office for a period of 5 (five) consecutive years commencing from the conclusion of this Annual General Meeting till the conclusion of the 91st Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held for the financial year ended March 31, 2030, who shall conduct Secretarial Audit of the Company from the financial year ended March 31, 2025 to the financial Year ended March 31, 2030.

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board be and is hereby authorised to determine the remuneration of the Secretarial Auditors including revision in the remuneration during the tenure, and to file necessary forms with the Registrar of Companies and to do all such acts, deeds and things, as may be necessary, to give effect to the above resolution, and to settle any questions, difficulties or doubts that may arise in this regard.”

93 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

  1. To approve borrowing by way of issue of securities and, in this regard, to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolution as a Special Resolution:

“RESOLVED THAT, pursuant to Sections 42 and 71 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”), read with the Companies (Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014, and all other applicable provisions of the Act and the Rules made thereunder, as may be applicable, and other relevant guidelines and regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India or any other prevailing law (including any statutory amendment(s), modification(s), clarification(s), substitution(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof for the time being in force), and in terms of the Articles of Association of the Company, the approval of the members of the Company be accorded to authorise the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Board”, which term shall include, unless the context otherwise requires, any committee of the Board or any director(s) or officer(s) authorised by the Board to exercise the powers conferred on the Board under this resolution) to borrow, from time to time, by way of securities including but not limited to secured/ unsecured redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures (“NCDs”) and/or Commercial Papers (“CPs”) to be issued on a private placement basis, in domestic and/or international markets, in one or more series/ tranches aggregating up to an amount not exceeding H 500 crore (Rupees Five Hundred Crore only), issuable/redeemable at discount/par/premium, under one or more shelf disclosure documents, during the period of one year from the date of this Annual General Meeting, on such terms and conditions as the Board may, from time to time, determine and consider proper and most beneficial to the Company including decisions regarding when the said NCDs and/or CPs be issued, the consideration for the issue, utilisation of the issue proceeds and all matters connected with or incidental thereto; provided that the said borrowings shall be within the overall borrowing limit of the Company.

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board be and is hereby authorised to do all acts, deeds, matters and things, and to take all such steps as may be necessary, proper, or expedient to give effect to this resolution and to settle any questions, difficulties or doubts that may arise in this regard.”

  1. To approve Limits of Borrowing under Section 180(1)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 and, in this regard, to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolution as a Special Resolution :

"RESOLVED THAT, in supersession of the earlier resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company by way of postal ballot on July 30, 2014, and pursuant to the provisions of Section 180(1)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 and all other applicable provisions, if any (including any statutory amendment(s), modification(s), clarification(s), substitution(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof for the time being in force), the consent of the Company be and is hereby accorded to the Board of Directors (hereinafter referred to

as the “Board”, which term shall include, unless the context otherwise requires, any committee of the Board or any director(s) or officer(s) authorised by the Board to exercise the powers conferred on the Board under this resolution) to borrow from time to time such sum or sums of monies as they may deem necessary for the purpose of the business of the Company, notwithstanding that the monies to be borrowed together with the monies already borrowed by the Company, apart from cash credit arrangements, discounting of bills and other temporary loans obtained from the Company's bankers/financial institutions in the ordinary course of business and remaining outstanding at any point of time, will exceed the aggregate of the paid-up share capital of the Company and its free reserves, that is to say, reserves not set apart for any specific purpose; provided that the total amount up to which monies may be borrowed by the Board of Directors and which shall remain outstanding at any given point of time shall not exceed the sum of H 3,000 Crores (Rupees Three Thousand Crores).

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT, for the purpose of giving effect to this Resolution, the Board, be and is, hereby authorised to do all such acts, deeds, matters and things and to give such directions as may be necessary or expedient and to settle any question, difficulty or doubt that may arise in this regard as the Board in its absolute discretion may deem necessary or desirable and its decision shall be final and binding."

  1. To approve providing security under Section 180(1)(a) of the Companies Act, 2013 in connection with the borrowings of the Company and, in this regard, to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolution as a Special Resolution:

"RESOLVED THAT, pursuant to the provisions of Section 180(1)(a) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with the relevant Rules thereof (including any statutory amendment(s), modification(s), clarification(s), substitution(s) or reenactment(s) thereof for the time being in force) and subject to other approvals, if applicable or required under any statute(s) / rule(s) / regulation(s) or any law for the time being in force or required from any other concerned authorities and in supersession of the earlier resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company by way of postal ballot on July 30, 2014, the consent of the Company be and is hereby accorded to the Board of Directors (hereinafter referred to as the “Board”, which term shall include, unless the context otherwise requires, any committee of the Board or any director(s) or officer(s) authorised by the Board to exercise the powers conferred on the Board under this resolution) to sell, lease, mortgage or otherwise dispose of whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking of the Company or to create such mortgages/ charges/ hypothecation and/or other encumbrances, in addition to the existing mortgages, charges, hypothecation and other encumbrances, if any, created by the Company on all or any part of the immovable and/or movable properties, current and/or fixed assets, tangible or intangible assets, book debts and/or claims of the Company wheresoever situate, present and future and

94

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

such charge to rank either first, pari-passu with or second, subsequent, subservient and subordinate to all mortgages, charges, hypothecations and other encumbrances created/ to be created by the Company in favour of Indian or Foreign Financial Institutions, Banks or other Lending lnstitution(s), and/or to such other persons, if any, from whom the Company has proposed or proposes to borrow money/sums of moneys by way of Term Loans, Cash Credits, Overdrafts, Discounting of Bills, Inter Corporate Deposits, Commercial Papers or such other financial instruments permitted to be used by the appropriate authorities from time to time together with interest, cost, charges and other incidental expenses in terms of agreement(s) entered/to be entered into by the Board of Directors of the Company within the overall borrowing limits fixed pursuant to Section 180(1)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013.

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT, in connection with afore-stated Resolution, the Board shall have the power to mortgage or otherwise offer as collateral, substantial property, assets and/ or undertakings of the Company in certain events, to banks/ financial institutions, other lending agencies, and/or trustees for the holders of debentures/bonds/other instruments, to secure any rupee loans, foreign currency loans and/or the issue of debentures whether partly or fully convertible or non-convertible and/or securities linked to equity shares

NOTES

  1. The Explanatory Statement pursuant to Section 102 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”), setting out material facts concerning the business under Item Nos. 5 to 10 of the accompanying Notice, is annexed hereto. The Explanatory Statement also contains the relevant details of the Directors as required by Regulation 36(3) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI Listing Regulations”) and Secretarial Standard – 2 (“SS-2”) on General Meetings issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India (“ICSI”).

  2. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India (“MCA”) vide General Circular Nos. 14/2020, 17/2020, 20/2020, 02/2021, 21/2021, 02/2022, 10/2022, 09/2023, and 09/2024 dated April 8, 2020, April 13, 2020, May 5, 2020, January 13, 2021, December 14, 2021, May 5, 2022, December 28, 2022, September 25, 2023, and September 19, 2024, respectively (“MCA Circulars”), has allowed the conducting of Annual General Meetings (“AGM”) by companies through Video Conferencing/Other Audio-Visual Means (“VC/OAVM”) facility up to September 30, 2025, in accordance with the requirements provided in paragraphs 3 and 4 of MCA General Circular No. 20/2020. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) also, vide its Circular Nos. SEBI/HO/CFD/CMD1/CIR/P/2020/79 dated May 12, 2020, SEBI/HO/CFD/CMD2/CIR/P/2022/62 dated May 13, 2022, SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD-2/P/CIR/2023/4 dated January 5, 2023, SEBI/HO/DDHS/P/CIR/2023/0164 dated October 6, 2023, and SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-PoD-2/P/CIR/2024/133 dated October 3, 2024 (“SEBI Circulars”), has provided certain relaxations from compliance with specific provisions of the SEBI Listing Regulations. In compliance with these circulars, provisions of the Act, and the SEBI Listing Regulations, the 86th AGM of the Company is being conducted through VC/

and/or rupee/foreign currency convertible bonds and/or bonds with share warrants attached thereto.

RESOLVED FURTHER THAT, for the purpose of giving effect to this Resolution, the Board, be and is, hereby authorised to do all such acts, deeds, matters and things and to give such directions as may be necessary or expedient and to settle any question, difficulty or doubt that may arise in this regard as the Board in its absolute discretion may deem necessary or desirable and its decision shall be final and binding."

By Order of the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Prashant A. Dalvi

Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary ICSI Membership No. A51129 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

Registered Office:

45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai 400001, India. CIN: L31500MH1938PLC009887 Website: www.bajajelectricals.com E-mail: [email protected] Tel.: +91 22 6149 7000

OAVM, which does not require the physical presence of members at a common venue. The deemed venue for the 86th AGM shall be the Registered Office of the Company.

  1. In terms of the MCA Circulars, physical attendance of the members has been dispensed with, and therefore, there is no requirement for the appointment of proxies. Accordingly, the facility of appointment of proxies by members under Section 105 of the Act will not be available for the 86th AGM. However, pursuant to Sections 112 and 113 of the Act, representatives of the members may be appointed for the purpose of voting through remote e-Voting, for participation in the 86th AGM through VC/OAVM facility, and for e-Voting during the 86th AGM.

  2. In terms of the MCA Circulars and relevant circulars issued by SEBI, the Notice of the 86th AGM and the Annual Report for the financial year ended March 31, 2025 are being sent only through electronic mode to those members whose email addresses are registered with the Company/ Depository Participants (“DPs”), and will also be available on the website of the Company at www.bajajelectricals.com, on the website of BSE Limited at www.bseindia.com, on the website of the National Stock Exchange of India Limited at www.nseindia.com, and also on the website of MUFG Intime India Private Limited (“MUFGIntime”) at https://in.mpms. mufg.com/. Since the 86th AGM will be held through VC/ OAVM facility, the Route Map is not annexed in this Notice.

  3. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 108 of the Act, read with Rule 20 of the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014 as amended, SS-2 issued by the ICSI, and Regulation 44 of the SEBI Listing Regulations read with MCA Circulars, the Company is providing a remote e-Voting facility to its members in respect of the businesses to be transacted at the 86th AGM, and a facility for those members participating in the 86th AGM to cast their vote

95 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

through the e-Voting system. For this purpose, MUFGIntime shall provide a facility for voting and participation through the VC/OAVM facility.

  1. Members may join the 86th AGM through the VC/OAVM facility by following the procedure mentioned below, which shall be kept open for the members from 2:30 PM IST, i.e., 30 minutes before the time scheduled to start the 86th AGM.

  2. Attendance of the members participating in the 86th AGM through the VC/OAVM facility shall be counted for the purpose of reckoning the quorum under Section 103 of the Act.

  3. An electronic copy of the Annual Report for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, along with the Notice of the 86th AGM of the Company, inter alia, indicating the process and manner of e-Voting, is being sent to all the members whose email addresses are registered with the Company/ DPs for communication purposes, unless any member has requested a hard copy of the same. In case any member is desirous of obtaining a hard copy of the Annual Report for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, and the Notice of the 86th AGM of the Company, they may send a request to the Company’s email address at [email protected], mentioning their Folio No./DP ID and Client ID. Members whose email addresses are not registered with the Company or with their respective DP and who wish to receive the Notice of the 86th AGM and the Annual Report for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, as well as all other communications sent by the Company from time to time, can get their email addresses registered by following the steps given below:

  4. a) Those Members, who are holding shares in physical form and have not updated their e-mail IDs with the Company, are requested to update the same by submitting a duly filled and signed Form ISR-1 along with a self-attested copy of the PAN Card, and selfattested copy of any document (eg.: Aadhaar Card, Driving License, Voter Identity Card, Passport) in support of the address of the Member, to MUFGIntime at MUFG Intime India Private Limited, C 101, 247 Park, L B S Marg, Vikhroli West, Mumbai 400 083.

  5. b) Those Members, who are holding shares in demat form are requested to register/update their email addresses with their respective DPs.

  6. The dividend for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, as recommended by the Board of Directors, if approved/ declared by the members at the AGM, will be paid on or before August 11, 2025, to those members whose names appear in the Register of Members of the Company or in the Register of Beneficial Owners maintained by the Depositories as of July 18, 2025 (“Record Date”).

  7. Members holding shares in electronic form are hereby informed that the bank particulars registered with their respective DPs, with whom they maintain their demat accounts, will be used by the Company for the payment of dividends.

  8. Members holding shares in physical form are required to submit their KYC details as per the Circulars issued by SEBI in this regard. In respect of physical folios wherein KYC details are not updated before the cut-off date, the dividend will be held back by the Company. Members may please note that the dividends will get credited to their bank account only after the KYC details are updated in the folio.

  9. Members holding shares in dematerialised mode are requested to register complete bank account details with their DPs.

  10. SEBI vide its Master Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/ POD-1/P/ CIR/2024/37 dated May 7, 2024 read with SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/POD-1/P/CIR/2024/81 dated June 10, 2024, has mandated that with effect from April 1, 2024, dividend to security holders who are holding securities in physical form, shall be paid only through electronic mode. Such payment shall be made only after the shareholders furnish their PAN, contact details (postal address with PIN and mobile number), Bank Account details & Specimen Signature (“KYC”).

  11. As per the Income Tax Act, 1961 ("IT Act"), dividends paid or distributed by the Company after April 1, 2020, shall be taxable in the hands of the members, and the Company shall be required to deduct tax at source ("TDS") at the prescribed rates from the dividend to be paid to the members, subject to approval of members in the ensuing AGM. For the prescribed rates for various categories, please refer to the Finance Act, 2020, and its amendments.

  12. A separate email communication has been sent to the members, informing them of the relevant procedure to be adopted and documents to be submitted for availing the applicable tax rate. This communication, along with drafts of the exemption forms and other documents, has been made available on the Company’s website at www.bajajelectricals.com. Resident and non-resident members should upload the scanned copies of the requisite documents at https://web.in.mpms.mufg.com/ formsreg/submission-of-form-15g-15h.html on or before July 20, 2025, to enable the Company to determine the appropriate TDS/withholding tax rate, as applicable.

  13. Transfer of Unclaimed Dividend Amounts to the Investor Education and Protection Fund ("IEPF"):

  14. a. Pursuant to the Act, read with the Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority (Accounting, Audit, Transfer and Refund) Rules, 2016 ("IEPF Rules"), dividends that are unpaid or unclaimed for a period of 7 (seven) years from the date of their transfer are required to be transferred by the Company to the IEPF, administered by the Central Government. Further, according to the said IEPF Rules, shares in respect of which dividends have not been claimed by the shareholders for 7 (seven) consecutive years or more shall also be transferred to the demat account of the IEPF Authority.

  15. b. During the Financial Year 2024-25, the Company has transferred the following unclaimed dividends and unclaimed shares to the IEPF:

Particulars Dividend
No. of Shares
Dividend
No. of Shares
Final Dividend 16,08,353.60 9,337
FY 2016-17
  • c. The dividend amount and shares transferred to the IEPF can be claimed by the concerned members from the IEPF Authority after complying with the procedure prescribed under the IEPF Rules. Details of the unclaimed dividends are also available on the Company’s website at www.bajajelectricals.com, and these details have also been uploaded to the website of the IEPF Authority, accessible through the link www.iepf.gov.in.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 96

Bajaj Electricals Limited

  1. SEBI has mandated the updating of PAN, contact details, bank account details, and specimen signature, against each folio/demat account. PAN is also required to be updated for participating in the securities market, deleting the name of a deceased shareholder, and the transmission/ transposition of shares. As per the applicable SEBI Circular, PAN details must be compulsorily linked to Aadhaar details by the date specified by the Central Board of Direct Taxes. Members are requested to submit their PAN, or intimate all changes pertaining to their bank details, mandates, nominations, power of attorney, change of address, change of name, email address, contact numbers, specimen signature (as applicable), etc., to their DP in the case of holdings in dematerialised form or to the Company’s RTA, MUFGIntime, through Form ISR-1, Form ISR-2, and Form ISR-3 (as applicable) available on the Company’s website at www.bajajelectricals.com and on the website of MUFGIntime at https://in.mpms.mufg.com/.

  2. Members may note that SEBI, vide its Circular no. SEBI/HO/ MIRSD/MIRSD_RTAMB/P/CIR/2022/8 dated January 25, 2022, has mandated that listed companies issue securities in dematerialised form only while processing certain prescribed service requests. Further, SEBI, vide its circular No. SEBI/HO/ MIRSD/MIRSD_RTAMB/P/CIR/2022/65 dated May 18, 2022, has simplified the procedure and standardised the format of documents for the transmission of securities. Accordingly, members are requested to make service requests by submitting a duly filled and signed Form ISR-4 & ISR-5, as the case may be, the formats of which are available on the Company’s website at www.bajajelectricals.com and on the website of MUFGIntime at https://in.mpms.mufg.com/. Members are requested to note that any service request will only be processed after the folio is KYC Compliant.

  3. SEBI, vide its notification dated January 24, 2022, has mandated that all requests for the transfer of securities, including transmission and transposition requests, shall be processed only in dematerialised form. In view of this and to eliminate all risks associated with physical shares and avail various benefits of dematerialisation, members are advised to dematerialise their holdings.

  4. Members may note that, in terms of the SEBI Listing Regulations, equity shares of the Company can only be transferred in dematerialised form.

  5. In accordance with the provisions of Section 72 of the Act and SEBI circulars, the facility for nomination is available for the members of the Company in respect of the shares held by them. Members who have not yet registered their nomination are requested to register the same by submitting Form No. SH-13. If a Member desires to opt-out or cancel the earlier nomination and record a fresh nomination, he/ she may submit the same in Form No. ISR-3 or Form No. SH14, as the case may be. The said forms are available on the Company’s website at www.bajajelectricals.com. Members are requested to submit the said details to their respective DP, in the case the shares are held by them in dematerialised form and to the Company/MUFGIntime, in the case the shares are held by them in physical form.

  6. Documents referred to in the accompanying Notice of the 86th AGM and the Explanatory Statement shall be made available at the commencement of the meeting and shall remain open and accessible to the members during the continuance of the 86th AGM. During the 86th AGM, members may access the scanned copy of these documents

upon logging in to the MUFGIntime e-Voting system at https://instavote.linkintime.co.in/.

  1. The Register of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel and their shareholding maintained under Section 170 of the Act, and the Register of Contracts and Arrangements in which Directors are interested maintained under Section 189 of the Act shall be made available at the commencement of the meeting and shall remain open and accessible to the members during the continuance of the 86th AGM. During the 86th AGM, members may access the scanned copy of these documents upon logging in to the MUFGIntime e-Voting system at https://instavote.linkintime.co.in/.

  2. Details as required under Regulation 36 of the SEBI Listing Regulations and SS-2 issued by ICSI, in respect of the Director seeking re-appointment at the 86th AGM, are provided in the Annexure herewith and form an integral part of this Notice. Requisite declarations have been received from the Director seeking re-appointment.

25. General instructions for accessing and participating in the meeting through the VC/OAVM facility and voting through electronic means, including remote e-Voting:

  • A. Voting Through Electronic Means

  • In compliance with the provisions of Section 108 of the Act and Rule 20 of the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014, as amended from time to time, and the provisions of Regulation 44 of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the members are provided with the facility to cast their vote electronically, through the remote e-voting services provided by MUFGIntime on all Resolutions set forth in this Notice.

The remote e-voting period commences on August 3, 2025 (9:00 A.M. IST) and ends on August 6, 2025 (5:00 P.M. IST). During this period members of the Company, holding shares either in physical form or in dematerialised form, as on the cut-off date of July 31, 2025, may cast their vote by remote e-voting. The remote e-voting module shall be disabled by MUFGIntime for voting thereafter. Once the vote on resolution is cast by the Member, the Member shall not be allowed to change it subsequently.

Pursuant to SEBI circular dated December 9, 2020, on e-Voting facility provided by Listed Companies, Individual shareholders holding securities in demat mode can vote through their demat account maintained with Depositories and DPs only. Shareholders are advised to update their mobile number and email ID in their demat accounts to access e-Voting facility. Remote e-Voting Instructions for shareholders:

  • I. Login method for Individual shareholders holding securities in demat mode is given below:

  • Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode with NSDL

    • i. Existing IDeAS user can visit the e-Services website of NSDL viz. https://eservices.nsdl. com either on a personal computer or on a mobile. On the e Services home page click on the “Beneficial Owner” icon under “Login” which is available under ‘IDeAS’ section, this will prompt you to enter your existing User ID and Password. After

97 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

successful authentication, you will be able to see e-Voting services under Value added services. Click on “Access to e-Voting” under e Voting services and you will be able to see e-Voting page. Click on company name or e-Voting service provider name i.e. MUFG Intime and you will be re-directed to “Insta Vote” website for casting your vote during the remote e-Voting period.

  • ii. If you are not registered for IDeAS e-Services, click : https://eservices.nsdl. com and select “Register Online for IDeAS Portal” or click on https://eservices.nsdl. com/SecureWeb/IdeasDirectReg.jsp.

  • iii. Visit the e-Voting website of NSDL. Open web browser by typing the following URL: https://www.evoting.nsdl.com/ either on a personal computer or on a mobile. Once the home page of e-Voting system is launched, click on the icon “Login” which is available under ‘Shareholder/Member’ section. A new screen will open. You will have to enter your User ID (i.e. your sixteen-digit demat account number hold with NSDL), Password/OTP and a Verification Code as shown on the screen. After successful authentication, you will be redirected to NSDL Depository site wherein you can see e-Voting page. Click on company name or e-Voting service provider name i.e. MUFG Intime and you will be redirected to “Insta Vote” website for casting your vote during the remote e Voting period.

  • Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode with CDSL

  • i. Users who have opted for CDSL Easi / Easiest facility, can login through their existing user id and password. The option will be made available to reach e-Voting page without any further authentication. The users to login Easi/ Easiest are requested to visit CDSL website www. cdslindia.com and click on login icon & New System Myeasi Tab and then use your existing my easi username & password.

  • ii. After successful login the Easi / Easiest user will be able to see the e-Voting option for eligible companies where the e-voting is in progress as per the information provided by the company. On clicking the e-voting option, the user will be able to see e-Voting page of the e-Voting service provider i.e. Link InTime/MUFG Intime for casting your vote during the remote e-Voting period or joining virtual meeting & voting during the meeting. Additionally, there are also links provided to access the system of all e-Voting Service Providers, so that the user can visit the e-Voting service providers’ website directly.

  • iii. If the user is not registered for Easi/Easiest, the option to register is available at CDSL website www.cdslindia.com and click on

login & New System Myeasi Tab and then click on registration option.

  • iv. Alternatively, the user can directly access the e-Voting page by providing Demat Account Number and PAN No. from e-Voting link available on www.cdslindia.com home page. The system will authenticate the user by sending OTP on registered Mobile & Email as recorded in the Demat Account. After successful authentication, the user will be able to see the e-Voting option where the e-voting is in progress and also able to directly access the system of all e-Voting Service Providers.

  • Individual Shareholders (holding securities in demat mode) login through their depository participants. You can also login using the login credentials of your demat account through your Depository Participant registered with NSDL/ CDSL for e-Voting facility. After Successful login, you will be able to see e-Voting option. Once you click on e-Voting option, you will be redirected to NSDL/CDSL Depository site after successful authentication, wherein you can see e-Voting feature. Click on the company name or e-Voting service provider name i.e. Link InTime/MUFG Intime and you will be redirected to e-Voting service provider website for casting your vote during the remote e-Voting period.

II. Login method for Individual shareholders holding securities in physical form/ Non Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode is given below:

Individual Shareholders of the company, holding shares in physical form / Non Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode as on the cut-off date for e-voting may register for e-Voting facility of MUFG In time as under:

  1. Open the internet browser and launch the URL: https://instavote.linkintime.co.in

  2. Click on “Sign Up” under ‘SHARE HOLDER’ tab and register with your following details: -

  3. A. User ID: Shareholders holding shares in physical form shall provide Event No+ Folio Number registered with the Company. Shareholders holding shares in NSDL demat account shall provide 8 Character DP ID followed by 8 Digit Client ID; Shareholders holding shares in CDSL demat account shall provide 16 Digit Beneficiary ID.

  4. B. PAN: Enter your 10-digit Permanent Account Number (PAN) (Shareholders who have not updated their PAN with the Depository Participant (DP)/ Company shall use the sequence number provided to you, if applicable).

  5. C. DOB/DOI: Enter the Date of Birth (DOB) / Date of Incorporation (DOI) (As recorded with your DP / Company - in DD/ MM/YYYY format)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 98

Bajaj Electricals Limited

  • D. Bank Account Number: Enter your Bank Account Number (last four digits), as recorded with your DP/Company.

Shareholders holding shares in physical form but have not recorded ‘C’ and ‘D’, shall provide their Folio number in ‘D’ above.

Shareholders holding shares in NSDL, shall provide details as per ‘D’ above. Shareholders may set the password as per their choice containing minimum 8 characters, at least one special Character(@!#$&’;), at least one numeral, at least one alphabet and at least one capital letter.

  • Click “confirm” (Your password is now generated).

  • Click on ‘Login’ under ‘SHARE HOLDER’ tab.

  • Enter your User ID, Password and Image Verification (CAPTCHA) Code and click on ‘Submit’.

III. Cast your vote electronically:

  1. After successful login, you will be able to see the notification for e-voting. Select ‘View’ icon.

  2. E-voting page will appear.

  3. Refer the Resolution description and cast your vote by selecting your desired option ‘Favour / Against’ (If you wish to view the entire Resolution details, click on the ‘View Resolution’ file link).

  4. After selecting the desired option i.e. Favour / Against, click on ‘Submit’. A confirmation box will be displayed. If you wish to confirm your vote, click on ‘Yes’, else to change your vote, click on ‘No’ and accordingly modify your vote.

IV. Guidelines for Institutional shareholders:

Institutional shareholders (i.e. other than Individuals, HUF, NRI etc.) and Custodians are

required to log on the e-voting system of MUFG at https://instavote.linkintime.co.in and register themselves as ‘Custodian/ Mutual Fund/ Corporate Body’. Click on “Investor Mapping” tab under the Menu Section.

Map the Investor with the following details:

  1. Investor ID -

    • i. NSDL demat account-User ID is 8 Character DP ID followed by 8 Digit Client ID i.e., IN00000012345678

    • ii. CDSL demat account-User ID is 16 Digit Beneficiary ID.

  2. Investor’s Name - Enter Investor’s Name as updated with DP.

  3. Investor PAN -Enter your 10-digit PAN.

  4. Power of Attorney - Attach Board resolution or Power of Attorney

    • *File Name for the Board resolution/ Power of Attorney shall be-DP ID and Client ID or 16 Digit Beneficiary ID. Further, Custodians and Mutual Funds shall also upload specimen signatures, as may be required.
  5. Click on Submit button. (The investor is now mapped with the Custodian/ Corporate Body/ Mutual Fund Entity). The same can be viewed under the “Report Section”.

  6. V. Helpdesk for Individual shareholders holding securities in physical form/ Institutional shareholders:

  7. Shareholders facing any technical issue in login may contact INSTAVOTE helpdesk by sending a request at [email protected] or contact on: - Tel: 022-4918 6000.

VI. Helpdesk for Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode:

Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode may contact the respective helpdesk for any technical issues related to login through Depository i.e., NSDL and CDSL.

Login type

Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode with NSDL Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode with CDSL

Helpdesk details

Members facing any technical issue in login can contact NSDL helpdesk by sending a request at [email protected] or call at: 022 - 4886 7000 and 022 - 2499 7000 Members facing any technical issue in login can contact CDSL helpdesk by sending a request at [email protected] or contact at toll free no. 1800 22 55 33

VII. Individual shareholders holding securities in physical form has forgotten the password:

If an Individual shareholder holding securities in physical form has forgotten the USER ID [Login ID] or Password or both then the shareholder can use the "Forgot Password" option available on the e-Voting website of MUFG Intime: https://instavote. linkintime.co.in

  • Click on 'Login' under 'SHARE HOLDER' tab and further Click 'forgot password?'

  • Enter User ID, select Mode and Enter Image Verification code (CAPTCHA). Click on "SUBMIT".

In case shareholder is having valid email address, Password will be sent to his / her registered e-mail address. Shareholders can set the password of his/ her choice by providing the information about the particulars of the Security Question and Answer, PAN, DOB/DOI, Bank Account Number (last four digits) etc. as mentioned above. The password should contain a minimum of 8 characters, at least one special character (@!#$&';), at least one numeral, at least one alphabet and at least one capital letter.

99 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

User ID for Shareholders holding shares in Physical Form (i.e. Share Certificate): Your User ID is Event Number+ Folio Number registered with the Company.

VIII. Individual Shareholders holding securities in demat mode with NSDL/ CDSL has forgotten the password:

Shareholders who are unable to retrieve User ID/ Password are advised to use Forget User ID and Forget Password option available at abovementioned depository/ depository participants website.

  • i. It is strongly recommended not to share your password with any other person and take utmost care to keep your password confidential.

  • ii. For shareholders/ members holding shares in physical form, the details can be used only for voting on the resolutions contained in this Notice.

  • iii. During the voting period, shareholders/ members can login any number of time till they have voted on the resolution(s) for a particular "Event".

Other e-voting Instructions: A person whose name is recorded in the Register of Members or in the Register of Beneficial Owners maintained by the depositories as on the cut-off date only shall be entitled to avail the facility of remote e-voting and voting during the AGM.

B. Instructions for attending the AGM through VC/OAVM

Members are entitled to attend the AGM through VC/ OAVM provided by RTA, MUFG Intime India Private Limited (Formerly known as Link Intime India Pvt. Ltd.)., by following the below mentioned process:

  • I. Facility for joining the AGM through VC/OAVM shall open 30 minutes before the time scheduled for the AGM and shall be kept open till the expiry of 30 minutes after the scheduled time on first-come-first basis.

  • II. Members with >2% shareholding, Promoters, Institutional Investors, Directors, KMPs, Chair Persons of Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholders Relationship Committee and Auditors etc. may be allowed to the meeting without restrictions of first-come-first serve basis.

  • III. Members will be provided with Insta Meet facility wherein they shall register their details and attend the AGM as under:

  • Open the internet browser and open the URL: https://instameet.in.mpms.mufg.com.

  • Select the "Company" and "Event date" and register with your following details:

    • A. Demat Account No. or Folio No: Enter your 16-digit Demat Account No. or Folio No.

      • a. Members holding shares in CDSL demat account shall provide 16 Digit Beneficiary ID

      • b. Members holding shares in NSDL demat account shall provide 8 Character DP ID followed by 8 Digit Client ID

    • c. Members holding shares in physical form shall provide Folio Number registered with the Company

  • B. PAN: Enter your 10-digit Permanent Account Number (PAN) (Members who have not updated their PAN with the Depository Participant (DP)/ Company shall use the sequence number provided to you, if applicable.

  • C. Mobile No.: Enter your mobile number.

  • D. Email ID: Enter your email id, as recorded with your DP/Company/RTA

  • Click "Go to Meeting": You are now registered for InstaMeet and your attendance is marked for the meeting.

(Note: Members are encouraged to join the Meeting through Tablets/Laptops connected through broadband for better experience. Members are required to use Internet with a good speed (preferably 2 MBPS download stream) to avoid any disturbance during the meeting).

C. Instructions for Shareholders/Members to register themselves as Speakers during Annual General Meeting

  • a. Members who would like to express their views/ask questions during the meeting may register themselves as a speaker by sending their request on or before July 31, 2025, mentioning their name, demat account number/folio number, e-mail ID, mobile number, questions to ask, if any, at: [email protected].

  • b. Only those Members who have registered themselves as a speaker will be allowed to express their views/ ask questions during the meeting.

  • c. Members will get confirmation on first cum first basis. First 10 Speakers registered with the Company will only be allowed to speak at the AGM for a duration upto 3 minutes each.

  • d. Members will receive "speaking serial number" once they mark attendance for the meeting.

  • e. Members are requested to speak only when moderator of the meeting/ management will announce the name and serial number for speaking.

  • f. Please remember your speaking serial number and start your conversation with panelist by switching on video mode and audio of your device.

  • g. Please note that the Company reserves the right to restrict the number of questions and number of speakers, depending upon availability of time as appropriate for smooth conduct of the AGM.

The Members who do not wish to speak during the AGM but have queries may send their queries in advance on or before July 31, 2025 mentioning their name, demat account number/folio number, e-mail ID, mobile number at: legal@ bajajelectricals.com. These queries will be replied to by the Company suitably by e-mail.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 100

Bajaj Electricals Limited

For a smooth experience of viewing the AGM proceedings of MUFG Intime India Private Limited (Formerly known as Link Intime India Pvt. Ltd.), InstaMEET, shareholders/ members who are registered as speakers for the event are requested to download and install the Webex application in advance.

Please download and install the Webex application by clicking on the link https://www.webex.com/downloads. html/. In case shareholders/members have any queries regarding login, they may send an e-mail to instameet@ in.mpms.mufg.com or contact on: - Tel: 022-4918 6000 / 4918 617 5.

D. Instructions for Shareholders/Members to Vote during the Annual General Meeting through InstaMeet

  • a. Only those Members, who are present in the AGM through VC/OAVM facility and have not cast their vote on the Resolutions through remote e-voting and are otherwise not barred from doing so, shall be eligible to vote through e-voting system available during the AGM.

  • b. If any Votes are cast by the Members through the e-voting available during the AGM and if the same Members have not participated in the meeting through VC/OAVM facility, then the votes cast by such Members shall be considered invalid as the facility of e-voting during the meeting is available only to the Members attending the meeting.

  • c. Members who have voted through remote e-voting will be eligible to attend the AGM. However, they will not be eligible to vote at the AGM. Once the electronic voting is activated by the scrutinizer during the AGM, shareholders/ members who have not exercised their vote through the remote e-voting can cast the vote as under:

  • i. On the Shareholders VC page, click on the link for e-Voting "Cast your vote."

  • ii. Enter your 16-digit Demat Account No. / Folio No. and OTP (received on the registered mobile number/ registered email Id) received during registration for InstaMEET and click on 'Submit'.

  • iii. After successful login, you will see "Resolution Description" and against the same the option "Favour/ Against" for voting.

  • iv. Cast your vote by selecting appropriate option i.e. "Favour/Against" as desired. Enter the number of shares (which represents no. of votes) as on the cut-off date under 'Favour/Against'.

  • v. After selecting the appropriate option i.e. Favour/ Against as desired and you have decided to vote, click on "Save". A confirmation box will be displayed. If you wish to confirm your vote, click on "Confirm", else to change your vote, click on "Back" and accordingly modify your vote.

  • vi. Once you confirm your vote on the resolution, you will not be allowed to modify or change your vote subsequently.

26. Instructions for Income Tax compliances with respect to dividend:

  • a. The Finance Act, 2020 has abolished dividend distribution tax (DDT). Accordingly, effective from April 1, 2020, dividend income will be taxable in the hands of shareholders. Hence, the Company is required to deduct tax at source ("TDS") from the amount of dividend paid to shareholders at the prescribed rates. The detailed TDS rates and required documents for claiming non-deduction/lower deduction of TDS are uploaded in the website of the company at: www. bajajelectricals.com.

  • b. To avail the benefit of non-deduction/lower deduction of TDS kindly submit the required documents on or before July 18, 2025:

or

The forms/documents (duly completed and signed) for claiming tax exemption are required to be uploaded on the url: https://web.in.mpms.mufg.com/formsreg/ submission-of-form-15g-15h.html.

  - On this page the user shall be prompted to select / share the required information therein to register their request.
  • c. The forms for tax exemption can be downloaded from MUFG Intime's website. The URL for the same is: https:// web.in.mpms.mufg.com/client-downloads.html

    • On this page select the General tab. All the forms are available under the head "Form 15G/15H/10F"
  • d. The upload of forms/documents (duly completed and signed) on the above mentioned URL of MUFG Intime India Private Ltd should be done on or before July 18, 2025 to enable the Company to determine and deduct appropriate TDS / Withholding Tax.

  • e. Incomplete and/or unsigned forms and declarations will not be considered by the Company. No communication on the tax determination/ deduction shall be considered after July 18, 2025.

  • f. All communications/ queries in this respect should be addressed to our RTA, MUFG Intime India Private Limited to: [email protected].

  • The Board of Directors has appointed Messrs MMJB & Associates LLP, Practising Company Secretaries, having FCS No. A43029 and CP No. 24580, as the Scrutinizer to scrutinize the e-voting process in a fair and transparent manner.

  • The results declared along with the Scrutinizer's Report will be submitted to BSE Limited ("BSE") and National Stock Exchange of India Limited ("NSE") and placed on the Company's website at www.bajajelectricals.com within the prescribed time line from the 86th Annual General Meeting.

  • The contact details for Registrar and Transfer Agent: MUFG Intime India Private Limited (Formerly known as Link lntime India Pvt. Ltd.), Tel. No.: 022-4918 6000. write at : [email protected].

101 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 102 OF THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013

Item no. 5

The Board of Directors of the Company at its Meeting held on May 12, 2025, pursuant to the recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee (“NRC”) has approved appointment of Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj (DIN: 08472468) as an Additional Director (Non-Executive and Non-Independent) of the Company with effect from May 12, 2025 to hold office up to the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company pursuant to section 161 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”), and thereafter, subject to the approval of the Members of the Company, as a NonExecutive and Non-Independent Director of the Company, liable to retire by rotation.

A Mechanical Engineer from Brunel University, Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj began his professional journey with - Bain & Company and Roland Berger - where he worked on diverse strategic assignments in India, honing his analytical and problem-solving skills.

In 2014, he joined Hercules Hoist Ltd. (HHL), where he focused on transformative projects including product rationalization, new product development, and the implementation of the Theory of Constraints. His work at HHL was pivotal in redefining operational efficiencies and steering the company toward sustainable growth strategies.

In 2019, after completing his MBA from Harvard Business School, Nirav Nayan returned to the family business, joining Mukand Limited in August 2019. Since then, he has been actively contributing to Mukand’s journey of innovation, operational excellence, and strategic expansion.

Beyond his corporate responsibilities, Nirav Nayan is also a Board Member on several group companies, including: Mukand Sumi Special Steel Limited, Consolidated Swift Industries Limited, Bajaj Vitality Private Limited, Indef Manufacturing Limited and Hospet Steels Limited.

A passionate sportsman in his early years, Nirav Nayan also represented at the national level in squash during his school days - a testament to his discipline and competitive spirit. With a well-rounded perspective shaped by global exposure and deeprooted business acumen, Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj continues to drive innovation and excellence across the Bajaj Group’s engineering and manufacturing verticals.

The details of the skills / expertise / competence of the board of directors (specifying the list of core skills / expertise / competencies identified by the board of directors as required in the context of its business(es) and sector(s) for it to function effectively and those available with the board) are available on the website of the Company.

Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj holds 2,82,507 (0.24%) equity shares in the Company.

The Company has received a notice in writing under the provisions of Section 160 of the Act from a Member proposing the candidature of Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj for the office of Director of the Company. Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj has conveyed his consent to act as Director of the Company and he also confirmed that he is not disqualified from being appointed as such in terms of Section 164 of the Act and he is not debarred from holding the office of Director by virtue of any order passed by SEBI or any such authority. The Company has also received other necessary disclosures from Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj.

As required under Regulation 36 of the Listing Regulations and Clause 1.2.5 of Secretarial Standard-2, other requisite information is annexed as an Annexure hereto and forms a part of this Notice.

Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj would be entitled to sitting fees for attending the Meetings of the Board of Directors and Committee(s) thereof. In addition, he would be entitled to commission as determined by the Board of Directors within the limits approved by the Members of the Company for the Non-Executive Directors of the Company.

The Board is of the view that the appointment of Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj will be of immense benefit and value to the Company and pursuant to the recommendation of the NRC, recommends his appointment to the Members.

Save and except Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj, and his relatives to the extent of their shareholding interest, if any, in the Company, none of the other Directors, Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) of the Company and their relatives are, in any way, concerned or interested, financially or otherwise, in the Resolution set out at Item No. 5 of the Notice. Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj is not related to any other Director / KMP of the Company.

The Board recommends the Ordinary Resolution set out at Item No. 5 of the Notice for approval of the Members.

Item no. 6

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on May 12, 2025, upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee, approved the appointment of Messrs R. Nanabhoy & Co., Cost Accountants (Firm Registration Number: 000010), to conduct the audit of the cost records of the Company on a consolidated remuneration of H 2,18,000/- (Rupees Two Lakh Eighteen Thousand only) (excluding all applicable taxes and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the audit) for the financial year ending March 31, 2026.

In terms of the provisions of Section 148 of the Companies Act, 2013, read with Rule 14 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (as amended from time to time), the remuneration as mentioned above, payable to the Cost Auditor, is required to be ratified by the members of the Company. Accordingly, the members are requested to ratify the remuneration payable to the Cost Auditors for the financial year ending March 31, 2026, as set out in the Ordinary Resolution for the aforesaid services to be rendered by them.

None of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, and their relatives are in any way concerned or interested, financially or otherwise, in this resolution, except to the extent of their respective shareholdings, if any, in the Company.

The Board recommends the Ordinary Resolution set out at Item No. 6 of the Notice for approval by the members.

Item no. 7

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on May 12, 2025, has recommended the appointment of Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Practicing Company Secretaries (Firm Registration No.P2009MH007000 and Peer review No.6832/2025), as the Secretarial Auditors of the Company, in accordance with the provisions of Section 204 of the Companies Act, 2013, and Regulation 24A of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, for a term of 5 (five) consecutive years starting from the conclusion of this Annual General Meeting till the conclusion of the 91st Annual General Meeting to be held for the financial year ended March 31, 2030, subject to approval by the Members at this Annual General Meeting.

102

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

The details required to be disclosed under provisions of Regulation 36(5) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 are as under:

Sr.
No.
1.
Particulars Details
Proposed Secretarial Auditor Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., PracticingCompanySecretaries.
2. Basis of Recommendation After evaluating all proposals and considering various factors such as independence, industry
experience, technical skills, geographical presence, audit team, audit quality reports, etc., Messrs
Makarand M. Joshi & Co., has been recommended to be appointed as the Secretarial Auditors of
the Company.
The Company has received written consent from Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co. and a certificate
that they satisfy the qualification criteria provided under SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-PoD-2/
CIR/P/2024/185 dated December 31, 2024 (“SEBI Circular”) and that the appointment, if made,
shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act, Rules framed thereunder, SEBI
Listing Regulations, SEBI Circular and other applicable circulars, if any, in this regard. The firm has
agreed to the said appointment, and confirmed that their appointment, if made, would be within the
limits specified under the Act. They have further confirmed that they are eligible for the proposed
appointment as Secretarial Auditor of the Company and have not incurred any of the disqualifications
as specified vide the said SEBI Circular.
While recommending Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co. for appointment, the Board and the Audit
Committee evaluated various factors, including the firm’s capability to handle a diverse and
complex business environment, its existing experience in the Company’s business segments, its
industry standing, the clientele it serves, and its technical expertise. Messrs Makarand M. Joshi &
Co. was found to be well-equipped to manage the scale, diversity, and complexity associated with
the Secretarial Audit of the Company.
3. Credentials of Proposed
Secretarial Auditor
Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co. (MMJC) is a leading firm of Practicing Company Secretaries with
over 25 years of excellence in Corporate Governance and Compliance. MMJC is widely recognised
for its expertise in Secretarial Audits, Compliance Audits, and Due Diligence across sectors like
banking, financial services, IT/Telecom, pharmaceuticals, FMCG, and infrastructure etc. The firm
offers end-to-end advisory and compliance services under Corporate Laws, SEBI Regulations,
FEMA Regulations, and Merger & Acqusition.
MMJC has developed specialised internal teams dedicated for Research & Development,
Audit, M&A, quality review etc. As MMJC progresses on its journey into the future, it remains
firmly dedicated to empowering its clients and maintaining the highest standards of corporate
governance.
4. Term of Appointment For a period of 5 (five) consecutive years commencing from the conclusion of this Annual General
Meeting till the conclusion of the 91st Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held for the
financialyear ended March 31, 2030.
5. Proposed Fees H3.75 lakh (excluding tax and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses) for FY 2025-26.
The authority to decide the remuneration for the balance period of the tenure has been delegated
to the Board of Directors which shall be decided mutuallybythem and the secretarial auditor.

None of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, and their relatives are in any way concerned or interested, financially or otherwise, in this resolution, except to the extent of their respective shareholdings, if any, in the Company.

The Board recommends the Ordinary Resolution set out at Item No. 7 of the Notice for approval by the members.

Item no. 8

In terms of Section 42 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”) read with Rule 14 of the Companies (Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014 (the “Rules”), a company shall not make a private placement of its securities unless the proposed offer of securities or invitation to subscribe has been previously approved by the members of the company by a special resolution. In the case of an offer or invitation for the offer of non-convertible

debentures, the company can pass a special resolution once a year for all the offers or invitations to be made for such debentures during the year.

In order to augment resources for, inter alia, ongoing capital expenditure, long-term working capital/short-term working capital, and for general corporate purposes, the Company may offer or invite subscription for securities including but not limited to secured/unsecured redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures and/or Commercial Papers, in one or more series/tranches on a private placement basis, in domestic and/or international markets, issuable/redeemable at discount/par/premium.

The Company seeks to pass an enabling resolution to borrow funds from time to time by offer of securities including but not limited to Non-Convertible Debentures and/or Commercial Papers for an amount not exceeding H 500 crore (Rupees Five Hundred

103 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Crore only), at a discount, at par, or at a premium, and at such interest as may be appropriate considering the prevailing money market conditions at the time of borrowing.

The details of the Paid-up Capital & Free Reserves and Outstanding Borrowings are as under:

Particulars As at
31-Mar-25
As at
31-Mar-24
Paid-up Capital and Free
Reserves
866.26
761.67
OutstandingBorrowings 0.00
0.00

The approval sought for the offer of securities including but not limited to Non-Convertible Debentures and/or Commercial Papers, shall be within the overall borrowing limit of the Company in terms of Section 180 of the Act. Subject to the approval of the members, the Board of Directors of the Company has approved the aforesaid proposal vide its resolution dated May 12, 2025.

None of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, and their relatives are in any way concerned or interested, financially or otherwise, in this resolution, except to the extent of their respective shareholdings, if any, in the Company.

The Board recommends the Special Resolution set out at Item No. 8 of the Notice for approval by the members.

Item nos. 9 & 10

Pursuant to the special resolution(s) passed by postal ballot on July 26, 2014, the Members authorised the Board of Directors to borrow funds, whether secured or unsecured, up to H 1,500 crore, in accordance with Section 180(1)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”). As at March 31, 2025, the Company’s total outstanding borrowings stood at H Nil crore.

At the time of obtaining above borrowing limit in 2014, the net worth of the Company stood at approximately H 700.69 crore. As at March 31, 2025, the Company’s net worth has more than doubled to over H 1,572.71 crore leading to increase of Rs. 872.07 crore, reflecting sustained business growth and improved financial performance over the past decade. In line with this enhanced financial capacity, and in view of the Company’s future growth plans, it is now considered prudent to revise the borrowing limit to H 3,000 crore (Rupees Three Thousand Crore only), which remains within a reasonable multiple of the current net worth.

In light of the anticipated expansion of the Company’s operations, it may become necessary to borrow funds from various domestic and international sources, which could result in total borrowings exceeding the existing limit. Authority is therefore sought to raise

funds by way of borrowings, including (but not limited to) the issue of commercial paper, debentures (secured or unsecured), medium-term notes, credit facilities, bill discounting, and other permissible instruments.

The Company’s borrowings are generally secured by way of a mortgage or charge on all or any part of its movable and/or immovable properties or assets, in such form and manner as may be required by the lenders and approved by the Board of Directors. The creation of such security, even within the borrowing powers authorised by the Members, may be construed as a disposal of the Company’s undertaking under Section 180(1)(a) of the Act.

It is, therefore, considered necessary for the Members to authorise the Board to create mortgages and/or charges on the Company’s assets, as set out in the relevant resolution, in order to secure borrowings made by the Company from time to time. Further, the provisions of Sections 180(1)(c) and 180(1)(a) of the Act require that such authorisations be approved by way of special resolution. Accordingly, the consent of the Members is being sought for the proposed special resolutions.

Your Directors accordingly recommend the increase in the Company’s borrowing powers to H 3,000 crore (Rupees Three Thousand Crore only) and the creation of security in connection with such borrowings, as detailed in Resolution Nos. 9 and 10, for the approval of the Members.

None of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, and their relatives are in any way concerned or interested, financially or otherwise, in these resolutions, except to the extent of their respective shareholdings, if any, in the Company.

The Board recommends the special resolution(s) set out at Item Nos. 9 and 10 of the Notice for the approval of the Members.

By Order of the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Prashant A. Dalvi

Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary ICSI Membership No. A51129 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

Registered Office:

45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai 400001, India. CIN: L31500MH1938PLC009887 Website: www.bajajelectricals.com E-mail: [email protected] Tel.: +91 22 6149 7000

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 104

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Annexure

DETAILS OF DIRECTOR SEEKING APPOINTMENT / RE-APPOINTMENT

[Pursuant to Regulation 36 of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 and Clause 1.2.5 of Secretarial Standards-2 on General Meetings]

Mrs. Pooja Bajaj

DIN : 08254455 Age : 43 years Date of Birth : May 6, 1982

Particulars

Details

Category / Designation

Executive Director November 1, 2018

Original Date of Appointment November 1, 2018 on the Board of the Company Brief Profile including Pooja Bajaj’s professional journey is defined by a holistic blend of academic excellence, strategic acumen, experience and qualifications and a commitment to corporate governance and social responsibility.

Armed with a Bachelor’s Degree in Commerce with Specialisation in Foreign Trade, she also earned the prestigious Gold Medal (commerce) in her batch from Nasr School, Hyderabad and was the ‘Head Girl’ of the school for her leadership qualities.

Pooja embarked on a path of continuous learning. She did her Master’s in Management from the University of Leeds, England, and her Postgraduate Diploma in Human Resource Management from Osmania University, Hyderabad, further equipped her with the skills necessary for navigating the complex landscape of modern business.

Awarded Certificate of Merit for Academic Excellence in Vocational Education

Awarded a Certificate of participation at the Fourth Commonwealth-India Small Business Competitiveness Development Programme in collaboration with Exim Bank India-National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC) & Commonwealth Secretariat.

Certificate of accomplishment for participating in the Mini MBA Management Essentials Programme from Think Education in collaboration with faculty from New York University-Columbia University.

Since joining the board of Bajaj Electricals Ltd. in November 2018, Pooja has been instrumental in getting trained on the company’s strategic direction and learning about its culture of excellence.

Recognizing the importance of hands-on experience, she dedicated 2.5 years to immersive training in the consumer durable segment, gaining a comprehensive understanding of market dynamics, competitive landscapes, and financial nuances. This groundwork laid the foundation for her in-depth knowledge about the FMEG sector.

In May 2022, she completed the ‘ISB-EY Executive Programme on Board Effectiveness’, which empowered women leaders to develop board responsibilities and strategies to achieve corporate goals.

Pooja’s commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility is evident through her multifaceted involvement in various initiatives. As a Trustee of the Bajaj Electricals Foundation, she worked on bringing focus to its portfolio of projects, hence, make a meaningful impact in the communities the company serves, while also championing the development of various initiatives for internal employee volunteering programs. Additionally, her role as a Trustee of the Laxmi Narayan Devasthanam Trust, Wardha, underscores her dedication to community development.

105

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Corporate Overview

Particulars

Details

Beyond her corporate responsibilities, Pooja remains deeply engaged in fostering industry best practices and promoting ethical business conduct at her involvement as committee member in Ladies’ Wing IMC Chamber of Commerce and Industry highlights her commitment to upholding the highest standards of integrity for social projects on women’s rural entrepreneurship.

Pooja’s recent involvement in operationalizing the Khadi Exhibition sponsored by Bajaj Electricals Ltd., aptly named Swadheen, exemplifies her hands-on approach to driving initiatives that resonate with the company’s ethos and values. Her gentle leadership and dedication have allowed her to drive various such successful projects for the Company.

Pooja Bajaj’s creativity extends beyond the boardroom, as she is an accomplished artist. Her exhibition at Jehangir Art Gallery, titled ‘Unleashed—Defining the Abstract’, defined the abstract beauty of nature and revolved around the valour of the horses, tigers, and elephants.

Name of the listed entities from which the person has resigned as a Director in the past three years*

Nil.

Name of the listed entities
from which the person has
resigned as a Director in the
past threeyears*
revolved around the valour of the horses, tigers, and elephants.
Nil.
Directorship in other
Companies*
Nil.
Chairmanship / Membership
of Committees in other
Companies*
Not applicable.
Number of Equity Shares held
in the Company*
15,41,875 (1.34%)
Number of Equity Shares held
in the Company for any other
person on a beneficial basis*
Nil.
Relationship between
Directors inter-se; with other
Directors and Key Managerial
Personnel of the Company
Daughter-in-law of Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Executive Chairman of the Company.
Terms and conditions
of appointment or
reappointment
Pursuant to the approval granted by the shareholders at the 85th Annual General Meeting held on
August 6, 2024, as detailed in the Annual Report 2023–24 available on the Company’s website athttps://
www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.
Remuneration last drawn (in
FY 2024-25), if applicable
As Non-Executive Director:H0.50 lakh.
As Executive Director:H10.40 lakh.
Remuneration proposed to
be paid
Pursuant to the approval granted by the shareholders at the 85th Annual General Meeting held on
August 6, 2024, as detailed in the Annual Report 2023–24 available on the Company’s website athttps://
www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.
Number of Meetings of the
Board attended during the
year 2024-25
8/8
Justification for choosing the
appointee for appointment as
Independent Director
Not applicable.
Skills and capabilities
required for the role and
the manner in which the
proposed person meets such
requirements
Please refer to the skills, expertise, and competence matrix of the Board of Directors, available on the
Company’s website athttps://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.
  • As per disclosure received from the Director.

106

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

==> picture [534 x 136] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj
DIN : 08472468
Age : 34 years
Date of Birth : April 23, 1991
----- End of picture text -----

Particulars Details
Category/ Designation Non-Executive Non-Independent Director
Original Date of Appointment May12, 2025
Brief Profile including experience and
qualifications
Please refer to the Explanatory Statement forming a part of this Notice.
Name of the listed entities from which
the person has resigned as a Director in
thepast threeyears*
Hercules Hoists Limited
Directorship in other Companies* 1. Indef Manufacturing Limited
2. Mukand Limited
3. Hospet Steels Limited
4. Consolidated Swift Industries Limited
5. Mukand Sumi Special Steel Limited
6. BajajVitalityPrivate Limited
Chairmanship / Membership of
Committees in other Companies*
Indef Manufacturing Limited
Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee - Member
Mukand Limited
Stakeholders’ RelationshipCommittee – Member
Number of Equity Shares held in the
Company*
2,82,507 (0.24%)
Number of Equity Shares held in the
Company for any other person on a
beneficial basis*
Nil
Relationship between Directors inter-se;
with other Directors and Key Managerial
Personnel of the Company
None.
Terms and conditions of appointment or
reappointment
Please refer to Resolution No. 5 and Explanatory Statement thereon forming a part of
this Notice.
Remuneration last drawn (in FY 2024-
25), if applicable
Not applicable.
Remuneration proposed to be paid He will be eligible for payment of sitting fee and commission, as payable to other non-executive
directors of the Companyasper the Nomination & Remuneration Policyof the Company.
Number of Meetings of the Board
attended duringtheyear 2024-25
Not applicable.
Justification for choosing the appointee
for appointment as Independent
Director
Not applicable.
Skills and capabilities required for
the role and the manner in which
the proposed person meets such
requirements
Please refer to the skills, expertise, and competence matrix of the Board of Directors, available
on the Company’s website athttps://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.
  • As per disclosure received from the Director.

107 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

INFORMATION AT A GLANCE

Particulars Details
Day, date, and time of AGM Thursday, August 7, 2025, at 03:00p.m. (IST)
Mode Video conference and other audio-visual means (VC)
Weblink forparticipation through VC https://instameet.in.mpms.mufg.com
Helpline number for VCparticipation Tel. No.: 022-4918 6000
Dividend record date Friday, July18, 2025
Dividendpayment date Will be credited/dispatched on or before August 11, 2025.
Cut-off date for e-Voting Thursday, July31, 2025
E-Votingstart time and date Sunday, August 3, 2025, at 09:00 A.M. IST
E-Votingend time and date Wednesday, August 6, 2025, at 05:00 P.M. IST
E-Votingwebsite Refer to Point 25 in the notes to the Notice.
Name, address, and contact details of e-Voting service
provider
MUFG Intime India Private Limited
C 101, 247 Park, Lal Bahadur Shastri Rd, Surya Nagar, Gandhi Nagar, Vikhroli
West, Mumbai 400083. Tel.: 022 4918 6000.
Name, address, and contact details of Registrar and
Transfer Agent

108

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Board’s Report

Dear Members,

The Board of Directors is pleased to present the Company’s 86th Annual Report and the Company’s audited financial statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2025.

FINANCIAL RESULTS

The highlights of the Standalone Financial Results are as under:

The highlights of the Standalone Financial Results are as under:
(Hin crore, except for EPS)
Particulars FY 2024-25 FY 2023-24
Revenue from Operations & Other Income 4,883.21 4,727.74
Profit before Finance Cost and Depreciation 383.59 346.16
Less: Finance Cost 69.85 63.48
Less: Depreciation 144.07 109.58
Profit/(Loss) before Taxes 169.68 173.10
Less: Provision for Tax expenses 36.25 37.22
Profit/(Loss) after Tax from continuingoperations 133.42 135.88
Profit/(Loss) after Tax from discontinued operations - (4.09)
Profit/(Loss) after Tax from continuing and discontinued operations 133.42 131.79
Add: Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) from continuingoperations 1.57 (0.62)
Add: Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) from discontinued operations - 0.71
Total Comprehensive Income 135.00 131.88
Opening Balance in Retained Earnings 278.95 760.99
Add: Total Comprehensive Income transferred to Retained Earnings 135.00 131.95
Add: Transferred to retained earnings for vested cancelled options 4.13 0.55
Amount transferred to General Reserves - -
Dividend Paid (34.57) (46.04)
Derecognizedpursuant to the Scheme of Demerger - (568.50)
Balance available for appropriation 383.51 278.95
Basic EPS before exceptional items (H) 9.64 11.45
Diluted EPS before exceptional items (H) 9.63 11.43
Basic EPS after exceptional items (H) 11.57 11.45
Diluted EPS after exceptional items (H) 11.56 11.43

The highlights of the Consolidated Financial Results are as under:

The highlights of the Consolidated Financial Results are as under:
(Hin crore, except for EPS)
Particulars FY 2024-25 FY 2023-24
Revenue from Operations & Other Income 4,883.21 4,727.74
Profit/(Loss) before Taxes 169.68 173.10
Share of Profit/(Loss) of subsidiaries, associates &joint ventures - -
Profit/(Loss) before Taxes 169.68 173.10
Less: Provision for Tax expenses 36.25 37.22
Profit/(Loss) for theperiod from continuingoperations 133.42 135.88
Profit/(Loss) for theperiod from discontinued operations - (4.80)
Profit/(Loss) for theperiod from continuing and discontinued operations 133.42 131.08
Basic EPS before exceptional items (H) 9.64 11.45
Diluted EPS before exceptional items (H) 9.63 11.43
Basic EPS after exceptional items (H) 11.57 11.45
Diluted EPS after exceptional items (H) 11.56 11.43

109 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Return on Equity, Return on Capital Employed and EPS for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, on a consolidated basis and for the last four financial years, are given below:

Particulars FY 2024-25 FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23 FY 2021-22
FY 2020-21
Return on Equity(%) 8.43 7.83 11.97 7.58
12.91
Return on Capital Employed (%) 13.78 13.94 19.24 13.12
13.64
Basic EPS (after exceptional items) (H) 11.57 11.39 18.80 10.85
16.54

The financial results of the Company are elaborated in the Management Discussion and Analysis Report, which forms part of the Annual Report.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND THE STATE OF COMPANY’S AFFAIRS

During the financial year 2024–25:

  • Revenue from operations on a standalone basis increased to H 4,828.43 crore as against H 4,641.27 crore in the previous year, reflecting a growth of 4.03%.

  • Revenue from the Consumer Product Segment increased by 5.60% to H 3,805.89 crore.

  • Revenue from Lighting Segment decreased by 1.43% to H 1,022.54 crore.

  • Exports for the year amounted to H 86.26 crore.

  • Employee cost as a percentage to revenue from operations [increased to 7.87% ( H 379.99 crore) as against 7.86% ( H 364.93 crore) in the previous year.

  • Other expense as a percentage to revenue from operations increased to 16.71% ( H 806.86 crore) as against 15.72% ( H 729.60 crore) in the previous year.

  • The Profit After Tax for the current year stood at H 133.42 crore as against H 131.79 crore in the previous year, marking growth of 1.24%.

  • On a consolidated basis, the Group achieved revenue of H 4,828.43 crore as against H 4,641.27 crore, indicating a growth of 4.03%. The Group’s net profit for the year stood at H 133.42 crore as against H 131.08 crore in the previous year, a growth of 1.79%.

As at March 31, 2025, the carrying value of property, plant and equipment, investment property, capital work-in-progress, intangible assets under development, other intangible assets, and leased assets stood at H 772.71 crore. Net capital expenditure during the year amounted to H 5.04 crore ( H 130.65 crore in the previous year).

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents as at March 31, 2025 stood at H 119.79 crore. The Company manages its cash and cash flow processes diligently, with active involvement across all functions. It continues to focus on the prudent management of working capital. Receivables, inventories, and other working capital parameters were closely monitored and kept under strict control.

Foreign exchange transactions were partly hedged, and there were no materially significant uncovered exchange rate risks in relation to the Company’s imports and exports. The Company recognises mark-to-market gains or losses at each quarter end, in accordance with the requirements of Ind AS 21.

There has been no change in the nature of the Company’s business during the year under review.

Detailed information regarding the operations of the various business segments of the Company is provided in the Management Discussion and Analysis Report, which forms part of this Report.

TRANSFER TO RESERVES

The Company has not transferred any amount to the General Reserve during the financial year 2024–25.

DIVIDEND & DIVIDEND DISTRIBUTION POLICY

The Directors are pleased to recommend a dividend of 150% ( H 3 per share) on 11,53,42,253 equity shares of H 2 each for the financial year 2024–25. The total dividend outgo amounts to H 34.60 crore (previous year: H 34.56 crore).

The dividend on equity shares, subject to the approval of the Members at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) scheduled to be held on August 7, 2025, will be paid on or before August 11, 2025 to those Members whose names appear in the Register of Members as at the close of business hours on July 18, 2025. In respect of shares held in dematerialised form, the dividend will be paid to the Members whose names are furnished by the Depositories as beneficial owners as at the close of business hours on the said date.

Equity shares that may be allotted upon the exercise of stock options granted under the Company’s Stock Option Scheme(s) before the book closure date for payment of dividend shall rank pari passu with the existing equity shares and shall be entitled to receive the dividend.

The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on May 17, 2022, last amended the Dividend Distribution Policy of the Company. As per the amended policy and subject to the parameters and circumstances outlined therein, the Board endeavours to maintain a dividend payout ratio in the range of 20% to 40% of the Company’s Profit After Tax (PAT) on a standalone basis. The Dividend Distribution Policy, containing the disclosures as required under Regulation 43A of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, (“SEBI Listing Regulations”), is attached as Annexure A and forms part of this Report. The policy is also available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

SHARE CAPITAL

The paid-up equity share capital of the Company as on March 31, 2025, stood at H 23.07 crore. The increase in the number of shares during the year was on account of the allotment of 1,46,175 equity shares of H 2 each to employees upon the exercise of stock options. These shares were considered, on a weighted average basis, for the computation of Earnings Per Share (EPS).

The Company has not issued any shares with differential voting rights. No disclosure is required under Section 67(3)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”), in respect of voting rights not exercised directly by the employees of the Company, as the provisions of the said section are not applicable.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 110

Bajaj Electricals Limited

The equity shares of the Company continue to remain listed on BSE Limited and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited (collectively, the “Stock Exchanges”). The listing fees for the financial year 2025–26 have been duly paid to the Stock Exchanges.

DEPOSITORY SYSTEM

The Company’s shares are compulsorily tradable in electronic form. As on March 31, 2025, 99.75% of the Company’s total paidup capital, representing 11,50,49,703 equity shares, were held in dematerialised form.

In terms of amended Regulation 40 of the SEBI Listing Regulations w.e.f. April 1, 2019, transfer of securities in physical form are not processed unless the securities are held in the dematerialised mode with a Depository Participant. Further, with effect from January 24, 2022, SEBI has made it mandatory for listed companies to issue securities in dematerialised mode only while processing any investor service request viz. issue of duplicate securities certificates, claim from unclaimed suspense account, renewal/ exchange of securities certificate, endorsement, sub-division/ splitting of securities certificate, consolidation of securities certificates/ folios, transmission and transposition. Further, SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD_RTAMB/P/CIR/2022/8 dated January 25, 2022, clarified that the RTA/ listed company shall verify and process the service requests and thereafter issue a ‘Letter of Confirmation’ in lieu of physical securities certificate(s), to the securities holder/ claimant within 30 days of its receipt of such request after removing objections, if any. The ‘Letter of Confirmation’ shall be valid for a period of 120 days from the date of its issuance, within which the securities holder/ claimant shall make a request to the Depository Participant for dematerializing the said securities. In view of this, and to avail the benefits offered by the Depository system as well as to safeguard against fraud, Members holding shares in physical form are encouraged to dematerialise their holdings through either of the Depositories, namely, National Securities Depository Limited or Central Depository Services (India) Limited.

The Policy is intended to ensure that appropriate reporting, approval, and disclosure processes are in place for all transactions between the Company and its related parties.

All related party transactions entered into during the year under review were in the ordinary course of business and at arm’s length. No material related party transactions—i.e., transactions exceeding H 1,000 crore or 10% of the annual consolidated turnover, whichever is lower, as per the last audited financial statements—were entered into during the year. Accordingly, the disclosure of related party transactions in Form AOC-2, as required under Section 134(3)(h) of the Act, is not applicable. Further, there were no material related party transactions during the year under review with Promoters, Directors, or Key Managerial Personnel that could have a potential conflict with the interests of the Company at large.

The related party transactions are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Members’ attention is drawn to Note No. 38 of the standalone financial statements, which sets out the related party disclosures.

The disclosure in respect of loans and advances pursuant to Regulation 34(3), read with Clause 2 of Part A of Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations, in compliance with the applicable accounting standards on related party disclosures, is not applicable, as the Company did not have any holding or subsidiary companies as at the end of the year under review.

During the year under review, the following person(s)/entity(ies) belonging to the promoter/promoter group held 10% or more of the paid-up equity share capital of the Company:

Name of the person/entity Shareholding (%)
Jamnalal Sons Private Limited 19.55
BajajHoldings and Investment Limited 16.59

Disclosure of transactions pursuant to Regulation 34(3), read with Clause 2A of Part A of Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations, is attached as Annexure B and forms part of this Report.

DEPOSITS

During the year under review, the Company has not accepted any deposits covered under Chapter V of the Act. Accordingly, no disclosure or reporting is required in respect of details relating to such deposits.

CREDIT RATING

The Company’s credit rating profile is summarised below:

Instrument* Rating Agency Rating
Bank Loan Facilities
(long-term)
CRISIL Ratings
Limited
CRISIL AA-/
Stable
Bank Loan Facilities
(short-term)
CRISIL Ratings
Limited
CRISIL A1+

*During the year under review, the Company voluntarily withdrew the CRISIL rating assigned to its Short-Term Debt programme, as there was no amount outstanding.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In line with the requirements of the Act and the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Company has formulated a Policy on Materiality of Related Party Transactions, which is available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

PARTICULARS OF LOANS AND ADVANCES, GUARANTEES OR INVESTMENTS

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 186 of the Act and the rules framed thereunder, the particulars of loans given, investments made, guarantees given, and securities provided by the Company are disclosed in the notes to the standalone financial statements.

SIGNIFICANT AND MATERIAL ORDERS PASSED BY THE REGULATORS OR COURTS

There have been no significant or material orders passed by any regulators, courts, or tribunals that would impact the going concern status of the Company or its operations in the future.

MATERIAL CHANGES AND COMMITMENTS AFFECTING THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY WHICH OCCURRED BETWEEN THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR TO WHICH THIS FINANCIAL STATEMENT RELATES AND THE DATE OF THIS REPORT

There have been no material changes or commitments affecting the financial position of the Company that occurred between the end of the financial year, i.e., March 31, 2025, and the date of this Board’s Report, i.e., May 12, 2025.

111 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

APPLICATION MADE OR ANY PROCEEDING PENDING UNDER THE INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY CODE, 2016 DURING THE YEAR ALONG WITH THEIR STATUS AS AT THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

No application has been made under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, against the Company. Therefore, the requirement to disclose details of any application made or proceeding pending under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (31 of 2016) during the year, along with their status as at the end of the financial year, is not applicable.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE AMOUNT OF THE VALUATION DONE AT THE TIME OF ONE-TIME SETTLEMENT AND THE VALUATION DONE WHILE TAKING A LOAN FROM BANKS OR FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, ALONG WITH THE REASONS THEREOF

During the year under review, there was no instance of a onetime settlement with banks or financial institutions. Therefore, the requirement to disclose the details of the difference between the amount of the valuation done at the time of the one-time settlement and the valuation done while taking a loan from the banks or financial institutions, along with the reasons therefor, is not applicable.

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

The Company has a Policy on Corporate Social Responsibility and has constituted a Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Committee as required under the Act to implement various CSR activities. The CSR & ESG Committee is comprised of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj, who serves as the Chairperson of the Committee, with Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar, and Mr. Saurabh Kumar as the members of the Committee.

The CSR policy is available on the Company’s website at: https:// www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

Further details regarding the CSR & ESG Committee are provided in the Corporate Governance Report, which forms part of this Report. The Company has implemented various CSR projects directly and/or through implementing partners, and the said projects undertaken by the Company are in accordance with its CSR Policy and Schedule VII of the Act. The Report on CSR activities, as required under the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, as amended, is provided in Annexure C , which forms part of this Report.

BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (BRSR)

Pursuant to amendments in the SEBI Listing Regulations, the top 1,000 listed entities based on market capitalisation are required to submit a Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (“BRSR”) with effect from FY 2022-23.

Accordingly, a detailed BRSR in the format prescribed by SEBI, outlining various initiatives, actions, and processes undertaken by the Company to align its business with environmental, social, and governance obligations, has been hosted on the Company’s website. It can be accessed at https://www.bajajelectricals.com/ pages/investors.

A physical copy of the BRSR will be made available to any shareholder upon request.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Maintaining high standards of Corporate Governance has been fundamental to the business of the Company since its inception. As per Regulation 34(3) read with Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations, a separate section on corporate governance practices followed by the Company, together with the following declarations/certifications, forms an integral part of this Corporate Governance Reporting:

  • a. A declaration signed by Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, stating that the members of the Board of Directors and senior management personnel have affirmed compliance with the Company’s Code of Conduct.

  • b. A compliance certificate from the Company’s Secretarial Auditors confirming compliance with the conditions of Corporate Governance.

  • c. A certificate of Non-Disqualification of Directors from the Secretarial Auditors of the Company.

  • d. A certificate from the CEO and CFO of the Company, inter alia, confirming the correctness of the financial statements and cash flow statements, adequacy of the internal control measures, and reporting of matters to the Audit Committee.

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS REPORT

The Management Discussion and Analysis Report on the operations of the Company, as required under the SEBI Listing Regulations, is provided in a separate section and forms an integral part of this Report.

ANNUAL RETURN

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 134(3)(a) and Section 92(3) of the Act, read with Rule 12 of the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014, the Annual Return of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, can be accessed at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

VIGIL MECHANISM

The Company has a Whistle Blower Policy to report genuine concerns or grievances regarding any poor or unacceptable practices and any instances of misconduct, ensuring adequate safeguards against the victimisation of persons who may utilise such a mechanism. The Whistle Blower Policy is available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/ pages/investors.

EMPLOYEES STOCK OPTION SCHEME

The Company had implemented the Employees Stock Option Scheme 2015 (“ESOP-2015”) in accordance with the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014, read with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021 (“SEBI SBEBSE Regulations”), as a measure to reward and motivate employees, as well as to attract and retain talent.

During the year 2023-24, the Company adopted the new ‘Bajaj Electricals Limited - Performance Stock Option Plan- 2023’ (“PSOP-

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 112

Bajaj Electricals Limited

2023”) for the issuance of equity shares of the Company in the form of Performance Stock Options (“PSOP Options”) to its eligible employees, in accordance with the SEBI SBEBSE Regulations. The PSOP-2023 will result in the grant of up to 575,510 PSOP Options in one or more tranches to eligible employees, representing 0.50% of the issued share capital of the Company.

During the financial year under review, under the ESOP-2015, 42,500 stock options were granted to eligible employees at the market price prevailing on the National Stock Exchange of India Limited on the date of their grant, and under the PSOP2023, 1,55,681 options were granted to eligible employees at the face value.

There were no changes to the Company’s ESOP-2015 and/or PSOP-2023 during the year under review.

In line with Regulation 14 of the SEBI SBEBSE Regulations, a statement providing complete details as of March 31, 2025, is available on the Company’s website at: https://www. bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

The Company has obtained a Certificate from the Secretarial Auditors confirming that the ESOP-2015 and PSOP-2023 have been implemented in accordance with the SEBI SBEBSE Regulations. This Certificate will be available for inspection through electronic means by writing to the Company at legal@ bajajelectricals.com from the date of circulation of the AGM Notice until the date of the AGM, i.e., August 7, 2025.

Details of options vested, exercised, and cancelled are provided in the notes to the standalone financial statements.

EMPLOYEE WELFARE TRUSTS

The Company has certain irrevocable Employee Welfare Trusts, namely: (i) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 1; (ii) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 2; (iii) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 3; (iv) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 4; and

(v) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Housing Welfare Fund (collectively, the “Employee Welfare Trusts”). The benefits of these Employee Welfare Trusts extend to all employees of the Company, including those of Bajel Projects Limited (“Bajel”), formerly the EPC division of the Company and now a separate legal entity following its demerger. The Board of the Company had relinquished control over these Trusts in the past.

Following the demerger, the managements of the Company and Bajel have jointly realigned the governance and operational framework of the Employee Welfare Trusts to safeguard employee interests and ensure effective administration. It has been mutually agreed that the Employee Welfare Trusts-related expenditure shall be shared between the two entities in the ratio of 67.03:32.93, based on their respective net worth prior to the demerger. The Governing Bodies of the Employee Welfare Trusts have also been reconstituted with proportionate representation from both entities, and all key decisions shall be made jointly, with an agreed mechanism in place to resolve any differences.

While neither of the Boards exercise unilateral control over the Employee Welfare Trusts, joint control has been established for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the Employee Welfare Trusts have been consolidated as a joint venture in the consolidated financial statements.

SUBSIDIARY, JOINT VENTURE, AND ASSOCIATE

As on March 31, 2025, the Company has one (1) associate company, viz. Hind Lamps Private Limited (“Hind Lamps”) and five (5) irrevocable Employee Welfare Trusts, namely: (i) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 1; (ii) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 2; (iii) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 3; (iv) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No. 4; and (v) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Housing Welfare Fund, which have been recognised as Joint Ventures for the purpose of consolidation in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Details of Subsidiary/Associate Companies/Joint Ventures of the Company:

Name % of Shareholding of
the Company as on
March 31, 2025
Status
Hind Lamps Private Limited (erstwhile Hind Lamps Limited) 19.00%
Associate
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 1 67.07%
Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 2 67.07%
Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 3 67.07%
Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 4 67.07%
Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ HousingWelfare Fund 67.07%
Joint Venture

Performance of Subsidiary, Joint Venture, and Associate

Hind Lamps: Total income of Hind Lamps for the financial year 2024-25 stood at H 4.19 crore (Previous Year: H 3.93 crore). Profit for the year was H 0.03 crore (Previous Year Profit: H 0.05 crore).

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 1: Total income of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 1 for the financial year 2024-25 stood at H 3.74 crore (Previous Year: H 1.69 crore). Loss for the year was H 4.66 crore (Previous Year Profit: H 0.76 crore).

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 2: Total income of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 2 for the financial year 2024-25 stood at H 6.76 crore (Previous Year: H 1.82 crore). Loss for the year was H 2.05 crore (Previous Year Profit: H 1.43 crore).

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 3: Total income of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 3 for the financial year 2024-25 stood at H 5.07 crore (Previous Year: H 3.67 crore). Loss for the year was H 3.27 crore (Previous Year Profit: H 2.57 crore).

113 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 4: Total income of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 4 for the financial year 2024-25 stood at H 4.21 crore (Previous Year: H 4.11 crore). Profit for the year was H 1.55 crore (Previous Year Loss: H 0.11 crore).

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Housing Welfare Fund: Total income of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Housing Welfare Fund for the financial year 2024-25 stood at H 0.15 crore (Previous Year: H 0.16 crore). Loss for the year was H 0.27 crore (Previous Year Loss: H 0.05 crore).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 129(3) of the Act, a report on the performance and financial position of the subsidiary, associate, and joint ventures is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Their contribution to the overall performance of the Company in Form AOC-1 is given in Annexure D , which forms part of this Report.

In accordance with the fourth proviso to Section 136(1) of the Act, the Annual Report of the Company, containing the Standalone and Consolidated Financial Statements, is available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/ investors. Further, as per the fifth proviso to the said Section, the annual accounts of the subsidiary, joint venture, and associate of the Company are also available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors. Any member interested in obtaining a copy of the aforesaid documents may write to the Company Secretary at the Company’s Registered Office. These documents will also be available for examination by the shareholders at the Company’s Registered Office during working days (except Saturday, Sunday, Public Holidays, and National Holidays), between 11.00 a.m. and 01.00 p.m.

The Policy for Determining Material Subsidiary, as approved by the Board, can be accessed on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Financial Statements of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, prepared in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act and in compliance with Schedule III thereto, form an integral part of this Report.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Board of Directors also presents the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, which include the audited financial statements of the associate company and joint ventures prepared in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Act, the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS), and the SEBI Listing Regulations. These statements form an integral part of this Report.

DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL

Appointments/Re-appointments and Director Retiring by Rotation

Completion of Tenure of Independent Directors

The second consecutive five-year terms of Mr. Harsh Vardhan Goenka (DIN: 00026726), Dr. Rajendra Prasad Singh (DIN: 00004812), and Dr. Indu Shahani (DIN: 00112289), Independent Directors, concluded at the close of business

hours on March 31, 2024. Accordingly, they ceased to be Directors of the Company with effect from April 1, 2024. The Board of Directors places on record its deep appreciation for the invaluable contributions, guidance, and stewardship provided by Mr. Goenka, Dr. Singh, and Dr. Shahani during their respective tenures on the Board.

Appointment of Mr. Saurabh Kumar as an Independent Director for a term of five (5) consecutive years from March 20, 2024

The Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee, approved the appointment of Mr. Saurabh Kumar (DIN: 06576793) as an Additional Director, designated as an Independent Director of the Company, effective from March 20, 2024, and the shareholders approved his appointment as an Independent Director of the Company for a period of five (5) consecutive years upto March 19, 2029, by way of resolution passed through postal ballot on June 6, 2024.

Re-appointment of Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti as an Independent Director for a second term of five (5) consecutive years starting from August 7, 2024

The Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee, approved the reappointment of Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti (DIN: 00007347) as an Independent Director of the Company for a second term of five (5) consecutive years starting from August 7, 2024, and the shareholders approved his appointment as an Independent Director of the Company for a period of five (5) consecutive years upto August 6, 2029, by way of resolution passed through postal ballot on June 6, 2024.

Appointment of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj as an Executive Director for a term of five (5) consecutive years from May 14, 2024

The Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee and subject to the approval of shareholders, approved the appointment of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj (DIN 08254455) as a Whole-time Director of the Company, with the designation and title of ‘Executive Director’, for a term of five (5) consecutive years starting from May 14, 2024, and the shareholders approved her appointment as an Executive Director of the Company for a period of five (5) consecutive years upto May 13, 2029, at their 85th Annual General Meeting held on August 6, 2024. Further, in view of her appointment as a Whole-time Director of the Company, she resigned from her previous position as a Non-Executive Director of the Company effective from May 14, 2024.

Resignation of Mr. Anuj Poddar as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from September 30, 2024

Mr. Anuj Poddar (DIN: 01908009), Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has tendered his resignation from his position to explore an external opportunity. The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on July 17, 2024, accepted the resignation of Mr. Anuj Poddar as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, Key Managerial Personnel, and as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and relieved him of his duties with effect from close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 114

Bajaj Electricals Limited

  • Appointment of Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer for a term of three (3) years, with effect from April 15, 2025

The Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee and subject to the approval of shareholders, approved the appointment of Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva (DIN: 11017868) as an additional director (in the category of executive/whole-time director) with the designation and title of ‘Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer’, liable to retire by rotation, for a term of three (3) years, with effect from April 15, 2025.

Sad demise of Mr. Madhur Bajaj

Mr. Madhur Bajaj, Non-Executive Director and Promoter of the Company, passed away on April 11, 2025. The Board places on record its deep condolences and appreciation for his valuable contribution to the Company.

  • Appointment of Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj as the Additional Director in the category of Non-Executive NonIndependent Director, with effect from May 12, 2025

The Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee and subject to the approval of shareholders, approved the appointment of Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj (DIN: 08472468) as an additional director in the category of non-executive non-independent director, liable to retire by rotation, with effect from May 12, 2025. The Board of Directors recommends the appointment of Mr. Nirav Nayan Bajaj for the approval of the Members at the ensuing 86th Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). The relevant details, including his profile, are provided separately in the Notice of AGM, and in the Report on Corporate Governance forming part of this Report.

Rajiv Bajaj’s decision about not seeking reappointment

Mr. Rajiv Bajaj (DIN: 00018262) had conveyed his decision not to seek re-appointment to the Board. Accordingly, he would vacate his office as a Non-Executive, Non-Independent Director upon the conclusion of the forthcoming AGM. The Board placed on record its sincere appreciation and gratitude for his invaluable contributions to the Company during his tenure.

Director coming up for retirement by rotation

In accordance with the provisions of Section 152 of the Act and the Company’s Articles of Association, Mr. Rajiv Bajaj (DIN: 00018262) and Mrs. Pooja Bajaj (DIN: 08254455) are liable to retire by rotation at the forthcoming AGM.

Mr. Rajiv Bajaj would retire by rotation at the ensuing AGM and, since he had expressed his intention not to seek re-appointment, he shall cease to be a non-executive director on the Board of the Company with effect from the conclusion of the forthcoming AGM. The Board of Directors recommends a proposal to the shareholders to consider and decide not to fill the vacancy arising from his retirement

Mrs. Pooja Bajaj, being eligible, has offered herself for reappointment. The Board of Directors recommends the re-appointment of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj for the approval of the Members at the ensuing AGM. The relevant details,

including her profile, are provided separately in the Notice of AGM, and in the Report on Corporate Governance forming part of this Report.

As on the date of this Report, the Board of Directors of the Company comprises ten (10) members, of which seven (7) are NonExecutive Directors (NEDs), including one (1) Woman Director. NEDs constitute 70% of the Board’s strength. Among these, five (5) are Independent Directors, accounting for 50% of the total Board composition. The structure of the Board is in compliance with the requirements of Regulation 17 of the SEBI Listing Regulations and the applicable provisions of the Act.

Independent Directors

All Independent Directors of the Company have submitted declarations under Section 149(7) of the Act, confirming that they meet the criteria of independence as prescribed under Section 149(6) of the Act and Regulation 16(1)(b), along with other applicable provisions of the SEBI Listing Regulations.

In accordance with Regulation 25(8) of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Independent Directors have also affirmed that they are not aware of any circumstance or situation that exists or is reasonably anticipated to arise, which could impair their ability to discharge their duties with objective, independent judgment and without any external influence.

The Independent Directors hold office for a fixed term of five years and are not liable to retire by rotation. Further, all Independent Directors have valid registrations in the Independent Directors’ databank maintained by the Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs, as required under Rule 6(1) of the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Fifth Amendment Rules, 2019.

In the opinion of the Board, all Independent Directors fulfil the conditions of independence specified in Section 149(6) of the Act and Regulation 16(1)(b) of the SEBI Listing Regulations.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Independent Directors are available on the Company’s website at: https://www. bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

In line with the requirements of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Company has implemented a structured familiarisation programme to orient Independent Directors regarding their roles, responsibilities, the Company’s business operations, the industry landscape, and the regulatory environment. Details of the familiarisation programme are provided in the Corporate Governance Report and are also available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

Key Managerial Personnel

During the year under review, there was a change in the Key Managerial Personnel of the Company.

  • a. The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on July 17, 2024, took note of the cessation of Mr. Anuj Poddar as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and Key Managerial Personnel of the Company, with effect from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024; and

  • b. The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on August 6, 2024, designated Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Executive Chairman, as the Key Managerial Personnel of the Company, with effect from the start of business hours on October 1, 2024.

115 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

As on March 31, 2025, the following executives are designated as Key Managerial Personnel of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2(51) and 203 of the Act, read with the applicable rules made thereunder:

  • Mr. Shekhar Bajaj – Executive Chairman

  • Mr. Prashant Dalvi – Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary

  • Mr. E. C. Prasad – Chief Financial Officer

In view of the appointment of Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Board of Directors, at its meeting held on March 28, 2025, designated him as the Key Managerial Personnel of the Company in place of Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Executive Chairman, with effect from April 15, 2025.

As on the date of this Report, the following executives are designated as Key Managerial Personnel of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2(51) and 203 of the Act, read with the applicable rules made thereunder:

  • Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva – Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer (Additional Director)

  • Mr. Prashant Dalvi – Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary

  • Mr. E. C. Prasad – Chief Financial Officer

NUMBER OF MEETINGS OF THE BOARD

During the financial year 2024–25, eight (8) meetings of the Board of Directors were held. The gap between any two consecutive meetings was within the limits prescribed under the Act and the SEBI Listing Regulations. The details of the meetings held during the year, along with the attendance of Directors, are provided in the Corporate Governance Report, which forms an integral part of this Report.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

As on March 31, 2025, the Board of Directors had constituted the following Committees to ensure focused governance and oversight in key areas:

  • a. Audit Committee

  • b. Nomination and Remuneration Committee

  • c. Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee

  • d. Risk Management Committee

  • e. CSR & ESG Committee

  • f. Finance Committee

Each Committee functions in accordance with its respective terms of reference approved by the Board and in line with the applicable provisions of the Act and SEBI Listing Regulations.

The composition of these Committees, the number of meetings held during the year, and attendance of members at such meetings are provided in detail in the Corporate Governance Report, which forms an integral part of this Report.

BOARD EVALUATION

Pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Board carried out the annual performance

evaluation of its own performance, that of its Committees, and of individual Directors. This evaluation was conducted through a structured process of individual and collective feedback from the Directors.

The evaluation process covered various aspects including the effectiveness of the Board's functioning, its composition, the level of engagement, the quality of discussions, decision-making, and the performance of the Committees and individual Directors.

The manner in which the evaluation was carried out, along with the criteria used for assessment, is detailed in the Corporate Governance Report, which forms an integral part of this Report.

The Board of Directors expressed satisfaction with the overall evaluation process and the performance of the Board, its Committees, and individual Directors.

POLICY ON DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION

The Board of Directors has adopted a comprehensive Nomination and Remuneration Policy (“Policy”), which serves as a guiding framework for the appointment and remuneration of Directors, Key Managerial Personnel (KMP), Senior Management, and other employees of the Company.

The Policy outlines the guiding principles, philosophy, and structure for determining the remuneration of Executive and NonExecutive Directors (including sitting fees and commission), KMP, Senior Management, and other employees. It also encompasses provisions relating to Board diversity, the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes, and independence of Directors, as well as the framework for appointment and performance evaluation of KMP and Senior Management.

This Policy is formulated and reviewed by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and is considered by the Board of Directors while evaluating potential candidates for various leadership and key roles within the Company.

The Nomination and Remuneration Policy is annexed to this Report as Annexure E and is also available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

RISK AND INTERNAL CONTROLS ADEQUACY

The Company has in place robust internal control systems that are commensurate with the nature, scale, and complexity of its business operations. These controls are designed to ensure orderly and efficient conduct of business, including adherence to the Company’s policies, safeguarding of its assets, prevention and detection of frauds and errors, accuracy and completeness of accounting records, and timely preparation of reliable financial information. The effectiveness of the internal control systems is periodically tested and certified by both Statutory Auditors and Internal Auditors, covering all offices, manufacturing facilities, and key business processes. Significant audit findings and recommendations, along with the status of their implementation, are reviewed by the Audit Committee of the Board. The Committee also monitors the overall internal control environment and assesses the adequacy of risk management frameworks and practices adopted by the Company.

Based on the report of the Statutory Auditors, the internal financial controls with reference to the standalone financial statements have been found to be adequate and operating effectively during the financial year under review.

116

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

COMPLIANCE WITH SECRETARIAL STANDARDS

The Company has complied with the applicable Secretarial Standards issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India.

REPORTING OF FRAUD

During the year under review, there were no instances of fraud reported by the Statutory Auditors, Cost Auditor, or Secretarial Auditor under Section 143(12) of the Act read with Rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, which were required to be disclosed to the Audit Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company.

RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company has adopted a comprehensive Risk Management Policy, formulated in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 21 of the SEBI Listing Regulations and applicable provisions of the Act. A structured mechanism is in place to inform the Board about risk identification, assessment, and minimisation procedures. The Company periodically reviews its Risk Management Framework to ensure that executive management controls risks through a robust and dynamic process aligned with the Company's strategic, operational, and compliance objectives. The Risk Management Committee of the Board periodically reviews and evaluates key risks and mitigation plans submitted by the management. This includes prioritising significant risks based on their likelihood and impact, and approving action plans to address them. A detailed discussion on the key strategic and operational risks faced by the Company, along with its risk response and mitigation strategies, is provided in the Management Discussion and Analysis section, which forms an integral part of this Report.

At present, and in the opinion of the Board of Directors, there are no identified risks which may threaten the existence of the Company.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee of the Company comprises three Directors, namely Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti, as the Chairman of the Committee, and Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar, and Mr. Vikram Hosangady, as members. During the year under review, all recommendations made by the Audit Committee were accepted by the Board of Directors.

Details pertaining to the composition, terms of reference, roles and responsibilities of the Audit Committee, as well as the number of meetings held and the attendance of the Members therein, are provided in the Report on Corporate Governance, which forms an integral part of this Report.

AUDITORS AND AUDITOR’S REPORT

Statutory Auditors

At the 83rd Annual General Meeting (“83rd AGM”) of the Company held on August 12, 2022, the Members approved the reappointment of Messrs S R B C & Co. LLP, Chartered Accountants (ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003), as the Statutory Auditors of the Company for a second term of five (5) consecutive years, commencing from the conclusion of the 83rd AGM until the conclusion of the 88th Annual General Meeting to be held in the year 2027.

The Statutory Auditors' Report on the financial statements of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, forms part of this Annual Report. The Report does not contain any qualification, reservation, adverse remark or disclaimer.

Cost Auditors

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 148 of the Act read with the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014, the Company is required to maintain cost records in respect of its manufacturing activities, and such records are duly maintained.

For the financial year 2024–25, Messrs R. Nanabhoy & Co., Cost Accountants (Firm Registration No. 000010), carried out the audit of the cost records maintained by the Company for applicable businesses. The Company has received a certificate from the said firm confirming their eligibility under Section 141 read with Section 148(3) of the Act and Rule 6(5) of the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014, for appointment as Cost Auditors.

Based on the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Board of Directors has re-appointed Messrs R. Nanabhoy & Co., Cost Accountants, as the Cost Auditors of the Company for the financial year 2025–26. The remuneration payable to the Cost Auditors is subject to ratification by the Members at the ensuing Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), as required under Section 148(3) of the Act. Accordingly, a resolution seeking Members’ ratification for the remuneration payable to the Cost Auditors is included in Item No. 6 of the Notice convening the AGM.

The details of the Cost Auditors and cost audit conducted by them for financial year 2023-24 are furnished below:

Name of Cost Auditor Messrs R. Nanabhoy & Co., Cost
Accountants
ICWA MembershipNo. 7464
Firm Registration No. 000010
Address Jer Mansion, 70, August Kranti Marg,
Mumbai 400036
Due date of filing of
Cost Audit Report
September 30, 2024
Actual date of filing September 3, 2024

In accordance with the provisions of Section 148 of the Act, read with the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014, the Company is required to maintain cost records, and accordingly, such accounts and records have been duly maintained.

Secretarial Auditors

The Board had appointed Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Practicing Company Secretaries (Firm Registration No.P2009MH007000 and Peer review No.6290/2024) as the Secretarial Auditors to conduct the secretarial audit of the Company for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, as per the provisions of Section 204 of the Act read with Rules framed thereunder. The Secretarial Audit Report in Form MR-3 is given as Annexure F and forms part of this Report. The Secretarial Audit Report does not contain any qualification, reservation, adverse remark or disclaimer.

Pursuant to the provisions of Regulation 24A of the SEBI Listing Regulations read with SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-PoD-2/ CIR/P/2024/185 dated December 31, 2024 (“SEBI Circular”) issued in this regard, the Company has undertaken an audit for the financial year 2024-25 for all applicable compliances as per SEBI Listing Regulations and Circulars/Guidelines issued thereunder. The Annual Secretarial Compliance Report duly signed by Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Practicing Company Secretaries (Firm Registration No.P2009MH007000 and Peer review No.6290/2024) has been submitted to the Stock Exchanges within 60 days of the end of the financial year.

117 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

The Board of Directors of the Company at its meeting held on May 12, 2025, on the recommendation of the Audit Committee and subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company at the ensuing AGM, has approved the appointment of Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Practicing Company Secretaries (Firm Registration No.P2009MH007000 and Peer review No.6290/2024), as the Secretarial Auditors, for a period of 5 (five) years i.e. from the conclusion of the 86th AGM till the conclusion of 91st AGM of the Company.

The Company has received written consent from Messrs Makarand M. Joshi & Co. and a certificate that they satisfy the qualification criteria provided under SEBI Circular and that the appointment, if made, shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act, Rules framed thereunder, SEBI Listing Regulations, SEBI Circular and other applicable circulars, if any, in this regard. The firm has agreed to the said appointment, and confirmed that their appointment, if made, would be within the limits specified under the Act. They have further confirmed that they are eligible for the proposed appointment as Secretarial Auditor of the Company and have not incurred any of the disqualifications as specified vide the said SEBI Circular.

TRANSFER TO INVESTOR EDUCATION AND PROTECTION FUND

Transfer of Unpaid/Unclaimed Dividend to Investor Education and Protection Fund

Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 124 and 125 of the Act, read with the Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority (Accounting, Audit, Transfer and Refund) Rules, 2016 (“IEPF Rules”), as amended, an amount of H 16,08,353.60, being unpaid and/or unclaimed dividend pertaining to the financial year ended March 31, 2017, was transferred during the year to the Investor Education and Protection Fund (“IEPF”).

Transfer of Shares to IEPF

In accordance with the provisions of Section 124 of the Act, read with the IEPF Rules, 9,337 equity shares of H 2/- each, in respect of which dividend had not been claimed or paid by the shareholders for a period of seven consecutive years or more, were transferred by the Company to the IEPF during the year. The details of such shares transferred have been uploaded on the websites of both the IEPF and the Company.

CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, TECHNOLOGY ABSORPTION AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS AND OUTGO

The information relating to conservation of energy, technology absorption, and foreign exchange earnings and outgo, as required under Section 134(3)(m) of the Act, read with Rule 8 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014, is annexed herewith as Annexure G and forms an integral part of this Report.

supported by robust training initiatives, to consistently nurture inspiring, capable, and credible leadership. In addition to sustained investment in skill and leadership development, the Company has also placed emphasis on employee engagement initiatives and programmes aimed at fostering a culture of innovation and collaboration at all levels of the organisation. These efforts are detailed separately under the respective Capitals in this Annual Report, and elaborated in the Management Discussion and Analysis Report, which forms an integral part of this Report.

Employee relations across the organisation have remained cordial throughout the year.

KEY INITIATIVES WITH RESPECT TO STAKEHOLDER RELATIONSHIP, CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP, ENVIRONMENT, SUSTAINABILITY, HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELFARE OF EMPLOYEES

The key initiatives undertaken by the Company with respect to stakeholder relationship, customer relationship, environment, sustainability, health, and safety are detailed separately under the respective Capitals in this Annual Report.

The Company’s Environment, Health and Safety Policy and Human Rights Policy are available on its website: https://www. bajajelectricals.com.

PROTECTION OF WOMEN AT THE WORKPLACE

In compliance with the provisions of the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 (“POSH Act”), and the Rules framed thereunder, the Company has formulated and implemented a Policy on the prevention, prohibition and redressal of complaints relating to sexual harassment of women at the workplace.

This Policy applies to all women employees, whether permanent, temporary, or contractual. It has been made accessible to all employees via the Company’s internal portal and has been widely disseminated to ensure awareness across the organisation.

In accordance with the requirements of the POSH Act, an Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) has been duly constituted to address and resolve any such complaints.

The status of complaints under Section 22 of the POSH Act, as on March 31, 2025, is as follows:

Particulars Number
Number of complaints pending at the
beginningof the financialyear
Nil
Number of complaints filed during the
financialyear
Nil
Number of complaints pending at the end of
the financialyear
Nil

PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES

HUMAN RESOURCES AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

The Company takes pride in the commitment, competence, and dedication demonstrated by its employees across all areas of its business. It considers its people to be its greatest asset and has therefore made concerted efforts towards talent management and succession planning. The Company continues to strengthen its performance management systems and learning frameworks,

Disclosures relating to remuneration and other details, as required under the provisions of Section 197(12) of the Act, read with Rule 5(1) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014, are provided in Annexure H , which forms part of this Report.

Further, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 197(12) and 136(1) of the Act, read with the said Rules, the statement containing the names and other particulars of employees drawing

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 118

Bajaj Electricals Limited

remuneration in excess of the limits prescribed under the aforesaid Rules is available for inspection by the members during business hours at the Registered Office of the Company. Any member interested in obtaining a copy thereof may write to the Company Secretary at the Registered Office of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

The Directors confirm that:

  • a. in the preparation of the Annual Accounts for the year ended March 31, 2025, the applicable accounting standards have been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures, if any;

  • b. they have selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the profit of the Company for that period;

  • c. they have taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities;

  • d. they have prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis;

  • e. they have laid down internal financial controls to be followed by the Company and that such internal financial controls are adequate and were operating effectively; and

  • f. they have devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.

OTHER DISCLOSURES / CONFIRMATIONS

  • a. None of the Chairman, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, or the Executive Director of the Company received any remuneration or commission from any of the subsidiaries of the Company.

  • f. There was no revision of financial statements and Board’s Report of the Company during the year under review.

ANNEXURES

  • a. Dividend Distribution Policy – Annexure A;

  • b. Disclosures of transactions pursuant to the provisions of Regulation 34(3) read with clause 2A of Part A of Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations – Annexure B;

  • c. Annual Report on CSR Activities – Annexure C;

  • d. Statement containing salient features of the financial statement of subsidiaries/associate companies/joint ventures – Annexure D;

  • e. Nomination and Remuneration Policy of the Company – Annexure E;

  • f. Secretarial Audit Report – Annexure F;

  • g. Report on Conservation of Energy, Technology Absorption and Foreign Exchange Earnings and Outgo – Annexure G; and

  • h. Disclosures under Section 197(12) of the Act read with the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 – Annexure H .

APPRECIATION AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The Directors place on record their deep appreciation to employees at all levels for their hard work, dedication and commitment. The Board places on record its appreciation for the support and cooperation the Company has been receiving from its suppliers, distributors, business partners and others associated with it as its trading partners. The Company looks upon them as partners in its progress and has shared with them the rewards of growth. It will be the Company’s endeavour to build and nurture strong links with trade based on mutuality of benefits, respect for and co-operation with each other, consistent with consumer interests. The Directors also take this opportunity to thank all Shareholders, Clients, Vendors, Banks, Government Regulatory Authorities and Stock Exchanges, for their continued support.

  • b. The Company has not issued any sweat equity shares to its directors or employees.

  • c. The Company has not failed to implement any corporate action during the year under review.

  • d. The disclosure pertaining to an explanation for any deviation or variation in connection with certain terms of a public issue, rights issue, preferential issue, etc. is not applicable to the Company.

  • e. The Company’s securities were not suspended during the year under review.

For and on behalf of

the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

Mumbai May 12, 2025

119 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Annexure A

Dividend Distribution Policy

1. PREAMBLE

As per the provisions of Regulation 43A of the Securities and Exchanges Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI Listing Regulations”), as amended, the Company is required to formulate and disclose its Dividend Distribution Policy. Accordingly, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Bajaj Electricals Limited (the “Company”) had approved the Company’s first Dividend Distribution Policy at its meeting held on March 29, 2017.

In the endeavour to provide more clarity to stakeholders on the Company’s dividend distribution framework, this revised Dividend Distribution Policy (“Dividend Policy”) has been framed for adoption by the Board of the Company. This Dividend Policy shall supersede the earlier policy and shall be effective from May 17, 2022.

2. DIVIDEND DISTRIBUTION PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVE

This Dividend Policy of the Company aims to strike a balance between the dual objectives of rewarding shareholders through Dividends and ploughing back earnings to support sustained growth.

The management endeavours to divide ‘net earnings’ into dividends and retained earnings in an optimum way to achieve the objective of wealth maximisation for shareholders.

3. DIVIDEND

The dividend represents the profit of the Company, which is distributed to shareholders in proportion to the amount of the paid-up shares they hold. Dividend includes Interim Dividend.

4. PARAMETERS FOR DECLARATION OF DIVIDEND

External and Internal factors (strategic and financial) that would be considered for declaration of dividend includes:

  • External Factors Internal Factors State of Economy‐ in case of uncertain or recessionary economic Distributable surplus available and liquidity and business conditions; position of the Company Market conditions and consumer trends; Present & future capital requirements of the existing businesses including any acquisition;

  • Prevailing taxation policy or any amendments expected thereof, with respect to dividend distribution;

  • Expansion / Modernisation of existing businesses;

  • Statutory Obligations, Government Regulations and Outstanding Borrowings and covenants thereof; Taxation policies;

  • Likelihood of crystallisation of contingent liabilities, if any; and

  • Dividend pay-out ratios of companies in the same industry; and

  • Other external factors.

  • Other internal factors.

Circumstances under which shareholders may not expect a dividend includes:

Adverse market conditions & business uncertainty;

  • Inadequacy of profits earned during the fiscal year;

  • Inadequacy of cash balance;

  • Large forthcoming capital requirements which are funded through internal accruals;

  • Changing Government regulations; and

  • Any other relevant circumstances.

Even under such (unfavorable) circumstances, the Board may, at its sole discretion, and subject to applicable rules, choose to recommend a dividend, including out of

5.

accumulated profits of any previous financial year(s) in accordance with provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and SEBI Listing Regulations, as may be applicable.

DIVIDEND PAYOUT

The Board would endeavor to maintain a Dividend pay-out in the range of 20-40% of the Company’s Profit After Tax on standalone financials. However, the Board, at its sole discretion, may pay dividend which is higher or lower than this dividend pay-out range.

The Board may also consider declaring or recommending special dividends or one or more Interim dividends during the year. Additionally, the Board may recommend final dividend for the approval of the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 120

Bajaj Electricals Limited

The date of the Board meeting in which the dividend proposal will be considered shall be intimated to the stock exchanges and post-board meeting, the outcome of the meeting shall also be provided to the stock exchanges, as required under the SEBI Listing Regulations.

6. UTILISATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS

  • Subject to the applicable provisions, the retained earnings of the Company shall be applied for:

  • Funding Inorganic and Organic Growth needs including working capital requirement, capital expenditure, repayment of the debt, etc. The Company can consider venturing into new markets/ geographies/verticals;

  • Research and Development of new products, investment in emerging technologies, etc. to increase market share;

  • Capital Expenditure by way of state of art factories, technology upgradation, platform development, etc.

  • Mergers and acquisitions;

  • Buyback of shares subject to applicable limits;

  • Payment of dividends in future years;

  • Issue of Bonus Shares; and

8. DIVIDEND POLICY EXCLUSION

The Dividend Policy shall not be applicable in the following circumstances:

  • (a) Any distribution of cash as an alternative to payment of dividend by way of buyback of equity shares.

  • (b) Distribution of dividend in kind i.e. by the issue of fully or partly paid bonus shares or other securities.

  • (c) Determination and declaring dividends on preference shares, if any.

9. DISCLOSURES

The Dividend Policy shall be disclosed on the website of the Company i.e., www.bajajelectricals.com.

10. REVIEW AND AMENDMENT

Any or all provisions of this Dividend Policy would be subject to the revision/amendment to the SEBI Listing Regulations or related circular, notification, guidance notes issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India or relevant authority, on the subject from time to time.

Any such amendment shall automatically have the effect of amending this Dividend Policy without the need for any approval by the Board or any of its Committees. This Dividend Policy is subject to review from time to time.

  • Any other permissible purpose.

11. DISCLAIMER

7. PARAMETERS THAT SHALL BE ADOPTED WITH REGARD TO VARIOUS CLASSES OF SHARES

The Company has only one class of shares at this point.

This Dividend Policy neither solicits investment in the Company’s securities nor gives any assurance of guaranteed returns (in any form) for investments in the Company’s equity shares.

For and on behalf of

the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

Mumbai May 17, 2022

121 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Annexure B

DISCLOSURES OF TRANSACTIONS OF THE COMPANY WITH ANY PERSON OR ENTITY BELONGING TO THE PROMOTER/PROMOTER GROUP WHICH HOLD(S) 10% OR MORE SHAREHOLDING IN THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION 34(3) AND 53(F) READ WITH CLAUSE 2A OF PART A OF SCHEDULE V OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA (LISTING OBLIGATIONS AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS) REGULATIONS, 2015:

==> picture [484 x 149] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

(Amount: H in lakh)
FY 2024-25 FY 2023-24
Name of the person or Outstanding Outstanding
Nature of Transaction Transaction receivable / Transaction receivable /
entity
Value for the Year (payable) carried in Value for the Year (payable) carried in
the Balance Sheet the Balance Sheet
Jamnalal Sons Private Rent paid 54.28 - 49.56 -
Limited Rent deposit advanced - 200 - 200
Reimbursement of 5.38 - 4.79 -
expenses
Dividend paid 676.45 - 901.93 -
Bajaj Holdings and Dividend paid 574.11 - 765.47 -
Investment Limited
----- End of picture text -----

Mumbai May 12, 2025

For and on behalf of Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 122

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Annexure C

ANNUAL REPORT ON CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES (CSR) ACTIVITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR 2024-25

  1. Brief outline on CSR Policy of the Company:

The Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) policy of the Bajaj Group is deeply rooted in the visionary philosophy of its Founding Father, late Shri Jamnalal Bajaj. Guided by the principle of Trusteeship, the Company believes in utilizing business as a tool for societal welfare and common good, placing emphasis on the collective benefit over individual gain. This philanthropic ethos, established over a century ago, has endured through successive generations, propelling the Company to greater heights of success and esteem. Beyond conventional measures of corporate achievement, the Bajaj Group views true progress as synonymous with the positive impact it makes on people's lives. Through strategic social investments, the Company addresses community needs in areas such as health, education, environment conservation, infrastructure, and disaster response. Recognizing society as a critical stakeholder, the Company's CSR policy reflects its commitment to ethical business practices, environmental stewardship, and enhancing the well-being of all stakeholders, especially the marginalized and underprivileged. Additionally, the policy underscores the Company's dedication to regulatory compliance and diligent adherence to all CSR-related laws and regulations.

CSR Policy: A detailed CSR Policy was last amended by the Company on May 25, 2021, with approvals of the CSR Committee and Board of Directors. The Policy, inter alia, covers the following:

  • Philosophy

  • Preamble / Objective of the CSR Policy

  • Vision

  • Corporate Social Responsibility Committee

  • Responsibilities of the Board

  • CSR Programmes/Projects

  • Implementation and Monitoring

  • Engagement of International Organisations

  • CSR Annual Action Plan

  • Information Dissemination

The CSR Policy is placed on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

  1. Composition of CSR Committee*:
Sr.
No.
Name of Director Designation / Nature of
Directorship
Number of meetings
of CSR Committee
held during the year
Number of meetings of
CSR Committee attended
during the year
1. Mrs. Pooja Bajaj Chairperson – Executive Director
2
Member – Executive Chairman
Member – Independent Director
Member – Independent Director
2 / 2
2. Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 2 / 2
3. Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar 2 / 2
4. Mr. Saurabh Kumar 2 / 2

*Note: Effective April 1, 2024, the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee was reconstituted with Mrs. Pooja Bajaj as the Chairperson, and Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar, and Mr. Saurabh Kumar as its members.

  1. The web-link where Composition of CSR committee, CSR Policy and CSR projects approved by the board are disclosed on the website of the company: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

  2. Details of Impact assessment of CSR projects carried out in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 8 of the Companies (Corporate Social responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, if applicable (attach the report): Not Applicable.

  3. Details of the amount available for set off in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 7 of the Companies (Corporate Social responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014 and amount required for set off for the financial year, if any:

==> picture [463 x 23] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. Amount available for set-off from Amount required to be set-off for the
Financial Year
No. preceding financial years (in J ) financial year, if any (in J )
----- End of picture text -----

Nil

123 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

  1. Average net profit of the Company as per Section 135(5): H 23,560.76 lakh.

  2. (a) Two percent of average net profit of the Company as per section 135(5): H 471.22 lakh.

  3. (b) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previous financial years: Nil.

  4. (c) Amount required to be set off for the financial year, if any: Nil.

  5. (d) Total CSR obligation for the financial year (7a+7b-7c): H 471.22 lakh.

  6. (a) CSR amount spent or unspent for the financial year:

==> picture [444 x 71] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Amount Unspent ( J in lakh)
Total Amount transferred to Unspent Amount transferred to any fund specified under
Total Amount Spent for the
CSR Account as per section 135(6) Schedule VII as per second proviso to section 135(5)
Financial Year ( J in lakh)
Name of the
Amount Date of transfer Amount Date of transfer
Fund
260.38 210.84 April 16, 2025 Not Applicable Nil Not Applicable
----- End of picture text -----

(b) Details of CSR amount spent against ongoing projects for the financial year:

Sr.
No.
Name of the
Project
Item from
the list of
activities in
Schedule VII
to the Act
Local
area
(Yes /
No)
Location of the project Project
duration
Amount
allocated
for the
project
(Jin lakh)
Amount
spent
in the
current
financial
year (Jin
lakh)
Amount
transferred
to Unspent
CSR Account
for the
project as
per Section
135(6) (Jin
lakh)
Mode of
Implementation
- Direct (Yes/No)
Mode of Implementation
– Through Implementing
Agency
Mode of Implementation
– Through Implementing
Agency
State District Name CSR
Registration
number
(1)
1.
(2) (3) (4)
Yes
(5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
Carbon Offset
Projects
Environmental
Sustainability
Maharashtra
& Rajasthan
Palghar
& Sawai
Madhopur
2024-
2025
289.06 112.53 176.53 No Bajaj
Electricals
Foundation
CSR00003537
2. Urban Forestation
and Tree
Plantation/
Environmental
awareness
Environmental
Sustainability
Yes Maharashtra Mumbai
& other
locations
2024-
2025
62.41 49.87 12.54 No Bajaj
Electricals
Foundation
CSR00003537
3. Sadanand,
Kalanand and
Balanand
Arts and
Culture
Yes Maharashtra Mumbai 2024-
2025
25.00 21.25 3.75 No Bajaj
Electricals
Foundation
CSR00003537
4. Swasth Ghar
Improved Cook
Stove Project
Environmental
Sustainability
No Rajasthan Karauli 2024-
2025
20.00 16.26 3.74 No Bajaj
Electricals
Foundation
CSR00003537
5. Empowering
Women through
Plastic Upcycling
Environmental
Sustainability
Yes Maharashtra Pune 2024-
2025
12.44 5.16 7.28 No Bajaj
Electricals
Foundation
CSR00003537
6. Rural Women
Entrepreneurship:
JDBP Award
Winner
Women
Empowerment
No Gujarat Kutch 2024-
2025
10.00 3.00 7.00 No Bajaj
Electricals
Foundation
CSR00003537
Total 418.90 208.07 210.84
  • (c) Details of CSR amount spent against other than ongoing projects for the financial year:
Sr.
No.
Name of the
Project
Item from the
list of activities
in Schedule VII
to the Act
Local
area
(Yes /
No)
Location of the
project
Location of the
project
Amount spent
in the current
financial year
(Jin lakh)
Mode of
Implementation
- Direct (Yes/No)
Mode of Implementation
– Through Implementing
Agency
Mode of Implementation
– Through Implementing
Agency
State District Name CSR Registration
number
(1)
1.
(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Creation of
Innovation
Hub for Social
Entrepreneurs
– Anant Bajaj
Limitless Ideas
Hub
Creation of
Innovation
Hub for Social
Entrepreneurs
Yes Rajasthan Jaipur 41.25 No Bajaj
Electricals
Foundation
CSR00003537
Total 41.25

124

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

  • (d) Amount spent in Administrative Overheads: J 11.06 lakh.

  • (e) Amount spent on Impact Assessment, if applicable: Not Applicable.

  • (f) Total amount spent for the Financial Year (8b+8c+8d+8e): J 260.38 lakh.

  • (g) Excess amount for set off, if any:

==> picture [444 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr.
Particulars Amount ( J in lakh)
No.
----- End of picture text -----

(i) Twopercent of average netprofit of the companyasper section 135(5) 471.22
(ii) Total amount spent for the Financial Year 260.38
(iii) Excess amount spent for the financialyear [(ii)-(i)] Not Applicable
(iv) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previous financial
years, if any.
Nil
(v) Amount available for set off in succeedingfinancialyears [(iii)-(iv)] Nil
  1. (a) Details of Unspent CSR amount for the preceding three financial years:
Sr.
No.
Preceding
Financial Year
Amount transferred
to Unspent CSR
Account under
section 135 (6)
(Jin lakh)
Amount spent
till the start of
reporting Financial
Year(Jin lakh)
Amount spent
in the reporting
Financial Year
(Jin lakh)
Amount transferred
to any fund specified
under Schedule VII as
per section 135(6), if
any (Jin lakh)
Amount remaining
to be spent in
succeeding
financial years
(Jin lakh)
(1)
1.
(2)
2021-22
(3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
129.18 126.35 2.83 Nil Nil
2. 2022-23 54.39 52.89 1.50 Nil Nil
3. 2023-24 117.78 Nil 80.74 Nil 37.06
  • (b) Details of CSR amount spent in the financial year for ongoing projects of the preceding financial year(s):

==> picture [445 x 73] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Amount Cumulative
Financial Total
spent on the amount spent Status of
Year in amount
Sr. Project Name of the Project which the Project allocated for project in the at the end the project –
No. ID Duration reporting of reporting Completed /
project was the project Financial Year Financial Year Ongoing
commenced ( J in lakh)
( J in lakh) ( J in lakh)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
----- End of picture text -----

1. SV/21-
22/006
Scholarship program 2021-2022 2021-2025 56.54 2.83 56.54 Completed
2. GI/22-
23/006
Farmer Livelihood
Enhancement Project
2022-2023 2022-2025 15.00 1.50 15.00 Completed
3. SV/23-
24/012
Scholarship Program 2023-2024 2023-2027 18.36 0 12.24 Ongoing
4. GI/23-
24/010
Urban Forestation 2023-2024 2023-2027 44.05 12.78 42.02 Ongoing
5. GI/23-
24/011
Kids for Tiger 2023-2024 2023-2027 29.00 26.10 29.00 Completed
6. GI/23-
24/012
Solar Electrification
Project
2023-2024 2023-2027 46.94 7.91 45.33 Ongoing
7. GI/23-
24/013
Swasth Ghar Improved
Cookstove Project
2023-2024 2023-2027 100.95 28.67 100.95 Completed
8. TC/23-
24/010
Tobacco Control
amongRailwayPolice
2023-2024 2023-2027 21.05 5.17 18.94 Ongoing
9. TC/23-
24/011
Mobile Van for
tobacco cessation
2023-2024 2023-2027 28.31 0 26.96 Ongoing
10. TC/23-
24/012
Setting up of Tobacco
Cessation Center
2023-2024 2023-2027 22.11 0 11.06 Ongoing

125

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Corporate Overview

Sr.
No.
Project
ID
Name of the Project Financial
Year in
which the
project was
commenced
Project
Duration
Total
amount
allocated for
the project
(Jin lakh)
Amount
spent on the
project in the
reporting
Financial Year
(Jin lakh)
Cumulative
amount spent
at the end
of reporting
Financial Year
(Jin lakh)
Status of
the project –
Completed /
Ongoing
(1)
11.
(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
TC/23-
24/013
Tobacco Cessation
Center
2023-2024 2023-2027 38.00 20.76 32.33 Ongoing
12. NI/23-
24/003
Livelihood Creation 2023-2024 2023-2027 12.32 1.23 12.32 Completed
13. AC/23-
24/004
Sadanand, Kalanand
and Balanand
2023-2024 2023-2027 23.00 2.30 23.00 Completed
  1. In case of creation or acquisition of capital asset, furnish the details relating to the asset so created or acquired through CSR spent in the financial year-Nil.

(asset-wise details).

  • (a) Date of creation or acquisition of the capital asset(s). – Not Applicable.

  • (b) Amount of CSR spent for creation or acquisition of capital asset. - Not Applicable.

  • (c) Details of the entity or public authority or beneficiary under whose name such capital asset is registered, their address etc. - Not Applicable.

  • (d) Provide details of the capital asset(s) created or acquired (including complete address and location of the capital asset). - Not Applicable.

  • Specify the reason(s), if the company has failed to spend two per cent of the average net profit as per section 135(5)- Not Applicable.

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & CEO (DIN: 11017868)

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman (DIN: 00089358)

Pooja Bajaj Chairperson of CSR Committee (DIN: 08254455)

Mumbai, May 12, 2025

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 126

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Annexure D

FORM AOC-1

[Pursuant to first proviso to sub-section (3) of Section 129 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 5 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014]

Statement containing salient features of the financial statement of subsidiary, associate, and joint venture: Part A: Subsidiary

==> picture [483 x 15] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. No. Particulars
----- End of picture text -----

1. Reporting period for the subsidiaryconcerned, if different from the holdingcompany’s reporting period
Not applicable.
Reporting currency and exchange rate as on the last date of the relevant financial year in the case of
foreign subsidiaries
Share capital
Reserves & surplus
Total assets
Total liabilities
Investments
Turnover
Profit before taxation
Provision for taxation
Profit after taxation
Proposed dividend
% of shareholdingof the Companyin the subsidiary
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Names of subsidiaries which are yet to commence operation: Not Applicable.

Names of subsidiaries which have been liquidated or sold during the year: Not Applicable.

Part B: Associate and Joint Venture

Sr.
No.
1.
Particulars Hind Lamps
Limited
(Associate)
Bajaj
Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.1 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj
Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.2 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.3 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj
Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.4 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Housing Welfare
Fund (Joint
Venture)
Date on which the
associate or joint venture
was associated or acquired
January 7,
1952
March 31,
2025
March 31,
2025
March 31, 2025 March 31,
2025
March 31, 2025
2. Latest audited Balance
Sheet date
March 31,
2025
March 31,
2025
March 31,
2025
March 31, 2025 March 31,
2025
March 31, 2025
3. Shares of associate/
joint venture held by the
Companyon theyear end:
Number of equity shares 1140000 Not
applicable
Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Amount of investment in
associate /joint venture
Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Extent of holding% 19.00 67.07 67.07 67.07 67.07 67.07
4. Description of how there is
significant influence
ReferNote
1below
ReferNote 2below

127 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Sr.
No.
5.
Particulars Hind Lamps
Limited
(Associate)
Bajaj
Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.1 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj
Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.2 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.3 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj
Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Welfare Fund
No.4 (Joint
Venture)
Bajaj Electricals
Limited
Employees’
Housing Welfare
Fund (Joint
Venture)
Reason why the associate
/ joint venture is not
consolidated
Impaired
post
Demerger
Not
applicable
Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
6. Net worth attributable to
Shareholding as per latest
audited Balance Sheet
H24.39 lakh H3,579.65 lakh H4,036.22 lakh H4,367.03 lakh H4,344.03 lakh H294.70 lakh
7. Profit / (Loss) for theyear
i.
Considered in
Consolidation
- Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
ii.
Not Considered in
Consolidation
H0.48 lakh Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable

Note 1: As per Section 2(6) of the Act, “associate company”, in relation to another company, means a company in which that other company has a significant influence, but which is not a subsidiary of the Company having such influence and includes a joint venture company. For the purposes of this clause, “significant influence” means control of at least 20% of total share capital, or of business decisions under an agreement. Since the Company is in a position to influence the operating and financial policies of this company, its financial statements are consolidated with the Company’s financial statements.

Note 2: While the Board of the Company does not exercise control over these Employee Welfare Trusts, joint control has been established for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the Employee Welfare Funds / Trusts have been consolidated as Joint Ventures in the consolidated financial statements.

Names of associates or joint ventures which are yet to commence operations: Nil.

Names of associates or joint ventures which have been liquidated or sold during the year: Nil.

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shailesh Haribhakti

Chairman – Audit Committee DIN: 00007347

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & CEO DIN: 11017868

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

E C Prasad

Chief Financial Officer

Prashant Dalvi

Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary

Mumbai, May 12, 2025

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 128

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Annexure E

NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION POLICY

1. REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

  • 1.1. This policy (“Policy”) of Bajaj Electricals Limited (“Company”/“BEL”) has been prepared and adopted in accordance with the Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”) and the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI LODR Regulations”) alongwith circulars issued thereunder, including any statutory modifications or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force.

  • 1.2. Section 178(3) of the Act and Part D of Schedule II of SEBI LODR Regulations requires the Nomination and Remuneration Committee (“Committee”) to formulate the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director, recommend to the Board a policy relating to the remuneration for the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees, criteria for evaluation of performance, board diversity etc.

  • 1.3. The Committee shall review the Policy periodically and may amend the same from time to time, as deemed necessary.

2. OBJECTIVES OF THIS POLICY

This policy aims to formulate certain criteria for the following activities with regards to its directors, key managerial personnel, senior management and employees:

  • 2.1. Selection, appointment and removal;

  • 2.2. Remuneration;

  • 2.3. Evaluation of performance;

  • 2.4. Board diversity.

3. DEFINITIONS

  • 3.1. “Key Managerial Personnel” or “KMP” in relation to the Company, means-

  • 3.1.1. the Chief Executive Officer or the managing director or the manager;

  • 3.1.2. the company secretary;

  • 3.1.3. the whole-time director;

  • 3.1.4. the Chief Financial Officer;

  • 3.1.5. such other officer, not more than one level below the directors who is in Whole-time employment, designated as key managerial personnel by the Board; and

  • 3.1.6. such other officer as may be prescribed.

  • 3.2. “Net Profit” shall be calculated as per section 198 of the Act.

  • 3.3. “Senior Management” shall comprise officers/personnel of the Company who meet the criteria established under the provisions of the Act and SEBI LODR Regulations, pertaining to the definition of senior management.

4. CRITERIA FOR APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS, KMP AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

  • 4.1. The Committee shall formulate criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director. The Committee may consider this Policy and the below provisions of this Policy as guidance.

  • 4.2. The person to be appointed as a Director, KMP or in the senior management should possess adequate qualification, experience and expertise for the position he or she is considered for, considering various factors including the Company’s strategy and requirements.

  • 4.3. The Committee shall have the discretion to decide whether such qualification, experience and expertise of the person is sufficient for him or her to effectively discharge duties of the concerned position.

  • 4.4. The person to be appointed as Director, KMP or in the senior management, should possess impeccable reputation for integrity, efficiency, expertise and insight in sectors or areas relevant to the Company’s industry or otherwise demonstrate relevant qualities.

  • 4.5. In case of a Director, such person’s personal and professional standing must be such that it helps him or her to best complement the other Board members thereby contributing effectively towards Company’s growth.

  • 4.6. The Committee shall consider the potential candidates on merit alone.

  • 4.7. In case of a Director, such person must also fulfil the minimum and/or maximum age criteria as applicable under the provisions of the Act and SEBI LODR Regulations and take necessary approvals from the shareholders in this regard in case of directors above the maximum age criteria as well as comply with other requirements of law at the time.

  • 4.8. In case of an Independent Director, he or she should meet the requirements of the Act and SEBI LODR Regulations concerning independence of directors.

5. APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS, KMP AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

  • 5.1. The Committee shall ensure that the size and composition of the Board satisfies the applicable law including provisions of the Act and SEBI LODR Regulations.

  • 5.2. The Committee shall identify persons who are qualified to become directors, KMP’s and who may be appointed in the senior management with regard to the attributes as specified under clause 4 of this Policy and such other qualifications or attributes as the Committee or board may deem necessary from time to time.

129 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Explanation – For the purpose of this clause, “appointed in the senior management” means:

  • (i) induction/appointment of persons/officers/personnel of the Company as members of the core management team of the Company as on date called as the ‘Executive Committee’; and

  • (ii) appointment of person/officer/personnel as the company secretary or chief financial officer of the Company.

  • 5.3. The Committee while considering a person for appointment as director, shall verify that the said person has not been debarred or disqualified from being appointed as directors of companies by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) and/or Ministry of Corporate Affairs or any other statutory authority.

  • 5.4. The Committee shall then recommend the identified candidates to the Board for final selection and appointment.

  • 5.5. In case of directors, the Committee shall ensure that the number of directorships held by each director in other companies is below the specified limit under the Act and SEBI LODR Regulations and amendments made from time to time.

  • 5.6. The Committee shall also ensure that any person appointed as independent director does not have any material pecuniary relationship with the Company, its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or company’s promoters or directors, except receiving remuneration as a director or having transaction not exceeding 10% of his total income or such amount as prescribed, during the current financial year or two immediately preceding financial years and also satisfies other criteria for determining independence as specified under the Act, SEBI LODR Regulations and amendments made from time to time.

  • 5.7. A whole-time KMP of the Company shall not hold office at the same time in more than one Company except in its subsidiary company. However, a whole-time KMP can be appointed as a director in any company subject to the provisions of the Act and/or SEBI LODR Regulations and in accordance with the policy of the Company.

  • 5.8. The Committee shall review the performance of the Board from time to time.

  • 5.9. The Board shall ensure and satisfy itself that plans are in place for orderly succession of the board of directors and senior management.

  • 5.10. The Committee may recommend removal of any director or KMP to the Board with reasons in writing explaining the breach of company policy or any disqualifications or other such criteria for removal in line with the provisions of the Act and/or SEBI LODR Regulations or for other reasons.

  • 5.11. The Board will have the discretion to retain the wholetime directors, KMP and senior management personnel in the same position/remuneration or otherwise, even after attaining the retirement age, if they deem fit for the benefit of the Company.

6. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT

  • 6.1. Managing Director / Whole – Time Director / Executive Director / Non-executive Director

  • 6.1.1. The Board shall appoint or re-appoint any person as a managing director, whole-time director, executive director or manager for a term not exceeding five years (5 years) at a time subject to approval by the members at the next general meeting.

  • 6.1.2. Not less than two-thirds of the total number of directors (excluding independent directors) shall be persons whose period of office is liable to determination by retirement of directors by rotation and be appointed by the Company in general meeting; and at every annual general meeting, onethird of such of the directors for the time being as are liable to retire by rotation, or if their number is neither three nor a multiple of three, then, the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from office as per the provisions of the Act.

  • 6.1.3. The directors retiring by rotation at every annual general meeting shall be those who have been longest in the office since last appointment; the retiring director amongst directors appointed on the same day shall be determined by a lot.

  • 6.1.4. At the annual general meeting at which a director retires by rotation, the Company may fill up the vacancy either by appointing the retiring director or some other person as may be deemed fit.

  • 6.2. Independent Director

  • 6.2.1. The term of appointment of an Independent Director shall be up to five (5) years but he or she shall be eligible for re-appointment on passing of a special resolution by the Company and disclosure of such appointment shall be made in the Board’s Report.

  • 6.2.2. No independent director shall hold office for more than two consecutive terms but shall become eligible for appointment after expiration of three years (3 years) cool off period, provided that he or she shall not be appointed or associated with the Company in any other capacity, either directly or indirectly during such period.

  • 6.3. KMP and senior management

  • 6.3.1. The term of appointment and subsequent retirement of KMPs and senior management shall be as per the provisions of the law including the Act, SEBI LODR Regulations, and prevailing policy of the Company.

7. CRITERIA FOR RECOMMENDATION OF REMUNERATION

  • 7.1. Executive Directors / WholeTime Directors / Managing Directors

  • 7.1.1. The remuneration to the Managing Director and other Executive directors shall be broadly divided into fixed and variable components. The fixed components shall comprise of monthly salary, allowances, perquisites, amenities and other retirement benefits. The variable component shall comprise of performance based annual commission and/or incentives. The performance criteria are individual performance based on annual targets, Company’s performance and recent compensation trends in the industry.

  • 7.1.2. Subject to provisions of the Act and SEBI LODR Regulations, the remuneration payable shall be approved by the Board of Directors at the time of appointment subject to approval by shareholders of the Company.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 130

Bajaj Electricals Limited

  • 7.1.3. The overall remuneration payable to all the directors of the Company including managing director and whole-time directors in respect of any financial year shall not exceed 11% of the net profits of the Company.

  • 7.1.4. Remuneration payable to any one managing director; or whole-time director or manager shall not exceed 5% of the net profits of the Company and if there is more than one such director, the remuneration shall not exceed 10% of the net profits of all such directors and manager taken together.

  • 7.1.5. Payment of remuneration in excess of the above statutory limits shall be done by recording of clear reason and justification and obtaining approval of shareholders through special resolution as per the provisions of the Act, SEBI LODR Regulations and amendments made thereto from time to time.

  • 7.1.6. The fees and compensation payable to executive directors who are promoters or members of the promoter group, shall be subject to the approval of the shareholders by special resolution in general meeting if –

  • i. The annual remuneration payable to such executive director exceeds rupees five crore (5 crore) or 2.5 percent (2.5%) of the net profits of the Company, whichever is higher; or

  • ii. Where there is more than one such director, the aggregate annual remuneration to such directors exceeds 5 percent (5%) of the net profits of the Company.

Such approval shall be valid only till the expiry of the term of such director.

  • 7.1.7. In any financial year, if the Company has no profits or its profits are inadequate, the remuneration payable to its directors, including Managing Director and/or other Executive Director(s), shall be governed by the provisions of Schedule V to the Act subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

  • 7.2. Independent Directors / Non-executive Directors

  • 7.2.1. The remuneration to Non-Executive Directors shall consist of sitting fees for attending Board/ Committee meetings, commission and other reimbursements.

  • 7.2.2. Non-Executive Directors shall be paid commission upto an aggregate amount not exceeding 1% of the net profits of the Company for the year. The payment of commission shall be based on their attendance at the board and the committee meetings as member.

  • 7.2.3. All the Non-executive Directors shall be paid commission on uniform basis.

  • 7.2.4. The Independent directors shall not be entitled to any stock options under the stock option scheme of the Company.

  • 7.2.5. The Company shall undertake Directors and Officers insurance (‘D and O insurance’) for all their independent directors of such quantum and for such risks as may be determined by the board of directors.

  • 7.3. KMP, Senior Management and other employees

  • 7.3.1. In respect KMPs, senior management and other employees the remuneration shall be payable based on the person’s performance, Company’s performance, targets achieved, industry benchmark and compensation trends in the industry.

  • 7.3.2. The remuneration shall consist of monthly salary, bonus, perquisites, KPI and other retirement benefits as per the prevailing policy of the Company.

  • 7.3.3. The Committee shall recommend to the Board and finalise the salary and other perks remuneration in whatever form payable to the senior management.

  • 7.4. Employee Stock Options

As permissible under the provisions of the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 (as re-enacted), the eligible permanent employees and directors (other than promoter directors and independent directors) of the Company shall be eligible for Stock Options pursuant to Employee Stock Option Scheme of the Company.

7.5. Other common criteria

The Committee shall also consider the following criteria with regards to recommendation of remuneration:

  • 7.5.1. the level and composition of remuneration shall be reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and motivate potential candidates of the quality required to run the Company successfully;

  • 7.5.2. relationship of remuneration to performance shall be clear and able to meet appropriate performance benchmarks;

  • 7.5.3. in line with best governance practices and legal requirements;

  • 7.5.4. remuneration to directors, KMPs and senior management shall involve a balance between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long-term performance objectives appropriate to the working of the Company and its goals; and

  • 7.5.5. ensure high quality of work.

8. CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE OF DIRECTORS

  • 8.1. The evaluation process for performance of the Board, its Committees and directors shall be carried out as per the provisions of the Act and the SEBI LODR Regulations.

  • 8.2. The Committee shall specify the manner for effective evaluation of performance of Board, its committees and individual directors to be carried out by the Board and also review its implementation and compliance.

  • 8.3. Each director shall be provided with a questionnaire to be filed up, providing feedback on the overall functioning of the Board and its committees.

  • 8.4. The questionnaire shall cover various parameters such as composition structure with independent directors and woman director with relevant skills, experience, knowledge and diversity, understanding of members on their respective roles and responsibilities, discharge of key functions & other responsibilities under the law, etc.

  • 8.5. The directors shall also be asked to provide their suggestions for areas of improvements to ensure higher degree of engagement with the management.

  • 8.6. The Independent Directors shall have a meeting at least once in a year to review the performance and evaluation of the non-independent directors and the entire Board as a whole including the Chairman.

  • 8.7. The evaluation of individual directors shall be carried out considering factors such as their attendance & participation,

131 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

approach to board & senior management especially for risk management & meeting competition challenges, maintaining confidentiality and other related factors as may be deemed necessary in this exercise.

  • 8.8. The evaluation of independent directors shall be done by the entire board of directors (excluding the directors being evaluated) with respect to –

  • 8.8.1. performance of the directors; and

  • 8.8.2. fulfillment of the independence criteria as per the provisions of the Act and SEBI LODR Regulations and their independence from the management.

9. BOARD DIVERSITY

  • 9.1. Board diversity is an important aspect that makes use of differences in the skills, regional and industrial experience, background, gender and other distinctions to gain competitive advantage in the market.

  • 9.2. Board diversity shall be such that it ensures that the Board is comprised of adequate number of members with diverse experience and skills, such that it best serves the governance and strategic needs of the Company.

  • 9.3. The Committee shall periodically review the size and composition of the Board to ensure its structure in terms of different perspectives, skills and expertise in the board room.

  • 9.4. The Committee shall strive to maintain a proper balance in terms of diversity in gender, thought, experience, knowledge and perspective when recommending persons for appointment to the Board.

10. DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

the context of its business(es) and sector(s) for it to function effectively and those actually available with the board; and

  • 10.1.2. The names of directors who have such skills/ expertise/ competence.

  • 10.2. The Company shall also disclose in its Corporate Governance Report a confirmation that in the opinion of the board, the independent directors fulfill the conditions specified in SEBI LODR Regulations and are independent of the management.

  • 10.3. The Corporate Governance Report shall also include detailed reasons for the resignation of any independent director who resigns before the expiry of his or her tenure along with a confirmation by such director that there are no other material reasons other than those provided.

  • 10.4. This policy shall be uploaded on the website of the Company i.e. www.bajajelectricals.com.

  • 10.5. The salient features of this policy and any changes made therein in brief along with a weblink to the policy shall be provided in the Board’s Report.

11. LIMITATION AND AMENDMENT

  - 11.1. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this policy and the Act or SEBI LODR Regulations or any other statutory requirements, rules, regulations, enactments, the provisions of such Act or SEBI LODR Regulations or any other statutory requirements, rules, regulations, enactments, the provisions shall prevail over this policy.

  - 11.2. Any subsequent amendment/modification in SEBI LODR Regulations, Act and/ or applicable laws in this regard shall automatically apply to this policy.
  • 10.1. The Company shall disclose in its Corporate Governance Report, a chart or a matrix setting out the skills/expertise/ competence of the board of directors specifying the following:

  • 10.1.1. The list of core skills/ expertise/ competencies identified by the board of directors as required in

Mumbai, May 23, 2023

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 132

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Annexure F

FORM NO. MR.3

SECRETARIAL AUDIT REPORT

for the Financial Year ended March 31, 2025

[Pursuant to section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and rule no. 9 of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014]

To,

The Members,

Bajaj Electricals Limited

45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai 400001

We have conducted the secretarial audit of the compliance of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to good corporate practices by Bajaj Electricals Limited (hereinafter called “the Company”). Secretarial Audit was conducted in a manner that provided us a reasonable basis for evaluating the corporate conducts/ statutory compliances and expressing our opinion thereon.

Auditor’s Responsibility:

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the compliance of the applicable laws and maintenance of records based on audit. We have conducted the audit in accordance with the applicable Auditing Standards issued by The Institute of Company Secretaries of India. The Auditing Standards requires that the Auditor shall comply with statutory and regulatory requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about compliance with applicable laws and maintenance of records.

Based on our verification of the Company’s books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records maintained by the Company and also the information provided by the Company, its officers, agents and authorized representatives during the conduct of secretarial audit, we hereby report that in our opinion, the Company has, during the audit period covering the financial year ended on March 31, 2025 (hereinafter called the “Audit Period”) complied with the statutory provisions listed hereunder and also that the Company has proper Board processes and compliance mechanism in place to the extent, in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter.

We have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records maintained by the Company for the financial year ended on March 31, 2025 according to the provisions of:

  • (i) The Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) and the rules made there under;

  • (ii) The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (‘SCRA’) and the rules made there under;

  • (iii) The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and Byelaws framed there under;

  • (iv) Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the rules and regulations made thereunder to the extent of Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment and External Commercial Borrowings; ( Not Applicable to the Company during the Audit Period )

  • (v) The following Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (“SEBI Act”): -

  • (a) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011;

  • (b) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;

  • (c) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018; ( Not Applicable to the Company during the Audit Period )

  • (d) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021;

  • (e) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and Listing of Non-Convertible Securities) Regulations, 2021; ( Not Applicable to the Company during the Audit Period ); and

  • (f) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Registrars to an Issue and Share Transfer Agents) Regulations, 1993 regarding the Companies Act and dealing with client;

  • (g) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2021 ( Not Applicable to the Company during the Audit Period ); and

  • (h) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of Securities) Regulations, 2018 ( Not Applicable to the Company during the Audit Period ).

(vi) As identified, no law is specifically applicable to the Company. We have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses of the following:

  • (i) Secretarial Standards issued by The Institute of Company Secretaries of India.

  • (ii) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 and amendments made thereunder (Hereinafter referred as “Listing Regulations”).

During the period under review the Company has complied with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, Guidelines, Standards, etc. mentioned above.

133 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

We further report that

The Board of Directors of the Company is duly constituted with proper balance of Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors, and Independent Directors. The changes in the composition of the Board of Directors that took place during the period under review were carried out in compliance with the provision of the Act and Listing Regulations.

Adequate notice is given to all directors to schedule the Board Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent at least seven days in advance (except in one case where meeting is convened at a shorter notice for which necessary approvals obtained as per applicable provisions) and a system exists for seeking and obtaining further information and clarifications on the agenda items before the meeting and for meaningful participation at the meeting.

All decisions at Board Meetings and Committee Meetings are carried out unanimously as recorded in the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors or Committee of the Board, as the case may be.

We further report that there are systems and processes in the Company to monitor and ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations, and guidelines. The adequacy and efficacy of the same shall be read in the context of remarks made in this report.

We further report that during the audit period, the Company has:

  1. Issued and allotted 1,46,175 equity shares under Employee Stock Option Plan – 2015.

  2. Approved to borrow, by way of securities including but not limited to secured/unsecured redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures (“NCDs”) and/or Commercial Papers (“CPs”) on a private placement basis, upto an amount not exceeding H 500 crore by Special Resolution in 85th Annual General Meeting held on August 06, 2024.

For Makarand M. Joshi & Co. Company Secretaries ICSI UIN: P2009MH007000 Peer Review Cert. No.: 6290/2024

Makarand Joshi Partner FCS No. 5533 Date: May 12, 2025 CP No. 3662 Place: Mumbai UDIN: F005533G000322795

This report is to be read with our letter of even date which is annexed as Annexure A* and forms an integral part of this report.

134

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

‘Annexure A’

To The Members,

Bajaj Electricals Limited

45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai 400001

Our Secretarial Audit Report for the financial year ended March 31, 2025 of even date is to be read along with this letter.

  1. Maintenance of secretarial record is the responsibility of the management of the Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these secretarial records based on our audit.

  2. We have followed the audit practices and processes as were appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about the correctness of the contents of the Secretarial records. The verification was done on test basis to ensure that correct facts are reflected in secretarial records. We believe that the processes and practices, we followed provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  3. We have not verified the correctness and appropriateness of financial records and Books of Accounts of the Company.

  4. Wherever required, we have obtained the Management representation about the compliance of laws, rules and regulations and happening of events etc.

  5. The compliance of the provisions of Corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, standards is the responsibility of management. Our examination was limited to the verification of procedures on test basis.

  6. The Secretarial Audit report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficacy or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.

For Makarand M. Joshi & Co. Company Secretaries ICSI UIN: P2009MH007000 Peer Review Cert. No.: 6290/2024

Makarand Joshi

Date: May 12, 2025 Place: Mumbai

Partner FCS No. 5533 CP No. 3662 UDIN: F005533G000322795

135 Statutory Reports

Corporate Overview Financial Statements

Annexure G

REPORT ON CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, TECHNOLOGY ABSORPTION AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS AND OUTGO

[Pursuant to Section 134(3)(m) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 8(3) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014]

A. Conservation of Energy

  • (i) The steps taken or impact on conservation of energy: The Company continues to promote the use of renewable energy across its plants. During the year, solar energy usage was as follows:

  • Chakan unit: 4,96,305 KWh

  • Nashik unit: 10,06,432 KWh

  • Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar units: 5,30,785 KWh

  • (ii) The steps taken by the Company for utilizing alternate sources of energy:

  • At Chakan unit, 600 kWp rooftop solar panels are installed.

  • At Nashik unit, 808 kWp rooftop solar panels are installed.

  • At Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar NST unit, 437 kWp rooftop solar panels are installed.

  • At Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar PC unit, 250 kWp rooftop solar panels are installed for PC

  • (iii) The capital investment on energy conservation equipments: No major capital expenditure was incurred during FY 2024– 25 on energy conservation equipment.

  • (iv) Total energy consumption and energy consumption per unit of production:

  • The total energy consumption at the Chakan Unit was 24,66,597 kWh, with an energy consumption of 7.7/fan & 20.2/LED kWh per unit of production.

  • The total energy consumption at the Nashik Unit was 30,60,104 kWh, with an energy consumption of 0.263 kWh per unit of production.

  • The total energy consumption at the Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar (NST) Unit was 2,31,150 kWh, with an energy consumption of 0.7 kWh per unit of production.

  • The total energy consumption at the Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar (PC) Unit was 1,39,189 kWh, with an energy consumption of 0.4 kWh per unit of production.

  • (v) Impact of the energy conservation measures for reduction of energy consumption and consequent impact on the cost of production of goods:

  • At Chakan unit, savings of around H 36 lakhs were realized in the fan manufacturing line, with a cost reduction of H 1.3 per unit.

  • At the Nashik unit, energy conservation measures led to savings of approximately H 60 lakhs, resulting in a cost reduction of H 5 per storage water heater.

  • At Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar units, savings of approximately H 32 lakhs were achieved, translating to a cost reduction of H 7 per unit in the NST line and H 2 per unit in the pressure cooker plant.

Technology Absorption

B.

  • (i) The efforts made towards technology absorption: The Company undertook several automation and digitization initiatives, including online monitoring and control of dispatches through TMS and Pyrops, implementation of smart QR codes for enhanced inventory tracking and matching of master and unit cartons, and SAP automation for multiple pricing controls.

  • (ii) The benefits derived like product improvement, cost reduction, product development or import substitution: Various cost-saving projects were implemented across factories. These included process improvements, a MOST study in the Fan division, and the installation of a Circle Cutting Machine at the Nashik unit, resulting in significant yield improvement and cost savings.

  • (iii) In case of imported technology (imported during the last three years reckoned from the beginning of the financial year): During the year, the Company imported an automated

LED Bulb Manufacturing Assembly Line and Packaging Line at the Nashik unit. This initiative is expected to deliver savings of approximately H 1.1 per unit, accounting for around 5% cost reduction in LED bulbs.

  • (iv) The expenditure incurred on Research and Development (R&D):
The expenditure incurred on Research and Development (R&D):
(Amount:Hin lakh)
Particulars Amount
(a) Capital H8,848.57
(b) Recurring H3,575.00
(C) Total H12,423.56
(d) Total R&D expenditure as apercentage of turnover (in %) 2.57%

136

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

C. Foreign Exchange Earnings and Outgo

The foreign exchange earned in terms of actual inflows and the foreign exchange outgo during the year in terms of actual outflows during the year.

during the year.
(Amount:Hin lakh)
Particulars Amount
Earned (Export) H8,649.95
Used (Import) H17,864.55

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Mumbai May 12, 2025

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

137 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Annexure H

INFORMATION PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 197(12) OF THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013 READ WITH RULE 5(1) OF THE COMPANIES (APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION OF MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL) RULES, 2014

PERSONNEL) RULES, 2014
Sr.
No.
Requirements
1.
Ratio of the remuneration of each director to the
median remuneration of the employees of the
Company for the financial year
Particulars
Name of the Director Category Ratio to median
Remuneration
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj Executive 65.55 : 1
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj 0.92 : 1
Mr. AnujPoddar* 78.74 : 1
Mr. Madhur Bajaj Non-Executive 1.18 : 1
Mr. Rajiv Bajaj 0.51 : 1
Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti Independent 2.49 : 1
Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar 2.78 : 1
Ms. Swati Salgaocar 1.31 : 1
Mr. Vikram Hosangady 2.49 : 1
Mr. Saurabh Kumar 1.31 : 1
2. Percentage increase/(decrease) in remuneration of
each Director, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive
Officer, Company Secretary or Manager, if any, in the
financial year
3. Percentage increase in the median remuneration of
employees in the financialyear
4. Number of permanent employees on the rolls of
Company
5. Average percentile increase/(decrease) already made
in the salaries of employees other than the managerial
personnel in the last financial year and its comparison
with the percentile increase in the managerial
remuneration and justification thereof and point out if
there are any exceptional circumstances for increase in
the managerial remuneration.
Name of the Director, Chief Financial Officer,
Chief Executive Officer, Company Secretary
Percentage increase
/ (decrease) in
remuneration
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj (9.15)
Mr. AnujPoddar* (5.73)
Mr. Madhur Bajaj 16.67
Mr. Rajiv Bajaj (25.00)
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj (19.29)
Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti 7.27
Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar 214.29
Ms. Swati Salgaocar 82.35
Mr. Vikram Hosangady 247.06
Mr. Saurabh Kumar 675.00
Mr. E C Prasad (CFO) 20.29
Mr. Prashant Dalvi (CS) 40.54

9.83% (Based on CTC numbers) 1,743 Average increase/(decrease) in remuneration of Managerial Personnel - (6.73%) Average increase/(decrease) in remuneration of employees other than the Managerial Personnel – 7.36% The Managerial Personnel compensation is linked to Profit Before Tax and linked to the performance of the Company.

138

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Sr.
No.
Requirements Particulars
6. Affirmation that the remuneration is as per the The remuneration is as per the Nomination and Remuneration Policy
remuneration policy of the Company for the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and Other Employees of
the Company, formulated pursuant to the provisions of Section 178 of
the Companies Act, 2013.

*Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from September 30, 2024

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Mumbai May 12, 2025

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

139 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Report on Corporate Governance

“ Business should be pursued with a view to benefit the poor, not just to become a millionaire or a billionaire.” - Jamnalal Bajaj

The Directors present the Company’s Report on Corporate Governance for the financial year ended March 31, 2025, in terms of Regulation 34(3) read with Schedule V of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI Listing Regulations”).

COMPANY’S PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Ethical values are the foundation of the Company’s governance philosophy, which, over the past eight decades of the Company’s existence, has become a part of its culture. We are proud to belong to a company whose visionary founders laid the foundation stone for good governance long ago and made it an integral principle of the business. We strongly believe that in business, there is something more important than just the top line and the bottom line; hence, each of us needs to strive towards producing our very best in all we do, so that we not only fulfil the needs of each and every consumer but also far exceed their expectations. This is what has set us apart, and this may be the very reason that we have been able to enjoy a very special relationship with our consumers. After all, when you strive, with every sinew, to be the best you can be, it will show.

Corporate Governance is about commitment to values and ethical business conduct. Our actions are governed by our values and principles, which are reinforced at all levels within the Company. We are committed to doing things the right way, which means making business decisions and acting in a manner that is ethical and in compliance with applicable legislation.

The Company emphasises the need for complete transparency and accountability in all its dealings to protect stakeholders’ interests. The governance framework encourages the efficient utilisation of resources and accountability for stewardship. The Board considers itself the custodian of trust and acknowledges its responsibilities towards stakeholders for sustainably and responsibly creating wealth.

Company. He is responsible for transforming the Company into a world-class organisation. Among other duties, he is responsible for the functioning of the Board and for ensuring that all relevant issues are placed before the Board. Additionally, he ensures that all Directors are encouraged to provide their expert guidance on the issues raised in the meetings of the Board. He is also responsible for formulating the corporate strategy along with other members of the Board.

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer: The Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer contributes to the strategic management of the Company’s businesses within the Boardapproved direction and framework. He assumes overall responsibility for the strategic management of business and corporate functions, including its governance processes and top management effectiveness.

Non-Executive Directors including Independent Directors: Non-Executive Directors play a critical role in balancing the functioning of the Board by providing independent judgments on various issues raised in the Board meetings, such as the formulation of business strategies, monitoring of performances, etc.

Senior Management: The primary function of Senior Management is the strategic management of the Company’s businesses within the direction and framework approved by the Board. It ensures that effective systems are in place for appropriate reporting to the Board on important matters. Senior Management, headed by the Executive Chairman and the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, comprises functional heads who manage the day-to-day affairs of the Company.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

The Corporate Governance structure of the Company is as follows:

Board of Directors: The Board is entrusted with the ultimate responsibility for the management, direction, and performance of the Company. As its primary role is fiduciary in nature, the Board provides leadership, strategic guidance, objective, and independent views to the Company’s management while discharging its responsibilities. This ensures that the management adheres to ethics, transparency, and disclosure.

Committees of the Board: The Board has constituted the following Committees: Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee, Risk Management Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, and Finance Committee. Each of these committees is mandated to operate within a given framework.

Executive Chairman: The primary role of the Executive Chairman is to provide leadership to the Board in achieving the goals of the

The Company’s Board comprises people of eminence and repute who bring the required skills, competence, and expertise that enable them to make effective contributions to the Board and its Committees.

The Board safeguards the business and stakeholders’ interests. The Non-Executive Directors, including the Independent Directors, are well-qualified, experienced, and renowned individuals from the fields of industry, manufacturing, general corporate management, finance, law, corporate strategy, technical expertise, marketing, and other allied backgrounds. The Board Members actively participate in Board and Committee Meetings and provide valuable guidance to the Management on various aspects of business, governance, and compliance, among others. The Board’s guidance provides foresight, enhances transparency, and adds value to decision-making. The Company is managed by the Board in coordination with the senior management team.

None of the Non-Executive Directors have attained the age of seventy-five (75) years.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 140

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Composition and Category of the Board as of March 31, 2025

As per Regulation 17(1)(b) of the SEBI Listing Regulations, where the Chairman is an executive or a promoter, at least one half of the Board of the Company should consist of independent directors.

The composition and strength of the Board are reviewed from time to time to ensure that it remains aligned with statutory and business requirements.

During the financial year 2024-25, the following appointments and conclusions of tenure occurred within the Company:

  • The second consecutive five-year terms of Mr. Harsh Vardhan Goenka, Dr. Rajendra Prasad Singh, and Dr. Indu Shahani, Independent Directors, concluded at the close of business hours on March 31, 2024, and accordingly, they ceased to be Directors of the Company with effect from April 1, 2024.

  • Mrs. Pooja Bajaj was appointed as a Whole-time Director of the Company, with the designation and title of ‘Executive Director’, for a term of five (5) consecutive years from May 14,

  • Further, in view of her appointment as a Whole-time Director of the Company, she resigned from her previous position as a Non-Executive Director of the Company effective from May 14, 2024.

  • Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti was re-appointed as an Independent Director for a second term of five years starting from August 7, 2024.

  • Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

  • The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on March 28, 2025, appointed Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer for a term of three (3) years, with effect from April 15, 2025.

  • Mr. Madhur Bajaj, Non-Executive Director, passed away on April 11, 2025.

There were no instances of an independent director resigning before the expiry of his or her tenure during the year under review.

The Board of Directors, as at the end of March 31, 2025, comprised nine (9) Directors: two (2) Executive Directors – Promoter and Promoter Group, including one Woman Director, two (2) Non-Executive Directors – Promoter Group, and five (5) Non-Executive Directors – Independent, including one (1) Independent Woman Director. Accordingly, it has the following composition:

Category of Directors No. of Directors %
Executive Directors 2 22.22
Non-Executive Directors, Non-Independent 2 22.22
Non-Executive Directors, Independent 5 55.56

The Chairman of the Board is an Executive Director. Independent Directors constitute half of the total Board strength.

Board Diversity

Over the years, the Company has been fortunate to have eminent persons from diverse fields to serve as Directors on its Board. Pursuant to the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Nomination and Remuneration Policy of the Company ensures diversity of the Board in terms of experience, knowledge, perspective, background, gender, age, and culture. The Policy is available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/ pages/investors.

Directors’ Profile

The brief profiles of all the members of the Board are available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/ pages/investors.

Core skills/expertise/competencies

As stipulated under Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the core skills, expertise, and competencies required in the context of the business and sector for effective function, as well as those possessed by the Board, have been identified by the Board of Directors.

As a green initiative, a chart/matrix of these core skills, expertise, and competencies, along with the names of directors who possess

them, has been placed on the Company’s website at: https://www. bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

Board meetings

The Board meets at regular intervals to discuss and decide on business strategies/policies and review the financial performance of the Company and its subsidiaries. Board meetings are prescheduled, and a tentative annual calendar of board meetings is circulated to the directors well in advance to enable them to plan their schedules accordingly. In case of business exigencies, approval is sought from the board through circular resolutions, which are then noted at the subsequent Board meeting.

The notice and detailed agenda, along with the relevant notes and other material information, are sent in advance to each director and, in exceptional cases, tabled at the meeting with the approval of the Board. This ensures timely and informed decisions by the Board. The Board reviews the performance of the Company vis-àvis the budgets/targets.

Number of meetings of the Board

During the financial year 2024-25, the Board met 8 (eight) times, viz. May 14, 2024, July 13, 2024, July 17, 2024, August 6, 2024, November 7, 2024, February 4, 2025, March 19, 2025 and March 28, 2025. The gap between any two meetings has been less than one hundred and twenty days.

141 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Attendance record of directors

Composition of the Board and attendance record of directors for the financial year 2024-25:

==> picture [484 x 35] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

No. of Board meetings Whether attended
Relationship with other
Name of the director Category attended out of the last annual general
directors
total eligible meetings meeting (AGM)
----- End of picture text -----

Mr. Shekhar Bajaj Executive Chairman Brother of Madhur Bajaj,
father-in-law of Pooja Bajaj
8 / 8 Yes
Mr. Anuj Poddar* Managing Director & Chief
Executive Officer
- 4 / 4 Yes
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj Executive Director Daughter-in-law of
Shekhar Bajaj
8 / 8 Yes
Mr. Madhur Bajaj Non-executive Brother of Shekhar Bajaj 7 / 8 Yes
Mr. Rajiv Bajaj Non-executive - 3 / 8 Yes
Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti Non-executive,Independent - 8 / 8 Yes
Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar Non-executive,Independent - 8 / 8 Yes
Ms. Swati Salgaocar Non-executive,Independent - 7 / 8 Yes
Mr. Vikram Hosangady Non-executive,Independent - 8 / 8 Yes
Mr. Saurabh Kumar Non-executive,Independent - 7 / 8 Yes

*Note: Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

Information placed before the Board

The Company provides the information as set out in Regulation 17, read with Part A of Schedule II, of the SEBI Listing Regulations to the Board and the Board Committees, to the extent it is applicable and relevant. Such information is submitted either as part of the agenda papers in advance of the respective meetings or through presentations and discussions during the meetings.

Post meeting mechanism

The important decisions taken at the Board/Committee meetings are communicated to the concerned department/division.

Board support

The Company Secretary attends the Board meetings and advises the Board on compliance with applicable laws and governance.

Duties and functions of the Board

The duties of the Board of Directors have been enumerated in the SEBI Listing Regulations, as well as Section 166 (read with Schedule IV) of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”) — Schedule IV is specifically for Independent Directors. There is a clear demarcation of responsibility and authority amongst the Board of Directors.

Meeting of Independent Directors

During the financial year 2024-25, the independent directors met on March 19, 2025, inter alia, to discuss: (i) the evaluation of the performance of Non-Independent Directors and the Board of Directors as a whole; (ii) the evaluation of the performance of the Chairman of the Company, taking into account the views of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors; (iii) the evaluation of the quality, content, and timeliness of the flow of information between the Management and the Board, which is necessary for the Board to effectively and reasonably perform its duties; and (iv) other related matters. All the eligible independent directors attended this meeting.

Directorships and Memberships of Committees

Number of directorships/committee positions of directors as on March 31, 2025:

Name of the director Directorships Committee positions held in listed and
unlisted public limited companies
Committee positions held in listed and
unlisted public limited companies
In equity listed
companies
In unlisted
public limited
companies
In private
limited
companies
As Member
(including as
Chairman)
As Chairman
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 5 2 6 3 2
Mr. AnujPoddar* 1 - - - -
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj 1 - - 1 -
Mr. Madhur Bajaj 2 - 4 - -
Mr. Rajiv Bajaj 5 2 6 - -
Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti 5 4 10 8 5
Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar 1 1 1 2 1
Ms. Swati Salgaocar 1 2 9 1 -
Mr. Vikram Hosangady 6 - - 5 2
Mr. Saurabh Kumar 1 - 2 - -

*Note: Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

142

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Note:

None of the directors hold office as a director, including as an alternate director, in more than twenty companies at the same time. None of them has directorships in more than ten public companies. For reckoning the limit of public companies, directorships of private companies that are either holding or subsidiary company of a public company are included and directorships in dormant companies are excluded. No Independent Director holds any alternate directorship.

As per declarations received, none of the directors serves as an independent director in more than seven equity listed companies. Further, the Managing Director and Executive Director of the Company does not serve as an independent director in more than three equity listed companies and in fact not even in a single entity.

None of the directors was a member in more than ten committees, nor a chairperson in more than five committees across all companies in which he/she was a director.

For the purpose of considering the limit of the committees on which a director can serve, all public limited companies, whether listed or not, have been included and all other companies including private limited companies, foreign companies and companies under Section 8 of the Act have been excluded. Only audit committee and stakeholders’ relationship committee are considered for the purpose of reckoning committee positions.

Directorships in equity listed companies

Name of equity listed entities where directors of the Company held directorships as on March 31, 2025:

Name of the director Name of listed entities Category
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj BajajElectricals Limited Chairman,Executive Director-Chairperson related to Promoter
Bajel Projects Limited Chairman, Non-Executive - Non-Independent
Director-Chairperson related to Promoter
Hercules Hoists Limited Chairman, Non-Executive, Non-Independent
Director- Chairperson related to Promoter
Bajaj Holdings & Investments Limited Chairman, Non-Executive, Non-Independent
Director-Chairperson related to Promoter
Indef ManufacturingLimited Non-Executive Director
Mr. AnujPoddar* BajajElectricals Limited ManagingDirector & Chief Executive Officer,Executive
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj BajajElectricals Limited Whole-Time Director,Executive,Non-Independent
Mr. Madhur Bajaj BajajElectricals Limited Non-Executive,Non-Independent
BajajHoldings & Investment Limited Non-Executive,Non-Independent
Mr. Rajiv Bajaj BajajElectricals Limited Non-Executive,Non-Independent
BajajHoldings & Investments Limited Non-Executive,Non-Independent
BajajFinance Limited Non-Executive,Non-Independent
BajajFinserv Limited Non-Executive,Non-Independent
BajajAuto Limited ManagingDirector and CEO,Executive
Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti BajajElectricals Limited Non-Executive,Independent
SwiggyLimited Non-executive,Independent
TVS Motor CompanyLimited Non-executive,Independent Director
Adani Total Gas Limited Non-Executive,Independent Director
Protean eGov Technologies Limited Non-Executive - Non-Independent Director-Chairperson
Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar BajajElectricals Limited Non-Executive,Independent
Ms. Swati Salgaocar BajajElectricals Limited Non-Executive,Independent
Mr. Vikram Hosangady BajajElectricals Limited Non-Executive,Independent
MRF Limited Non-Executive,Independent
Rane (Madras) Limited Non-Executive - Non-Independent Director
Chemplast Sanmar Limited Non-Executive - Non-Independent Director
Rane Engine Valve Limited Non-Executive - Non-Independent Director
Indef ManufacturingLimited Non-Executive,Independent
Mr. Saurabh Kumar BajajElectricals Limited Non-Executive,Independent

*Note: Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

D&O Insurance

The Company has taken Directors and Officers Insurance (D&O) for all its directors and senior management members, covering amounts and risks as determined by the Board.

Familiarisation Programme for Independent Directors

At the time of appointing an Independent Director, a formal letter of appointment is given to them, which, inter alia, explains the roles, functions, duties, and responsibilities expected of them as a Director of the Company. The Director is also thoroughly briefed on the compliances required under the Act, the SEBI Listing Regulations, and other statutes, and an affirmation is obtained. The Chairman and the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer also have one-to-one discussions with the newly appointed Director to familiarise them with the Company’s operations. Additionally, as part of the agenda of Board/Committee meetings, presentations are regularly made to the Independent Directors, covering various matters including the Company’s and its subsidiaries’, associates’, and joint venture companies’

143 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

operations, industry and regulatory updates, strategy, finance, risk management framework, and the roles, rights, and responsibilities of the Independent Directors under various statutes, among other relevant topics.

Details of the familiarisation programme for Directors are available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/ pages/investors.

Plans for orderly succession for appointments

The Company believes that sound succession plans for the senior leadership are very important for creating a robust future for the Company. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee works along with the Human Resources team of the Company to develop a structured leadership succession plan.

Opinion of the Board

The Board hereby confirms that, in its opinion, the independent directors on the Board fulfil the conditions specified in the SEBI Listing Regulations and the Act and are independent of the management. A formal letter of appointment given to independent directors as provided in the Act has been issued and disclosed on website of the Company at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/ pages/investors.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The Board of Directors has constituted Board Committees to deal with specific areas and activities which concern the Company and require closer review. The Board Committees are formed with the approval of the Board, and they function under their respective Charters. These Committees play an important role in the overall management of the day-to-day affairs and governance of the

Company. The Board Committees meet at regular intervals and take necessary steps to perform the duties entrusted to them by the Board. The minutes of the Committee meetings are presented to the Board for review.

(A) Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is entrusted with the responsibility of supervising the Company’s financial reporting process and internal controls. The composition, quorum, powers, role, and scope are in accordance with Section 177 of the Act and the provisions of Regulation 18 of the SEBI Listing Regulations. As of March 31, 2025, the Audit Committee was composed of three Directors, namely Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti as the Chairperson, with Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar and Mr. Vikram Hosangady as its members.

All members of the Audit Committee are financially literate and bring expertise in finance, taxation, economics, legal, risk, and international finance. The Committee functions in accordance with its terms of reference, which define its authority, responsibilities, and reporting functions. The Company Secretary acts as the convener of the Audit Committee.

Meetings and Attendance

The Audit Committee met 5 (five) times during the financial year 2024-25. The maximum gap between two meetings was not more than 120 days. The Committee met on May 14, 2024, August 6, 2024, November 7, 2024, February 4, 2025, and March 19, 2025. The requisite quorum was present at all meetings. The Chairperson of the Audit Committee was present at the last AGM of the Company held on August 6, 2024.

The attendance of the Audit Committee members:

==> picture [466 x 34] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

No. of meetings
Sr.
Name of Directors Position Category attended out of the
No.
total eligible meetings
----- End of picture text -----

1. Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti Chairperson Independent Director 5 / 5
2. Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar Member Independent Director 5 / 5
3. Mr. Vikram Hosangady Member Independent Director 5 / 5
Terms of reference and functions of Audit Committee
The terms of reference of the Audit Committee as stated
below is in line with what is mandated in Regulation 18 of
the SEBI Listing Regulations and Section 177 of the Act:
1
Oversiht of the Coman’s financial reortin
b.
c.
Changes, if any, in accounting policies and
practices and reasons for the same.
Major
accounting
entries
involving
estimates
based
on
the
exercise
of
judgment by management.
  1. Oversight of the Company’s financial reporting process and the disclosure of its financial information to ensure that the financial statement is correct, sufficient and credible;

  2. d. Significant adjustments made in the financial statements arising out of audit findings.

  3. e. Compliance with listing and other legal requirements relating to financial statements.

  4. Recommendation for appointment, remuneration and terms of appointment of auditors of the Company;

  5. f. Disclosure of any related party transactions.

  6. Approval of payment to statutory auditors for any other services rendered by the statutory auditors;

  7. g. Modified Opinion(s) in the draft audit report.

  8. Reviewing, with the management, the annual financial statements and auditor’s report thereon before submission to the Board for approval, with particular reference to:

  9. Reviewing, with the management, the quarterly financial statements before submission to the Board for approval including the financial statements, in particular, the investments made by unlisted subsidiary(ies);

  10. a. Matters required to be included in the Director’s Responsibility Statement to be included in the Board’s report in terms of clause (c) of sub-section 3 of section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013.

  11. Reviewing, with the management, the statement of uses / application of funds raised through an issue (public issue, rights issue, preferential issue, etc.),

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 144

Bajaj Electricals Limited

the statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those stated in the offer document / prospectus / notice and the report submitted by the monitoring agency monitoring the utilisation of proceeds of a public or rights issue, and making appropriate recommendations to the Board to take up steps in this matter;

  1. Review and monitor the auditor’s independence and performance, and effectiveness of audit process;

  2. Approval or any subsequent modification of the related party transactions;

  3. Scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments;

  4. Valuation of undertakings or assets of the Company, wherever it is necessary;

  5. Evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems;

  6. Reviewing, with the management, performance of statutory and internal auditors, adequacy of the internal control systems;

  7. Reviewing the adequacy of internal audit function, if any, including the structure of the internal audit department, staffing and seniority of the official heading the department, reporting structure coverage and frequency of internal audit;

  8. Discussion with internal auditors of any significant findings and follow up there on;

  9. Reviewing the findings of any internal investigations by the internal auditors into matters where there is suspected fraud or irregularity or a failure of internal control systems of a material nature and reporting the matter to the Board;

  10. Discussion with statutory auditors before the audit commences, about the nature and scope of audit as well as post-audit discussion to ascertain any area of concern;

  11. To look into the reasons for substantial defaults in the payment to the depositors, debenture holders, shareholders (in case of non-payment of declared dividends) and creditors;

  12. To review the functioning of the Whistle Blower mechanism;

  13. Approval of appointment of CFO (i.e., the wholetime Finance Director or any other person heading the finance function or discharging that function) after assessing the qualifications, experience and background, etc. of the candidate;

  14. Carrying out any other function as is mentioned in the terms of reference of the Audit Committee.

  15. To review the utilization of loans, advances or both in the subsidiary company(ies) which shall not exceed Rs.100 crore or 10% of the asset size of the subsidiary, whichever is lower including existing loans / advances / investments;

  16. Consider and comment on rationale, cost benefits and impact of schemes involving merger, demerger, amalgamation etc., on the listed entity and its shareholders.

The Audit Committee shall mandatorily review the following information:

  1. Management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

  2. Statement of significant related party transactions (as defined by the audit committee) submitted by management;

  3. Management letters / letters of internal control weaknesses issued by the statutory auditors;

  4. Internal audit reports relating to internal control weaknesses;

  5. Appointment, removal and terms of remuneration of the Chief Internal Auditor;

  6. Statement of deviations:

    • (a) quarterly statement of deviation(s) including report of monitoring agency, if applicable, submitted to stock exchange(s) in terms of Regulation 32(1) of SEBI Listing Regulations, 2015; and

    • (b) annual statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those stated in the offer document / prospectus /notice in terms of Regulation 32(7) of SEBI Listing Regulations, 2015.

  7. Compliance with the provisions of Regulation 9 of SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 at least once in a financial year and verify that the systems for internal control are adequate and are operating effectively.

Internal Controls and Governance Processes

The Company continuously invests in strengthening its internal controls and processes. The Audit Committee formulates a detailed audit plan for the year for the internal auditor. The Internal Auditors attend the meetings of the Audit Committee, submit their recommendations, and provide a roadmap for the future.

(B) Nomination and Remuneration Committee

As of March 31, 2025, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee was composed of four directors, namely Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar as the Chairperson, with Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti, and Mr. Vikram Hosangady as its members. The Company Secretary acts as the convener of the Committee.

Meetings and Attendance

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee met 6 (six) times during the financial year 2024-25. The Committee met on May 14, 2024, July 13, 2024, August 6, 2024, November 7, 2024, February 4, 2025, and March 28, 2025. The requisite quorum was present at all meetings. The Chairperson of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee was present at the last AGM of the Company held on August 6, 2024.

145 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

The attendance of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee members:

Sr.
No.
Name of Directors
1. Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar
2. Mr. Shekhar Bajaj
3. Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti
4. Mr. Vikram Hosangady
Position Category
No. of meetings
attended out of the
total eligible meetings
Chairperson Independent Director
6 / 6
Member Executive Chairman
6 / 6
Member Independent Director
6 / 6
Member Independent Director
6 / 6

Terms of reference and functions of Nomination and Remuneration Committee

The broad terms of reference of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, as stated below, are in compliance with Section 178 of the Act and Regulation 19 of the SEBI Listing Regulations:

  1. To identify persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down, recommend to the Board their appointment and removal, and shall specify the manner for effective evaluation of performance of Board, its Committees, Chairperson and individual directors to be carried out by the Board, by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or by an independent external agency and review its implementation and compliance.

  2. To formulate the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director and recommend to the Board a policy, relating to the remuneration for the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees.

  3. While formulating the policy, to ensure that:

  4. a. the level and composition of remuneration is reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and motivate directors of the quality required to run the Company successfully;

  5. b. relationship of remuneration to performance is clear and meets appropriate performance benchmarks; and

  6. c. remuneration to directors, key managerial personnel and senior management involves a balance between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long term performance objectives appropriate to the working of the Company and its goals.

  7. To take into account financial position of the Company, trend in the industry, appointees qualifications, experience, past performance, past remuneration, etc., and bring about objectivity in determining the remuneration package while striking a balance between the interest of the Company and the shareholders while approving the remuneration payable to managing director, whole time director or manager.

  8. To lay down / formulate the evaluation criteria for performance evaluation of independent directors and the Board.

  9. To devise a policy on Board diversity.

  10. To ensure ‘Fit & Proper’ status of the proposed/ existing directors.

  11. To recommend to Board, whether to extend or continue the term of appointment of the independent director, on the basis of the report of performance evaluation of independent directors.

  12. To review and approve the remuneration and change in remuneration payable to whole-time directors.

  13. To recommend to Board, all remuneration payable to senior management (i.e., members of the core management team one level below the chief executive officer/managing director/whole time director and shall specifically include Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer).

  14. To act as the Compensation Committee under SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 (including amendment thereof) to determine the quantum of Employee Stock Options to be granted to the employees under Company’s ESOP Plans; determine eligibility for grant of ESOPS; decide the procedure for making a fair and reasonable adjustment in case of corporate actions; procedure and terms for the grant, vest and exercise of Employee Stock Option; procedure for cashless exercise of Employee Stock Options, etc.

  15. To undertake specific duties as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time.

Performance Evaluation

Pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Board has carried out the annual evaluation of its own performance, as well as that of its Committees and Directors individually. A structured questionnaire was prepared, covering various aspects of the Board’s functioning such as the adequacy of the composition of the Board and its Committees, Board culture, and the execution and performance of specific duties, obligations, and governance.

The performance evaluation of independent directors was conducted by the entire Board, excluding the director being evaluated. A separate exercise was undertaken to evaluate the performance of individual Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors interacted with all Directors individually to get an overview of the functioning of the Board/Committees, inter alia, on the following broad criteria: attendance and level of participation in meetings of the Board and committees, independence of judgment exercised by independent directors, interpersonal relationships, and so on. The detailed criterion for such an evaluation is available on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals. com/pages/investors.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 146

Bajaj Electricals Limited

The performance evaluation of the Non-Independent Directors and the Board as a whole was conducted by the Independent Directors. The performance evaluation of the Executive Chairman of the Company was also carried out by the Independent Directors, taking into account the views of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors.

A consolidated summary of the ratings given by each Director was then prepared. The report on the performance evaluation was discussed and noted by the Board.

Based on the inputs received from the Directors, an action plan is being drawn up in consultation with the Directors to encourage their greater engagement with the Company.

(C) Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee was composed of three directors, namely Mrs. Pooja Bajaj as the Chairperson, with Mr. Shekhar Bajaj and Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar as its members. Consequent to resignation of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj on May 14, 2024 as the Non- Executive Director and subsequent appointment as the Executive Director of the Company and in accordance with various applicable

provisions, she ceased to be a Chairperson of the Committee and continued to be a member of the Committee.

Effective from May 14, 2024, the Stakeholders Relationship Committee was re-constituted with Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar as the Chairperson, with Mr. Shekhar Bajaj and Mrs. Pooja Bajaj as its members. The composition of the Committee conforms to the requirements of the SEBI Listing Regulations and the Act. The Company Secretary acts as the convener of the Committee. The Committee is governed by a Charter.

Mr. Prashant Dalvi, Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary, has been designated as the Compliance Officer of the Company. He has also been appointed as the nodal officer in line with statutory requirements.

Meetings and Attendance

The Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee met 4 (four) times during the financial year 2024-25, on June 11, 2024, September 13, 2024, November 14, 2024, and February 4, 2025. The requisite quorum was present at all meetings. The Chairperson of the Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee was present at the last AGM of the Company held on August 6, 2024.

The attendance of the Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee members is as follows:

Sr.
No.
1.
Name of Directors Position Category No. of meetings
attended out of the
total eligible meetings
Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar Chairperson Independent Director 4 / 4
2. Mr. Shekhar Bajaj Member Executive Chairman 4 / 4
3. Mrs. Pooja Bajaj Member Executive Director 3 / 4

Terms of reference

The terms of reference of Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee are as under:

  1. To resolve the grievances of the security holders of the Company including complaints related to transfer/ transmission of shares, non-receipt of annual report, non-receipt of declared dividends, issue of new / duplicate certificates, general meetings, etc.

  2. Review of measures taken for effective exercise of voting rights by shareholders.

  3. Review of adherence to the service standards adopted by the Company in respect of various services being rendered by the Registrar & Share Transfer Agent.

  4. Review of various measures and initiatives taken by the Company for reducing the quantum of unclaimed dividends and ensuring timely receipt of dividend warrants / annual reports / statutory notices by the shareholders of the Company.

  5. Issue and allotment of equity and/or preference shares.

  6. Issue of new share certificate on allotment.

  7. Issue of duplicate / split / consolidated share certificates.

  8. To settle any question, difficulty or doubts of the shareholders that may arise with regard to the issue and allotment of shares.

  9. Reference to the Board of Directors in case of any question, doubts or difficulty in respect of issue, allotment, transfer of shares and any shareholders grievances, if necessary.

The Corporate Secretarial Department of the Company and the Registrar and Share Transfer Agent, MUFG Intime India Private Limited (erstwhile known as Link Intime India Private Limited), attend to all grievances of shareholders received directly or through SEBI, Stock Exchanges, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, the Registrar of Companies, etc. The minutes of Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee meetings are circulated to and noted by the Board.

Continuous efforts are made to ensure that grievances are resolved more quickly to the complete satisfaction of the investors. Shareholders are requested to furnish their updated telephone numbers and e-mail addresses to facilitate prompt action.

Details of Shareholders’ complaints received, resolved, and pending during the financial year 2024-25 are as follows:

Investors Complaints No. of Complaints
Pendingat the beginningof theyear Nil
Received duringtheyear 5
Disposed-off duringtheyear 5
Remaining unresolved at the end of
theyear
Nil

147 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

(D) Risk Management Committee

Effective April 1, 2024, the Risk Management Committee was reconstituted with Mr. Shekhar Bajaj as the Chairperson, and Mr. Anuj Poddar, Ms. Swati Salgaocar, Mr. E C Prasad (Chief Financial Officer), and Mr. Rishiraj Haldankar (Head of Department - Audit) as its members, composed of three Directors and two management personnel.

Upon the resignation of Mr. Anuj Poddar, effective from October 1, 2024, the Risk Management Committee was reconstituted with Mr. Shekhar Bajaj as the Chairperson, with Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar, Ms. Swati Salgaocar, Mr. E C Prasad (Chief Financial Officer), and Mr. Rishiraj Haldankar (Head of Department - Audit) as its members. The composition of the Committee conforms to the SEBI Listing Regulations, with the majority of members being Directors of the Company. The Committee is governed by a Charter. The Company Secretary acts as the convener of the Committee.

During the financial year 2024-25, the Committee met 2 (two) times, i.e. on August 26, 2024, and March 19, 2025. The requisite quorum was present at all meetings. The gap between any two meetings was less than two hundred and ten days.

The attendance of the Risk Management Committee members is as follows:

Sr.
No.
1.
Name of Directors Position Category No. of meetings
attended out of the total
eligible meetings
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj Chairperson Executive Chairman 2 / 2
2. Mr. AnujPoddar* Member Executive Director 1 / 1
3. Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar Member Independent Director 1 / 1
4. Ms. Swati Salgaocar Member Independent Director 2 / 2
5. Mr. E C Prasad Member Management Personnel 2 / 2
6. Mr. RishirajHaldankar Member Management Personnel 2 / 2

*Note: Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

Terms of reference

The terms of reference of Risk Management Committee are as under:

  1. To identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the existing as well as potential risks to the Company (including risks associated with cyber security and financial risk), to recommend the strategies to the Board to overcome them and review key leading indicators in this regard.

  2. To periodically review and approve the Risk Management framework including the risk management processes and practices of the Company.

  3. To evaluate significant risk exposures of the Company and assess management’s actions to mitigate the exposures in a timely manner.

  4. To develop and implement action plans to mitigate the risks.

  5. To coordinate its activities with the Audit Committee in instances where there is any overlap with audit activities (e.g. internal or external audit issue relating to risk management policy or practice).

  6. To oversee at such intervals as may be necessary, the adequacy of Company’s resources to perform its risk management responsibilities and achieve its objectives.

  7. To review and periodically assess the Company’s performance against the identified risks of the Company.

  8. To review and periodically reassess the adequacy of this Charter and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval.

  9. To regularly review and update the current list of material business risks.

  10. To make regular reports to the Board, including with respect to risk management and minimization procedures.

  11. To perform such other activities related to the Risk Management Plan as requested by the Board or to address issues related to any significant, subject within its term of reference.

The role and responsibilities of the risk management committee shall include such other items as may be prescribed by applicable law or the Board in compliance with applicable law, from time to time.

(E) CSR & ESG Committee

The Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Committee was constituted to undertake various activities as envisaged in the Company’s Corporate Social Responsibility Policy. Effective March 28, 2025, the scope and terms of reference of the CSR Committee was extended to encompass oversight of the Company’s Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) responsibilities and the Committee was renamed as the CSR & ESG Committee.

As of March 31, 2025, the CSR & ESG Committee was composed of four Directors, namely Mrs. Pooja Bajaj as the Chairperson, with Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar, and Mr. Saurabh Kumar as its members.

During the financial year 2024-25, the Committee met 2 times, on May 14, 2024, and March 19, 2025. The requisite quorum was present at all meetings.

148

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

The attendance of the CSR & ESG Committee members is as follows:

Sr.
No.
1.
Name of Directors Position Category No. of meetings
attended out of the total
eligible meetings
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj Chairperson Executive Director 2 / 2
2. Mr. Shekhar Bajaj Member Executive Chairman 2 / 2
3. Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar Member Independent Director 2 / 2
4. Mr. Saurabh Kumar Member Independent Director 2 / 2

(F) Finance Committee

The Company has a Finance Committee which oversees matters related to the borrowings of the Company, if any, including fund-based and non-fund-based limits for business and working capital requirements, reviews the Company’s insurance program, and authorises or withdraws authority given to officers of the Company to open, operate, or close bank accounts, in addition to other powers granted by the Board from time to time.

As of March 31, 2025, the Finance Committee was composed of three directors, namely Mr. Shekhar Bajaj as the Chairperson, with Mrs. Pooja Bajaj and Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar as its members. The Company Secretary acts as the convener of the Committee.

No meetings of the Finance Committee were held during the year under review.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

As of March 31, 2025, the senior management personnel of the Company comprised of Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Executive Chairman; Mrs. Pooja Bajaj, Executive Director; Mr. Vishal Chaddha, Chief Operating Officer – Consumer Products; Mr. Rajesh Naik, Chief Operating Officer – Lighting Solutions; Mr. Anand Joshi, Chief Technology Officer; Mr. Suman Kumar Ghosh, Chief Human Resource Officer; Mr. E. C. Prasad, Chief Financial Officer; and Mr. Prashant Dalvi, Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary.

During the year under review:

  • Mrs. Pooja Bajaj was appointed as a Whole-time Director of the Company, with the designation and title of ‘Executive Director’, for a term of five (5) years, effective from May 14, 2024.

  • Mr. Ravindra Singh Negi, Chief Operating Officer– Consumer Products, resigned from the Company effective from the close of business hours on May 29, 2024.

  • Mr. Vishal Chaddha was appointed as ‘Chief Operating Officer – Consumer Products’ of the Company, effective from August 1, 2024.

  • Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer effective from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

  • Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva was appointed as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer for a term of three (3) years, effective from April 15, 2025.

  • Mr. Anand Joshi, the existing Chief Technology Officer, was designated as senior management personnel of the Company, effective from March 28, 2025.

GOVERNANCE CODES

Code of conduct for Directors and Senior Management

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct (the “Code”), which is applicable to the Board of Directors and senior management of the Company. The Board of Directors and members of the senior management team are required to affirm compliance with this Code on an annual basis. A declaration signed by the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer of the Company to this effect is placed at the end of this report. The Code requires Directors and employees to act honestly, fairly, ethically, and with integrity, and to conduct themselves in a professional, courteous, and respectful manner.

The Code is displayed on the Company’s website: https://www. bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

Disclosure on conflict of interests

Each Director informs the Company on an annual basis about the Board and Committee positions they occupy in other companies, including as Chairman, and notifies of any changes during the year. The members of the Board, while discharging their duties, avoid conflicts of interest in the decision-making process. The members of the Board restrict themselves from participating in any discussions and voting on transactions in which they have a concern or interest.

Insider Trading Code

The Company has adopted a ‘Code of Conduct to Regulate, Monitor, and Report Trading by Designated Persons and their Immediate Relatives’ (“the IT Code”) in accordance with the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, as amended (“PIT Regulations”). The IT Code is applicable to promoters, members of the promoter group, all Directors, and such designated persons who are expected to have access to unpublished price sensitive information relating to the Company. The Company Secretary is the Compliance Officer for monitoring adherence to the said PIT Regulations. The Company has also formulated ‘The Code of Practices and Procedures for Fair Disclosure of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information (UPSI)’ (“Fair Disclosure Code”) in compliance with the PIT Regulations.

This Fair Disclosure Code is displayed on the Company’s website: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

REMUNERATION POLICY

The Board, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, has framed a Nomination and Remuneration Policy (‘the Policy’), which provides for: a) selection, appointment, and removal of personnel; b) remuneration strategies; c) evaluation of performance; and d) promoting board diversity. The Policy is directed towards rewarding performance,

149 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

based on a review of achievements. It aims to attract and retain high caliber talent. The Policy is displayed on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

Criteria for recommendation of remuneration

  • a) Non-Executive Directors remuneration: The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors is determined within the limits prescribed under Section 197 of the Act, read with the Rules framed thereunder, and the SEBI Listing Regulations. The Non-Executive Directors of the Company receive remuneration by way of sitting fees for attending the Board and Committee meetings and commission, as detailed below:

  • (i) Sitting fees of H 100,000 for each meeting of the Board and Audit Committee, and H 50,000 for each meeting of other Committees attended by the Director, as approved by the Board within the overall limits prescribed under the Act.

  • (ii) Payment of commission on an annual basis of H 100,000 for each meeting of the Board and Audit Committee attended by the Director, subject to the ceiling of 1% of the net profit of the Company as prescribed under the Act and approved by the Members at the Eighty Fifth (85th) AGM held on August 6, 2024.

  • (iii) Reimbursement of travelling and other related expenses incurred by the Non-Executive Directors for attending Board and Committee meetings.

  • (iv) Independent Directors and any employee/director of the Company, who is a promoter or belongs to the promoter group, are not entitled to participate in the ESOPs of the Company.

The service contract, notice period, and severance fees are not applicable to Non-Executive Directors.

b) Executive Directors’ remuneration:

The appointment and remuneration of the Executive Directors, namely the Executive Chairman, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, and the Executive Director, are governed by the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the resolutions passed by the Board and the Shareholders of the Company. The terms and conditions of appointment and the remuneration payable to:

  • (i) Mr. Shekhar Bajaj, Executive Chairman, as approved by the Members of the Company through a special resolution dated October 12, 2022, passed by postal ballot, can be accessed at the following weblink: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

  • (ii) Mr. Anuj Poddar, former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, as approved by the Members of the Company through a special resolution dated October 12, 2022, passed by postal ballot, can be accessed at the following weblink: https://www.bajajelectricals. com/pages/investors.

  • (iii) Mrs. Pooja Bajaj, Executive Director, as approved by the Members of the Company at their 85th Annual General Meeting through a special resolution, can be accessed at the following weblink: https://www.bajajelectricals. com/pages/investors.

  • (iv) Mr. Sanjay Sachdeva, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, as proposed for approval by the Members of the Company through a special resolution via postal ballot, can be accessed at the following weblink: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/ pages/investors.

The remuneration package for Executive Directors comprises salary, commission, perquisites and allowances, contributions to the provident fund, and other retirement benefits as approved by the shareholders at the general meetings. Annual increments, linked to performance, are decided by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and recommended to the Board for approval. The Company does not have stock option plans for promoter executive directors/non-executive directors, and only non-promoter executive directors are eligible for stock option plans.

During the financial year 2024-25, the Company did not advance any loans to any of the directors.

The tenure of office for the Executive Chairman, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, and the Executive Director is not more than five years from their respective dates of appointment and can be terminated by either party by giving three months' written notice. There is no separate provision for the payment of severance fees.

c) Remuneration Criteria for the Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) and other employees:

Remuneration for KMP and other employees largely consists of basic salary, perquisites, allowances, and performance incentives. The components of total remuneration vary for different grades and are governed by industry patterns, qualifications and experience of the employee, responsibilities handled by them, their annual performance, etc. The performance pay policy links the performance pay of each employee to their individual, business unit, and overall company performance on parameters aligned with the Company’s objectives.

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

Remuneration drawn by the Directors during the financial year 2024-25

The remuneration paid to the Directors was in accordance with the provisions of the Act and was duly approved by the Members of the Company. During the year, there were no other pecuniary relationships or transactions between the Non-Executive Directors and the Company. The remuneration paid to the Non-Executive Directors did not exceed the threshold specified in Regulation 17(6)(ca) of the SEBI Listing Regulations, and no approval of the shareholders by way of a special resolution was required. Further, the remuneration of the Executive Chairman, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, and the Executive Director was paid as per the terms of their respective appointments, approved by the shareholders through special resolutions under Sections 196, 197, 198, 203, Schedule V, and other applicable provisions of the Act and the SEBI Listing Regulations.

During the year under review, the Company also obtained approval and ratification for the payment of minimum remuneration to Mr. Anuj Poddar, former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, for FY 2024-25.

150

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

The remuneration drawn by the Directors during the year is set out below:

Executive Directors

(Amount: H in lakh)

Name of Directors Salary and
Allowances
Perquisites Retiral Benefits Commission
payable
Total Number of equity shares
and convertible Instruments
(including stock options)
held as of March 31, 2025
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 255.68 118.74 84.79 318.28 777.15 18,14,639
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj 9.95 - 0.44 - 10.40 15,41,875
Mr. AnujPoddar* 462.20 448.21 23.58 - 933.99 68,010

*Note: Mr. Anuj Poddar resigned as the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer with effect from the close of business hours on September 30, 2024.

Non-Executive Directors

Name of the Non-Executive Director(s) Sitting Fees (J) Commission
provided for financial
year 2024-25 (J)
Total (J) Number of equity
shares and convertible
instruments held as of
March 31, 2025
Mr. Madhur Bajaj 7,00,000 7,00,000 14,00,000 2,00,000
Mr. Rajiv Bajaj 3,00,000 3,00,000 6,00,000 Nil
Mrs. Pooja Bajaj* 50,000 Nil 50,000 15,41,875
Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti 16,50,000 13,00,000 29,50,000 Nil
Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar 20,00,000 13,00,000 33,00,000 Nil
Ms. Swati Salgaocar 8,50,000 7,00,000 15,50,000 Nil
Mr. Vikram Hosangady 16,50,000 13,00,000 29,50,000 Nil
Mr. Saurabh Kumar 8,50,000 7,00,000 15,50,000 Nil

*Note: Mrs. Pooja Bajaj was appointed as a Whole-time Director of the Company, with the designation and title of ‘Executive Director’, for a term of five (5) consecutive years from May 14, 2024. Further, in view of her appointment as a Whole-time Director of the Company, she resigned from her previous position as a Non-Executive Director of the Company effective from May 14, 2024.

SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

The Company has a Policy for determining Material Subsidiaries, which is in line with the SEBI Listing Regulations. This policy has been uploaded to the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

As the Company does not have any subsidiary or material subsidiary, the requirements relating to the placement of minutes of the board meetings of subsidiary companies before the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis, and the requirements relating to the composition of the Board of Directors of an unlisted material subsidiary, are not applicable to the Company.

GENERAL BODY MEETINGS

Details of the last three AGMs held:

==> picture [484 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Financial
AGM Date and Time Venue Details of Special Resolution Passed
Year
----- End of picture text -----

83rd 2021-22 Friday, August 12,
2022, at 3.00 P.M.
Meeting through Video
Conferencing / Other Audio
Visual Means that was
anchored at the registered
office of the company at 45-47,
Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai-
400001 (the deemed venue)
a.
Borrowing by way of Issue of Securities.
84th 2022-23 Thursday, August 10,
2023, at 3.00 P.M.
a.
Borrowing by way of Issue of Securities.
b. Appointment of Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar as an
Independent Director.
85th 2023-24 Tuesday, August 6,
2024, at 3.00 P.M.
a.
Appointment of Mrs. Pooja Bajaj as a Whole-time
Director of the Company, with the designation
and title of ‘Executive Director’, and to approve the
remuneration payable to her.
b. To approve the payment of remuneration to
Non-Executive Directors.
c.
Borrowingbywayof Issue of Securities.

151 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Details of special resolution passed through postal ballot, the persons who conducted the postal ballot exercise and details of the voting pattern and procedure of postal ballot.

Details of special resolutions passed through postal ballot during FY 2024-25:

  • a. The Company sought the approval of its shareholders on a specific matter through a special resolution by postal ballot by utilizing a remote e-voting process only. The notice of this postal ballot, dated March 20, 2024, was circulated. Remote e-voting began on Wednesday, May 8, 2024, at 09.00 a.m., and concluded on Thursday, June 6, 2024, at 05.00 p.m. On the final day of remote e-voting, i.e. June 6, 2024, the resolutions were passed with the necessary majority, and the outcomes were declared on June 6, 2024. Please see the information below for a description of the resolutions and details on the voting pattern.
Sr. No. Description of Resolution and Type of resolution Number of Votes Number of Votes
For % Against %
1. Appointment of Mr. Saurabh Kumar (DIN: 06576793) as an
Independent Director – Special Resolution
98442442 99.9970 2910 0.0030
2. Re‐appointment of Mr. Shailesh Haribhakti (DIN: 00007347)
as an Independent Director – Special Resolution
98360308 99.9137 85000 0.0863

Procedure for the postal ballot: The aforementioned Postal Ballot was conducted solely through the Remote E-Voting process in accordance with the regulations set forth in Sections 108 and 110, as well as other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and its corresponding Rules. Mr. Anant B. Khamankar of Messrs Anant B. Khamankar & Co., Practicing Company Secretary (FCS: 3198 & COP No. 1860), was appointed as Scrutinizer, for conducting the above Postal Ballot through the Remote E-Voting process fairly and transparently and following the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder.

  • b. The Company sought the approval of its shareholders on a specific matter through a special resolution by postal ballot by utilizing a remote e-voting process only. The notice of this postal ballot, dated February 4, 2025, was circulated. Remote e-voting began on Monday, February 24, 2025, at 09.00 a.m., and concluded on Tuesday, March 25, 2025, at 05.00 p.m. On the final day of remote e-voting, i.e. March 25, 2025, the resolution was passed with the necessary majority, and the outcome was declared on March 25, 2025. Please see the information below for a description of the resolution and details on the voting pattern.
Sr. No.
Description of Resolution and Type of resolution
1.
Approval and ratification of the payment of Minimum
Remuneration to Mr. Anuj Poddar (DIN: 01908009), former
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, for FY 2024-25
– Special Resolution
Number of Votes
For
%
Against
%
97184207
96.6666
3351248
3.3334

Procedure for the postal ballot: The aforementioned Postal Ballot was conducted solely through the Remote E-Voting process in accordance with the regulations set forth in Sections 108 and 110, as well as other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and its corresponding Rules. Mr. Omkar Dindorkar of M/s. MMJB & Associates LLP, Practicing Company Secretaries (ACS: 43029 & COP No. 24580), was appointed as Scrutinizer, for conducting the above Postal Ballot through the Remote E-Voting process fairly and transparently and following the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder.

Details of the special resolution proposed to be conducted through postal ballot: There are no special resolutions proposed to be conducted through a postal ballot regarding any of the matters to be discussed at the forthcoming AGM.

MEANS OF COMMUNICATION TO SHAREHOLDERS

  • (i) The unaudited quarterly/half-yearly results are announced within forty-five (45) days of the quarter’s end. The audited annual results are announced within sixty (60) days from the financial year’s end, as required by the SEBI Listing Regulations.

  • (ii) The approved financial results are sent to the Stock Exchanges immediately and published in the ‘Free Press Journal’ (an English newspaper) and ‘Navshakti’ (a local language Marathi newspaper), within forty-eight (48) hours of their approval. Currently, these are not sent separately to shareholders.

  • (iii) The Company’s financial results and official press releases are displayed on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals. com/pages/investors#shopify-section-template--24181932359980__investor_stock_data_tYakhk.

  • (iv) All financial and other significant official news releases and documents under the SEBI Listing Regulations, including presentations made to institutional investors or analysts, are communicated to the concerned stock exchanges and also placed on the Company’s website.

  • (v) The quarterly results, shareholding patterns, quarterly compliances, and all other corporate communications to the Stock Exchanges, namely BSE Limited (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”), are filed electronically. The Company has complied with filing submissions through BSE’s BSE Listing Centre. Similarly, this information is also filed electronically with NSE through NSE’s NEAPS and Parivartan portals, as applicable.

152

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

  • (vi) A separate dedicated section under “Investors Relation” on the Company’s website provides information on unclaimed dividends, shareholding patterns, quarterly/half-yearly results, and other relevant information of interest to investors/public.

  • (vii) The link to access the Online Dispute Resolution (ODR) Portal, as well as modalities and operational guidelines of the ODR Portal including timelines for review/resolution of complaints, manner of proceedings by the ODR institutions, roles and responsibilities of Market Infrastructure Intermediaries, and the Code of Conduct for Conciliators and Arbitrators as provided in the SEBI Circular(s), are hosted on our website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors#shopify-section-template--24181932359980__ investor_stock_data_yWAjtC

  • (viii) The Company has designated the email id: [email protected] for investor relations, and this is prominently displayed on the Company’s website at www.bajajelectricals.com.

GENERAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

a. Company Information

The Company is registered in the State of Maharashtra, India. The Corporate Identity Number (CIN) allotted to the Company by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) is L31500MH1938PLC009887.

b. Information on General Body Meetings

AGM for the financial year 2024-25

Dayand date, time, venue Thursday, August 7, 2025, at 03:00 P.M. IST via video conferencing/ other audio-visual means.
Financialyear April 1, 2024, to March 31, 2025

c. Dividend

The Board of Directors at its Meeting held on May 12, 2025, has recommended dividend payout, subject to approval of the shareholders at the ensuing AGM, of H 3.00 per equity share for FY 2024-25. The dividend shall be paid to the members whose names appear on Company’s Register of Members as of the closing hours on Friday, July 18, 2025, in respect of physical shareholders and whose name appear in the list of Beneficial Owner as of the close of business hours on Friday, July 18, 2025, furnished by National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) and Central Depository Services (India) Limited (CDSL) for this purpose. The dividend, if declared at the AGM, shall be paid on or before Monday, August 11, 2025.

Dividend history for the last 10 Financial Years

The table below gives the history of dividend declared and paid by the Company in the last 10 financial years:

==> picture [464 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Date of declaration Dividend
Sr. No. Financial year
of Dividend Per Share (in J )
----- End of picture text -----

1. 2014-15 August 6, 2015 1.50
2. 2015-16 March 10, 2016 2.80
3. 2016-17 August 3, 2017 2.80
4. 2017-18 August 9, 2018 3.50
5. 2018-19 August 7, 2019 3.50
6. 2019-20 No dividend recommended
7. 2020-21 No dividend recommended
8. 2021-22 August 12, 2022 3.00
9. 2022-23 August 10, 2023 4.00
10. 2023-24 August 6, 2024 3.00

d. Unclaimed Dividend/Shares

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 124(5) of the Act, if the dividend transferred to the Unpaid Dividend Account of the Company remains unpaid or unclaimed for a period of seven consecutive years from the date of transfer, then the said unclaimed or unpaid dividend amount, along with any accrued interest, shall be transferred by the Company to the Investor Education and Protection Fund (‘IEPF’), a fund established under sub-section (1) of Section 125 of the Act.

Before transferring the unclaimed dividends to the IEPF, individual letters are sent to those members whose unclaimed dividends are due for transfer, to enable them to claim the dividends before the due date for such transfer. Details of unclaimed/unpaid dividends are available on the company’s website, viz., www.bajajelectricals.com.

In terms of SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/DOP1/CIR/P/2018/73 dated April 20, 2018, the bankers to the dividend accounts opened by the Company for earlier years have credited back the amount of dividend lying unpaid in demand drafts beyond the validity period into the relevant bank accounts.

153 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Share Transfer to the Investor Education and Protection Fund Account (IEPF) where Dividend is Unpaid or Unclaimed for Seven Consecutive Years: In terms of Section 124(6) of the Act, read with Rule 6 of the Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority (Accounting, Audit, Transfer and Refund) Rules, 2016 (as amended from time to time) (IEPF Rules), shares on which a dividend has not been paid or claimed by a shareholder for a period of seven consecutive years or more shall be credited to the Investor Education and Protection Fund (IEPF) within a period of thirty days of such shares becoming due to be so transferred. Upon the transfer of such shares, all benefits (like bonuses, dividends, etc.), if any, accruing on such shares shall also be credited to the IEPF, and the voting rights on such shares shall remain frozen until the rightful owner claims the shares.

Shares which are transferred to the IEPF can be claimed back by the shareholders from the Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority (IEPFA) by following the procedure prescribed under the aforementioned rules. Detailed procedures are also available on the company’s website, i.e., www.bajajelectricals.com.

The Company has sent reminders to all the concerned members and simultaneously published a notice in the Free Press Journal (an English newspaper) and Navshakti (a local language Marathi newspaper), requesting them to claim their dividend amount to avoid the transfer of the said unclaimed dividend and respective shares to the IEPF.

Details of Unclaimed Dividend as of March 31, 2025, and due dates for transfer are as follows:

==> picture [464 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Date of declaration Unclaimed Due Date for transfer
Sr. No. Financial year
of Dividend Amount ( J ) to IEPF Account
----- End of picture text -----

1. 2017-18 August 9, 2018 13,40,916.50 September 15, 2025
2. 2018-19 August 7, 2019 7,28,633.50 September 13, 2026
3. 2019-20 No dividend recommended
4. 2020-21 No dividend recommended
5. 2021-22 August 12, 2022 3,93,909.00 September 18, 2029
6. 2022-23 August 10, 2023 6,15,470.00 September 16, 2030
7. 2023-24 August 6, 2024 8,26,866.00 September 12, 2031

During the year under review, the Company transferred Unclaimed Dividend Amount of H 16,08,353.60 to Investor Education and Protection Fund which was declared in FY 2016-17.

e. Tentative calendar of Board meeting for financial year ending March 31, 2026

Financial Year – 1 April to 31 March.

The tentative dates for Board Meetings for consideration of quarterly financial results are as follows:

==> picture [464 x 15] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Particulars of Quarter Tentative dates
----- End of picture text -----

Q1 Results First week of August 2025
Q2 and Half YearlyResults Last week of October 2025
Q3 Results First week of February2026
Q4 and Annual Results Second week of May2026

The Board Meetings for approval of financial results during the year ended March 31, 2025, were held on the following dates:

==> picture [464 x 14] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Particulars of Quarter Dates
----- End of picture text -----

Q1 Results August 6, 2024
Q2 and Half YearlyResults November 7, 2024
Q3 Results February4, 2025
Q4 and Annual Results May12, 2025

f. Listing on stock exchanges & stock code

Equity Shares of the Company are currently listed on the following stock exchanges:

Name of the Stock Exchange(s) Address Stock Code
BSE Limited Phiroze JeejeebhoyTowers, Dalal Street, Mumbai 400 001 500031
National Stock Exchange of India Limited Exchange Plaza, Bandra - Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051 BAJAJELEC

The ISIN Number allotted to the Company’s equity shares of face value of H 2 each under the depositories (NSDL and CDSL) system is INE193E01025.

For the financial year 2025-26, the Company has paid annual listing fees to both the stock exchanges and annual custody/issuer fees to both the depositories.

154

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

g. The details of NCDs issued by the Company

  • Not applicable.

  • h. Outstanding Global Depository Receipts (GDRs)/Warrants and Convertible Bonds, conversion date and likely impact on equity

Not applicable.

i. Distribution of Shareholding as on March 31, 2025

No. of equity Shares No. of
shareholders
% of shareholders No. of shares held % of Shareholding
1 to 500 67,097 96.5397 24,77,593 2.1480
501 to 1000 960 1.3813 7,11,014 0.6164
1001 to 2000 586 0.8431 8,49,503 0.7365
2001 to 3000 246 0.3539 6,20,303 0.5378
3001 to 4000 114 0.1640 4,03,306 0.3497
4001 to 5000 78 0.1122 3,57,477 0.3099
5001 to 10000 164 0.2360 11,69,513 1.0140
10001 and above 257 0.3698 10,87,53,544 94.2877
Total 69,502 100.0000 11,53,42,253 100.0000

Distribution of shareholding across categories

Categories March 31, 2025 March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
No. of shares % of total capital No. of shares % of total capital
Promoters and Promoter Group 7,23,42,279 62.79 7,23,42,279 62.79
Mutual Funds 1,82,15,058 15.79 1,39,51,488 12.11
FIIs 89,73,957 7.78 1,17,06,935 10.16
Individuals (includingHUF) 1,04,06,732 9.03 1,07,90,926 9.37
Trusts 31,53,723 2.74 31,53,898 2.74
Indian Bodies Corporates 11,64,599 1.01 14,28,827 1.24
NRIs and OCBs 3,83,882 0.33 4,67,907 0.41
Alternate Investment Funds - - 2,80,117 0.24
Insurance Companies - - 2,94,487 0.26
IEPF 3,08,062 0.27 3,02,725 0.26
ClearingMembers 268 0.00 182 0.00
Banks, NBFCs and FIs 17,355 0.01 17,355 0.02
Foreign Nationals 3,76,338 0.33 4,58,952 0.40
Central Government - - - -
Total 11,53,42,253 100 11,51,96,078 100.00

j. Dematerialization of Shares and Liquidity

As on March 31, 2025, 11,50,49,703 (99.75%) of the equity shares of the Company were in dematerialized form. The Company has entered into agreements with National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) and Central Depository Services (India) Limited (CDSL) whereby shareholders have an option to dematerialize their shares with either of the Depositories.

Shareholders who continue to hold shares in physical form are requested to dematerialize their shares at the earliest and avail benefits of dealing in shares in demat form. For the convenience of shareholders, the process of getting the shares dematerialized is given hereunder:

  • a) Demat account should be opened with a Depository Participant (“DP”).

  • b) Shareholders should submit the Dematerialization Request Form (“DRF”) along with share certificates in original, to their DP.

  • c) DP will process the DRF and will generate a Dematerialization Request Number (“DRN”).

  • d) DP will submit the DRF and original share certificates to the Registrar and Transfer Agents (“RTA”), i.e. MUFG Intime India Private Limited (erstwhile known as Link Intime India Private Limited).

  • e) RTA will process the DRF and update the status to DP/depositories.

  • f) Upon confirmation of request, the shareholder will get credit of the equivalent number of shares in his demat account maintained with the DP.

155 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

  • g) As required under SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/ MIRSD_RTAMB/P/CIR/2022/8 and to enhance ease of dealing in securities markets by investors, listed companies are required to issue securities in dematerialized form only. As per the referred circular Form ISR-4 required to be submitted by securities holder/claimant has been hosted on the website of the Company at: https://www. -

  • bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors#shopify section-template--24181932359980__investor_ stock_data_yWAjtC.

The Company has further authorised its RTA to issue ‘Letter of confirmation’ in lieu of physical securities certificate(s) within 30 days of its receipt of such request after removing objections and complied with other requirements as stated in the Circular.

k. Consolidation of Folios and Avoidance of Multiple Mailing

In order to enable the Company to reduce costs and duplicity of efforts for providing services to investors, members who have more than one folio in the same order of names are requested to consolidate their holdings under one folio. Members may write to the RTA indicating the folio numbers to be consolidated along with the original share certificates.

l. Share Transfer System

Trading in equity shares of the Company is permitted only in dematerialized form. In terms of the requirements of Regulation 40 of the SEBI Listing Regulations w.e.f. April 1, 2019, transfer of securities in physical form, except in case of request received for transmission or transposition of securities, shall not be processed. Accordingly, shareholders holding equity shares in physical form are urged to have their shares dematerialized to be able to freely transfer them and participate in various corporate actions.

m. Nomination

Individual shareholders holding shares in physical form either singly or jointly can nominate a person in whose name the shares shall be transferable in case of death of the registered Shareholder(s). The nomination facility in respect of shares held in electronic form is also available with the

Depository Participants as per the by-laws and business rules applicable to NSDL and CDSL. Nomination forms can be obtained from the Company’s Registrar and Share Transfer Agent.

n. Reconciliation of Share Capital Audit Report

As stipulated by SEBI, a qualified Practicing Company Secretary carries out Share Capital Audit to reconcile the total admitted capital with National Securities Depository Limited (“NSDL”) and Central Depository Services (India) Limited (“CDSL”) and the total issued and listed capital. This audit is carried out every quarter and the reports thereon are submitted to the Stock Exchanges where the Company’s shares are listed. The audit confirms that the total Listed and Paid-up Capital is in agreement with the aggregate of the total number of shares in dematerialized form (held with NSDL and CDSL) and total number of shares in physical form.

Service of documents through electronic mode

o.

As a part of Green Initiative, the members who wish to receive the notices/documents through e-mail, may kindly intimate their e-mail addresses to the Company’s Registrar and Share Transfer Agent, MUFG Intime India Private Limited at by clicking on the link: https://web.in.mpms. mufg.com/EmailReg/Email_Register.html on its website www.in.mpms.mufg.com.

Demat Suspense Account

p.

Regulation 39(4) of the SEBI Listing Regulations, read with Schedule VI ‘Manner of Dealing with Unclaimed Shares’, directs companies to dematerialise shares that have been returned as ‘undelivered’ by the postal authorities and to hold these shares in an ‘Unclaimed Suspense Account’ to be opened with one of the depositories, viz., National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) or Central Depository Services (India) Ltd. (CDSL).

All corporate benefits on such shares, viz. bonus, dividend, etc., shall be credited to the unclaimed suspense account as applicable, for a period of seven (7) years and thereafter transferred in accordance with the provisions of the Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority (Accounting, Audit, Transfer, and Refund) Rules, 2016 (IEPF Rules), read with Section 124(6) of the Act.

Pursuant to Regulation 34(3) read with Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the details of the shares in the Suspense Account are as follows:

Aggregate Number of Shareholders and the Outstanding Shares
in the suspense account lyingat the beginningof theyear
20 number of shareholders and 4,295 Equity Shares
Number of shareholders who approached the Company for
transfer of shares from suspense account duringtheyear
Nil
Number of shareholders to whom shares were transferred from
suspense account duringtheyear
Nil
Number of shareholders and aggregate number of shares
transferred to unclaimed suspense account
Nil
Number of shareholders and aggregate number of shares
transferred to IEPF Authority
1 number of shareholder and 450 Equity Shares
Aggregate number of shareholders and the outstanding shares in
the suspense account lyingat the end of theyear
19 number of shareholders and 3,845 Equity Shares
That the voting rights on these shares shall remain frozen till the
rightful owner of such shares claims the shares
19 number of shareholders and 3,845 Equity Shares

156

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

q. Address for Correspondence

Compliance Officer Registrar and Share Transfer Agent Company Mr. Prashant Dalvi MUFG Intime India Private Limited Bajaj Electricals Limited Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary Unit: Bajaj Electricals Limited Corporate Secretarial Department Bajaj Electricals Limited C-101, 247 Park, L.B.S Marg, Mulla House, 51 Mahatma Gandhi Mulla House, 51 Mahatma Gandhi Road, Fort, Vikhroli (West), Road, Mumbai 400001 Mumbai - 400 083 Fort, Mumbai 400001 Tel: 022 6149 7000 Tel: 022-49186000/ 49186200 Tel: 022 6149 7000 Email: [email protected] Fax: 022-49186060 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

r. Plant locations

The Company has the following manufacturing and operating Divisions:

Chakan Village Mahalunge, Chakan, Chakan Talegaon Road, Taluka: Khed, District: Pune, Maharashtra – 410501.
Nashik Gut No. 423 to 426, Wadivarhe Mumbai Agra Highway, Taluka- Igatpuri, District Nashik, Maharashtra – 422403.
Chhatrapati
Sambhajinagar
Gut No. 16, Naigavhan, Khandewadi, Paithan Road, Tq. Paithan Dist. Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar,
Maharashtra – 431105.
Gut No. 9, Naigavhan, Khandewadi, Paithan Road, Tq. Paithan Dist. Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar,
Maharashtra – 431105.

s. Credit Ratings

The Company has obtained credit ratings from CRISIL Ratings Limited. During the financial year 2024-25, there has been an upgrade in the rating of the Company, the details of which are given below:

==> picture [464 x 15] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Rating Agency Particulars of Debt Particulars of Change
----- End of picture text -----

CRISIL Short Term Debt Voluntarywithdrawal
CRISIL Bank Loan Facilities (long-term) Reaffirmed to AA-/Stable
CRISIL Bank Loan Facilities (short-term) Reaffirmed to A1+

AFFIRMATIONS AND DISCLOSURES

a. Related Party Transactions

  • All transactions entered into with related parties as defined under the Act and Regulation 23 of the SEBI Listing Regulations during the financial year were in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis, and are in compliance with the provisions of Section 188 of the Act. There were no materially significant transactions with related parties during the financial year. Related party transactions have been disclosed under significant accounting policies and notes forming part of the financial statements in accordance with “IND AS”. A statement of transactions entered into with related parties in the ordinary course of business and at an arm’s length basis is periodically placed before the Audit Committee for review and recommendation to the Board for approval. As required under Regulation 23(1) of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Company has formulated a policy on dealing with related party transactions.

The Policy is available on the website of the Company at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

The transactions are carried out on an arm’s length or fair value basis and have no potential conflict with the interests of the Company at large.

  • b. Details of non-compliance by the Company, penalties, and strictures imposed on the Company by Stock Exchanges, SEBI, or any statutory authority, on any matter related to capital markets, during the last three financial years

There have been no instances of non-compliance by the Company necessitating the imposition of penalties or strictures by Stock Exchanges, SEBI, or any statutory authority on any matter related to capital markets in the last three years.

c. Vigil Mechanism / Whistle Blower Policy

  • Pursuant to the provisions of Section 177(9) and (10) of the Act, the rules framed thereunder, and Regulation 22 of the SEBI Listing Regulations, as amended, the Company has formulated a Whistle Blower Policy. This policy applies to all employees and other persons dealing with the Company to, inter alia, report unacceptable or improper practices, unethical practices, and genuine concerns.

The whistleblower shall address all protected disclosures to the Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary of the Company. Protected disclosures against the Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary should be

157 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

addressed to the Chairman or Managing Director of the Company. Protected disclosures against the Chairman or Managing Director should be addressed to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

The policy provides for adequate safeguards against victimization of all whistleblowers who use this mechanism. During the year under review, none of the personnel of the Company were denied access to the Audit Committee. The Whistle Blower Policy is displayed on the Company’s website at: https://www.bajajelectricals.com/pages/investors.

d. Compliances with Governance Framework

The Company is in compliance with all mandatory requirements under the SEBI Listing Regulations.

t. Commodity price risk or foreign exchange risk and hedging activities

The Company has managed the foreign exchange risk with appropriate hedging activities in accordance with the policies of the Company. The Company has an adequate risk assessment and minimisation system in place, including for commodities. The Company does not have material exposure to any particular commodity. Accordingly, there is no disclosure to offer in terms of the SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/CMD1/CIR/P/2018/0000000141 dated November 15, 2018.

  • e. Details of utilisation of funds raised through preferential allotment or qualified institutions placement as specified under Regulation 32(7A)

  • Not Applicable.

  • f. A certificate from a Company Secretary in practice that none of the directors on the board of the Company have been debarred or disqualified from being appointed or continuing as directors of companies by the Board / Ministry of Corporate Affairs or any such statutory authority

The Company has received a certificate from Makarand M. Joshi & Co., Practicing Company Secretaries (Firm Registration No.P2009MH007000; Peer Review Cert. No.: 6290/2024), stating that none of the directors on the Board of the Company have been debarred or disqualified from being appointed or continuing as directors of companies by the Board/Ministry of Corporate Affairs or any other statutory authority. This certificate forms part of this report.

  • g. Where the Board had not accepted any recommendation of any committee of the Board which is mandatorily required, in the relevant financial year

During the year under review, all recommendations made by any of the committees of the Board that were mandatorily required have been accepted by the Board.

  • h. Fees paid to the Statutory Auditors paid by the Company and its subsidiary

  • Total fees for all services, paid on a consolidated basis by the Company and its subsidiary to S R B C & CO LLP, statutory auditors of the Company, having ICAI Registration number

324982E/E300003, and other firms in the network entity of which the statutory auditors are a part, for the year ended March 31, 2025, are as follows:

March 31, 2025, are as follows:
(Amount:Hin lakh)
Particulars S R B C & CO LLP and
their network entities
Fees for audit and related services 211.72
Other fees 42.23
Total 253.95

i. Disclosures in relation to the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013

The details of the number of complaints filed, disposed of during the year, and pending as of March 31, 2025, are given in the Board’s Report.

  • j. Disclosure by listed entity and its subsidiaries of ‘Loans and advances’ in the nature of loans to firms/ companies in which directors are interested by name and amount

  • Details are given in Note No. 38 to the Standalone Financial Statements and Note No. 38 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

  • k. Details of material subsidiary of the listed entity; including the date and place of incorporation and the name and date of appointment of the statutory auditors of such subsidiary

  • Not applicable.

  • l. Non-compliance of any requirement of corporate governance report with reasons thereof

  • Not applicable.

m. Details of Adoption of Non-Mandatory (Discretionary) Requirements

The status of compliance with the non-mandatory requirements under Regulation 27 of the SEBI Listing Regulations is as follows:

The Board - The requirement relating to the maintenance of an office and reimbursement of expenses for a NonExecutive Chairman is not applicable to the Company, as the Chairman is an Executive Director.

Shareholders’ rights - The Company has not adopted the practice of sending out half-yearly declarations of financial performance to shareholders. Instead, quarterly results, as approved by the Board, are disseminated to the Stock Exchanges and updated on the Company’s website.

Modified opinion(s) in audit report - There are no modified opinions in the audit reports.

Separate posts of Chairperson and the Managing Director or the Chief Executive Officer (such that the Chairperson shall be a non-executive director and not be related to the Managing Director or the Chief Executive Officer) – The Company does not have separate posts for the Chairperson and the Managing Director or Chief Executive Officer, since compliance with this requirement is voluntary.

158

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Reporting of Internal Auditor - In accordance with the provisions of Section 138 of the Act, the Company has appointed an Internal Auditor who reports directly to the Audit Committee. Internal audit reports, submitted on a quarterly basis, are reviewed by the Audit Committee, and suggestions/directions, if any, are given for necessary action.

n. Disclosure of Compliance with Corporate Governance Requirements specified in Regulation 17 to 27 and Regulation 46(2) of the SEBI Listing Regulations

The Company has complied with all the mandatory corporate governance requirements under the SEBI Listing Regulations. The Company confirms compliance with corporate governance requirements specified in Regulation 17 to 27 and sub-regulation (2) of Regulation 46 of the SEBI Listing Regulations.

o. Disclosure of certain types of agreements binding listed entities

During the year under review, the Company has neither entered into nor been a party to any agreements specified in clause 5A of para A of part A of schedule III to the SEBI Listing Regulations, nor has it received any intimation regarding such agreements.

159 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Compliance with Code of Conduct

As provided under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, the Board Members and the Senior Management Personnel have confirmed compliance with the Code of Business Conduct & Ethics for the year ended March 31, 2025.

For Bajaj Electricals Limited

Sanjay Sachdeva Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

Mumbai, May 12, 2025

160

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Certificate of Non-Disqualification of Directors

(pursuant to Regulation 34(3) and Schedule V Para C clause (10)(i) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015)

To, The Members Bajaj Electricals Limited 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai – 400001 Maharashtra, India

We have examined the relevant disclosures provided by the Directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited having CIN- L31500MH1938PLC009887 and having registered office at 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai – 400001, Maharashtra, India (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Company’), produced before us by the Company for the purpose of issuing this Certificate, in accordance with Regulation 34(3) read with Schedule V Para-C Sub clause 10(i) of the Securities Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.

In our opinion and to the best of our information based on (i) documents available on the website of Ministry of Corporate Affairs as on May 11, 2025 and Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited and NSE Limited as on May 11, 2025 (ii) Verification of Directors Identification Number (DIN) status at the website of Ministry of Corporate Affairs on May 11, 2025, and (iii) disclosures provided by the Directors to the Company, we hereby certify that none of the Directors on the Board of the Company (as enlisted in Table A) have been debarred or disqualified from being appointed or continuing as Directors of companies by the Securities and Exchange Board of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs or any such other Statutory Authority as on March 31, 2025.

Table A

==> picture [484 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. Director Identification Date of appointment in Date of Re-
Name of the Directors
No. Number Company appointment
----- End of picture text -----

1. Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 00089358 01-11-1984 12-08-2022
2. Late Mr. Madhur Bajaj* 00014593 28/11/1994 -
3. Ms. Pooja Bajaj 08254455 01/11/2018 14-05-2024
4. Mr. Rajivnayan Rahulkumar Bajaj 00018262 22/05/2019 -
5. Mr. Shailesh V Haribhakti 00007347 07/08/2019 07-08-2024
6. Mr. Sudarshan Sampathkumar 01875316 23/05/2023 -
7. Mr. Vikram Taranath Hosangady 09757469 06/11/2023 -
8. Ms. Swati Shivanand Salgaocar 03500612 06/11/2023 -
9. Mr. Saurabh Kumar 06576793 20/03/2024 -
  • Mr. Madhur Bajaj, passed away on April 11, 2025, thereby ceased to hold office as Director of the Company.

For Makarand M. Joshi & Co.

Company Secretaries ICSI UIN: P2009MH007000 Peer Review Cert. No.: 6290/2024

Makarand Joshi

Date: May 12, 2025 Place: Mumbai

Partner FCS No. 5533 CP No. 3662 UDIN: F005533G000321002

161 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

CEO/CFO Compliance Certificate

To,

The Board of Directors Bajaj Electricals Limited Mumbai

Dear Sirs/Madam,

We, the undersigned, in our respective capacities as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Company”), pursuant to Regulation 17(8) [read with Part B of Schedule II] of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, to the best of our knowledge and belief certify that:

  • 1) We have reviewed the financial statements and the cash flow statement for the fourth quarter and year ended March 31, 2025 and to the best of our knowledge and belief, we state that:

  • a. these statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain statements that might be misleading;

  • b. these statements together present a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and are in compliance with existing accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.

  • 2) We further state that to the best of our knowledge and belief, there are no transactions entered into by the Company during the said period, which are fraudulent, illegal or violative of the Company’s Code of Conduct.

  • 3) We are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and that we have evaluated the effectiveness of internal control systems of the Company pertaining to financial reporting of the Company and have disclosed to the Auditors and the Audit Committee, deficiencies, in the design or operation of internal controls, if any, of which we are aware and the steps we have taken or propose to take to rectify these deficiencies.

  • 4) We have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, wherever applicable, to the Auditors and Audit Committee:

  • a. Any significant changes in internal controls during the said period;

  • b. Any significant changes in accounting policies during the said period, if any, and the same have been disclosed in the notes to the financial statements; and

  • c. Any instances of significant fraud of which we have become aware and the involvement therein, if any, of the management or an employee having a significant role in the Company’s internal control system over financial reporting.

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

EC Prasad Chief Financial Officer

Mumbai, May 12, 2025

162

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Corporate Governance Compliance Certificate

To, The Members, Bajaj Electricals Limited 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai - 400001

We have examined the compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance by Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Company”) for the year ended on March 31, 2025, as stipulated in Regulations 17 to 27 and clauses (b) to (i) and (t) of sub-regulation (2) of Regulation 46 and para C, D and E of Schedule V of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 [“Listing Regulations”].

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, and representations made by the management, we certify that the Company, to the extent applicable, has complied with the conditions of Corporate Governance as stipulated in Regulations 17 to 27, clauses (b) to (i) and (t) of sub-regulation (2) of Regulation 46 and para C, D and E of Schedule V of Listing Regulations.

The compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance is the responsibility of the management. Our examination was limited to procedures and implementation thereof, adopted by the Company to ensure the compliance of the conditions of the Corporate Governance. It is neither an audit nor an expression of opinion on the financial statements of the Company.

We further state that such compliance is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficiency or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.

For Makarand M. Joshi & Co. Company Secretaries ICSI UIN: P2009MH007000 Peer Review Cert. No.: 6290/2024

Date: May 12,2025 Place: Mumbai

Makarand Joshi Partner FCS No. 5533 CP No. 3662 UDIN: F005533G000323070

163 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Management Discussion and Analysis

==> picture [72 x 54] intentionally omitted <==

Global Economic Overview

The global economy, in CY 2024, experienced a period of mixed performance due to several persistent and emerging forces. In spite of setbacks, most regions witnessed a gradual stabilisation due to accomodative monetary policies, supply chain realignments of and the growing adaptability of both consumers and businesses to new economic realities.

In CY2024, the global economy grew at 3.3%, showing resilience amid geopolitical tensions, trade fluctuations and shifting monetary policies. Advanced economies grew modestly at 1.8%, while emerging markets and developing economies expanded more robustly at 4.3%. Among advanced economies, the United States registered a strong growth rate of 2.8% in CY 2024, supported by a more accommodative monetary policy and resilient demand. Countries in Europe grew at a modest pace, mainly due to geopolitical tensions and a weak manufacturing sector. In contrast, China recorded a lower-than-expected growth

rate of 5.0%, driven by sluggish consumption, low consumer confidence and delayed stabilisation in the property market.[1]

Global headline inflation continued its downward trend, easing from 6.6% in CY2023 to 5.7% in CY2024.[2] The forecast for nonfuel commodity prices remains largely stable, while inflation in advanced economies is expected to ease with a downward revision. However, the pace of decline varied across regions. Advanced economies made steady progress towards inflation targets, while emerging markets grappled with high inflation due to currency depreciation and persistent supply chain issues.

Major central banks began shifting away from tight monetary policies as inflation eased, implementing gradual interest rate cuts to boost liquidity and stimulate private investment. However, the global trade landscape remains unstable, with recent tariff implementations creating significant challenges for businesses. In response, businesses are re-evaluating their pricing strategies to maintain competitiveness while protecting profit margins.

==> picture [483 x 322] intentionally omitted <==

1https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/Issues/2025/04/22/world-economic-outlook-april-2025 2https://www.imf.org/external/datamapper/PCPIPCH@WEO/WEOWORLD

164

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Outlook

Despite prevailing challenges, the global economic outlook remains cautiously optimistic with growth rates projected at 2.8% for CY 2025 and 3.0% for CY 2026. EMDEs are expected to sustain their momentum with growth rates between 4.2%–4.3%.[3] The inflation is expected to fall from 5.7% in CY 2024 to 4.3% in CY 2025 and 3.6% in CY 2026, with inflationary pressures abating more swiftly than expected in many countries and risks to the inflation are also broadly balanced. It is expected to ease the monetary policy placing economies in a better position. However, it is important for countries to remain vigilant in monitoring and implementing effective monetary policies to keep the inflation trajectory under control.

Moreover, the number of source countries for FDI increased from 89 in FY 2013–14 to 112 in FY 2024–25, positioning India as a favourable investment destination among global investors.[6]

India’s bilateral trade negotiations with the US may act as a positive tailwind for exports. Moreover, the ongoing realignment of global supply chains is prompting many manufacturers to shift their base from China and Vietnam to India, driven by tariff advantages and strategic benefits. Continued government focus on capital expenditure, stable inflation, increasing investor participation and resilient rural demand have collectively fuelled India’s economic momentum.

Outlook

==> picture [237 x 249] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Growth of global economic output (in %)
GLOBAL ADVANCED EMERGING MARKET
ECONOMY ECONOMIES & DEVELOPING
ECONOMIES
IMF.org/pubs
3.3 2.8 3.0 1.8 1.4 1.5 4.3 3.7 3.9
2024 2025 2026 2024 2025 2026 2024 2025 2026
----- End of picture text -----

India is expected to remain the fastest growing major economies with projected GDP growth of 6.5% in FY 2026.[7] However, the outlook remains strong, supported by solid domestic demand driven by demographic dividends, rising middle-class affluence, resilient rural consumption and robust growth in the services sector. These projections carry significant downside risks due to potential global trade disruptions and a delayed synchronised recovery in Western economies.

Despite these challenges, India’s economic resilience is evident in its capital markets, which have shown increasing stability due to the rising participation of Domestic Institutional Investors (DIIs) offsetting foreign capital volatility. While inflation remains a concern, proactive government interventions and strong agricultural output are expected to keep it within a manageable range, potentially easing in the next fiscal year.

Currently the fourth largest economy, India is expected to become the third largest economy by 2027.

The tax relief proposed in Union Budget (2025-26) will boost urban spending, thereby increasing productivity and economic growth in the coming years. Retail inflation is also showing signs of easing, which will strengthen the economy as a whole. Further to this, the aim of the Indian Government remains to keep inflation close to the target of 4% and therefore, the policy repo rate was cut by 50 basis points (bps) to 5.50%.[8]

India’s Economic Overview

The Indian economy sustained its strong performance and established its position as one of the world's fastest-growing major economies despite global headwinds such as traderelated uncertainties and tariff impositions. In FY 2025, the Indian economy grew by 6.5%[9] and this growth was driven by a strong domestic consumption, strategic policy initiatives undertaken by the Government of India to boost the manufacturing sector and strong focus on infrastructure investments.[3]

The industrial sector grew by 6.2% in FY 2025, supported by strong growth in construction and essential services such as electricity, gas, water and other utilities. The services sector is also likely to perform well, with an estimated growth of 7.2%.[4]

India’s services exports saw an encouraging rise of 12.8% in FY 2025.[5] In FY 2025, the total FDI inflow was USD 81.04 billion.

Industry Overview

Consumer Products

Appliances

The consumer appliances industry in India is charting a strong growth trajectory, shaped by a rising appetite for smarter, energy efficient and more sophisticated products. Consumers are increasingly drawn to appliances that combine advanced functionality with superior energy efficiency and connectivity. The premium segment, in particular, is witnessing accelerated growth, fuelled by higher disposable incomes, shifting lifestyle aspirations and a growing preference for products that reflect global standards in quality and design.

3pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=2120509#:

4https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2097921

5https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2097889#

6Source (5):https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2131716

7https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=2120509

8https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/economy/policy/rbi - mpc - at - a - glance - your - one - stop - guide - for - all - key - decisions/ articleshow/121664683.cms?from=mdr 9https://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/Bulletin/PDFs/0BULT19032025F9CCA0AB1F7294130A950E2FD5448B5FC.PDF

165 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

While the consumer appliance sector faces rising input costs and supply chain bottlenecks, momentum remains positive. A shift toward premiumisation is visible, driven by rising demand from younger, tech-savvy consumers. In addition, tailwinds such as rapid urban development, the expansion of residential infrastructure, broader economic growth and increasing access to smaller towns and rural markets are expected to further drive demand.

On the supply side, government-led manufacturing initiatives such as the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme supports greater domestic production, encouraging capacity expansion and local sourcing, strengthening the manufacturing ecosystem.

The consumer electronics and home appliances sector plays a vital role in supporting India’s growing economy, with its growth serving as a clear indicator of rising standards of living. The consumer durables sector in India contributes around 0.6% to India’s GDP and is expected to further grow by a CAGR of 11% to reach C 3 lakh crores by FY 2029. This growth is attributed to increasing disposable income leading to increased consumer spending, changing customer behaviour, technological innovations and urbanisation.

Government initiatives such as Make in India, Atmanirbhar Bharat and Viksit Bharat have already begun to make a meaningful impact and will further boost and scale up India’s electronics manufacturing capabilities.

Fans

India’s ceiling fan industry is undergoing a transformation, driven by the adoption of modern BLDC motor technology, rising energy consciousness and evolving consumer aspirations. Customers have become more design conscious and environmentally aware, seeking fans that offer both efficiency and aesthetic appeal. Increased spending on home interiors and housing infrastructure continues to support market growth. Premium fans that blend comfort with style are gaining popularity, particularly among homeowners looking to enhance interior spaces.

Manufacturers are shifting focus to innovation, energy efficiency and contemporary design to cater to the needs of the market. The push for quality is further reinforced by mandatory BIS specifications and ISI marking for ceiling and table fans. With ongoing rural electrification and growing demand for smarter, stylish products, the ceiling fan market in India is well-positioned for sustained growth.

The Indian ceiling fan market size was valued at 43.1 million units in 2024 and is expected to reach 52 million units by 2033, at a CAGR of 2% during this period.[9] This expected expansion in market size is driven by increasing temperatures across India necessitating cooling solutions, along with growing investments in the housing sector by the government.

==> picture [483 x 308] intentionally omitted <==

9https://www.imarcgroup.com/india-ceiling-fan-market

166

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Opportunities and threats

Energy efficiency and sustainability

Energy Efficiency and Sustainability have become key drivers of consumer choices in modern appliances. As environmental concerns and energy costs continue to rise, there is increasing importance for products that help reduce energy consumption. This shift in consumer priorities has and will continue to drive a surge in demand for energyefficient appliances.

Value-driven consumption

Value-driven consumption is rapidly becoming a characteristic of Indian consumer behaviour. With incomes and purchasing power of consumers rising, there is a clear shift towards purchasing products that offer long-term value, performance, energy efficiency and durability. This trend presents a significant opportunity for consumer appliance players to develop and serve products that meet these new customer requirements.

Smart products

Smart products are revolutionising the consumer products industry, driven by the increasing integration of Internet of Things (IoT) technology, Artificial intelligence (AI) and automation. Consumers today seek appliances that offer enhanced convenience, connectivity and control. This presents a significant opportunity to capture a growing market segment, by developing and promoting a line of smart products.

Policy support

The government has introduced several initiatives aimed at boosting domestic manufacturing, promoting energy efficiency and supporting innovation in the sector. Key policies like the PLI scheme, Make in India and Atmanirbhar Bharat are designed to incentivise local manufacturing and reduce dependency on imports. These initiatives provide a tremendous opportunity to expand and innovate.

Price volatility

Volatility in raw material prices continues to be a significant challenge for consumer appliances and ceiling fan industry. Key inputs such as copper, aluminium, steel and engineering plastics constitute a large portion of the cost and are subject to frequent and often unpredictable fluctuations due to global uncertainties.

Supply chain disruptions

Supply disruptions are a significant threat to the consumer appliance industry, impacting raw material availability to finished product delivery. Global and regional supply chains have faced severe interruptions due to various factors, including geopolitical tensions, natural disasters and trade restrictions in recent times. Such scenarios will result in companies in the consumer appliance business struggling to maintain their production schedules, leading to inventory shortages and delayed product launches, also impacting their short-term profitability and long-term growth.

Intensifying competition

The influx of new entrants, both global and regional, puts pressure on companies to differentiate themselves not just through product innovation, but also through pricing and customer service. While consumer demand for high-quality, energy-efficient and smart appliances continues to grow, the presence of multinational brands and a rising number of domestic unorganised players offering competitive prices poses a significant challenge to the larger organised players.

Technological disruption

Advancements in technology continue to influence the competitive landscape. With growing demand for smart, connected products and the emergence of new technologies such as AI, IoT and voice-assisted devices, the functioning and interaction of users with appliances are rapidly transforming. While this presents opportunities for growth and differentiation, they also bring substantial risks to companies that fail to adapt quickly. Companies that are slow to adopt these technologies may find themselves unable to compete with players offering advanced, feature heavy products.

167 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Lighting Solutions

Professional Lighting

The professional lighting sector is experiencing significant growth, driven by rapid urbanisation and surge in infrastructural development. As India carries on with the expansion of cities and transportation networks, there is a growing demand for specialised lighting solutions that cater to large-scale projects, including transportation hubs like airports and metro stations, public infrastructure such as highways and bridges and commercial

establishments including office buildings and malls. This demand is further fuelled by the country's increasing focus on smart city initiatives and sustainable urban planning.

As urban areas develop, there is a significant push towards using lighting technologies that minimise energy consumption and carbon footprint. In addition to energy efficiency, there is a rising focus on the aesthetic value of lighting, especially in architectural projects. The demand for faćade lighting and decorative illumination is increasing, as cities seek to enhance their visual appeal through lighting that complements architectural styles and highlights key landmarks.

Consumer Lighting[10]

The residential lighting sector is undergoing a significant transformation driven by continuous innovation in technology, rising consumer demand for sustainable solutions and an increasing emphasis on energy efficiency. Widespread adoption of LED technology has shifted consumer preferences away from traditional fluorescent lighting, driven by superior energy efficiency, durability and lower operating costs.

The market is shifting towards solutions that not only meet high energy efficiency standards but also enhance the quality of life. This shift is propelled by the growing popularity of smart lighting systems and Human-centric Lighting (HCL), which provide added convenience, comfort and energy savings. The advent of the Internet of Things (IoT) has further accelerated this trend, allowing for seamless integration of lighting systems with smart

home devices and platforms, enabling enhanced automation and remote control.

In addition to technological advancements, global trends such as smart cities projects, rapid urbanisation and industrialisation are further driving market growth. As the market evolves, there is an increasing demand for customisable lighting solutions that offer aesthetic appeal and personalisation, making lighting an integral part of home décor and interior design. At the same time, competition is intensifying, especially with new and smaller players entering the market, who focus on low-cost pricing strategies and are rapidly adopting the latest technologies.

The lighting industry was estimated to be valued at USD 4.93 billion in FY 2025 and is projected to reach USD 6.77 billion by FY 2030, growing at a CAGR of 6.55% during this period.

==> picture [483 x 320] intentionally omitted <==

10https://www.mordorintelligence.com/industry-reports/india-led-lighting-market

168

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Opportunities and threats

Technological advancements

Technological advancements open new avenues for growth, innovation and differentiation. With technology evolving, the demand for energy-efficient solutions and smart lighting systems is intensifying. Advancements in LED technology, OLED and smart lighting systems provide companies with the chance to develop products that offer enhanced energy efficiency, longer lifespan and superior performance at lower costs.

Human-centric Lighting (HCL)

HCL systems are designed to replicate natural daylight patterns and are becoming increasingly popular as they contribute to improved well-being, productivity and overall health by aligning with the body’s circadian rhythm. Adaptive lighting that adjusts throughout the day to simulate the natural progression of daylight can enhance the overall consumer experience. As awareness of the benefits of HCL grows, especially in commercial and healthcare settings, there is a substantial opportunity for lighting companies to expand their product portfolios with these solutions.

Lighting as a Service (LaaS)

Lighting as a Service (LaaS) presents an opportunity to shift from traditional product-based sales to service-based business models. LaaS allows consumers, businesses and government organisations to adopt lighting solutions without the upfront capital investment required to purchase the fixtures and systems. Instead, they pay a recurring fee for the use of the lighting, which is typically inclusive of installation, maintenance, energy management and upgrades. This model aligns with the increasing demand for flexibility, cost-effectiveness and sustainability, which has become a key trend across industries. This model provides a recurring revenue stream for lighting companies, fostering longer-term relationships with clients.

Demand for Aesthetic and Decorative Lighting

As consumer lifestyles evolve, there is a noticeable shift towards home and commercial spaces that are not only functional but also visually appealing, where lighting solutions go beyond mere illumination to serve as an integral part of interior design. Lighting is being viewed as a key design element, enhancing the ambience, aesthetics and overall atmosphere of a space. This presents a significant opportunity for companies in the lighting industry to diversify their product offerings and tap into new consumer preferences.

Overcapacity in the Market

With more and more players entering the lighting industry, there is a risk of supply outpacing demand due to overcapacity. Such a situation would lead to increased competition, resulting in intense price competition and lower profit margins. Differentiation based on product quality, innovation and brand reputation will become even more crucial in such an environment in order to main market share.

Rapid Technological Changes

The lighting sector is witnessing constant technological advancements, including the development of new lighting technologies, improved energy efficiency and the integration of smart systems. While these changes create opportunities for growth and product differentiation, failing to keep pace with technological advancements poses the risk of falling behind competitors. This forces players in the market to constantly innovate, invest in research and development and stay updated of new trends.

Regulatory Challenges

With governments around the world continuing to tighten standards and regulations concerning energy efficiency, environmental impact and safety, it is a necessity for players in the lighting industry to adapt to the standards and comply with these regulations. Changes in regulations in the industry would require players to adapt their products and processes to new compliance requirements, raising operational and compliance costs.

Environmental Impact and Waste Management

Increasing regulations and consumer demand for sustainability puts pressure on manufacturers to keep the environmental impact of its products and operations in mind. Proper disposal and recycling of products, reducing carbon footprint of production processes and managing electronic waste are critical concerns. Companies that fail to address these issues risk facing regulatory penalties, higher operational costs and significant reputational damage.

169 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Company Overview

Bajaj Electricals, a trusted name in Indian households and a proud part of the $167 billion Bajaj Group, has built a legacy of excellence since its establishment in 1938 by Shri Jamnalal Bajaj. With over eight decades of innovation, the Company has consistently delivered consumer-centric, aesthetically advanced and technologically superior products and solutions.

Headquartered in Mumbai, the Company operates two primary businesses – Consumer Products (Appliances, Fans, Non-electrical Kitchen Aids) and Lighting Solutions (Consumer and Professional Lighting), remaining sharply focused on strengthening its core consumer offerings and lighting portfolio. The Company has a robust pan-India footprint, with 19 offices, over 850 distributors, around 1.7 lakh retail outlets and over 660 consumer care centres serving over 19,000 pin codes. Its brand portfolio includes Bajaj, Morphy Richards, Nirlep and Nex, catering to a wide spectrum of Indian consumers.

With a deep-rooted commitment to sustainability, innovation and inclusive growth, Bajaj Electricals continues to enhance everyday living through meaningful products and responsible practices. The Company's commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and philanthropy is channelled through the Bajaj Electricals Foundation. With a clear purpose of "Driving sustainable change, for a better tomorrow," the Foundation strives to create a better planet and a better life for all.

==> picture [205 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

19 850+
Offices Distributors
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [233 x 325] intentionally omitted <==

Business segment overview

Consumer products

The Consumer products business of Bajaj Electricals continues to build on its legacy of trust and innovation by offering comprehensive range of fans, kitchen and home appliances. With a strong focus on aligning with the evolving needs of the consumers, the Company remained committed to delivering high quality, efficient and contemporary solutions for its customers.

The Company’s strategic ‘house of brands’ approach facilitates a diverse portfolio that has been instrumental in deepening brand connect and expanding its consumer base. Each brand under the Bajaj Electricals umbrella offers a distinct value proposition, helping the Company address varied consumer segments with greater focus.

The year also marked continued emphasis on product premiumisation, innovation and enhanced design language, aimed at delivering a rich consumer experience. Several new product launches across categories were supported by impactful campaigns and improved visibility.

During FY 2025, the revenue generated from the consumer products business stood at C 3,806 crores. Bajaj Electricals aims to maintain its position in the market while deepening its relevance in the lives of millions of Indian households.

==> picture [234 x 125] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Our Consumer Brands
----- End of picture text -----

BAJAJ

Bajaj – Built for Life

Consumers today lead fast-paced lives, characterised by ambition, resilience and a desire for seamless experiences. They seek appliances that offer reliability, ease and endurance. Understanding these evolving needs, Bajaj continues to deliver on its brand promise of durability with a focus on building products that truly resonate with the evolving needs of the discerning Indian consumer.

At the core of the brand's strategy is the powerful positioning of ‘BUILT FOR LIFE’, a commitment to durability and contemporary design. This positioning is embedded into every touchpoint, from product development to all marketing communications, ensuring that the brand consistently delivers reliable, tough-built appliances that complement the dynamic lives of its consumers. Each product across categories is designed with avant-garde durability features that conveys the core brand promise.

In FY 2025, the Company’s strategic focus was on expanding the Fans portfolio, while also introducing a wide range of new products across key categories such as Mixer Grinders, Juicer Mixer Grinders (JMGs), Water Heaters and Air Coolers. These new launches have been well-received by both consumers and trade partners, gaining solid traction in the market and contributing to a performance in several segments.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 170

Bajaj Electricals Limited

New launches from the past three years now account for over 57% of the total revenue of Bajaj’s Consumer Products business, highlighting the success of the innovation-led approach. All brand transformation initiatives during the year were anchored in the objective of achieving clear differentiation in a competitive market landscape.

Brand positioning

The ‘Built for Life’ narrative has remained central across all marketing efforts—spanning digital campaigns, retail activations and multimedia outreach focused on key product categories. The

==> picture [48 x 13] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Awards
----- End of picture text -----

Company brought its ‘Built for Life’ ethos to life through compelling multimedia campaigns. These covered key product categories like fans, air coolers, water heaters and mixer grinders. The campaigns aimed to inspire and empower consumers to pursue their dreams and passions, while positioning Bajaj as a dependable partner in their journey. The campaign, while highlighting the durability and reliability of Bajaj appliances, struck a chord with the modern, resilient Indian consumer, underlining their ability to achieve anything they set their minds to.

Through its sustained focus on innovation, differentiated design and meaningful brand communication, the Company has reinforced consumer trust, positioning itself as a brand that delivers durability, design and dependability.

==> picture [483 x 135] intentionally omitted <==

Good Design Award - Aesthetic excellence and superior user experience

‘Bajaj Military Series Evoque 1000W Mixer Grinder’

Golden Peacock Award - Excellence in product innovation and consumer-centric engineering

‘Military Grade Jars feature in Mixer Grinders’

Nex – Feel the future

Nex continues to make significant strides in the premium home appliances business, positioning itself as a symbol of superior performance, sophisticated design and leading-edge technology. The brand has always focused on delivering high air thrust, lownoise functionality and a fluidic design that seamlessly integrates into modern homes. As a part of Bajaj Electricals’ strategy to cater to the affluent and tech-savvy urban consumer, Nex products are developed with an emphasis on premium aesthetics, advanced materials and technological features that ensure greater performance.

In FY 2025, Nex has made significant progress with a remarkable almost five-fold topline growth, driven by an expanded presence in both online and offline channels. While FY 2024 laid the foundation for Nex’s presence in the e-commerce space, the brand’s expansion into general trade and regional modern retail formats has significantly boosted its reach. Nex has also broadened its product portfolio with the introduction of Air Coolers, which have seen positive market reception and strong sellouts to key trade distributors. Moreover, the brand has successfully onboarded ~324 direct dealers and continues to expand its premium retail network to meet the growing demand for high-quality, performance-driven products.

As part of its commitment to innovation, Nex has reinforced its product performance with a higher air thrust than conventional fans in FY 2025 and continues to invest in advanced materials and technology for an even more elevated sensorial experience. The brand is currently developing new features, such as low-noise aluminium blade fans, slim plastic blade designs and IoT smart tech integrations, which will redefine the consumer experience.

Looking ahead, Nex aims to expand its range of premium fans with colour, material and finish options in the first half of FY 2026. Additionally, the brand plans to introduce slim and sleek plastic blade fans, smart tech solutions and mood lighting options to fill existing product gaps and cater to evolving consumer needs. In the Air Coolers category too, Nex aims to offer a diverse portfolio with digitally controlled models and energy-efficient BLDC-based cooling systems. Nex is poised to continue its growth trajectory by providing consumers with high-performance, aesthetically pleasing and technologically advanced products that meet the demands of modern homes. As the brand evolves, it remains committed to redefining the premium appliance category with features and innovations.

171 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

==> picture [489 x 168] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Awards
A95 Nex Fan A40 Nex Fan Nex Desert D2
Good Design awards
----- End of picture text -----

Morphy Richards – Happiness engineered

Morphy Richards, the iconic British brand under Bajaj Electricals’ portfolio, continues to elevate everyday living through an exceptional blend of elegant design and functionality that sparks happiness. With a legacy rooted in international design, the brand has become synonymous with sophistication and fine taste, evoking the essence of modern lifestyle, presenting a portfolio of well-designed products that go beyond basic utility to deliver a premium consumer experience.

In FY 2025, the brand increased its emphasis on modern designs, deepening its focus on sleek, international aesthetics and advanced features, responding to the growing consumer demand for appliances that seamlessly combine form and function. Emphasising a design-first approach, Morphy Richards reinforced its market stand by aligning its portfolio with new global trends and aspirational lifestyle expectations.

The use of enhanced Colour, Material and Finish (CMF) standards across all products further elevated the overall product appeal, reinforcing the brand’s commitment to superior craftsmanship and aesthetic sensibility. The brand witnessed especially robust consumer pull in segments like air fryers, coffee machines, garment steamers and personal grooming devices. The growing demand for health-focused, convenience-oriented solutions has made these segments the growth drivers. These ranges have picked up considerable pace, indicating strong market acceptance and increasing consumer fondness towards Morphy Richards products.

In keeping with its plan to serve the aspirations of the Indian consumer, Morphy Richards is managing its product portfolio strategically, focusing on contemporary appliances and new product categories that are rapidly gaining traction in Indian homes. The product portfolio is conceived to provide not only utility, but as statement of style and sophistication—appealing to consumers who appreciate well-designed appliances that adds to the beauty of their living spaces.

In FY 2025, the Morphy Richards business has registered a robust 24% growth, with consistent positive performance in both offline and online channels. The success of new products launched recently confirms the brand's strategic direction in focusing on

emerging high-growth categories, while consistently emphasising quality, innovation and design excellence.

The Company has continued to establish itself as an Iconic International British Brand, deepening its founding pillars of innovation, premium design and uncompromising quality. Leveraging international design inspirations and in-depth knowledge of local tastes, Morphy Richards has made its mark in the premium home and kitchen appliance category.

In the future, Morphy Richards will drive growth through product expansion and greater market penetration. The emphasis will be on introducing premium, lifestyle appliances that address the changing needs of today's lifestyle-driven consumers. With future launches in both current and adjacent categories and a robust pipeline of products centred on global design and sophisticated features, the brand is poised to further consolidate its leadership in the premium appliance category. Moving forward, Morphy Richards is dedicated to bringing to the marketplace products that exhibit a symphony of luxury, practicality and innovation.

Nirlep

In FY 2025, Nirlep continued its expansion by launching its products in even more markets and channels, ensuring a wider reach and presence. While the brand introduced a differentiated range of cookware, the product line faced challenges in creating significant visual differentiation in the minds of consumers.

As a result, it struggled to shift loyalty from well-established national brands. A major shift in consumer behaviour also emerged, with a growing preference for alternative materials over traditional aluminium-based non-stick cookware. This shift impacted Nirlep’s presence in the evolving cookware market, as the brand currently lacks offerings in these newer, trending materials.

The Company was proactive in its marketing efforts, raising awareness of its new range by placing below-the-line (BTL) elements across key counters and running a social media campaign in association with its brand ambassador, celebrity chef Kunal Kapur. This campaign contributed to engaging the target audience and reinforcing the brand’s presence in the market.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 172

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Review of distribution channels

Trade sales channel

The trade sales channel plays a significant role in reinforcing market presence and driving growth of Bajaj Electricals. FY 2025 saw signs of strong revival in the trade business, with growth in H2 (7.5%) surpassing that of H1 (3.3%), resulting in a full-year growth of 6%. Notably, the air cooler category demonstrated exceptional performance with growth exceeding 65%, driven by targeted initiatives and seasonal alignment.

To improve competitiveness and retail effectiveness, the Company strengthened its price positioning across retailers while complementing its ongoing premiumisation drive. In addition, a performance-linked channel partner incentive programme was rolled out in Q4 to boost partner engagement and drive sales momentum. Bajaj Electricals continued to deepen its rural market outreach by strengthening its network of super stockists, successfully, thereby enhancing product availability and brand reach in underpenetrated areas.

Operational efficiency received a boost through continued digital enablement. The use of tools such as the Distributor Management System (DMS), DSO App, Supervisor App (Sarathi) and Power BI, along with structured retailer training and engagement, has led to improved visibility, tracking and governance across sales operations. In a bid to strengthen retailer engagement, the Company conducted multiple retailer meets across key markets. In addition, a dedicated WhatsApp platform was developed to ensure seamless and timely communication of business updates, new product launches and brand campaigns, thereby reinforcing relationships and ensuring agility in execution.

With a sharpened focus on execution, digital enablement, rural reach and premiumisation, Bajaj Electricals is well-positioned to accelerate growth and further consolidate its leadership in the trade channel.

==> picture [233 x 282] intentionally omitted <==

Alternate channels

In FY 2025, the alternate channel for consumer products, accounted for approximately 43% of the total revenue of the consumer products business. The year-on-year (YoY) growth rate was a subdued 4% due to significant demand pressures observed across all segments throughout the year. The e-commerce channel also showed a similar trend for consumer products, with a single digit growth rate. This is attributed to a drop in consumer demand at a broad level and extensive competitive disruption.

While e-commerce faced heightened challenges, the modern trade channels, National Format Retail and Regional Format Retail, registered strong growth with an increased rate of approximately 15%, contributed around 13% to the total consumer products revenue. This is mainly driven by the various in-store and out- store activities undertaken, cross promotions and combo offers to boost consumer conversions. The Quick commerce channel has started to gain significant momentum, especially in urban and semi urban geographies. The Company has aligned to this trend effectively and is currently one of the leading players in the Small Home Appliances space.

Tapered growth was seen in the B2B institutional channel as a result of the entire channel encountering major budget cuts from both the government and the private sector. Stricter RBI guideline also severely impacted the operations of the Micro Finance Institutions.

The lighting industry saw the alternate channel contribute 16% of the total revenue, with channels like e-commerce and modern trade registering double-digit growth. The latter two channels are fast becoming the preferred platforms for consumers.

Bajaj Electricals, through FY 2025 has broadened its global footprint. The Company has ventured into new geographies, expanding into East Africa, parts of Asia-Pacific and the Middle East. The Company has also formed new partnerships in existing markets like Sri Lanka, Nepal and Kenya. Despite facing major challenges due to political turmoil in Bangladesh, the Company registered a growth of 19% YoY in exports.

Consumer care

At Bajaj Electricals, encouraging meaningful and lasting relationships with consumers remains at the heart of its philosophy. The Company continues to evolve its customer care framework through a range of strategic initiatives that not only enhance service quality but also deepen consumer trust and satisfaction. In FY 2025, Bajaj Electricals further strengthened its customercentric approach by deploying innovative service models and expanding its digital capabilities to ensure faster, more seamless support experiences. Consumer feedback is utilised to enhance the overall customer experience and is shared with Quality Assurance (QA) and Research and Development (R&D) teams to drive product improvements and innovation.

Building on its digital transformation journey, the Company continued to optimise the Online Call Resolution (OCR) system to further improve turnaround times and issue resolution accuracy. Enhanced digital engagement channels, including WhatsApp call registration, chatbot and video chat feature were instrumental in providing consumers with accessible, real-time support options. Of these, WhatsApp chatbot and web form are made available for consumers 24*7. These platforms have helped the Company address consumer concerns with greater efficiency.

To accelerate service delivery, Bajaj Electricals further expanded its service network, resulting in improved reach and faster grievance redressal. The Company has increased its total Bajaj

173 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

The Company has over 660 Bajaj Consumer Care Dealer (BCCD) network, serving over 19,000 pin codes.

To further enhance customer experience, the Company extended call centre hours from 9 am to 9 pm, launched Sanskar - a soft skill training programme for technicians, implemented QR-based complaint registration to make the process easier and smoother and launched a new customer relationship management system.

==> picture [233 x 103] intentionally omitted <==

Golden Hour

Golden Hour is a strategy in place at Bajaj Electricals to improve customer care solution. Once a customer call is received, the call will be immediately recorded with a time stamp affixed to it. Technicians of the Company will call the concerned customer within one hour from when the call is registered.

The Golden Hour initiative ensures faster response times, leading to enhanced customer satisfaction and trust.

Outlook

Bajaj Electricals is well-positioned for growth in the coming years, driven by its strategic initiatives to diversify its product portfolio, enhance market presence, expand its manufacturing capabilities and increase its focus on exports. The Company’s robust product portfolio offered through its four distinct brands: Bajaj, Nex, Morphy Richards and Nirlep, is curated to meet diverse consumer needs across varying segments. This strategy allows to develop a product portfolio to fill key market gaps, introduce innovative features and expand premium offerings that align with evolving consumer preferences.

The upcoming years will witness continued investment in new product launches, ensuring that each brand stays relevant and competitive in an ever-changing market. Additionally, Bajaj Electricals is enhancing its go-to-market strategy by focusing on high-growth channels like e-commerce, including quick commerce and modern trade, while also solidifying its traditional trade channels. This approach will bolster the Company’s ability to capture a broader consumer base, improve market penetration and ensure faster access to emerging segments.

Bajaj Electricals remains steadfast in its commitment to innovation and is determined to offer meaningful solutions that improve the daily lives of its consumers. By continually refining its product offerings and expanding its reach, the Company aims to achieve long-term growth and reinforce its position in the Consumer Products business.

Lighting solutions

With the lighting industry undergoing a significant transformation driven by technology, sustainability and design, Bajaj Electricals is strategically positioned to lead this evolution. The Company continues to invest in R&D and product development, offering innovative, energy-efficient lighting and smart solutions across its consumer and professional businesses. From smart and connected lighting systems for modern homes, to high-performance, humancentric solutions for commercial and infrastructure projects, Bajaj Electricals is advancing up the value chain, meeting diverse consumer needs while setting new benchmarks in quality, efficiency and aesthetics.

==> picture [233 x 189] intentionally omitted <==

Professional lighting

In FY 2025, India’s professional lighting industry continued to evolve at a rapid pace, driven by growing urbanisation, increasing infrastructure investments and rising demand for energyefficient solutions. The continued emphasis on sustainability and digitisation has further propelled the market towards intelligent and connected lighting systems. Bajaj Electricals remains at the forefront of this transformation with a comprehensive portfolio of smart, connected lighting solutions tailored for diverse applications and sectors.

The Company has established itself as a pioneer in the connected lighting space, having been a first mover in offering intelligent, smart street lighting solutions for cities and gated communities. In FY 2025, the Company extended this connected ecosystem across new application areas including industrial, commercial office spaces, tunnels, sports arenas and facade lighting. The Company’s installation and commissioning projects strictly adhere to international industry standards, ensuring optimum functionality, safety and energy savings. Each project is delivered with a focus on achieving precise lighting and uniformity levels, along with automation-driven energy optimisation and longterm maintenance support, thus offering clients reliable, lowmaintenance and cost-effective lighting infrastructure.

In tandem with the growing awareness and adoption of IoTenabled solutions, Bajaj Electricals is actively developing a new generation of modular, IoT-based connected lighting. Strategic partnerships with global automation technology leaders are also underway to introduce cutting-edge smart lighting solutions in the Indian market for both indoor and outdoor applications.

174

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Major projects undertaken in FY 2025

==> picture [150 x 120] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [151 x 121] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [151 x 121] intentionally omitted <==

Wankhede Stadium Lighting

==> picture [150 x 121] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [286 x 18] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Mumbai Coastal Road Project twin Tunnel Golconda Fort Facade Lighting
Lighting with Intelligent controls
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [313 x 121] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [116 x 19] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Reay Road Cable Stayed Bridge
Facade Lighting
----- End of picture text -----

Maha Kumbh Mela Lighting

Consumer Lighting

The consumer lighting business is undergoing a rapid transformation, driven by technological innovation, evolving lifestyle preferences and a growing emphasis on energy efficiency and sustainability. Consumers today are increasingly opting for smart, connected and design-forward lighting solutions that not only reduce energy consumption but also enhance the quality of life. With the widespread adoption of LED technology and the rise of smart homes, lighting has become a key component of modern living. In this dynamic environment, Bajaj Electricals continues to innovate and adapt, offering a diverse portfolio of energy-efficient, user-friendly and visually appealing lighting products tailored to the evolving needs of today’s households.

The Company has significantly expanded its portfolio of energyefficient LED products, addressing the evolving requirements of household consumer. The Company offers a comprehensive suite of lighting solutions designed to enhance residential illumination while concurrently reducing energy consumption. The consumer lighting market has been giving increased importance to aesthetics in lighting choices, with lighting now being central to home design. Bajaj Electricals, recognising this opportunity has adopted a design-first approach to product development. This design-led innovation, ensures that lighting solutions offer both visual sophistication and superior functionality to customers.

The Company launched the ‘Built to Shine’ brand campaign, a campaign emphasising the Company's dedication to innovation and cutting-edge technology in lighting solutions.

With sustainability emerging as a key priority for today’s consumers, the Company remains committed to developing environmentally responsible lighting solutions. The Company in FY 2025 launched 158 new energy-efficient LED products across lamps, battens, ceiling lights and outdoor categories. Each product is developed based on deep-rooted consumer insights and is designed to reduce energy consumption without compromising on performance or aesthetics. The Company also achieved a 47 bps reduction in defective rates % over the year, a reflection of the quality and durability of the products, minimising waste generation across the value chain.

Sustainability partnership

In an industry-first initiative, Bajaj Electricals has partnered with Ecoverva E-Waste Recycling Pvt. Ltd. to streamline and strengthen e-waste management efforts. Ecoverva collects defective lighting products directly from channel partners, on behalf of Bajaj Electricals Ltd., which are then recycled by Ecoverva.

This partnership ensures:

  • Compliance with Extended Producer Responsibility norms

  • Reverse logistics is reduced by eliminating the need to route returns through warehouses

  • Safe and complete recycling, eliminating risks of scrap resale or unauthorised reuse of components

175 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Outlook

In the professional lighting sector, the Company is targeting large-scale infrastructure and commercial projects, offering advanced lighting systems that align with the goals of energy efficiency, sustainability and visual appeal.

In the consumer lighting sector, the Company remains focused on expanding its range of smart and connected lighting solutions to meet the evolving needs of modern households. With growing consumer preference for energy-efficient and aesthetically appealing lighting, Bajaj Electricals is actively tapping into the growing demand for decorative lighting. The brand is positioning itself as a provider of lifestyle-oriented lighting products that blend innovation with interior design.

The Company intends to leverage its R&D capabilities, product innovation and brand strength to move up the value chain. By aligning with market trends and regulatory expectations, Bajaj Electricals aims to deliver sustainable, high-performance lighting solutions that offer enhanced value to customers.

Research and Development

With evolving consumer preferences, Bajaj Electricals has embraced the market trend of premiumisation. The Company has focused on developing smart and connected solutions to cater to consumer expectations. The Company has been able to do this with continued investments in research and development, that incorporates a consumer-first approach in operations.

The R&D Centre, plays an important role in Bajaj Electricals’ product development strategy. It enabled the launch of 929 new SKUs, as well as upgrades across categories in FY 2025.

Bajaj Electricals collaborates with external innovation ecosystem for augmenting in-house research and development activities. The Company has formed strategic alliances with various reputed educational institutions and tech companies with the aim of advancing R&D. The Company also ensures that the R&D efforts align with sustainability goals. The Company focuses on creating eco-friendly products by incorporating sustainable materials and processes. In FY 2025, the Company introduced 401 SKUs contributing to areas like energy efficiency, reduction in active material consumption of product, improved use of recyclable materials and improved lifespan of critical components, thereby providing higher warranty to the end consumer. These efforts demonstrate Bajaj Electricals' dedication to sustainability in their product development and operations.

Bajaj Electricals – Leveraging technology

Bajaj Electricals strongly believes in the power of digital technology and leverages it to drive innovation, enhance product design and deliver high-quality, consumer-centric solutions that align with evolving market needs and lifestyle preferences.

==> picture [45 x 270] intentionally omitted <==

Advanced Simulations and Engineering:

Utilises physics-based engineering and reliability simulations to enhance product design and performance

Predictive Engineering:

The Company has developed predictive 1D tools based historical test and simulation results, using the first principles of science and mathematics

Program Lifecycle Management (PLM):

Implementing PLM systems to streamline R&D processes, ensuring timely and efficient product development

Smart Product Integration:

Developing smart and connected devices that integrate with digital platforms for enhanced user experience.

In order to stay ahead of the competition, the Company’s research and development team regularly conducts competitive benchmarking across technology, features and trends as a standard procedure. Through continued investments in R&D, benchmarking, consumer research and constant analysis of the external environment, the Company has managed to stay ahead of change. Through these efforts, the Company is well on track for long-term success.

176

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Bajaj Electricals Limited

New Innovations in FY 2025

==> picture [465 x 321] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Consumer products Lighting products
Mixer Grinder with 60-second Mixer Grinder with 60-second
Smart Connected LEDs
dry grinding capability dry grinding capability
Air Coolers delivering a 12°C Air Coolers delivering a 12°C
Decorative Lighting Solutions
temperature drop temperature drop
Low-noise Air Coolers (62 Low-noise Air Coolers (62
Freedom Product Range
dB sound level) dB sound level)
Storage Water Heaters with Storage Water Heaters with
Visual Comfort Lighting
33% faster heating 33% faster heating
Table Fans with 10%
IoT-based Lighting Systems
higher air delivery
----- End of picture text -----

Human Resource

Bajaj Electricals believes that its employees are its greatest driving force and as a result is focused on the overall development of its human capital. The Company has established a stringent Human Rights Policy, which it follows stringently, demonstrating dedication to building a compliant business atmosphere, preventing instances of child and forced labour, eliminating discrimination and upholding freedom of association and speech. The Company ensures a safe and healthy working environment for its employees, as it is essential for a motivated and competent team.

Diversity and Inclusion is a key focus area for Bajaj Electricals. The Diversity and Inclusion Council carried out various initiatives and programmes throughout the year focusing on empowering women and fostering an inclusive workplace. The Company focused on hiring women talent in FY 2025 and currently has one assembly line in the manufacturing plant completely managed by women employees.

The ‘Return To Work’ programme was launched in 2024, designed to encourage women returning to work after a career break. The programme offers customised training sessions to these women to updated their skills and provides opportunity to connect with peers and leaders in their domain.

The Step-Up programme is a six-month learning journey that focuses on providing the right skills and frameworks to help them achieve their ambitions. The Company is also a naturally inclusive organisation, employing five persons with disabilities (PwDs) as part of the organisation.

The Company introduced eight new talent engagement programmes and workshops in FY 2025, aimed at enhancing skills and creating an engaging environment. These programmes focused on developing current skills and building future skills across behavioural, functional and technical domains. The Company also encourages employee engagement by celebrating special days, festivals and cultural events across its offices and facilities, promoting a sense of belonging and inclusivity in the workplace.

177

Financial Statements

Statutory Reports

Corporate Overview

==> picture [523 x 378] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Put Customer Gurukul
First: Influencing Institutional Sales
without Authority
Team Building
Six Sigma -
and Motivation
Green Belt Training
Talent
engagement
programmes and
workshops in
FY 2025
Executive
Step Up
Presence &
Workshop
Personal Branding
Gurukul Trade DFSS
Sales Capability Training
Building Programme
----- End of picture text -----

The SPRINT management training programme, a Bajaj Electricals initiative for performance management and team leadership, has contributed significantly to the Company.

The Company has integrated all learning and development initiatives through a Learning Management System that features over 500 learning courses. Apart from this, the Company also supports and facilitates certification courses for its employees from recognised institutes like IITs, IIMs & ISB.

The Company provides ample opportunities for its employees to perform to their full potential. Employees at all levels are recognised and rewarded for exceptional performance. The Annual Achieverz programme of Bajaj Electricals recognise employees that exhibit exceptional performance. The platform recognises and rewards employees under awards like Spot awards, Pride awards, Individual and Team Awards, with the objective of promoting and encouraging high performance in line with the Company’s vision and objective.

The ‘Sarvottam Club’, established to recognise exceptional achievers, grants its members the opportunity for a fully sponsored international trip. The programme in FY 2025 was linked to employees’ participation in CSR activities as a criterion for entry into the club.

==> picture [75 x 26] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

1,743
----- End of picture text -----

8%

Permanent Employees and Workers

Women employees at the organisation level

27,478 Training hours of Employees

82%

Employee engagement score

Employee Safety

At Bajaj Electricals, the safety, health and well-being of employees are paramount and integral to the Company’s operational framework. The Company has built a comprehensive Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) and Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) strategy that not only complies with legal requirements but also fosters a strong culture of safety, transparency and care across all levels of the organisation.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 178

Bajaj Electricals Limited

In FY 2025, Bajaj Electricals significantly enhanced its EHS and ESG Annual Training Plan by implementing structured, role-based training across various operations. A total of 285 ESG related training sessions were conducted. All new employees undergo mandatory ESG induction training as part of their onboarding, while specialised sessions and daily safety briefings at the shopfloor level help reinforce awareness and precautionary measures. To ensure preparedness for emergency situations, the Company regularly conducts mock drills simulating real-life scenarios.

==> picture [233 x 221] intentionally omitted <==

Bajaj Electricals continues to promote a proactive safety culture by encouraging the reporting of near misses, unsafe act and safety observations through its robust ESG portal. This digital platform allows for seamless tracking, swift corrective actions and datadriven improvements in safety processes.

In addition, the Company has prioritised employee well-being through initiatives such as increased Group Mediclaim Sum assured, customised medical camps across locations, over 50 wellness webinars and enhanced maternity coverage for women employees. Dedicated Employee Assistance Programmes (EAPs) offer mental health support, highlighting the Company’s holistic approach to employee safety and care.

Through these multifaceted efforts, Bajaj Electricals continues to strengthen its EHS performance, create a safe work environment and build a culture where every employee feels secure, supported and empowered.

Integrated supply chain management and manufacturing

Geopolitical challenges continued through FY 2025, with disruptive events like the Russia-Ukraine war, Middle East conflicts, slowdown in China and tariff uncertainties. These external events have an impact, directly or indirectly on the Company’s operations, mainly resulting in supply chain disruptions. During these disruptions, the Company continued to monitor the situation, assessing the impact on the items that are sourced. Risk management plans are updated in consultation with supply partners for stocking items that are prone to disruptions.

The Company follows a partner centric approach in its supply chain, with suppliers and vendors being referred to as ‘Supply Partners’ highlighting their crucial role in the Company’s functioning.

As part of the supply chain strategy, the Company has two key programmes – ‘Hello Local’ and ‘Mulya’.

Hello Local

The Hello Local programme is an effort from Bajaj Electricals to reduce reliance on imports. The programme has significantly reduced reliance on imports, with import dependency falling from 16% three years ago to around 4% currently. The programme has two key pillars— Glocalisation and Vendor Development.

Glocalisation focuses on sourcing globally competitive products from the local base, ensuring high-quality offerings for consumers. Vendor Development aims to broaden supply sources, increasing the availability of products that serve as alternatives to imports.

Mulya

The next phase of the Mulya programme centred on value creation, process improvements and cost savings. As part of the initiative, multiple workshops involving cross-functional teams, consultants and subject matter experts were held. The workshops focused on generating innovative ideas on key product categories. The programme in FY 2025, successfully generated a pool of ideas, having a potential to achieve over C 80 crores in annualised savings. In order to ensure these ideas are translated into tangible savings, the Company has enhanced its execution process through efficient ideation, evaluation, testing, trials and implementation supported by regular reviews.

Quality Assurance

The Company ensures quality of its in-house manufactured technologically advanced premium products by ensuring usage of superior grade material, capacity and capability enhancement of supply partners, technology driven quality control measures and regular compliance with international quality standard.

The Company conducts quality checks throughout the manufacturing process. Products are checked and verified at three points, inward, in process and before leaving the manufacturing plants. Stringent quality checks are undertaken at each of these points to assure quality and make sure that all products meet the BEE and BIS standards. The Company has quality control systems in place to ensure that products or services consistently meet defined quality standards and customer expectations. Bajaj Electricals integrates advanced technology and automation into its quality control processes to enhance accuracy, consistency and efficiency, reducing the need for manual intervention across its operations. Aside from quality, reducing manufacturing waste is also a key focus area for Bajaj Electricals.

Internal audits are carried out twice a year, along with fortnightly manufacturing process audits and monthly assembly and raw material surveillance audits. No major non-conformance was observed in these audits, with minor flaws being addressed with swift corrective actions.

Leading provider of technical, quality and safety services, TUV Nord has certified all businesses of Bajaj electricals, demonstrating compliance with stringent quality and safety standards. The Company also has certified internal auditors that conduct regular audits to ensure compliance with international quality standards.

Customer calls regarding quality-related concerns are processed through the Company’s Customer Relationship Management

179 Statutory Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

(CRM) system, with all concerns being recorded and quick resolution being undertaken.

Information Technology

Bajaj Electricals is deeply vested in utilising technology to drive growth. For FY 2025, the Company strategically leveraged SAP, Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) technologies to drive business transformation across its value chain.

SAP serves as the foundational digital platform, integrating core business processes across various functions. The Company also upgraded the existing SAP S4 to SAP RISE on cloud, improving efficiency and giving the ability to drive digital transformation with strong digital core. AI and ML has also been embedded across various business functions to enhance decision-making, automate tasks, improve consumer engagement and drive innovation.

The Company aims to create a workforce that is adaptable, innovative and capable of driving the Company’s digital transformation and achieving its long-term goals. Keeping this as a focus area, the Company aims to build a resilient and adaptable operational team that can effectively navigate the rapid evolution of technology, mitigate potential challenges and leverage new advancements for continued growth and sustainability.

functions. Moreover, training on AI-powered tools, data literacy programmes and specialised analytics training, for roles requiring deeper analytical skills were conducted. The Company also partnered with Coursera to offer professional certificates in areas like Gen AI and analytics.

The adoption of AI, ML and advanced analytics in the Company has shown significant improvements in efficiency and productivity across various functions. These technologies have enabled enhanced decision making and forecasting, streamlined supply chain and operations, increased productivity and enhanced marketing and sales effectiveness.

Bajaj Electronics is also proactively preparing for potential challenges associated with rapid evolution of technology across its operational landscape through a multi-faceted strategy encompassing continuous learning and upskilling, robust data governance and cyber-security, ethical considerations in technology deployment, strategic partnerships and innovation ecosystems. By focusing on these key areas, the Company aims to build a resilient and adaptable operational landscape that can effectively navigate the rapid evolution of technology, mitigate potential challenges and leverage new advancements for continued growth and sustainability.

The Company over the previous year, implemented a range of training and development initiatives to equip its employees with the skills necessary to leverage new technologies effectively.

The Company invested in various training programmes to ensure employees understand the potential of AI and ML across various

==> picture [483 x 314] intentionally omitted <==

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 180

Bajaj Electricals Limited

Ratio FY 2025 FY 2024
% Change
EBITDA margin 7.5% 7.5%
4 bps
EBIT margin 4.5% 5.1%
(58bps)
PBT margin 3.5% 3.7%
(22 bps)
PAT margin 2.8% 2.9%
(16 bps)
Debtors turnover 3.9 4.0
(3.1%)
Inventoryturnover 4.5 3.8
19.2%
Interest coverage ratio 3.1 3.7
(16.2%)
Current Ratio 1.2 1.2
6.2%
Return on net worth 8.4% 7.8%
60 bps

Risk Management

The Board of Directors at Bajaj Electricals are responsible for overseeing risk management and internal control framework. The responsibilities include establishing the Company’s risk appetite, overseeing and evaluating risks and examining internal audit reports.

For a comprehensive understanding of the risk management process, please refer to page 28 of the report.

Internal control systems and their adequacy

The Company has an established, robust and structured internal control system that is commensurate with the scale, diversity and complexity of its operations. These controls are designed to ensure operational efficiency, the accuracy of financial reporting and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

To assess the strength and effectiveness of these controls, the Company engaged an independent external consultant to act as the Internal Auditor. The scope of the audit included all business

units, corporate offices and critical areas of operation. The design, adequacy and operating effectiveness of the Company’s Internal Financial Controls are jointly reviewed by the external consultant and the statutory auditor.

These internal controls are aligned with the regulatory requirements specified under the Companies Act, 2013 and the Guidance Note issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

Throughout the financial year, key internal controls were found to be operating effectively across the organisation. For all functions, the Company has documented Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and risk and control registers outlining process flows, key risks and control points. These are regularly reviewed and updated based on changes in workflow, process and controls.

On assessment of the internal financial controls, the external expert (Internal Auditor) found no significant control flaws. Where minor gaps or system limitations were identified, compensating manual controls were implemented. Remedial measures were promptly initiated in consultation with process owners to ensure continued control effectiveness.

Disclaimer

Certain statements in the Management Discussion and Analysis section describing the Company’s goals, projections, estimates and expectations maybe forward-looking statements in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Actual results may differ significantly or materially from those stated or implied. Factors that could have an impact on the Company’s operations include, among other things, competition, employee costs, shift in Indian political and economic environment, environmental regulations, tax laws, legal proceedings and labour relations. These statements do not guarantee nor assure future performance and should not be relied upon excessively. These forward-looking statements involve uncertainties that may cause actual performance and financial results to deviate from any projections of future performance or results expressed.

The reader is advised not to overly depend on forward-looking statements. The Company will make no commitment to update forwardlooking statements if circumstances or management's estimates or opinions change, except as required by applicable securities laws.

==> picture [120 x 263] intentionally omitted <==

Financial Statements

==> picture [76 x 110] intentionally omitted <==

217 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Members of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Report on the Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements

Opinion

We have audited the standalone financial statements of Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the Balance sheet as at March 31, 2025, the Statement of Profit and Loss, including the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income, the Cash Flow Statement and the Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of material accounting policies and other explanatory information.

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalone financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013, as amended (“the Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at March 31, 2025, its profit including other comprehensive income, its cash flows and the changes in equity for the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit of the standalone financial statements in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SAs), as specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those Standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the standalone Financial Statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the

‘Code of Ethics’ issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the standalone financial statements.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the standalone financial statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2025. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the standalone financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the standalone financial statements’ section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying standalone financial statements.

Key audit matters

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

A. Timing of revenue recognition (Refer Notes 1B(3)(1) and 24 of the standalone financial statements)

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised upon transfer of control of promised goods and is measured at the transaction price of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns, schemes and rebates, based on contractually defined terms.

The timing of transfer of control in case of sales to distributors is basis the terms of arrangements such as delivery specifications, incoterms, ability of customers to return unsold goods which results in risk regarding recognition of revenue in the appropriate period.

Considering the above factors and the risk around recognition of revenue in the correct period, it was determined to be a key audit matter in our audit of the standalone financial statements.

Audit procedures included the following:

  • Assessed the Company’s revenue recognition policy and its compliance in terms of Ind AS 115 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’;

  • Assessed the design and tested the operating effectiveness of internal financial controls related to timing of revenue recognition;

  • On a sample basis, we tested the underlying documents and terms of arrangement to assess the appropriateness of timing of revenue recognition in accordance with Ind AS 115; and other;

  • Performed analytical procedures on sales and sales return trend including subsequent sales returns;

  • Tested manual journal entries posted to revenue to identify unusual items;

B. Allowances for inventories (Refer note 1B(13) and 11 for disclosure of the accompanying standalone financial statements)

As at March 31, 2025, the carrying amount of inventories amounted to H 71,735.59 lakhs, after considering allowance for aged and obsolete inventories of H 3,512.35 lakhs.

Management applies judgement in determining the provision for such aged and obsolete inventories based upon its detailed analysis of old inventories using the ageing report of such inventories, net realizable value, its physical condition, future use and sales projections for the said inventories.

Audit procedures included the following:

  • Read the Company’s accounting policy for provisioning for aged and obsolete inventories

  • Obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of internal financial controls that the Company has in relation to the identification of aged and obsolete inventories and assessing the amount of allowance for such inventories;

218

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Key audit matters

The determination of saleability of such aged and obsolete inventories requires management to rely on certain assumptions and significant judgement.

Accordingly, the assessment of the provision for aged and obsolete inventories has been considered as a key audit matter.

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

  • We performed audit procedures such as testing the inventory ageing report, testing the reasonableness of sales projections considered for future liquidation of the aged and obsolete inventories and the realizable value of such inventories based on historical sales data, orders in hand etc.

  • We also tested the appropriateness of the net realizable value considered by management for the aged and obsolete inventories by comparing the inventories value with the subsequent sales prices of the finished goods/recently realized prices

  • We observed the inventory count performed by management for the year-end on a sample basis and assessed the physical condition of the inventories segregated as aged and obsolete inventories and compared the same with the inventories listing to check completeness;

  • We analyzed the inventory turnaround and compared that to management’s estimates on aged and obsolete inventories;

  • We verified if the computation of inventory provisioning for such aged and obsolete inventories is in line with Company’s policy;

  • We assessed the adequacy and appropriateness of the Company’s disclosures in Note 1B(13) on material accounting policy and Note 11 Inventories to the standalone financial statements, as required by the applicable Indian Accounting Standards.

C. Impairment testing of Goodwill (Refer Note 46 of the standalone financial statements)

As at March 31, 2025, the Company has carrying amount of Goodwill of H 19,001.09 lakhs pertaining to Starlite Lighting Limited and Nirlep Appliances Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiaries which has been merged into the Company.

In accordance with the requirements of Ind AS 36 Impairment of Assets, the Company performs an annual impairment assessment of Goodwill and the corresponding cash generating units to determine whether the recoverable value is below the carrying amount as at March 31, 2025.

For this purpose, the recoverable value of the cash generating unit is based on the value in use model, which has been derived from the discounted cash flow model. The model requires the Company to make significant assumptions such as discount rate, near and long-term revenue growth rate and projected margins which involves inherent uncertainty since they are based on future business prospects and economic outlook.

Changes in certain methodologies and assumptions can lead to significant changes in the assessment of the recoverable value. Due to the level of judgments involved and its significance to the Company’s financial position, this is considered to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included the following:

  • Obtained an understanding of the process followed by the management to determine the recoverable amounts of cash generating units determined by the Company;

  • Evaluated the design and implementation and tested the operating effectiveness of key internal controls related to the Company’s process relating to review of the annual impairment analysis;

  • Assessed Company’s valuation methodology applied in determining recoverable value including the reasonableness of identification of cash generating units around the key drivers (cash flow forecasts, discount rates, expected growth rates, forecasted margins and terminal growth rates) based on our knowledge of the Company and Industry. Compared the historical accuracy by comparing past forecasts to actual results achieved;

  • Assessed the recoverable value headroom by performing sensitivity testing of key assumptions used;

  • Tested the arithmetical accuracy of the computation of recoverable amounts of cash generating units; Assessed the disclosures made in the standalone financial statements.

Information Other than the Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon

The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual report, but does not include the standalone financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the standalone financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the standalone financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether such other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

219 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Responsibilities of Management for the Standalone Financial Statements

The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view of the financial position, financial performance including other comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity of the Company in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specified under section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended. This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the standalone financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those Board of Directors are also responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the standalone Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these standalone financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

  • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

  • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Company has adequate internal financial controls with reference to financial statements in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls.

  • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

  • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

  • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the standalone financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the standalone financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the standalone financial statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2025 and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

  1. As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 (“the Order”), issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, we give in the “ Annexure 1 ” a statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order.

  2. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report, to the extent applicable, that:

  3. (a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit;

  4. (b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company so far as it appears from our examination of those books except for the matters stated in paragraph (i) and (vi) below on reporting under Rule 11(g);

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 220

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

  • (c) The Standalone Balance Sheet, the Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss including the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income, the Standalone Cash Flow Statement and Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the books of account;

  • (d) In our opinion, the aforesaid standalone financial statements comply with the Accounting Standards specified under Section 133 of the Act, read with Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended;

  • (e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on March 31, 2025 taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of the directors is disqualified as on March 31, 2025 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164 (2) of the Act;

  • (f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to these standalone financial statements and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “ Annexure 2 ” to this report;

  • (g) In our opinion, the managerial remuneration for the year ended March 31, 2025 has been paid / provided by the Company to its directors in accordance with the provisions of section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act;

  • (h) The modification relating to the maintenance of accounts and other matters connected therewith are as stated in paragraph (b) above on reporting under Section 143 (3) (b) and paragraph (i) (vi) below reporting under Rule 11 (g).

  • (i) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

  • i. The Company has disclosed the impact of pending litigations on its financial position in its standalone financial statements – Refer Note 40 to the standalone financial /statements;

  • ii. The Company did not have any long-term contracts including derivative contracts for which there were any material foreseeable losses;

  • iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company

  • iv. a) The management has represented that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no funds have been advanced or loaned or invested (either from borrowed funds or share premium or any other sources or kind of funds) by the Company to or in any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Intermediaries”), with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise, that the Intermediary shall, whether, directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Company (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries;

  • b) The management has represented that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no funds have been received by the Company from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Funding Parties”), with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise, that the Company shall, whether, directly or indirectly, lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries; and

  • c) Based on such audit procedures performed that have been considered reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances, nothing has come to our notice that has caused us to believe that the representations under sub-clause (a) and (b) contain any material misstatement.

  • v. As stated in note 16 to the standalone financial statements, the final dividend paid by the Company during the year in respect of the same declared for the previous year is in accordance with section 123 of the Act to the extent it applies to payment of dividend. Further, the Board of Directors of the Company have proposed final dividend for the year which is subject to the approval of the members at the ensuing Annual General Meeting. The dividend declared is in accordance with section 123 of the Act to the extent it applies to declaration of dividend.

  • vi. Based on our examination which included test checks, except for the instances discussed in note 48(11) to the standalone financial statements, the Company has used accounting software for maintaining its books of account including privileged access management tool which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the software except that we are unable to comment on whether certain features of the audit trail of the said software has operated from the period September 8, 2024, to February 11, 2025 or whether there were any instances of audit trail feature being tampered during the said period in the absence of log of changes to certain audit features. Additionally, the audit trail of prior year has been preserved by the Company as per the statutory requirements for record retention to the extent it was enabled and recorded in the respective year.

For S R B C & CO LLP

Chartered Accountants

ICAI Firm Registration Number: 324982E/E300003

per Aruna Kumaraswamy

Partner Membership No.: 219350 UDIN: 25219350BMMABC9520 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

221 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Annexure ‘1’ referred to in paragraph under the heading “Report on other legal and regulatory requirements” of our report of even date

Re: Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Company”)

In terms of the information and explanations sought by us and given by the Company and the books of account and records examined by us in the normal course of audit and to the best of our knowledge and belief, we state that:

  • (i) (a) (A) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars, including quantitative details and situation of Property, Plant and Equipment

  • (i) (a) (B) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars of Intangible assets

  • (i) (b) All property, plant and equipment have not been physically verified by the management during the year but there is a regular programme of verification which,

in our opinion, is reasonable having regard to the size of the Company and the nature of its assets. No material discrepancies were noted on such verification.

  • (i) (c) The title deeds of immovable properties as disclosed in note 2 to the standalone financial statements included in property, plant and equipment are held in the name of the Company. Certain title deeds of the immovable properties, in the nature of freehold land and building, as indicated in the below mentioned cases which were acquired pursuant to a Scheme of Amalgamation approved by National Company Law Tribunal’s (NCLT) Order dated May 21st 2020 for Hind Lamps Private Limited (erstwhile Hind Lamps Limited), dated August 25th 2022 for Starlite Lighting Limited and dated March 07th 2024 for Nirlep Appliances Private Limited are not individually held in the name of the Company, however the deed of merger has been registered by the Company on March 31, 2025.

==> picture [444 x 35] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Whether Promoter,
Gross carrying Period held- indicate range,
Description of Property Held in name of Director or their
value ( J in lakhs) where appropriate
relative or employee
----- End of picture text -----

Freehold land 12,600.00 Hind Lamps
Private Limited
No May 21, 2020 to March 31,
2025
Building 712.37 Hind Lamps
Private Limited
No May 21, 2020 to March 31,
2025
Freehold land 1,355.20 Starlite Lighting
Limited
No August 25, 2022 to March
31, 2025
Building 4,864.07 Starlite Lighting
Limited
No August 25, 2022 to March
31, 2025
Freehold land 540.00 Nirlep Appliances
Private Limited
No March 07, 2024 to March
31, 2025
Building 1,327.39 Nirlep Appliances
Private Limited
No March 07, 2024 to March
31, 2025

The title deeds of properties where the Company is the lessee and the lease agreements are duly executed in favour of the lessee are held in the name of the Company.

  • (i) (d) The Company has not revalued its Property, Plant and Equipment (including Right of use assets) or intangible assets during the year ended March 31, 2025.

  • (i) (e) There are no proceedings initiated or are pending against the Company for holding any benami property under the Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988 and rules made thereunder.

  • (ii) (a) Physical verification of inventory has been conducted at reasonable intervals during the year by management including for inventories lying with third parties. In our opinion, the coverage and procedure of such verification by the management is appropriate. There were no discrepancies of 10% or more noticed, in the aggregate for each class of inventory.

  • (ii) (b) As disclosed in note 18 to the standalone financial statements, the Company has been sanctioned working capital limits in excess of. H five crores in aggregate from banks during the year on the basis of security of current assets of the Company. Based on the records examined by us in the normal course of audit of the standalone financial statements, the quarterly

returns/statements filed by the Company with such banks and financial institutions are in agreement with the books of accounts of the Company.

  • (iii) (a) During the year the Company has not provided loans, advances in the nature of loans, stood guarantee or provided security to Companies, Firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(iii)(a) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (iii) (b) During the year the Company has not made investments, provided guarantees, provided security and granted loans and advances in the nature of loans to Companies, Firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(iii)(b) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (iii) (c) The Company has not granted loans and advances in the nature of loans to companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(iii)(c) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 222

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

  • (iii) (d) The Company has not granted loans and advances in the nature of loans to companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(iii)(d) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (iii) (e) The Company has not granted loans and advances in the nature of loans to companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or any other parties. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(iii)(e) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (iii) (f) The Company has not granted any loans or advances in the nature of loans, either repayable on demand or without specifying any terms or period of repayment to companies. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(iii)(f) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (iv) There are no loans, investments, guarantees, and security in respect of which provisions of sections 185 and 186 of the Companies Act, 2013 are applicable and accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(iv) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (v) The Company has neither accepted any deposits from the public nor accepted any amounts which are deemed to be deposits within the meaning of sections 73 to 76 of the Companies Act and the rules made thereunder, to the extent applicable. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(v) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (vi) We have broadly reviewed the books of account maintained by the Company pursuant to the rules made by the Central Government for the maintenance of cost records under section 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, related to the manufacture of its products, and are of the opinion that prima facie, the specified accounts and records have been made and maintained. We have not, however, made a detailed examination of the same.

  • (vii) (a) The Company is regular in depositing with appropriate authorities undisputed statutory dues including goods and service tax, provident fund, employees’ state insurance, income-tax, sales-tax, service tax, customs duty, excise duty, value added tax, cess and other statutory dues applicable to it. According to the information and explanations given to us and based on audit procedures performed by us, no undisputed amounts payable in respect of these statutory dues were outstanding, at the year-end, for a period of more than six months from the date they become payable.

  • (vii) (b) There are no dues of provident fund, employees’ state insurance, excise duty which have not been deposited on account of any dispute. The dues of goods and services tax, income-tax, sales-tax, service tax, customs duty, excise duty, value added tax, cess, and other statutory dues have not been deposited on account of any dispute, are as follows:

==> picture [444 x 57] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Forum where dispute is pending (Amount in J in lakhs)
Dy. Commissioner
/ Commissioner / Appellate/
Matter Year Tribunal High court Total
Jt. Commissioner Revision
Appeals
----- End of picture text -----*

Goods and Service
Tax- Maharashtra
2017-2018 to
2020-2021
1,114.05 - - - 1,114.05
Goods and Service
Tax- Gujarat
2017-2018 to
2020-2021
1,040.18 - - - 1,040.18
Goods and Service
Tax- Madhya Pradesh
2017-2018 to
2020-2021
1,154.35 - - - 1,154.35
Goods and Service
Tax-Chattisgarh
2017-2018 to
2020-2021
169.57 - - - 169.57
Goods and Service
Tax- Bihar
2017-2018
2019-2020
2020-2021
350.14 - 1,301.24 - 1,651.38
Goods and Service
Tax- Rajasthan
2017-2018
2018-2019
1,725.47 - - - 1,725.47
Goods and Service
Tax- Assam
2017-2018
2019-2020
11.48 - - - 11.48
Goods and Service
Tax- Jharkhand
2017-2018 to
2019-2020
94.19 - - - 94.19
Goods and Service
Tax- Odisha
2017-2018
2018-2019
214.16 - - - 214.16
Goods and Service
Tax- Punjab
2017-2018 to
2020-2021
1,672.80 - - - 1,672.80
Goods and Service
Tax- Tamil Nadu
2017-2018 to
2019-2020
947.33 - 17.06 - 964.39
Goods and Service
Tax- West Bengal
2017-2018 to
2020-2021
1,729.69 - - - 1,729.69
Goods and Service
Tax- Karnataka
2018-2019 to
2020-2021
453.44 - - - 453.44

223

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

==> picture [444 x 57] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Forum where dispute is pending (Amount in J in lakhs)
Dy. Commissioner
/ Commissioner / Appellate/
Matter Year Tribunal High court Total
Jt. Commissioner Revision
Appeals
----- End of picture text -----*

Goods and Service
Tax-Kerala
2018-2019 100.82 - - - 100.82
Goods and Service
Tax- Telangana
2018-2019 to
2020-2021
153.57 - - - 153.57
Goods and Service
Tax- Uttar Pradesh
2018-2019
2020-2021
2024-2025
1,123.79 - - - 1,123.79
Goods and Service
Tax-Uttarakhand
2017-2018
2018-2019
95.70 - - - 95.70
Goods and Service
Tax-Andhra Pradesh
2017-2018 25.84 - - - 25.84
Sales Tax – Bihar 2005-2006 9.30 - - - 9.30
Sales Tax- Delhi 2007-2008
2009-2010
2010-2011
56.21 - - - 56.21
Sales Tax – Gujarat 2001-2002 95.14 - - - 95.14
Sales Tax – Odisha 2005-2006
2010-2011 to
2015-2016
28.50 12.51 10.79 6.40 58.20
Sales Tax – Uttar
Pradesh
2008-2009
2009-2010
2011-2012
2014-2015
2015-2016
2017-2018
332.66 - - - 332.66
Sales Tax –
Uttarakhand
2015-2016 1.62 - - - 1.62
Sales Tax – West
Bengal
2006-2007 -- - 8.19 - 8.19
Entry Tax – Uttar
Pradesh
2010-2011
2015-2016
2.80 - - - 2.80
Customs Act 2016-2017 - - 15.49 - 15.49
Service Tax 2005-2010 - - 139.14 - 139.14
Income Tax Act 2022-2023 - - 235.94 - 235.94
Total 12,702.80 12.51 1,727.85 6.40 14,449.56
  • The unpaid amount mentioned above is net of H 785.08 lakhs paid under protest

  • (viii) The Company has not surrendered or disclosed any transaction, previously unrecorded in the books of account, in the tax assessments under the Income Tax Act, 1961 as income during the year. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(viii) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (ix) (a) The Company did not have any outstanding loans or borrowings or interest thereon due to any lender during the year. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause ix(a) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (ix) (b) The Company has not been declared wilful defaulter by any bank or financial institution or government or any government authority.

  • (ix) (c) The Company did not have any term loans outstanding during the year hence, the requirement to report on clause (ix)(c) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (ix) (d) The Company did not raise any funds during the year hence, the requirement to report on clause (ix)(d) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (ix) (e) On an overall examination of the standalone financial statements of the Company, the Company has not taken any funds from any entity or person on account of or to meet the obligations of its subsidiary and an associate.

  • (ix) (f) The Company has not raised loans during the year on the pledge of securities held in its subsidiary and an associate Hence, the requirement to report on clause (ix)(f) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (x) (a) The Company has not raised any money during the year by way of initial public offer / further public offer (including debt instruments) hence, the requirement to report on clause 3(x)(a) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 224

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

  • (x) (b) The Company has not made any preferential allotment or private placement of shares /fully or partially or optionally convertible debentures during the year under audit and hence, the requirement to report on clause 3(x)(b) of the Order is not applicable to the Company,

  • (xi) (a) No material fraud by the Company and no material fraud on the Company has been noticed or reported during the year.

  • (xi) (b) During the year, no report under sub-section (12) of section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 has been filed by cost auditor/ secretarial auditor or by us in Form ADT – 4 as prescribed under Rule 13 of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government.

  • (xi) (c) We have taken into consideration the whistle blower complaints received by the Company during the year while determining the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures.

  • (xii) The Company is not a nidhi Company as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. Therefore, the requirement to report on clause 3(xii)(a), (b) and (c) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (xiii) Transactions with the related parties are in compliance with sections 177 and 188 of Companies Act, 2013 where applicable and the details have been disclosed in the notes to the standalone financial statements, as required by the applicable accounting standards.

  • (xiv) (a) The Company has an internal audit system commensurate with the size and nature of its business.

  • (xiv) (b) The internal audit reports of the Company issued till the date of the audit report, for the period under audit have been considered by us.

  • (xv) The Company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with its directors or persons connected with its directors and hence requirement to report on clause 3(xv) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (xvi) (a) The provisions of section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (2 of 1934) are not applicable to the Company. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause (xvi)(a) of the /Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (xvi) (b) The Company is not engaged in any Non-Banking Financial or Housing Finance activities. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause (xvi)(b) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (xvi) (c) The Company is not a Core Investment Company as defined in the regulations made by Reserve Bank of India. Accordingly, the requirement to report on clause 3(xvi) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (xvi) (d) In our opinion, and according to the information and explanation given to us, in the group (in accordance with Core Investment Companies (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016) there are 18 companies forming

part of the promoter/promoter group of the Company which are CICs (These are unregistered CICs as per Para 9.1 of Notification No. RBI/2020-21/24 dated 13th August 2020 of the Reserve Bank of India).

  • (xvii) The Company has not incurred cash losses in the current financial year. The Company has not incurred cash losses in the immediately preceding financial year.

  • (xviii) There has been no resignation of the statutory auditors during the year and accordingly requirement to report on Clause 3(xviii) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

  • (xix) On the basis of the financial ratios disclosed in note 47 to the standalone financial statements, ageing and expected dates of realization of financial assets and payment of financial liabilities, other information accompanying the standalone financial statements, our knowledge of the Board of Directors and management plans and based on our examination of the evidence supporting the assumptions, nothing has come to our attention, which causes us to believe that any material uncertainty exists as on the date of the audit report that Company is not capable of meeting its liabilities existing at the date of balance sheet as and when they fall due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date. We, however, state that this is not an assurance as to the future viability of the Company. We further state that our reporting is based on the facts up to the date of the audit report and we neither give any guarantee nor any assurance that all liabilities falling due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date, will get discharged by the Company as and when they fall due.

  • (xx) (a) In respect of other than ongoing projects, there are no unspent amounts that are required to be transferred to a fund specified in Schedule VII of the Companies Act (the Act), in compliance with second proviso to sub section 5 of section 135 of the Act. This matter has been disclosed in note 43 to the standalone financial statements.

  • (xx) (b) All amounts that are unspent under section (5) of section 135 of Companies Act, pursuant to any ongoing project, has been transferred to special account in compliance of with provisions of sub section (6) of section 135 of the said Act. This matter has been disclosed in note 43 to the standalone financial statements.

For S R B C & CO LLP

Chartered Accountants

ICAI Firm Registration Number: 324982E/E300003

per Aruna Kumaraswamy

Partner

Membership No.: 219350 UDIN: 25219350BMMABC9520 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

225 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Annexure ‘2’ referred to in paragraph under the heading “Report on other legal and regulatory requirements” of our report of even date

Re: Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Company”)

Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)

We have audited the internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements of Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Company”) as of March 31, 2025 in conjunction with our audit of the standalone financial statements of the Company for the year ended on that date.

Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

The Company’s Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (“ICAI”). These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to the Company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal financial controls with reference to these standalone financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, as specified under section 143(10) of the Act, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls, both issued by ICAI. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls with reference to these standalone financial statements was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to these standalone financial statements and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls with reference to these standalone financial statements, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to these standalone financial statements.

Meaning of Internal Financial Controls With Reference to these standalone Financial Statements

A company's internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls With Reference to standalone Financial Statements

Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal financial control with reference to standalone financial statements may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Opinion

In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI.

For S R B C & CO LLP

Chartered Accountants ICAI Firm Registration Number: 324982E/E300003

per Aruna Kumaraswamy

Partner

Membership No.: 219350 UDIN: 25219350BMMABC9520 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

226

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Standalone Balance Sheet

as at 31st March 2025

==> picture [484 x 535] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
As at As at
Particulars Notes
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
ASSETS
Non-Current Assets
Property, plant and equipment 2 35,080.45 35,236.25
Capital work in progress 2 922.98 6,183.96
Right-of-use assets 3 24,412.28 22,221.90
Intangible assets 4 894.76 1,541.99
Intangible assets under development 4 332.04 161.71
Investment properties 4.1 15,628.87 13,582.07
Goodwill 46 19,001.09 19,001.09
Investments in an associate 5.1 - -
Financial Assets
i) Investments 5.3 515.32 493.14
ii) Trade receivables 6 1,492.24 1,293.37
iii) Other financial assets 8 6,929.10 5,027.53
Deferred tax assets (net) 9 388.18 530.33
Income tax assets (net) 4,376.02 8,334.12
Other non-current assets 10 6,448.51 8,496.85
Total Non-Current Assets 1,16,421.84 1,22,104.31
Current Assets
Inventories 11 71,735.59 75,664.03
Financial Assets
i) Investments 5.2 6,187.46 3,004.50
ii) Trade receivables 6 1,28,639.33 1,16,317.50
iii) Cash and cash equivalents 12 11,978.53 11,402.15
iv) Bank balances other than (iii) above 12.1 76.17 16,066.44
v) Loans 7 0.94 50.38
vi) Other current financial assets 13 33,360.39 1,084.28
Other current assets 14 36,416.94 36,837.50
Contract assets 41 476.67 325.07
2,88,872.02 2,60,751.85
Assets classified as held for sale 15 - 460.09
Total Current Assets 2,88,872.02 2,61,211.94
Total Assets 4,05,293.86 3,83,316.25
EQUITY & LIABILITIES
EQUITY
Equity share capital 16 2,306.84 2,303.92
Other Equity 17 1,53,582.96 1,41,818.08
Total Equity 1,55,889.80 1,44,122.00
LIABILITIES
Non-Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
ia) Lease liabilities 3 18,666.52 17,261.23
ii) Other financial liabilities 19 19.24 16.35
Provisions 20 1,221.62 969.70
Employee benefit obligations 21 4,836.36 5,190.51
Total Non-Current Liabilities 24,743.74 23,437.79
Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
ia) Lease liabilities 3 5,662.44 4,228.33
ii) Trade credits 22.1 1,46,295.42 1,28,272.38
iii) Trade payables 22
Total Outstanding dues of micro enterprises & small enterprises 5,424.00 3,781.66
Total Outstanding dues of other than micro enterprises & small enterprises 39,532.55 52,117.97
iv) Other current financial liabilities 19 6,960.21 6,519.57
Provisions 20 5,319.93 5,227.62
Employee benefit obligations 21 1,533.63 1,324.79
Current tax liabilities (net) 2,023.27 2,687.45
Contract liabilities 41 4,912.73 4,496.46
Other current liabilities 23 6,996.14 7,100.23
Total Current Liabilities 2,24,660.32 2,15,756.46
Total Liabilities 2,49,404.06 2,39,194.26
Total Equity & Liabilities 4,05,293.86 3,83,316.25
Summary of material accounting policies 1B
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Standalone Financial Statements
----- End of picture text -----

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP

ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman

Sanjay Sachdeva Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

DIN: 00089358

Prashant Dalvi Company Secretary

Shailesh Haribhakti Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

EC Prasad Chief Financial Officer

227 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss

for the year ended 31st March 2025

==> picture [484 x 527] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
Particulars Notes For the year ended For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Continuing operations
Income:
Revenue from operations 24 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83
Other income 25 5,477.66 8,647.07
Total Income 4,88,321.02 4,72,773.90
Expenses:
Cost of raw materials consumed 26 54,852.49 51,349.38
Purchases of traded goods 2,71,781.14 2,56,674.51
Changes in inventories of work-in-progress, finished goods and traded goods 26 2,887.36 18,060.24
Erection and subcontracting expenses 27 3,892.84 2,621.02
Employee benefits expenses 28 37,998.91 36,492.85
Depreciation and amortisation expense 29 14,407.13 10,958.49
Other expenses 30 80,685.51 72,960.02
Finance costs 31 6,984.69 6,347.88
Total Expenses 4,73,490.07 4,55,464.39
Profit before exceptional items and tax from continuing operations 14,830.95 17,309.51
Exceptional Items before tax 44 2,136.64 -
Profit before tax for the year from continuing operations 16,967.59 17,309.51
Tax expense / (credit):
Current tax 32 4,950.63 5,719.86
Deferred tax 9 (1,325.50) (2,009.37)
Adjustment of tax relating to earlier years 32 - 11.31
Total tax expenses from continuing operations 3,625.13 3,721.80
Profit for the year from continuing operations 13,342.46 13,587.71
Discontinued operations 45
Profit / (loss) before tax for the year from discontinued operations - (553.45)
Tax expense / (Credit) from discontinued operations 32 - (144.54)
Profit / (loss) for the year from discontinued operations - (408.91)
Profit for the year 13,342.46 13,178.80
Continuing operations
Other comprehensive (income) / loss
Items that will be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods
Cash flow hedge reserve 35c - 9.47
Income tax effect - (2.38)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods
Remeasurement (gains)/losses on defined benefit plans 21 (210.36) 75.94
Income tax effect 9 52.94 (21.09)
Other comprehensive (income) / loss net of tax from continuing operations (157.42) 61.94
Discontinued operations 45
Other comprehensive (income) / loss
Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods
Remeasurement (gains)/losses on defined benefit plans - (94.41)
Income tax effect - 23.76
Other comprehensive (income) / loss net of tax from discontinued operations - (70.65)
Total Comprehensive Income for the year net of tax 13,499.88 13,187.51
Earnings Per Share from Continuing operations 39
Earnings per equity share before exceptional items (face value per share H 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 9.64 11.81
Diluted computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 9.63 11.79
Earnings per equity share after exceptional items (face value per share H 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 11.57 11.81
Diluted computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 11.56 11.79
Earnings/(loss) Per Share Discontinued operations
Earnings/(loss) per equity share before exceptional items (face value per share H 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.36)
Diluted computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.36)
Earnings/(loss) per equity share after exceptional items (face value per share H 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.36)
Diluted computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.36)
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per equity share before exceptional items (face value per share H 2)
Basic computed on the basis of profit for the year 9.64 11.45
Diluted computed on the basis of profit for the year 9.63 11.43
Earnings per equity share after exceptional items (face value per share H 2)
Basic computed on the basis of profit for the year 11.57 11.45
Diluted computed on the basis of profit for the year 11.56 11.43
Summary of material accounting policies 1B
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Standalone Financial Statements
----- End of picture text -----

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

DIN: 00089358

Prashant Dalvi Company Secretary

Shailesh Haribhakti Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

EC Prasad Chief Financial Officer

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

228

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

A.
Equity share capital (Note 16)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Year Ended
31st March 2025
Year Ended
31st March 2024
Equity shares ofH2 each issued, subscribed and fully paid-up
At the beginning of the year
2,303.92
2,301.51
Changes in Equity Share Capital due to prior period errors
-
-
Restated balance at the beginning of the year
2,303.92
2,301.51
Issue of equity share capital during the year
2.92
2.41
At the end of the year
2,306.84
2,303.92
2,301.51 - 2,301.51 2.41 2,303.92 B.
Other equity (Note 17)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Share
Application
Money
Pending
Allotment
Reserves and surplus
Total
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
Effective
Portion of
Cashflow
Hedges
Securities
premium
reserve
Shares
Option
Outstanding
General
Reserve
Retained
earnings
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
Capital
Reserve
Balance as at 31st March 2024
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31)
67,307.46
2,698.94
45,967.75
27,895.47
135.71
175.18
1,41,818.08
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,342.46
-
-
13,342.46
Other comprehensive income/
(loss)

-
-
-
-
-
-
157.42
-
-
157.42
Total
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31)
67,307.46
2,698.94
45,967.75
41,395.35
135.71
175.18
1,55,317.96
Exercise of share options
-
-
-
603.92
-
-
-
-
-
603.92
Exercise of options - transferred from
shares options outstanding account
-
-
-
289.10
(289.10)
-
-
-
-
-
Employee stock option expense for
the year
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of
vested options
-
-
-
-
(413.07)
-
413.07
-
-
-
Dividend on equity shares
-
-
-
-
-
(3,456.95)
-
-
(3,456.95)
Share application monies received
(3.03)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3.03)
Balance at 31st March 2025
-
(2,327.15)
(38.31)
68,200.48
3,117.83
45,967.75
38,351.47
135.71
175.18
1,53,582.96*
B.
Other equity (Note 17)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Share
Application
Money
Pending
Allotment
Reserves and surplus
Total
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
Effective
Portion of
Cashflow
Hedges
Securities
premium
reserve
Shares
Option
Outstanding
General
Reserve
Retained
earnings
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
Capital
Reserve
Balance as at 31st March 2024
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31)
67,307.46
2,698.94
45,967.75
27,895.47
135.71
175.18
1,41,818.08
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,342.46
-
-
13,342.46
Other comprehensive income/
(loss)

-
-
-
-
-
-
157.42
-
-
157.42
Total
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31)
67,307.46
2,698.94
45,967.75
41,395.35
135.71
175.18
1,55,317.96
Exercise of share options
-
-
-
603.92
-
-
-
-
-
603.92
Exercise of options - transferred from
shares options outstanding account
-
-
-
289.10
(289.10)
-
-
-
-
-
Employee stock option expense for
the year
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of
vested options
-
-
-
-
(413.07)
-
413.07
-
-
-
Dividend on equity shares
-
-
-
-
-
(3,456.95)
-
-
(3,456.95)
Share application monies received
(3.03)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3.03)
Balance at 31st March 2025
-
(2,327.15)
(38.31)
68,200.48
3,117.83
45,967.75
38,351.47
135.71
175.18
1,53,582.96*
13,342.46
157.42
13,342.46
157.42
1,55,317.96 603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
(3.03)
1,53,582.96
Capital
Reserve
175.18
-
-
175.18 -
-
-
-
-
-
175.18
2,303.92 - 2,303.92 2.92 2,306.84
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
135.71
-
-
135.71 -
-
-
-
-
-
135.71
Retained
earnings
27,895.47*
13,342.46
157.42
41,395.35 -
-
-
413.07
(3,456.95)
-
38,351.47
At the beginning of the year Changes in Equity Share Capital due to prior period errors Restated balance at the beginning of the year Issue of equity share capital during the year At the end of the year
General
Reserve
45,967.75
-
-
45,967.75 -
-
-
-
-
-
45,967.75
Shares
Option
Outstanding
2,698.94
-
-
2,698.94 -
(289.10)
1,121.06
(413.07)
-
-
3,117.83
Securities
premium
reserve
67,307.46
-
-
67,307.46 603.92
289.10
-
-
-
-
68,200.48
Effective
Portion of
Cashflow
Hedges
(38.31)
-
-
(38.31) -
-
-
-
-
-
(38.31)
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
(2,327.15)
-
-
(2,327.15) -
-
-
-
-
-
(2,327.15)
-
-
3.03 -
-
-
-
(3.03)
-
Profit for the year Other comprehensive income/
(loss) **
Total Exercise of share options Exercise of options - transferred from
shares options outstanding account
Employee stock option expense for
the year
Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of
vested options
Dividend on equity shares Share application monies received Balance at 31st March 2025

229 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

B.
Other equity (Note 17)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Share
Application
Money
Pending
Allotment
Reserves and surplus
Total
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
Effective
Portion of
Cashflow
Hedges
Securities
premium
reserve
Shares
Option
Outstanding
General
Reserve
Retained
earnings
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
Capital
Reserve
Balance as at 31st March 2023
-
(2,327.15)
(68.91)
66,594.40
1,874.06
45,967.75
76,099.24
135.71
175.18
1,88,450.28
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,178.80
-
-
13,178.80
Other comprehensive income/
(loss)

-
-
(7.09)
-
-
-
15.80
-
-
8.71
Total
-
(2,327.15)
(76.00)
66,594.40
1,874.06
45,967.75
89,293.84
135.71
175.18
2,01,637.79
Exercise of share options
-
505.92
-
505.92
Exercise of options - transferred from
shares options outstanding account
-
-
-
207.14
(207.14)
-
-
-
-
-
Employee stock option expense for
the year
-
-
-
-
1,087.46
-
-
-
-
1,087.46
Charge for the year
-
-
37.69
-
-
-
-
-
-
37.69
Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of
vested options
-
-
-
-
(55.44)
-
55.44
-
-
-
Dividend on equity shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
(4,604.08)
-
-
(4,604.08)
Derecognised pursuant to demerger
(refer note 45)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(56,849.73)
-
-
(56,849.73)
Application money received
3.03
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.03
Balance as at 31st March 2024
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31)
67,307.46
2,698.94
45,967.75
27,895.47
135.71
175.18
1,41,818.08*
* Retained earnings includes revaluation reserve ofH808.60 lakhs subsumed during transition to Ind AS
Other comprehensive income includes remeasurement (gains)/losses on defined benefit plans (net of tax) which are transferred to retained earnings. It also includes movement on cash flow hedges which are
transferred to effective portion of cashflow hedges reserve
Summary of material accounting policies (Note 1B)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Standalone Financial Statements
As per our report attached of even date
For and on behalf of the Board of directors
For
S R B C & CO LLP
of
Bajaj Electricals Limited
ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003
Chartered Accountants
Shekhar Bajaj
Sanjay Sachdeva
Chairman
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
DIN: 00089358
DIN: 11017868
per
Aruna Kumaraswamy
Prashant Dalvi
EC Prasad
Shailesh Haribhakti**
Partner
Company Secretary
Chief Financial Officer
Chairman - Audit Committee
Membership No.219350
DIN: 00007347
Mumbai, May 12, 2025
Mumbai, May 12, 2025

230

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Standalone Cash Flow Statement

for the year ended 31st March 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before income tax from continuing operations 16,967.59 17,309.51
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 14,407.13 10,958.49
Employee share-basedpayment expense 1,121.06 1,032.97
(Gain) / loss on disposal ofproperty,plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (net) (497.21) 79.76
Measurement of financial assets held at fair value through Profit or Loss (305.14) (73.20)
Measurement of financial assets and liabilities held at amortised cost (159.77) (123.65)
Exceptional items (2,136.64) -
Finance costs 6,984.69 6,347.88
Interest income (2,608.51) (5,560.20)
Credit balance written back (226.23) (1,341.65)
Impairment allowance for doubtful debts & advances (net of write back) 82.61 633.88
Bad debts and other irrecoverable debit balances written off 816.11 (379.28)
34,445.69 28,884.51
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase)/decrease in trade receivables (current & non-current) (13,225.25) (4,870.16)
(Increase)/decrease in financial and other assets (current & non-current) 1,452.08 (6,025.72)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 3,928.44 21,895.67
Increase/(decrease) in trade payables, provisions, employee benefit obligations, other
financial liabilities and other liabilities (current & non-current)
8,320.62 (3,952.69)
Cashgenerated from operations 34,921.58 35,931.61
Income taxespaid (net of refunds) (241.94) (253.98)
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations 34,679.64 35,677.63
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from operating activities from discontinued operations - (298.83)
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing and discontinued
operations (A)
34,679.64 35,378.80
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment including capital work in progress and
capital advances
(4,722.42) (12,365.70)
Purchase of intangible assets includingintangible assets under development (671.60) (750.99)
Proceeds from sale ofproperty,plant and equipment 2,497.17 43.77
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 2,388.58 -
Proceeds from sale of investmentproperties 4.58 7.71
Purchase of mutual funds (6,046.00) (10,445.63)
Proceeds from sale of mutual funds 3,146.00 11,700.00
Investments in bank deposits (17,644.38) (14,295.93)
Interest received 1,552.26 5,083.65
Net cash used in investing activities for continuing operations (19,495.81) (21,023.12)
Net cash used in investing activities for discontinued operations - -
Net cash used in investing activities for continued and discontinued operations (B) (19,495.81) (21,023.12)

231 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Standalone Cash Flow Statement

for the year ended 31st March 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issues of shares 603.81 511.35
Repayment of borrowings - (16.65)
Payment ofprincipalportion of lease liabilities (4,853.24) (2,916.86)
Interestpaid on lease liabilities (2,005.47) (1,551.30)
Interestpaid (4,895.60) (4,685.00)
Dividendpaid to equityshareholders (3,456.95) (4,604.08)
Net cash used in financing activities for continuing operations (14,607.45) (13,262.54)
Net cash used in financing activities for discontinued operations - -
Net cash used in financing activities for continuing and discontinued operations (C) (14,607.45) (13,262.54)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) 576.38 1,093.14
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of theyear 11,402.15 34,151.52
Less: Cash transferredpursuant to demerger (refer note 45) - (23,842.51)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of theyear 11,978.53 11,402.15
Cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations 11,978.53 11,402.15
Cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations - -
Cash and cash equivalents from continuing and discontinued operations 11,978.53 11,402.15
(Hin Lakhs)
Change in liability arising from financing activities Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Borrowings as on the beginning of theyear - 16.65
Repayment of borrowings - (16.65)
Borrowings as on the end of theyear - -

Summary of material accounting policies (Note 1B)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Standalone Financial Statements

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

Prashant Dalvi

Company Secretary

EC Prasad Chief Financial Officer

Shailesh Haribhakti Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 232

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

1A GENERAL INFORMATION.

Bajaj Electricals Limited (‘the Company’) (CIN : L31500MH1938PLC009887) is an existing public limited company incorporated on 14th July 1938 under the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1913 and deemed to exist within the purview of the Companies Act, 2013, having its registered office at 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai-400 001.

The Company deals in Consumer Products (CP) (which includes domestic appliances, kitchen appliances, and electric Fans). The Company also deals in Lighting Solutions (which includes consumer and professional lighting). The equity shares of the Company are listed on Bombay Stock Exchange Limited (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”). The standalone financial statements are presented in Indian Rupee (INR).

The standalone financial statements have been recommended for approval by the audit committee and is approved and adopted by their Board in their meeting held in Mumbai on May 12, 2025.

1B MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

This note provides a list of the material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these standalone financial statements. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented

  • 1 Statement of Compliance and basis of preparation

  • The standalone financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (hereinafter referred to as Ind AS) as notified by Ministry of Corporate Affairs pursuant to Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, as amended from time to time and other relevant provisions of the Act.

The standalone financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention except for the following:

  • certain financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) that are measured at fair value;

  • assets held for sale which are measured at lower of carrying value and fair value less cost to sell;

  • defined benefit plans where plan assets are measured at fair value; and

  • share-based payments at fair value as on the grant date of options given to employees.

Estimates, judgements and assumptions used in the preparation of the standalone financial statements and disclosures are based upon management’s evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances as of the date of the standalone financial statements, which may differ from the actual results at a subsequent date. The critical estimates, judgements and assumptions are presented in Note no. 1D.

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current.

The Company has prepared the standalone financial statements on the basis that it will continue to operate as a going concern.

An asset is treated as current when it is:

  • Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle

  • Expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period, or

  • Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

  • It is expected to be settled in normal operating cycle

  • It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or

  • There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period

All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

2 Business combination and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. For each business combination, the Company elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisitionrelated costs are expensed as incurred.

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their acquisition date fair values (including related deferred tax). For this purpose, the liabilities assumed include contingent liabilities representing present obligation and they are measured at their acquisition fair values irrespective of the fact that outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is not probable.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests,

233 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Company’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.

A cash generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata based on the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognised in profit or loss. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Company reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted through goodwill during the measurement period, or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognized at that date. These adjustments are called as measurement period adjustments. The measurement period does not exceed one year from the acquisition date

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. If the Company loses control over a subsidiary, it:

  • Derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary at their carrying amounts at the date when control is lost

  • Derecognises the carrying amount of any noncontrolling interests

  • Derecognises the cumulative translation differences recorded in equity

  • Recognises the fair value of the consideration received

  • Recognises the fair value of any investment retained

  • Recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or loss

  • Recognise that distribution of shares of subsidiary to Company in Company’s capacity as owners

Reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognised in OCI to profit or loss or transferred directly to retained earnings, if required by other Ind ASs as would be required if the Company had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities

Policy for demerger transactions

The accounting for demerger transactions are applicable from the date on which all substantive approvals are received.

The Company derecognises the carrying value of assets and liabilities pertaining to the demerged undertaking, from the carrying value of assets and liabilities as appearing in its books. The Company derecognises the carrying amount of investments. Loans and advances, receivables, payables and other dues outstanding relating to the demerged undertaking are cancelled and there are no further obligation / outstanding in that behalf. The excess/ deficit if any, of the net assets transferred are adjusted with the retained earnings of the Company.

3 Revenue from contract with customers:

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements, because it typically controls the goods or services before transferring them to the customer.

The recognition criteria for sale of products and construction contracts is described below

(1) Sale of products

  • Revenue from sale of products is recognized at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on dispatch of the product to the customer’s destination. The Company considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g. customer loyalty points and warranties). In determining the transaction price for the sale of product, the Company considers the effects of variable consideration, the existence of significant financing components, and consideration payable to the customer (if any).

The Company provides volume rebates to certain customers once the quantity of products purchased during the period exceeds a threshold specified in the contract. Rebates are offset against amounts payable by the customer. To estimate the variable consideration for the expected future rebates, the Company applies

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 234

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

the most likely amount method. The selected method that best predicts the amount of variable consideration is primarily driven by the number of volume thresholds contained in the contract.

Generally, the Company receives short-term advances from its customers. Using the practical expedient in Ind AS 115, the Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if it expects, at contract inception, that the period between the transfer of the promised good or service to the customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

The Company has a loyalty points program, “Retailer Bonding Program”, which allows customers to accumulate points that can be redeemed for free products. The loyalty points give rise to a separate performance obligation as they provide a material right to the customer. A portion of the transaction price is allocated to the loyalty points awarded to customers based on relative stand-alone selling price and recognized as deferred revenue until the points are redeemed. Revenue is recognized upon redemption of products by the customer. When estimating the stand-alone selling price of the loyalty points, the Company considers the likelihood that the customer will redeem the points. The Company updates its estimates of the points that will be redeemed on a quarterly basis and any adjustments to the deferred revenue are charged against revenue.

The Company provides a warranty beyond fixing defects that existed at the time of sale. These service-type warranties are bundled together with the sale of products. Contracts for bundled sales of products and a service-type warranty comprise two performance obligations because the product and service-type warranty are both sold on a stand-alone basis and are distinct within the context of contract. Using the relative stand-alone selling price method, a portion of the transaction price is allocated to the servicetype warranty and recognised as deferred revenue. Revenue for service-type warranties is recognised over the period in which the service is provided based on the time elapsed.

(2) Construction contracts

Performance obligation in case of construction contracts is satisfied over a period of time, as the Company creates an asset that the customer control and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date if it meets the agreed specifications. Revenue from construction contracts is recognised based on the stage of completion determined with reference to the actual costs incurred up to reporting date on the construction contract and the estimated cost to complete the project. Cost estimates

involves judgments including those relating to cost escalations; assessment of technical, political, regulatory and other related contract risks and their financial estimation; scope of deliveries and services required for fulfilling the contractually defined obligations and expected delays, if any. Provision for foreseeable losses/ construction contingencies on said contracts is made based on technical assessments of costs to be incurred and revenue to be accounted for. The Company has long-term receivables from customers. The transaction price for such contracts is discounted, using the rate that would be reflected in a separate financing transaction between the Company and its customers at contract inception, to take into consideration the significant financing component

(3) Contract balances

Contract asset

A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to the customer. If the Company performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before the customer pays consideration or before payment is due, a contract asset is recognised for the earned consideration that is conditional.

Trade receivables

A receivable represents the Company’s right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional (i.e., only the passage of time is required before payment of the consideration is due).

Contract liabilities

A contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. If a customer pays consideration before the Company transfers goods or services to the customer, a contract liability is recognized when the payment is made or the payment is due (whichever is earlier). Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the Company performs under the contract.

4 Leases:

As a lessee:

Right-of-use assets

The Company recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Unless the Company is reasonably certain to obtain ownership

235 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognised right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term. Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment test.

The Company determines the lease term as the noncancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised.

Leases are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the inception date fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognised in finance costs in the statement of profit and loss, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalized in accordance with the Company’s general policy on the borrowing costs. Contingent rentals are recognised as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expense in the period on which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Company applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases (i.e., those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases that are considered of low value (i.e., below H 5,00,000). Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

5 Other income:

  • (1) Interest income on financial asset is recognised using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through

the expected life of the financial asset to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Company estimates the expected cash flows by considering all the contractual terms of the financial instruments.

(2) Others:

The Company recognises other income on accrual basis. However, where the ultimate collection of the same is uncertain, revenue recognition is postponed to the extent of uncertainty. Rental income arising from operating leases is accounted for on a straight line basis over lease terms unless the receipts are structured to increase in line with expected general inflation to compensate for the expected inflationary cost increases and is included in the Statement of profit or loss due to its operating nature.

6 Property, plant and equipment :

A) Asset class:

  • i) Freehold land is carried at historical cost including expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the land.

  • ii) All other items of property, plant and equipment (including capital work in progress) are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

  • iii) Capital goods manufactured by the Company for its own use are carried at their cost of production (including duties and other levies, if any) less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses if any.

  • iv) Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognised when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of profit or loss during the year in which they are incurred.

  • v) Losses arising from the retirement of, and gains or losses arising from disposal of property, plant and equipments which are carried at cost are recognised in the statement of profit and loss.

  • vi) Capital work-in-progress, property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Such cost includes the cost of replacing part of

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 236

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

the property, plant and equipment and borrowing cost for long-term construction projects if the recognition criteria are met. When significant parts of property, plant and equipment are required to be replaced at intervals, the Company depreciates them separately based on their specific useful lives. Likewise, when a major inspection is performed, its cost is recognised in the carrying amount of the property, plant and equipment as a replacement if the recognition criteria are satisfied. All other repairs and maintenance costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Capital work-in-progress comprises cost of property, plant and equipment (including related expenses), that are not yet ready for their intended use at the reporting date.

B) Depreciation:

  • i) Depreciation is calculated using the straightline method to allocate their cost, net of their residual values, over their estimated useful lives. Premium of Leasehold land and leasehold improvements cost are amortised over the primary period of lease.

  • ii) 100% depreciation is provided in the month of addition for temporary structure cost at project site

  • iii) Where a significant component (in terms of cost) of an asset has an economic useful life different than that of it's corresponding asset, the component is depreciated over it's estimated useful life.

  • iv) The Company, based on internal technical assessments and management estimates, depreciates certain items of property, plant & equipment over the estimated useful lives and considering residual value which are different from the one prescribed in Schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013. The management believes that these estimated useful lives and residual values are realistic and reflect fair approximation of the period over which the assets are likely to be used.

  • v) Useful life of asset is as given below:

Asset block Useful Life
(in years)
Building– Office 1 to 70
Building– Factory 1 to 60
OwnershipPremises 60
Plant & Machinery 1 to 24
Furniture & Fixtures 1 to 15
Electric Installations 1 to 25
Office Equipment 1 to 16
Vehicles 8 to 10
Asset block Useful Life
(in years)
Dies & Jigs 1 to 16
Leasehold Improvements 5 to 10
Roads & Borewell 3 to 21
IT hardware 1 to 10
Laboratoryequipment’s 1 to 23
  • vi) The residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of property, plant and equipment are reviewed at each financial year and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

7 Intangible assets:

  • An intangible asset shall be recognised if, and only if:

  • (a) it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Company; and

  • (b) the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective individual estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, from the date that they are available for use.

Intangible assets and amortisation

Computer software / licenses are carried at historical cost. They have an expected finite useful life of 3 years and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Computer licenses which are purchased on annual subscription basis are expensed off in the year of purchase.

Trademarks are carried at historical cost. They have an registered finite useful life of 10 years and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are considered to modify the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the statement of profit and loss unless such expenditure forms part of carrying value of another asset.

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures on an individual project are recognised as an intangible asset when the Company can demonstrate:

237 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

  • The technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that the asset will be available for use or sale

  • Its intention to complete and its ability and intention to use or sell the asset

  • How the asset will generate future economic benefits

  • The availability of resources to complete the asset

  • The ability to measure reliably the expenditure during development

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation of the asset begins when development is complete, and the asset is available for use. It is amortised over the period of expected future benefit. Amortisation expense is recognised in the statement of profit and loss unless such expenditure forms part of carrying value of another asset. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.

8 Investment properties:

Investment properties that are not intended to be occupied substantially for use by, or in the operations of the Company have been considered as investment properties. Investment properties are measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment loss, if any. The Company does not charge depreciation to investment property land which is held for future undetermined use. Though the Company measures investment property using cost-based measurement, the fair value of investment property is disclosed in the notes. Fair values are determined based on an annual evaluation performed by an accredited external independent valuer applying a valuation model.

Investment properties are derecognised either when they have been disposed of or when they are permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected from their disposal. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognised in profit or loss in the period of derecognition. In determining the amount of consideration from the derecognition of investment property the Company considers the effects of variable consideration, existence of a significant financing component, non-cash consideration, and consideration payable to the buyer (if any).

Transfers are made to (or from) investment property only when there is a change in use.

The Company depreciates its investment properties over the useful life which is similar to that of property, plant and equipment.

9 Impairment of non-financial assets:

The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date if there is any indication of impairment based on internal/external factors. An asset is impaired when the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or Group of assets (cashgenerating units). Impairment loss is charged to the Statement of Profit & Loss Account in the year in which an asset is identified as impaired. An impairment loss recognized in the prior accounting periods is reversed if there has been change in the estimates used to determine the assets recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account.

Impairment losses are recognised in the statement of profit and loss, except for properties previously revalued with the revaluation surplus taken to OCI.

For assets, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. If such indication exists, the Company estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the statement of profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase.

10 Financial instruments:

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

I. Financial Assets

A) Initial recognition and measurement

All financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus, in the case of financial assets not recorded at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 238

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

B) Subsequent measurement

For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are classified in four categories:

• Debt instruments at amortised cost

A ‘debt instrument’ is measured at the amortised cost if both the following conditions are met:

  • The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets for collecting contractual cash flows, and

  • Contractual terms of the asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) on the principal amount outstanding.

This category is the most relevant to the Company. After initial measurement, such financial assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included in other income in the statement of profit and loss. The losses arising from impairment are recognised in the profit or loss. This category generally applies to trade and other receivables.

• Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI)

A ‘debt instrument’ is classified as at the FVTOCI if both of the following criteria are met:

  • The objective of the business model is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and selling the financial assets, and

  • The asset’s contractual cash flows represent SPPI.

Debt instruments included within the FVTOCI category are measured initially as well as at each reporting date at fair value. Fair value movements are recognized in the other comprehensive income (OCI). On derecognition of the asset, cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from the equity to statement of profit and loss. Interest earned whilst holding FVTOCI debt instrument is reported as interest income using the EIR method.

• Debt instruments at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

FVTPL is a residual category for debt instruments. Any debt instrument, which does not meet the criteria for categorization as at amortized cost or as FVTOCI, is classified as at FVTPL.

In addition, the Company may elect to designate a debt instrument, which otherwise meets amortized cost or FVTOCI criteria, as at FVTPL. However, such election is allowed only if doing so reduces or eliminates a measurement or recognition inconsistency (referred to as ‘accounting mismatch’). Debt instruments included within the FVTPL category are measured at fair value with all changes recognized in the statement of profit and loss.

• Equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI)

All equity investments in scope of Ind AS 109 are measured at fair value. Equity instruments which are held for trading and contingent consideration recognised by an acquirer in a business combination to which Ind AS103 applies are classified as at FVTPL. For all other equity instruments, the Company may make an irrevocable election to present in other comprehensive income subsequent changes in the fair value. The Company makes such election on an instrument-by-instrument basis. The classification is made on initial recognition and is irrevocable.

If the Company decides to classify an equity instrument as at FVTOCI, then all fair value changes on the instrument, excluding dividends, are recognized in the OCI. There is no recycling of the amounts from OCI to P&L, even on sale of investment. However, the Company may transfer the cumulative gain or loss within equity.

Equity instruments included within the FVTPL category are measured at fair value with all changes recognized in the P&L.

C) Derecognition

A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a Company of similar financial assets) is primarily derecognised (i.e. removed from the Company’s balance sheet) when:

  • The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, or

239 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

The Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) the Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Company has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

When the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass through arrangement, it evaluates if and to what extent it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership. When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the Company continues to recognise the transferred asset to the extent of the Company’s continuing involvement. In that case, the Company also recognises an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Company has retained.

Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Company could be required to repay.

D) Impairment of financial assets

The Company assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortised cost and FVOCI debt instruments. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables only, the Company applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

II. Financial Liabilities

A) Initial recognition and measurement

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

B) Subsequent measurement

The measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:

• Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are incurred for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term. This category also includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Company that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as defined by Ind AS 109. Separated embedded derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments. Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognised in the profit or loss.

Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss are designated as such at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in Ind AS 109 are satisfied. For liabilities designated as FVTPL, fair value gains/ losses attributable to changes in own credit risk are recognized in OCI. These gains/ loss are not subsequently transferred to P&L. However, the Company may transfer the cumulative gain or loss within equity. All other changes in fair value of such liability are recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

• Loans and Borrowings

This is the category most relevant to the Company. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance costs in the statement of profit and loss.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 240

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

• Financial guarantee contracts

Financial guarantee contracts issued by the Company are those contracts that require a payment to be made to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because the specified debtor fails to make a payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Financial guarantee contracts are recognised initially as a liability at fair value, adjusted for transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of the guarantee. Subsequently, the liability is measured at the higher of the amount of loss allowance determined as per impairment requirements of Ind AS 109 and the amount recognised less cumulative amortisation.

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the contractual payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations.

C) De-recognition

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

III. Reclassification of financial assets / liabilities

After initial recognition, no reclassification is made for financial assets which are equity instruments and financial liabilities. For financial assets which are debt instruments, a reclassification is made only if there is a change in the business model for managing those assets. Changes to the business model are expected to be infrequent. The Company’s senior management determines change in the business model as a result of external or internal changes which are significant to the Company’s operations.

IV. Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet where there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable

right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of Company or the counterparty.

V. Derivatives and hedging activities

The Company enters derivatives like forwards contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently marked to market at the end of each reporting period with profit/loss being recognised in statement of profit and loss. Derivative assets/ liabilities are classified under “other financial assets/ other financial liabilities”. Profits and losses arising from cancellation of contracts are recognised in the statement of profit and loss.

The company designates certain hedging instruments, which includes derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of foreign currency and commodity risk, as either cash flow hedge, fair value hedge or hedges or net investment in foreign operations. Hedges of foreign currency risk on firm commitments are accounted for cash flow hedges.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:

  • fair value hedge is when hedging the exposure to change in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an unrecognised song commitment

  • cash flow hedges when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or highly probable forecast transaction or the foreign currency risk in an unrecognised firm commitment.

At the inception of hedge relationship, the Company formally designates and keeps the hedge relationship to which the Company wishes to apply hedge accounting and risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes the company’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge, the hedging/economic relationship, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk by hedged, hedge ratio and how the entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting exposure to changes in the hedge item fair value or cash flow attributable to the hedge risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cashflows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting

241 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

periods for which they were designated. Hedge that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting accounted for as described below

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in OCI in the Effective portion of cash flow hedges, while any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the statement of profit and loss. The Effective portion of cash flow hedges is adjusted to the lower of the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument and the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item.

The Company uses forward currency contracts as hedges of its exposure to foreign currency risk in forecast transactions and firm commitments, as well as forward commodity contracts for its exposure to volatility in the commodity prices. The ineffective portion relating to foreign currency contracts is recognised in finance costs and the ineffective portion relating to commodity contracts is recognised in other income or expenses.

The Company designates only the spot element of a forward contract as a hedging instrument. The forward element is recognised in OCI.

The amounts accumulated in OCI are accounted for, depending on the nature of the underlying hedged transaction. If the hedged transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a non-financial item, the amount accumulated in equity is removed from the separate component of equity and included in the initial cost or other carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability. This is not a reclassification adjustment and will not be recognised in OCI for the period. This also applies where the hedged forecast transaction of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability subsequently becomes a firm commitment for which fair value hedge accounting is applied.

For any other cash flow hedges, the amount accumulated in OCI is reclassified to profit or loss as reclassification adjustment in the same period or periods during which the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss.

If cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, the amount that has been accumulated in OCI must remain in accumulated OCI if the hedged future cash flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the amount will be immediately reclassified to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment. After discontinuation, once the hedged cash flow occurs, any amount remaining in accumulated OCI must be accounted for depending on the nature of the underlying transaction as described above.

11 Fair value measurements

The Company measures financial instruments at fair value at each balance sheet date. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

  • In the principal market for the asset or liability, or

  • In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Company. The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

The Company uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

  • Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

  • Level 2 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable

  • Level 3 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Company determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period. External valuers are involved for valuation of significant assets, such as properties and unquoted financial assets.

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Company has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 242

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

This note summarises accounting policy for fair value. Other fair value related disclosures are given in the relevant notes.

12 Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet and for the purpose of the statement of cash flows, include cash on hand, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

13 Inventories:

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for as follows:

Raw materials: cost includes cost of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is determined on first in, first out basis.

Finished goods and work in progress: cost includes cost of direct materials and labour and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on the normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs. Cost is determined on first in, first out basis.

Traded goods: cost includes cost of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is determined on weighted average basis.

Initial cost of inventories includes the transfer of gains and losses on qualifying cash flow hedges, recognised in OCI, in respect of the purchases of raw materials. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

14 Foreign currency transactions:

Items included in the standalone financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The standalone financial statements are presented in Indian Rupee (INR), which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

  • a) On initial recognition, all foreign currency transactions are recorded at the functional currency spot rate at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

  • b) Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currency outstanding at the close of reporting date are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date.

  • c) Exchange differences arising on settlement of translation of monetary items are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of non-monetary items measured at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of the gain or loss on the change in fair value of the item (i.e., translation differences on items whose fair value gain or loss is recognised in OCI or profit or loss are also recognised in OCI or profit or loss, respectively)

15 Income tax

The income tax expense or credit for the year is the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for the jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and unabsorbed depreciation.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss except to the extent it relates to items recognized directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognized in equity or other comprehensive income.

A. Current income tax

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. The Company establishes provisions, wherever appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities.

B. Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect changes in probability that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

243 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.

Deferred tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or in equity). Deferred tax items are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in equity.

16 Borrowing costs

General and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale. Borrowing costs also include exchange difference arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

17 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets

A. Provisions

  • A provision is recognised if

  • the Company has present legal or constructive obligation as a result of an event in the past;

  • it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and

  • the amount of the obligation has been reliably estimated.

Provisions are measured at the management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the end of the reporting period. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted to reflect its present value using a current pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

The Company provides for general repairs of defects that existed at the time of sale, as required by the law. Provision for warranty related costs are recognised when the product is sold to the customer. Initial recognition is based on historical experience. The estimate of warranty related costs is revised annually.

If the Company has a contract that is onerous, the present obligation under the contract is recognised and measured as a provision. However, before a separate provision for an onerous contract is established, the Company recognises any impairment loss that has occurred on assets dedicated to that contract. An onerous contract is a contract under which the unavoidable costs (i.e., the costs that the Company cannot avoid because it has the contract) of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. The unavoidable costs under a contract reflect the least net cost of exiting from the contract, which is the lower of the cost of fulfilling it and any compensation or penalties arising from failure to fulfil it. The cost of fulfilling a contract comprises the costs that relate directly to the contract (i.e., both incremental costs and an allocation of costs directly related to contract activities).

B. Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when there is a possible obligation arising from past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Company or a present obligation that arises from past events where it is either not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation or a reliable estimate of the amount cannot be made.

A contingent liability recognised in a business combination is initially measured at its fair value. Subsequently, it is measured at the higher of the amount that would be recognised in accordance with the requirements for provisions above or the amount initially recognised less, when appropriate, cumulative amortisation recognised in accordance with the requirements for revenue recognition.

C. Contingent assets

A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity. A contingent asset is not recognised but disclosed where an inflow of economic benefit is probable.

18 Employee benefits

A. Short-term obligations

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including nonmonetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in the same period in

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 244

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

which the employees renders the related service and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

Retirement benefit in the form of provident fund is a defined contribution plan. The Company has no obligation, other than the contribution payable to the provident fund. The Company recognises contribution payable to the provident fund scheme as an expense, when an employee renders the related services. If the Contribution payable to the scheme for service received before the balance sheet date exceeds the contribution already paid, the deficit payable to the scheme is recognised as a liability after deducting the contribution already paid. If the contribution already paid exceeds the contribution due for services received before the balance sheet date, then excess is recognised as an asset to the extent that the prepayment will lead to a reduction in future payment or a cash refund.

B. Other long-term employee benefit obligations

The liabilities for earned leave and sick leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. They are therefore measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method. The benefits are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting period that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for atleast twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

C. Post-employment obligations

The Company operates the following postemployment schemes

  • (a) defined benefit plans - gratuity and obligation towards shortfall of Provident Fund Trusts

  • (b) defined contribution plans - Provident fund (RPFC Contributions), superannuation and pension

Defined benefit plans :

The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets excluding non-qualifying

asset (reimbursement right). The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on government bonds that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the statement of profit and loss. Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings in the statement of changes in equity and in the balance sheet.

Insurance policy held by the Company from insurers who are related parties are not qualifying insurance policies and hence the right to reimbursement is recognised as a separate assets under other non-current and/or current assets as the case may be.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognised immediately in profit or loss as past service cost.

Defined contribution plans :

In respect of certain employees, the Company pays provident fund contributions to publicly administered provident funds as per local regulations. The Company has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. Such contributions are accounted for as employee benefit expense when they are due. Defined contribution to superannuation fund is being made as per the scheme of the Company. Defined contribution to Employees Pension Scheme 1995 is made to Government Provident Fund Authority whereas the contributions for National Pension Scheme is made to Stock Holding Corporation of India Limited.

D. Share based payment

The Company operates a number of equity settled, employee share based compensation plans, under which the Company receives services from employees as consideration for equity shares of the Company. Equity settled share based payment to employees and other providing similar services are measured at fair value of the equity instrument at grant date.

The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is determined by reference to the fair

245 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

value of the options as at the Grant Date and is recognised as an ‘employee benefits expense’ with a corresponding increase in equity. The total expense is recognised over the vesting period which is the period over which the applicable vesting condition is to be satisfied. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted excluding the impact of any service vesting conditions.

At the end of each year, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the service vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

If at any point of time after the vesting of the share options, the right to the same expires (either by virtue of lapse of the exercise period or the employee leaving the Company), the fair value of the options accruing in favour of the said employee are written back to the retained earning in the reporting period in which the right expires.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share

Pursuant to the scheme of demerger, the employees also have benefits available in the other group entity. The Company records as a cross charge for such employee share based compensation.

19 Trade credits

Suppliers’ credit

Supplier’s credit also includes amounts payable towards vendor financing entered into with the suppliers. Under this arrangement, the supplier is eligible to receive payment prior to the expiry of extended credit period by assigning such invoices to a third-party purchaser bank based on security in the form of an undertaking issued by the Company to the bank. Further, the supplier charges interest to the Company for the extended credit period which has been presented under Finance Cost.

These are normally settled up to four months. Where these arrangements are for goods used in the normal operations of the Company with a maturity of up to four months, the economic substance of the transaction is determined to be operating in nature and these are recognised as operational suppliers’ credit and disclosed on the face of the balance sheet under trade credits. Payments made to vendors are treated as cash item and disclosed as cash flow from operating activity depending on the nature of the underlying transaction.

Customers’ credit

Customer credits include receivables which are subject to factoring arrangements and channel financing facilities. Under this arrangement the Company has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash. The Company continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet with the corresponding liability under customer credits.

20 Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available.

Operating segments often exhibit similar long-term financial performance if they have similar economic characteristics. Two or more operating segments are aggregated by the Company into a single operating segment if aggregation is consistent with the core principle of Ind AS 108, the segments have similar economic characteristics, and the segments are similar in aspects as defined by Ind AS.

The Company reports separately, information about an operating segment that meets any of quantitative thresholds as defined by Ind AS. Operating segments that do not meet any of the quantitative thresholds, are considered reportable and separately disclosed, only if management of the Company believes that information about the segment would be useful to users of the financial statements

Information about other business activities and operating segments that are not reportable separately are combined and disclosed in an ‘all other segments’ category

21 Dividends

The Company recognises a liability to pay dividend to equity holders when the distribution is authorised and is no longer at the discretion of the Company. As per the corporate laws in India, a distribution is authorised when it is approved by the shareholders. A corresponding amount is recognised directly in equity. Interim dividends are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the Company's Board of Directors.

22 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

The Company classifies non-current assets and disposal Companys as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale rather than through continuing use. Non-current assets and disposal Companys classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 246

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

value less costs to sell. Costs to sell are the incremental costs directly attributable to the disposal of an asset (disposal Company), excluding finance costs and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable, and the asset or disposal Company is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Actions required to complete the sale/ distribution should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the sale will be made or that the decision to sell will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the sale and the sale expected within one year from the date of classification. For these purposes, sale transactions include exchanges of non-current assets for other non-current assets when the exchange has commercial substance. The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded met only when the assets or disposal Company is available for immediate sale in its present condition, subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets (or disposal Companys), its sale is highly probable; and it will genuinely be sold, not abandoned.

The Company treats sale of the asset or disposal Company to be highly probable when:

  • The appropriate level of management is committed to a plan to sell the asset (or disposal Company),

  • An active programme to locate a buyer and complete the plan has been initiated (if applicable),

  • The asset (or disposal Company) is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value,

  • The sale is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification, and

  • Actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible are not depreciated, or amortised assets once classified as held for sale. Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are presented separately from other items in the balance sheet.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount as profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations in the statement of profit and loss. All other notes to the financial statements mainly include amounts for continuing operations, unless otherwise mentioned.

23 Earnings per share

equity shares outstanding during the year. Earnings / (loss) considered in ascertaining the Company's earnings per share is the net profit / (loss) for the year. The weighted average number equity shares outstanding during the year and all year presented is adjusted for events, such as bonus shares, other than the conversion of potential equity shares, that have changed the number of equity shares outstanding, without a corresponding change in resources. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit of loss for the period attributable to equity shareholders and the weighted average number of share outstanding during the year is adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.

  • 24 Investment in Associate

Investment in associates are accounted at cost in accordance with Ind AS 28.

  • 25 All amounts disclosed in the standalone financial statements and notes have been rounded off to the nearest lakh (upto two decimals) as per the requirement of Schedule III, unless otherwise stated.

1C NEW AND AMENDED STANDARDS

The Company applied for the first-time certain standards and amendments, which are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 April 2024. The Company has not early adopted any standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

  • (i) Ind AS 117 Insurance Contracts

The Ministry of corporate Affairs (MCA) notified the Ind AS 117, Insurance Contracts, vide notification dated 12 August 2024, under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Amendment Rules, 2024, which is effective from annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2024.

Ind AS 117 Insurance Contracts is a comprehensive new accounting standard for insurance contracts covering recognition and measurement, presentation and disclosure. Ind AS 117 replaces Ind AS 104 Insurance Contracts. Ind AS 117 applies to all types of insurance contracts, regardless of the type of entities that issue them as well as to certain guarantees and financial instruments with discretionary participation features; a few scope exceptions will apply. Ind AS 117 is based on a general model, supplemented by:

  • A specific adaptation for contracts with direct participation features (the variable fee approach)

  • A simplified approach (the premium allocation approach) mainly for short-duration contracts

The application of Ind AS 117 had no impact on the Company’s standalone financial statements as the Company has not entered any contracts in the nature of insurance contracts covered under Ind AS 117.

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of

247 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

(ii) Amendment to Ind AS 116 Leases – Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback

The MCA notified the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Second Amendment Rules, 2024, which amend Ind AS 116, Leases, with respect to Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback.

The amendment specifies the requirements that a seller-lessee uses in measuring the lease liability arising in a sale and leaseback transaction, to ensure the sellerlessee does not recognise any amount of the gain or loss that relates to the right of use it retains. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2024 and must be applied retrospectively to sale and leaseback transactions entered into after the date of initial application of Ind AS 116.

The amendment does not have any impact on the Company’s standalone financial statements

STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE

There are no standards that are notified and not yet effective as on the date.

CLIMATE RELATED MATTERS

The Company considers climate-related matters in estimates and assumptions, where appropriate and based on its overall assessment, believes that the climate-related risks might not currently have a significant impact on the Company. However, the Company will continue to closely monitor relevant changes and developments, such as any new climaterelated legislation as and when they become applicable

1D SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ESTIMATES, JUDGEMENTS AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of standalone financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom equal the actual results. The management also needs to exercise judgment in applying the Company’s accounting policies. This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different than those originally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included below.

1 Warranty provision

The Company generally offers 1-2 years standard warranties for its products. The Company has taken warranty insurance under which most of the products are covered. The Company recognises warranty provision basis assumptions, on serviceable sales and cost to service those serviceable sales. The warranty insurance premium paid is charged off to the statement of profit and loss account and warranty insurance assets is created on an estimated basis. The insurance claims received are then netted against the said warranty insurance assets.

The Company also sells certain lighting fitting to its customers. In few lighting fittings products, the drivers are an essential part and are expected to last for a longer period. In such cases, the Company provides warranties beyond fixing defects that existed at the time of sale. Basis this, the Company recognises this as a separate performance obligation and recognises revenue only in the period in which such service is provided based on time elapsed.

2 Impairment allowance for trade receivables

The Company makes allowances for doubtful accounts receivable using a simplified approach which is a dual policy of an ageing based provision and historical / anticipated customer experience. Management believes that this simplified model closely represents the expected credit loss model to be applied on financial assets as per Ind AS 109. Further, in case of operationally closed projects, Company makes specific assessment of the overdue balances by considering the customer’s historical payment patterns, latest correspondences with the customers for recovery of the amounts outstanding and credit status of the significant counterparties where available. Accordingly, a best judgment estimate is made to record the impairment allowance in respect of operationally closed projects.

Project revenue and costs

3

Revenue from construction contracts is recognised based on the stage of completion determined with reference to the actual costs incurred up to reporting date on the construction contract and the estimated cost to complete the project. The percentage-ofcompletion method places considerable importance on accurate estimates to the extent of progress towards completion and may involve estimates on the scope of deliveries and services required for fulfilling the contractually defined obligations. These significant estimates include total contract costs, total contract revenues, contract risks, including technical, political and regulatory risks, and other judgments. The Company re-assesses these estimates on periodic basis and makes appropriate revisions accordingly.

4 Fair value measurement

When the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the balance sheet cannot be measured based on quoted prices in active markets, their fair value is measured using appropriate valuation techniques. The inputs for these valuations are taken from observable sources where possible, but where this is not feasible, a degree of judgement is required in establishing fair values. Judgements include considerations of various inputs including liquidity risk, credit risk, volatility etc. Changes in assumptions/ judgements about these factors could affect the reported fair value of financial instruments. Refer Note 34 of financial statements for the fair value disclosures and related sensitivity.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 248

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

5 Employee benefits

The cost of the defined benefit gratuity plan and other post-employment leave benefits are determined using actuarial valuations. An actuarial valuation involves making various assumptions that may differ from actual developments in the future. These include the determination of the discount rate, future salary increases and mortality rates. Due to the complexities involved in the valuation and its long-term nature, a defined benefit obligation is highly sensitive to changes in these assumptions. All assumptions are reviewed at each reporting date. The mortality rate is based on publicly available mortality tables. Those mortality tables tend to change only at interval in response to demographic changes. Future salary increases are based on expected future inflation rates. Refer note 21 of financial statements for disclosure.

6 Leases

Estimates are required to determine the appropriate discount rate used to measure lease liabilities. The Company cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease, therefore, it uses its incremental borrowing rate (IBR) to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The IBR therefore reflects what the Company ‘would have to pay’, which requires estimation when no observable rates are available or when they need to be adjusted to reflect the terms and conditions of the lease. The Company estimates the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates, bank rates to the Company for a loan of a similar tenure, etc). The Company has applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases of similar assets in similar economic environment with a similar end date.

7 Impairment of non-financial assets

The Company assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (CGU) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or Companys of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs

of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded companies or other available fair value indicators.

The Company bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for each of the Company’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover a period of five years. For longer periods, a longterm growth rate is calculated and applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year. To estimate cash flow projections beyond periods covered by the most recent budgets/forecasts, the Company extrapolates cash flow projections in the budget using a steady or declining growth rate for subsequent years, unless an increasing rate can be justified. In any case, this growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the products, industries, or country or countries in which the Company operates, or for the market in which the asset is used.

Impairment losses of continuing operations, including impairment on inventories, are recognised in the statement of profit and loss, except for properties previously revalued with the revaluation surplus taken to OCI. For such properties, the impairment is recognised in OCI up to the amount of any previous revaluation surplus.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. If such indication exists, the Company estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the statement of profit and loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase.

8 Retailer Bonding Program

The Company has a loyalty points program, “Retailer Bonding Program”, which allows customers to accumulate points that can be redeemed for free products, upto a limited time period. The loyalty points give rise to a separate performance obligation as they provide a material right to the customer. A portion of the transaction price is allocated to the loyalty points awarded to customers based on relative stand-alone selling price and recognized as deferred revenue

249 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

until the points are redeemed. Revenue is recognized upon redemption of products by the customer. When estimating the stand-alone selling price of the loyalty points, the Company considers the likelihood that the customer will redeem the points. The Company considers various judgement and estimates like determination of cost of redemption, redeemed points, expiry date, etc. The Company updates its estimates on a quarterly basis and any adjustments to the deferred revenue are charged against revenue.

9 Share based payments

The Company initially measures the cost of cashsettled transactions with employees using a binomial model to determine the fair value of the liability incurred. Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which is dependent

on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the share option, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them.

10 Taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies.

  • 11 For judgements relating to contingent liabilities, refer note 40(a).

250

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Freehold
Land
Building
Ownership
Premises
Plant &
Machinery
Furniture
& Fixtures
Electrical
Installations
Office
Equipment
Vehicles
Dies & Jigs
Leasehold
Improvement
Temporary
Structures
Roads &
Borewell
IT
Hardware
Total
Opening gross block as at 31st March 2023
3,722.28
8,734.24
6,271.54
9,701.23
2,406.79
1,357.43
1,641.53
392.67
8,138.13
383.92
31.04
159.44
8,713.53
51,653.77
Additions
-
304.17
(16.62)
1,628.50
419.16
190.42
334.21
20.84
5,047.72
1,021.26
-
78.14
1,552.17
10,579.97
Disposals
-
(2.49)
-
(651.74)
(80.12)
(1.28)
(53.43)
(22.79)
-
-
(2.83)
- (3,164.93)
(3,979.61)
Classified as asset held for sale
-
-
(277.77)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(277.77)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(862.61)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(862.61)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45)
-
49.14
-
(154.64)
(7.63)
(82.71)
(6.86)
13.56
0.01
-
2.83
-
(5.06)
(191.36)
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2024
3,722.28
9,085.06
5,114.54
10,523.35
2,738.20
1,463.86
1,915.45
404.28
13,185.86
1,405.18
31.04
237.58
7,095.71
56,922.39
Additions
-
111.94
-
794.07
237.47
173.01
494.36
107.55
8,848.57
(285.48)
-
3.91
571.39
11,056.79
Disposals
(1,648.45)
-
-
(278.78)
(34.76)
(13.34)
(50.19)
(119.11)
(608.88)
-
-
- (2,554.51)
(5,308.02)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(2,613.55)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2,613.55)
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2025
2,073.83
9,197.00
2,500.99
11,038.64
2,940.91
1,623.53
2,359.62
392.72
21,425.55
1,119.70
31.04
241.49
5,112.59
60,057.61
Opening accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2023
-
936.25
897.94
3,178.50
1,477.89
496.15
1,152.76
98.43
4,817.74
187.38
31.04
29.88
7,213.78
20,517.74
Depreciation charge during the year
-
336.91
131.10
933.10
357.63
158.79
189.21
65.81
1,812.26
96.40
-
26.94
913.74
5,021.89
Disposals
-
-
-
(472.79)
(71.75)
(0.65)
(46.62)
(17.23)
-
-
(2.83)
- (3,095.75)
(3,707.62)
Classified as asset held for sale
-
-
(36.87)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(36.87)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(137.70)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(137.70)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45)
-
(27.44)
(18.19)
91.98
(11.77)
(28.60)
(8.82)
(12.17)
(0.00)
-
2.83
(0.24)
41.12
28.70
Closing accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2024
-
1,245.72
836.28
3,730.79
1,752.00
625.69
1,286.53
134.84
6,630.00
283.78
31.04
56.58
5,072.89
21,686.14
Depreciation charge during the year
-
323.26
93.02
1,098.93
254.39
166.37
292.57
44.53
3,887.83
188.84
-
26.95
915.57
7,292.26
Disposals
-
-
-
(261.50)
(27.64)
(10.27)
(50.17)
(29.31)
(599.82)
-
-
- (2,553.82)
(3,532.53)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(468.71)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(468.71)
Closing accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2025
-
1,568.98
460.59
4,568.22
1,978.75
781.79
1,528.93
150.06
9,918.01
472.62
31.04
83.53
3,434.64
24,977.16
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2024
3,722.28
7,839.34
4,278.26
6,792.56
986.20
838.17
628.92
269.44
6,555.86
1,121.40
-
181.00
2,022.82
35,236.25
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2025
2,073.83
7,628.02
2,040.40
6,470.42
962.16
841.74
830.69
242.66
11,507.54
647.08
-
157.96
1,677.95
35,080.45
10,579.97 (3,979.61) (277.77) (862.61) (191.36) 56,922.39 11,056.79 (5,308.02) (2,613.55) 60,057.61 20,517.74 5,021.89 (3,707.62) (36.87) (137.70) 28.70 21,686.14 7,292.26 (3,532.53) (468.71) 24,977.16 35,236.25 35,080.45
1,552.17 (3,164.93) - - (5.06) 7,095.71 571.39 (2,554.51) - 5,112.59 7,213.78 913.74 (3,095.75) - - 41.12 5,072.89 915.57 (2,553.82) - 3,434.64 2,022.82 1,677.95
78.14 - - - - 237.58 3.91 - - 241.49 29.88 26.94 - - - (0.24) 56.58 26.95 - - 83.53 181.00 157.96
- (2.83) - - 2.83 31.04 - - - 31.04 31.04 - (2.83) - - 2.83 31.04 - - - 31.04 - -
1,021.26 - - - - 1,405.18 (285.48) - - 1,119.70 187.38 96.40 - - - - 283.78 188.84 - - 472.62 1,121.40 647.08
5,047.72 - - - 0.01 13,185.86 8,848.57 (608.88) - 21,425.55 4,817.74 1,812.26 - - - (0.00) 6,630.00 3,887.83 (599.82) - 9,918.01 6,555.86 11,507.54
20.84 (22.79) - - 13.56 404.28 107.55 (119.11) - 392.72 98.43 65.81 (17.23) - - (12.17) 134.84 44.53 (29.31) - 150.06 269.44 242.66
334.21 (53.43) - - (6.86) 1,915.45 494.36 (50.19) - 2,359.62 1,152.76 189.21 (46.62) - - (8.82) 1,286.53 292.57 (50.17) - 1,528.93 628.92 830.69
190.42 (1.28) - - (82.71) 1,463.86 173.01 (13.34) - 1,623.53 496.15 158.79 (0.65) - - (28.60) 625.69 166.37 (10.27) - 781.79 838.17 841.74
419.16 (80.12) - - (7.63) 2,738.20 237.47 (34.76) - 2,940.91 1,477.89 357.63 (71.75) - - (11.77) 1,752.00 254.39 (27.64) - 1,978.75 986.20 962.16
1,628.50 (651.74) - - (154.64) 10,523.35 794.07 (278.78) - 11,038.64 3,178.50 933.10 (472.79) - - 91.98 3,730.79 1,098.93 (261.50) - 4,568.22 6,792.56 6,470.42
(16.62) - (277.77) (862.61) - 5,114.54 - - (2,613.55) 2,500.99 897.94 131.10 - (36.87) (137.70) (18.19) 836.28 93.02 - (468.71) 460.59 4,278.26 2,040.40
304.17 (2.49) - - 49.14 9,085.06 111.94 - - 9,197.00 936.25 336.91 - - - (27.44) 1,245.72 323.26 - - 1,568.98 7,839.34 7,628.02
- - - - - 3,722.28 - (1,648.45) - 2,073.83 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,722.28 2,073.83
Additions Disposals Classified as asset held for sale Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Discontinued operations (refer note 45) Closing gross block as at 31st March 2024 Additions Disposals Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Closing gross block as at 31st March 2025 Opening accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2023
Depreciation charge during the year Disposals Classified as asset held for sale Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Discontinued operations (refer note 45) Closing accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2024
Depreciation charge during the year Disposals Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Closing accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2025
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2024
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2025

251 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

(i) Leased assets

The Company has not given any assets on operating lease to third parties.

(ii) Property, plant and equipment pledged as security

Refer to note 18 for information on property, plant and equipment pledged as security by the Company.

(iii) Contractual obligations

Refer to note 40(b) for disclosure of contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.

(iv) Capital work-in-progress

Capital work-in-progress mainly comprises of dies & jigs, plant and machineries and factory building amounting to H 171.25 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 5,840.46 lakhs), H 126.38 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 23.50 lakhs) and J 307.25 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 37.87 lakhs) respectively, pending to be put to use.

Movement of capital work-in-progress (CWIP)

Movement of capital work-in-progress (CWIP)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Opening at the start of theyear 6,183.96 4,058.82
Additions duringtheyear 5,845.72 5,796.29
Capitalised duringtheyear (11,106.70) (3,671.15)
Closing at the end of theyear 922.98 6,183.96

(v) Title deeds

The title deeds of immovable properties are held in the name of the Company. Certain title deeds of the immovable properties, in the nature of freehold land and building, which were acquired pursuant to a Scheme of Amalgamation approved by National Company Law Tribunal’s (NCLT) Order dated May 21st 2020 for Hind Lamps Limited, dated August 25th 2022 for Starlite Lighting Limited and dated March 07th 2024 for Nirlep Appliances Private Limited are not individually held in the name of the Company, however the deed of merger has been registered by the Company as on March 31, 2025.

(vi) Ageing schedule

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2025

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2025
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in CWIP for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 635.83 199.96 - 87.19 922.98
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 635.83 199.96 - 87.19 922.98

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2024

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2024
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in CWIP for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 5,721.36 103.55 351.70 7.35 6,183.96
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 5,721.36 103.55 351.70 7.35 6,183.96

All the upcoming projects of the Company are within the timelines as estimated during the original plan and the actual cost of projects are within the total cost as estimated by the management of the Company as at the Balance Sheet date.

252

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 3 : Right of use assets and Lease liabilities

The details of the right-of-use asset held by the Company is as follows:

Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Buildings Equipments Leasehold land Total
Gross block as on March 31, 2023 13,389.35 22.72 2,818.62 16,230.69
Additions for theyear 19,327.08 - - 19,327.08
Deletions for theyear (6,925.27) - - (6,925.27)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45) - - (324.30) (324.30)
Gross block as on March 31, 2024 25,791.16 22.72 2,494.32 28,308.20
Additions for theyear 9,007.27 - - 9,007.27
Deletions for theyear (3,236.24) - - (3,236.24)
Closing gross block as on March 31, 2025 31,562.19 22.72 2,494.32 34,079.23
Accumulated depreciation as on March 31, 2023 3,949.66 21.72 312.09 4,283.47
Depreciation for theyear 4,717.27 - 35.08 4,752.35
Deletions for theyear (2,941.43) - - (2,941.43)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45) 25.08 - (33.17) (8.09)
Accumulated depreciation as on March 31, 2024 5,750.58 21.72 314.00 6,086.30
Depreciation for theyear 5,839.02 - 33.89 5,872.91
Deletions for theyear (2,292.26) - - (2,292.26)
Closing accumulated depreciation as on March
31, 2025
9,297.34 21.72 347.89 9,666.95
Net carrying value of right of use assets as on
March 31, 2024
20,040.58 1.00 2,180.32 22,221.90
Net carrying value of right of use assets as on
March 31, 2025
22,264.85 1.00 2,146.43 24,412.28

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year Ended
Mar 31, 2025
Year Ended
Mar 31, 2024
Opening lease liabilities 21,489.56 10,051.52
Additions for theyear 8,757.01 18,958.89
Deletions / Modifications for theyear (1,063.57) (4,180.91)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45) - (423.08)
Finance cost for theyear 2,004.67 1,551.30
Lease instalmentspaid for theyear (6,858.71) (4,468.16)
Closing lease liabilities 24,328.96 21,489.56
-
classified as current
-
classified as non-current
For maturity profile of lease liabilities, refer Note 35 (B)(ii)
5,662.44
18,666.52
4,228.33
17,261.23

Note 4: Intangible Assets

Note 4: Intangible Assets
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Distributor
/ Dealer
Network
Customer
relationships
Trade
Marks
Computer
Software
Brand Total
Opening gross block as at 31st March 2023 195.57 26.10 0.51 3,369.69 1,952.33 5,544.20
Additions - - - 720.25 - 720.25
Disposals - - - (465.75) - (465.75)
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2024 195.57 26.10 0.51 3,624.19 1,952.33 5,798.70
Additions - - - 501.27 - 501.27
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2025 195.57 26.10 0.51 4,125.46 1,952.33 6,299.97

253 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 4: Intangible Assets (Contd..)

Note 4: Intangible Assets (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Distributor
/ Dealer
Network
Customer
relationships
Trade
Marks
Computer
Software
Brand Total
Opening accumulated amortization as at
31st March 2023
195.57 26.10 0.40 1,607.10 1,791.81 3,620.98
Amortisation charge for theyear - - 0.06 940.90 160.52 1,101.48
Disposals - - - (465.75) - (465.75)
Closing accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2024
195.57 26.10 0.46 2,082.25 1,952.33 4,256.71
Amortisation charge for theyear - - 0.05 1,148.45 1,148.50
Closing accumulated amortization as at
31st March 2025
195.57 26.10 0.51 3,230.70 1,952.33 5,405.21
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2024
- - 0.05 1,541.94 - 1,541.99
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2025
- - - 894.76 - 894.76

(i) Note

Intangible assets under development mainly comprises of IT softwares license and implementation cost amounting to H 332.04 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 161.71 lakhs).

(ii) Ageing schedule

Intangible asset under development (IAUD) ageing schedule as at March 31, 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in IAUD for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 297.14 34.90 - - 332.04
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 297.14 34.90 - - 332.04
Intangible asset under development ageing schedule as at March 31, 2024 (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in IAUD for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 161.71 161.71
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 161.71 - - - 161.71

All the upcoming projects of the Company are within the timelines as estimated during the original plan and the actual cost of projects are within the total cost as estimated by the management of the Company as at the Balance Sheet date.

(iii) Movement in intangible assets under development

Movement in intangible assets under development
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Opening at the start of theyear 161.71 130.94
Additions duringtheyear 486.47 161.71
Capitalised duringtheyear (316.14) (130.94)
Closing at the end of theyear 332.04 161.71

254

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 4.1: Investment properties

Note 4.1: Investment properties
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Building &
Ownership Premises
Land Total
Gross block as at 31st March 2023 750.47 12,600.00 13,350.47
Disposals (20.76) - (20.76)
Transferred fromproperty,plant and equipment (refer note 2) 862.61 862.61
Gross block as at 31st March 2024 1,592.32 12,600.00 14,192.32
Transferred fromproperty,plant and equipment (refer note 2) 2,613.55 - 2,613.55
Disposals (34.50) - (34.50)
Gross block as at 31st March 2025 4,171.37 12,600.00 16,771.37
Accumulated depreciation as at 31st March 2023 402.82 - 402.82
Depreciation 82.78 - 82.78
Disposals (13.05) - (13.05)
Transferred fromproperty,plant and equipment (refer note 2) 137.70 - 137.70
Accumulated depreciation as at 31st March 2024 610.25 - 610.25
Depreciation 93.46 - 93.46
Disposals (29.92) - (29.92)
Transferred fromproperty,plant and equipment (refer note 2) 468.71 - 468.71
Accumulated depreciation as at 31st March 2025 1,142.50 - 1,142.50
Net carrying amount as at 31st March 2024 982.07 12,600.00 13,582.07
Net carrying amount as at 31st March 2025 3,028.87 12,600.00 15,628.87

The amounts recorded above for freehold land are fair values on acquisition date based on valuation performed by a registered valuer as defined under rule 2 of Companies (Registered Valuers and Valuation) Rules, 2017. The Company has no restrictions on the realisability of its investment properties. Fair value of land as at 31st March 2025 is J 12,600 lakhs ( H 12,600 lakhs as at 31st March 2024). The fair valuation is based on current prices in the active market for similar lands. The main inputs used are quantum, area, location, demand, etc.

Note 5.1 : Investments in an associate

Note 5.1 : Investments in an associate
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Measured at cost
Unquoted
Investment in an associate
Non-current equity investments (unquoted) in Hind Lamps Private Limited (erstwhile
Hind Lamps Limited)
- 1,140,000 (March 31, 2024 - 1,140,000) equityshares ofH25 each
- -
Accumulated impairment allowance in value of investments in Hind Lamps Private
Limited (erstwhile Hind Lamps Limited)
- -
- -
Total investments in an associate - -

Information about investment made in an associate

Name of Investee
Relationship with
the Company
Principal place of
business
Ownership interest (%)
As at
31-Mar-25
As at
31-Mar-24
Hind Lamps Limited
Associate
India
19.00
19.00

255 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 5.2 : Financial assets (Investments - Current)

(a) Investment in equity instruments

Investment in equity instruments
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Unquoted
Investment in mutual funds
Investment in equity/debt mutual funds 6,187.46 3,004.50
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars No. of Units as on
March 31, 2025
No. of Units as on
March 31, 2024
Value as on
March 31, 2025
Value as on
March 31, 2024
ICICI Prudential - MoneyMarket Fund 2,50,894.20 - 945.04 -
ICICI Prudential - Overnight Fund - 38,828.39 - 501.09
HDFC Mutual Fund - MoneyMarket Fund 16,520.54 - 944.45 -
HDFC Mutual Fund - Liquid Fund - 1.20 - 0.06
HDFC Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 14,087.24 - 500.54
Tata Ultra Short Term Fund-Direct Plan- Growth 64,64,340.03 - 944.15 -
Bajaj Finserv Money Market Fund-Direct
Plan-Growth
81,546.14 - 928.05 -
SBI Savings Fund - Direct Plan - Growth 12,29,407.01 - 536.07 -
SBI Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 12,848.31 - 500.53
Tata Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 39,625.06 - 500.56
Mirae Asset Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 40,816.84 - 501.09
Kotak MoneyMarket Fund - (Growth) - Direct 21,247.33 - 944.53 -
Kotak Mutual Fund - Liquid Fund - 4.41 - 0.06
Kotak Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 39,189.49 - 500.57
Mirae Asset MoneyMarket Fund 75,457.38 - 945.17 -
Total 6,187.46 3,004.50
Aggregate value ofquoted investments 6,187.46 3,004.50
Aggregate value of impairment in value
of investment
- -

Note 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current)

(a) Investment in equity instruments

e 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current)
Investment in equity instruments
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Unquoted
Investment in equity shares
Non-current equity investments (unquoted) in M. P. Lamps Limited *
- 48,000 (March 31, 2024 - 48,000) equity shares ofH10/- each; (Partly paid shares
-H2.50/- Per share paid up, Called upH5.00/- per share)
- 95,997 (March 31, 2024 - 95,997) equity shares ofH10/- each; (Partly paid shares
-H1.25 Per sharepaid up, Called up H5per share).
2.40 2.40
Accumulated Fair value loss recorded in value of investments M. P. Lamps Limited. (2.40) (2.40)
- -
Non-current equity investments (unquoted) in Mayank Electro Ltd.
- 100 (March 31, 2024 - 100) equityshares ofH100/- each.
0.10 0.10
Total equity instruments 0.10 0.10

256

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current) (Contd..)

(b) Investment in debt instruments

e 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current) (Contd..)
Investment in debt instruments
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Unquoted
Investment in venture capital fund
Units of Bharat Innovation Fund - 4,189.470 Units as on 31st March 2025
(4,189.470 Units as on 31st March 2024)
514.85 492.67
Investment in other securities
Gold coins 0.37 0.37
Total debt instruments 515.22 493.04
Total non-current investments 515.32 493.14
Aggregate value ofquoted investments - -
Aggregate value of unquoted investments 515.32 493.14
  • In respect of Investments made in M. P. Lamps Ltd., calls of H 2.50 per share on 48,000 equity shares and H 3.75 per share on 95,997 Equity Shares aggregating to H 4.80 lakhs have not been paid by the Company. On principles of prudence the entire investment in M.P. Lamps Ltd. is considered as impaired and accordingly carried at H NIL.

Note 6 : Trade receivables

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current 1,28,639.33 1,16,317.50
Non-current 1,492.24 1,293.37
1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87
Unsecured, consideredgood 1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87
Unsecured, credit impaired 6,583.55 6,649.85
Total 1,36,715.12 1,24,260.72
Impairment allowance, credit impaired (allowance for bad and doubtful debts) (6,583.55) (6,649.85)
Total trade receivables (net of impairment allowance) 1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87

The above includes receivables from related parties. Refer note 38 for more details.

Transferred receivables

The carrying amount of trade receivables, include receivables which are subject to factoring arrangements and channel financing facilities. Under this arrangement the Company has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash. The Company continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet. The amount repayable under the factoring agreement is presented as trade credits in note 22.1

is presented as trade credits in note 22.1
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Trade credits (Note 22.1) 65,145.26 59,442.37
Total transferred receivables 65,145.26 59,442.37

Trade receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally received within the credit period. For trade and other receivables due from firms or private companies in which any director is a partner, a director or a member, refer note 38.

Trade Receivables ageing schedule as at 31st March 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from *
Not Due Less than 6
months
6 months
-1 year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(i) Undisputed Trade receivables —
consideredgood
- 1,23,052.96 1,017.45 5,115.63 789.33 156.20 1,30,131.57
(ii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— which have significant
increase in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(iii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— credit impaired
- - 58.46 314.25 492.06 2,719.21 3,583.98

257 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 6 : Trade receivables (Contd..)

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from *
Not Due Less than 6
months
6 months
-1 year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(iv) Disputed Trade Receivables —
consideredgood
- - - - - - -
(v) Disputed Trade Receivables —
which have significant increase
in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(vi) Disputed Trade Receivables —
credit impaired
- - 24.52 58.98 1,841.92 1,074.15 2,999.57
TOTAL - 1,23,052.96 1,100.43 5,488.86 3,123.31 3,949.56 1,36,715.12

Trade Receivables ageing schedule as at 31st March 2024

==> picture [484 x 45] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
Outstanding for following periods from
Particulars Less than 6 6 months More than
Not Due 1-2 Years 2-3 years Total
months -1 year 3 years
----- End of picture text -----*

(i) Undisputed Trade receivables —
consideredgood
- 1,06,872.00 7,666.85 508.28 736.82 1,826.92 1,17,610.87
(ii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— which have significant
increase in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(iii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— credit impaired
- - 384.21 328.61 766.57 2,621.97 4,101.36
(iv) Disputed Trade Receivables —
consideredgood
- - - - - - -
(v) Disputed Trade Receivables —
which have significant increase
in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(vi) Disputed Trade Receivables —
credit impaired
- - 0.01 1,825.89 0.01 722.58 2,548.49
TOTAL - 1,06,872.00 8,051.07 2,662.78 1,503.40 5,171.47 1,24,260.72
  • Outstanding from the transaction date for FY25 & FY24

Note 7 : Loans

(Unsecured, considered good unless otherwise stated)

Note 7 : Loans
(Unsecured, considered good unless otherwise stated)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current
Unsecured, consideredgood 0.94 50.38
Total current loans 0.94 50.38

Note 8 : Other financial assets

(Unsecured, considered good unless otherwise stated)

Note 8 : Other financial assets
(Unsecured, considered good unless otherwise stated)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Securitydeposits,consideredgood 3,037.02 3,295.41
Securitydeposits,credit impaired 146.54 97.13
Impairment allowance for credit impaired securitydeposits (146.54) (97.13)
3,037.02 3,295.41
Long term deposits with banks with remaining maturity period of more than 12 months
(provided as securityfor various regulatoryregistrations)
2,199.00 1,182.43
Interest accrued on bank deposits 1,693.08 549.69
Total non-current other financial assets 6,929.10 5,027.53

For breakup of financial assets carried at amortised cost, refer note 34. For deposits with related parties, refer note 38

258

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 9 : Deferred tax assets / (liabilities) (net)

(Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Deferred tax assets 5,148.76 6,627.66
Deferred tax liabilities (4,760.58) (6,097.33)
Total deferred tax assets/ (liabilities) (net) 388.18 530.33
Breakup and movement in deferred tax assets (Hin Lakhs)


Lease
liabilities
and
Others
Total
3,248.52 6,767.53
(571.20)
1,153.52
-
2.67
(85.15) (1,296.06)
2,592.17 6,627.66
367.62
(11.25)
-
(52.94)
- (1,414.71)
2,959.79 5,148.76
Particulars Employee
benefit
obligations
(gratuity)



Employee
benefit
obligations
(leave
obligations)




Impairment
allowance
(allowance
for doubtful
debts and
advances)





Financial
assets
measured
at
amortised
cost





Assets
held for
sale


Carried
forward
losses


Lease
liabilities
and
Others



Total
As at 31st March, 2023 38.01
93.19
2.67
(56.13)
77.74
141.79
(52.94)
-
166.59
147.45 2,780.92 **0.85 ** 551.78 **- ** **3,248.52 ** 6,767.53
(Charged) / Credited :
to statement ofprofit and loss 47.78 141.55 (0.85) 28.34 1,414.71 (571.20) 1,153.52
to other comprehensive income - - - - - - 2.67
to discontinued operations (28.76) (1,126.02) - - - (85.15) (1,296.06)
As at 31st March, 2024 166.47 1,796.45 **- ** **580.12 ** **1,414.71 ** **2,592.17 ** 6,627.66
(Charged) / Credited :
to statement ofprofit and loss 38.67 20.79 - (580.12) - 367.62 (11.25)
to other comprehensive income - - - - - - (52.94)
transferred to income tax assets - - - - (1,414.71) - (1,414.71)
As at 31st March, 2025 205.14 1,817.24 - - **- ** **2,959.79 ** 5,148.76

Breakup and movement in deferred tax liabilities

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Property,
plant and
equipment
Intangible
Assets
Financial
Assets
measured at
Amortised Cost
Investment
properties
Right of Use
assets and
Others
Total
As at 31st March, 2023 2,363.05 53.46 107.62 1,779.28 3,003.85 7,307.26
Charged / (credited) :
to Statement of Profit or Loss (109.71) (53.46) (32.47) 868.93 (1,529.14) (855.85)
to discontinued operations (354.08) - - - - (354.08)
As at 31st March, 2024 1,899.26 - 75.15 2,648.21 1,474.71 6,097.33
Charged / (credited) :
to Statement of Profit or Loss (945.13) - (24.31) (178.34) (188.97) (1,336.75)
As at 31st March, 2025 954.13 - 50.84 2,469.87 1,285.74 4,760.58

Note 10 : Other non-current assets

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Capital advances 656.20 1,871.48
Impairment allowance for credit impaired capital advances (6.63) (6.63)
649.57 1,864.85
Sales tax recoverables 2,227.11 2,499.17
Balances withgovernment authorities - 80.83
Right to reimbursement against employee benefit obligations for insurers who are
relatedparties (Non-qualifyinginsurancepolicies) (refer note 21)
2,076.16 3,047.26
Others 1,754.47 1,263.54
6,707.31 8,755.65
Impairment allowance for doubtful advances (258.80) (258.80)
Total other non-current assets 6,448.51 8,496.85

*Others mainly include advances to suppliers.

259 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 11 : Inventories

Note 11 : Inventories
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Raw material 6,381.50 7,266.08
Work-in-progress 2,491.02 2,872.34
Finishedgoods 1,505.39 1,789.40
Tradedgoods 58,450.64 60,428.07
Material in Transit(tradedgoods) 2,017.18 2,261.77
Others(majorlystores & spares) 889.86 1,046.37
Total Inventories 71,735.59 75,664.03

The above includes provision of inventories of J 3,512.35 lakhs and H 4,553.96 lakhs for March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 respectively.

Note 12 : Cash and cash equivalents

Note 12 : Cash and cash equivalents
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Balances with banks
in current accounts 5,406.43 2,111.23
in cash credit accounts 4,445.90 5,776.30
Deposits with original maturityof less than three months 2,125.72 3,513.45
Cash on hand 0.48 1.17
Total cash and cash equivalents 11,978.53 11,402.15

There are no restrictions with regards to cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the reporting period and prior period.

Note 12.1 : Bank balances

Note 12.1 : Bank balances
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Unpaid Dividend Accounts * 39.06 48.62
Deposits with original maturityof more than three months & less than twelve months - 16,013.45
Others 37.11 4.37
Total bank balances 76.17 16,066.44
  • There are no amounts due and outstanding to be credited to the Investor Education and Protection Fund as at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

Note 13 : Other current financial assets

Note 13 : Other current financial assets
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Interest accrued on bank deposits 48.87 136.01
Securitydeposits 3.43 249.60
Receivable fromgratuityfund 0.90 -
Fixed deposits with remainingmaturityless than 12 months 32,608.52 -
Other current financial asset receivable * 698.67 698.67
Total other current financial assets 33,360.39 1,084.28
  • Other includes receivables from the government authorities in lieu of Packaged Scheme of Incentives.

For deposits with related parties, refer note 38

Note 14 : Other current assets

Note 14 : Other current assets
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Export benefits receivable 50.98 58.16
Balances withgovernment authorities 13,034.19 13,627.71
Right to reimbursement against employee benefit obligations for insurers who are
relatedparties (Non-qualifyinginsurancepolicies)
2,346.92 1,950.12
Others* 20,871.32 21,087.98
Sales tax recoverables 113.53 113.53
Total other current assets 36,416.94 36,837.50

*Others mainly includes warranty insurance assets of H 5,542.88 lakhs (March 31, 2024 H 5,715.82 lakhs), insurance claims receivable of H 3,748.66 lakhs (March 31, 2024 H 3,378.22 lakhs) and advances to suppliers of H 9,872.77 lakhs (March 31, 2024 H 11,454.96 lakhs)

260

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 15 : Assets classified as held for sale

Note 15 : Assets classified as held for sale
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Leaseholdpremises * - 219.40
Ownership premises ** - 240.69
Total assets classified as held for sale - 460.09
  • Upon relocation of Company’s employees to new office premises in Mumbai, the erstwhile leasehold immovable property together with buildings and structure standing thereon was lying vacant. Therefore, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the sale and transfer of leasehold rights therein in favour of the purchaser vide Resolution dated March 23, 2015 subject to the permissions from the appropriate authorities. The said transaction has been completed. Refer note 44 for exceptional items

** H 240.69 lakhs pertains to an ownership office premise at Mohali, for which the Board of Directors of the Company had approved the sale in favour of the purchaser vide Resolution dated October 27, 2023. The said transaction has been completed in FY24-25.

Note 16 : Equity share capital

==> picture [484 x 189] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Authorised Amount Amount
75,50,00,000 equity shares (March 31, 2024 - 75,50,00,000) of H 2/- each. 15,100.00 15,100.00
i) Movement in Issued, Subscribed and Paid up Equity Share Capital
Issued capital
( H in Lakhs)
Particulars No of Shares Amount
As at 31st March 2023 11,50,75,638 2,301.51
Exercise of Options under employee stock option scheme (refer note iv below) 1,20,440 2.41
As at 31st March 2024 11,51,96,078 2,303.92
Exercise of Options under employee stock option scheme (refer note iv below) 1,46,175 2.92
As at 31st March 2025 11,53,42,253 2,306.84
Paid-up capital
Calls in arrears @ H 2 per share, under rights issue (55) (0.00110)
As at 31st March 2025 11,53,42,198 2,306.84
----- End of picture text -----

ii) Terms and rights attached to equity shares

The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of H 2/- per share. Each holder of equity shares is entitled to one vote per share. In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of equity shares will be entitled to receive remaining assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. The distribution will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.

iii) The Details of Shareholders holding more than 5% Shares:

(Hin Lakhs)
Name of the Shareholder As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2024
Nos.
% Holding
Nos.
% Holding
Jamnalal Sons Private Limited 2,25,48,276
19.55
2,25,48,276
19.57
BajajHoldings & Investment Limited 1,91,36,840
16.59
1,91,36,840
16.61
Kiran Bajaj 75,45,224
6.54
75,45,224
6.55
HDFC Small CapFund 1,09,08,004
9.46
67,93,915
5.90

iv) Share reserved for issue under employee stock option scheme

For details of shares reserved for issue under the employee share based payment plan of the Company, please refer Note 33.

261 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 16 : Equity share capital (Contd..)

v) Change in promoter shareholding

( H in Lakhs)

Promoter Name As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2024
% change
during the
year
No of shares
% of total
shares
18,14,639
1.58%
(0.01%)
2,00,000
0.17%
0.00%
11,30,882
0.98%
0.00%
4,28,749
0.37%
0.00%
NA
NA
0.00%
-
0.00%
0.00%
75,45,224
6.55%
(0.01%)
2,00,000
0.17%
(0.01%)
6,94,674
0.60%
0.00%
21,60,084
1.88%
(0.01%)
-
0.00%
0.00%
12,40,730
1.08%
(1.08%)
2,82,507
0.25%
(0.01%)
2,00,000
0.17%
0.00%
15,41,875
1.34%
0.00%
1,10,700
0.10%
0.00%
1,01,297
0.09%
0.00%
33,767
0.03%
0.00%
1,126
0.00%
0.00%
18,43,556
1.60%
0.00%
-
0.00%
1.08%
2,25,48,276
19.57%
(0.02%)
1,91,36,840
16.61%
(0.02%)
12,88,000
1.12%
0.00%
14,12,738
1.23%
(0.01%)
9,17,881
0.80%
0.00%
6,24,596
0.54%
0.00%
5,40,253
0.47%
0.00%
4,67,093
0.41%
(0.01%)
1,05,466
0.09%
0.00%
5,550
0.00%
0.00%
66,585
0.06%
0.01%
1,110
0.00%
0.00%
1,110
0.00%
0.00%
4,72,162
0.41%
0.00%
1,110
0.00%
0.00%
1,110
0.00%
0.00%
NA
NA
0.00%
5,24,721
0.46%
(0.01%)
8,12,973
0.71%
(0.01%)
6,28,043
0.55%
(0.01%)
No of shares
% of total
shares
No of shares
Promoters
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 18,14,639
1.57%
18,14,639
Mr. Madhur Bajaj 2,00,000
0.17%
2,00,000
Mr. NirajBajaj 11,30,882
0.98%
11,30,882
Mr. Sanjivnayan Bajaj* 4,28,749
0.37%
4,28,749
Mr. Rahulkumar Bajaj** NA
NA
NA
Mr. Rajivnayan Bajaj*** -
0.00%
-
Promoter Group
Individuals :
Mrs. Kiran Bajaj 75,45,224
6.54%
75,45,224
Ms. Neelima BajajSwamy 1,85,000
0.16%
2,00,000
Ms. Minal Bajaj 6,94,674
0.60%
6,94,674
Ms. Geetika Bajaj 21,60,084
1.87%
21,60,084
Ms. Nimisha Jaipuria -
0.00%
-
Ms. Sunaina Kejriwal -
0.00%
12,40,730
Mr. Niravnayan Bajaj 2,82,507
0.24%
2,82,507
Ms. Kumud Bajaj 2,00,000
0.17%
2,00,000
Ms. Pooja Bajaj 15,41,875
1.34%
15,41,875
Ms. Suman Jain 1,10,700
0.10%
1,10,700
Ms. Kriti Bajaj 1,01,297
0.09%
1,01,297
Ms. Shefali Bajaj 33,767
0.03%
33,767
Ms. Deepa Bajaj 1,126
0.00%
1,126
Master VanrajBajaj 18,43,556
1.60%
18,43,556
Mr. Manish Santoshkumar Kejriwal 12,40,730
1.08%
-
Body Corporate
Jamnalal Sons Private Limited 2,25,48,276
19.55%
2,25,48,276
BajajHoldings And Investment Limited 1,91,36,840
16.59%
1,91,36,840
Hind Musafir AgencyLimited 12,88,000
1.12%
12,88,000
Baroda Industries Private Limited 14,12,738
1.22%
14,12,738
BajajInternational Private Limited 9,17,881
0.80%
9,17,881
Hercules Hoists Limited 6,24,596
0.54%
6,24,596
Shekhar Holdings Private Limited 5,40,253
0.47%
5,40,253
Rahul Securities Private Limited 4,67,093
0.40%
4,67,093
BachhrajFactories Private Limited 1,05,466
0.09%
1,05,466
BajajSevashram Private Limited 5,550
0.00%
5,550
BachhrajAnd CompanyPrivate Limited 81,585
0.07%
66,585
Kamalnayan Investment & TradingPrivate Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110
Madhur Securities Private Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110
NirajHoldings Private Limited 4,72,162
0.41%
4,72,162
Rupa Equities Private Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110
SanrajNayan Investments Private Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110
Trusts
Geetika Trust No.2 (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) NA
NA
NA
Niravnayan Trust (NirajBajajas a Trustee) 5,24,721
0.45%
5,24,721
Neelima Bajaj Swamy Family Trust (Neelima Bajaj
Swamyas a Trustee)
8,12,973
0.70%
8,12,973
Nimisha Jaipuria Family Trust (Nimisha Jaipuria
as a Trustee)
6,28,043
0.54%
6,28,043

262

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 16 : Equity share capital (Contd..)

( H in Lakhs)

Promoter Name As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2024 As at 31st March 2024 % change
during the
year
No of shares % of total
shares
No of shares % of total
shares
Kriti Bajaj Family Trust
(Minal NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000 0.43% 5,00,000 0.43% 0.00%
Niravnayan Bajaj Family Trust
(NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000 0.43% 5,00,000 0.43% 0.00%
Rishab FamilyTrust - 0.00% - 0.00% 0.00%
Sanjali FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Siddhant FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Nimisha Bajaj Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
2,06,575 0.18% 2,06,575 0.18% 0.00%
Neelima Bajaj Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
21,644 0.02% 21,644 0.02% 0.00%
VanrajBajajTrust (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) 10,00,000 0.87% 10,00,000 0.87% 0.00%
Kumud Neelima Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Kumud Nimisha Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Neelima Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Nimisha Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,799 0.11% 1,25,799 0.11% 0.00%
Total 7,23,42,279 62.69% 7,23,42,279 62.82% (0.13%)
(Hin Lakhs)
Promoter Name As at 31st March 2024 As at 31st March 2023 % change
during the
year
No of shares % of total
shares
No of shares % of total
shares
Promoters
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 18,14,639 1.58% 18,14,639 1.58% 0.00%
Mr. Madhur Bajaj 2,00,000 0.17% 2,00,000 0.17% 0.00%
Mr. NirajBajaj 11,30,882 0.98% 11,30,882 0.98% 0.00%
Mr. Sanjivnayan Bajaj* 4,28,749 0.37% 4,28,749 0.37% 0.00%
Mr. Rahulkumar Bajaj** NA NA NA NA 0.00%
Mr. Rajivnayan Bajaj*** - 0.00% - NA 0.00%
Promoter Group
Individuals :
Mrs. Kiran Bajaj 75,45,224 6.55% 75,45,224 6.56% (0.01%)
Ms. Neelima BajajSwamy 2,00,000 0.17% 2,00,000 0.17% 0.00%
Ms. Minal Bajaj 6,94,674 0.60% 6,94,674 0.60% 0.00%
Ms. Geetika Bajaj 21,60,084 1.88% 21,60,084 1.88% 0.00%
Ms. Nimisha Jaipuria - 0.00% - NA 0.00%
Ms. Sunaina Kejriwal 12,40,730 1.08% 12,40,730 1.08% 0.00%
Mr. Niravnayan Bajaj 2,82,507 0.25% 2,82,507 0.25% 0.00%
Ms. Kumud Bajaj 2,00,000 0.17% 2,00,000 0.17% 0.00%
Ms. Pooja Bajaj 15,41,875 1.34% 15,41,875 1.34% 0.00%
Ms. Suman Jain 1,10,700 0.10% 1,10,700 0.10% 0.00%
Ms. Kriti Bajaj 1,01,297 0.09% 1,01,297 0.09% 0.00%
Ms. Shefali Bajaj 33,767 0.03% 33,767 0.03% 0.00%
Ms. Deepa Bajaj 1,126 0.00% 1,126 0.00% 0.00%
Master VanrajBajaj 18,43,556 1.60% 18,43,556 1.60% 0.00%
Body Corporate
Jamnalal Sons Private Limited 2,25,48,276 19.57% 2,25,48,276 19.59% (0.02%)

263 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 16 : Equity share capital (Contd..)

(Hin Lakhs)
Promoter Name As at 31st March 2024 As at 31st March 2023 % change
during the
year
No of shares % of total
shares
No of shares % of total
shares
BajajHoldings And Investment Limited 1,91,36,840 16.61% 1,91,36,840 16.63% (0.02%)
Hind Musafir AgencyLimited 12,88,000 1.12% 12,88,000 1.12% 0.00%
Baroda Industries Private Limited 14,12,738 1.23% 14,12,738 1.23% 0.00%
BajajInternational Private Limited 9,17,881 0.80% 9,17,881 0.80% 0.00%
Hercules Hoists Limited 6,24,596 0.54% 6,24,596 0.54% 0.00%
Shekhar Holdings Private Limited 5,40,253 0.47% 5,40,253 0.47% 0.00%
Rahul Securities Private Limited 4,67,093 0.41% 4,67,093 0.41% 0.00%
BachhrajFactories Private Limited 1,05,466 0.09% 1,05,466 0.09% 0.00%
BajajSevashram Private Limited 5,550 0.00% 5,550 0.00% 0.00%
BachhrajAnd CompanyPrivate Limited 66,585 0.06% 66,585 0.06% 0.00%
Kamalnayan Investment & TradingPrivate Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
Madhur Securities Private Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
NirajHoldings Private Limited 4,72,162 0.41% 1,110 0.00% 0.41%
Rupa Equities Private Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
SanrajNayan Investments Private Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
Trusts
Geetika Trust No.2 (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) NA NA NA NA 0.00%
Niravnayan Trust (NirajBajajas a Trustee) 5,24,721 0.46% 5,24,721 0.46% 0.00%
Neelima Bajaj Swamy Family Trust
(Neelima BajajSwamyas a Trustee)
8,12,973 0.71% 8,12,973 0.71% 0.00%
Nimisha Jaipuria Family Trust
(Nimisha Jaipuria as a Trustee)
6,28,043 0.55% 6,28,043 0.55% 0.00%
Kriti Bajaj Family Trust
(Minal NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000 0.43% 5,00,000 0.43% 0.00%
Niravnayan Bajaj Family Trust
(NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000 0.43% 5,00,000 0.43% 0.00%
Rishab FamilyTrust - 0.00% 4,71,052 0.41% (0.41%)
Sanjali FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Siddhant FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Nimisha Bajaj Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
2,06,575 0.18% 2,06,575 0.18% 0.00%
Neelima Bajaj Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
21,644 0.02% 21,644 0.02% 0.00%
VanrajBajajTrust (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) 10,00,000 0.87% 10,00,000 0.87% 0.00%
Kumud Neelima Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Kumud Nimisha Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Neelima Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Nimisha Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,799 0.11% 1,25,799 0.11% 0.00%
Total 7,23,42,279 62.82% 7,23,42,279 62.86% (0.04%)
  • Considered as a Promoter post demise of Mr. Rahulkumar Bajaj on February 12, 2022

** Ceased to be a promoter post sad demise on February 12, 2022

  • *** Rajivnayan Bajaj classified in Promoter category from June, 2023 quarter

264

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 17 : Other Equity

Note 17 : Other Equity Note 17 : Other Equity
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
i)
Securitiespremium reserve
68,200.48 67,307.46
ii) General reserve 45,967.75 45,967.75
iii) Share options outstandingaccount 3,117.83 2,698.94
iv) Retained earnings 38,351.47 27,895.47
v) Capital reserve 175.18 175.18
vi) Capital redemption reserve 135.71 135.71
vii) Effective Portion of Cashflow Hedges (38.31) (38.31)
viii) Share application money pendingallotment - 3.03
ix) Amalgamation adjustment reserve (2,327.15) (2,327.15)
Total reserves and surplus 1,53,582.96 1,41,818.08
i)
iii)
iv)
ii)
v)
Securities premium reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 67,307.46 66,594.40
Add: Exercise of share options 603.92 505.92
Add: Exercise of options - transferred from shares options outstandingaccount 289.10 207.14
Closing Balance 68,200.48 67,307.46
General Reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 45,967.75 45,967.75
Closing Balance 45,967.75 45,967.75
Shares options outstanding account (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 2,698.94 1,874.06
Add : Employee stock option expense 1,121.06 1,087.46
Less : Transferred to retained earnings on account on lapse of vested options (413.07) (55.44)
Less : Exercise of options - to securitiespremium (289.10) (207.14)
Closing Balance 3,117.83 2,698.94
Retained earnings (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 27,895.47 76,099.24
Add : Netprofit for theyear 13,342.46 13,178.80
Add : Other comprehensive income 157.42 15.80
Add : Transferred from share options reserve for vested cancelled options 413.07 55.44
Less: Dividend on equityshares (3,456.95) (4,604.08)
Less : Derecognisedpursuant to demerger (refer note 45) - (56,849.73)
Closing Balance 38,351.47 27,895.47
Capital reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 175.18 175.18
Closing Balance 175.18 175.18

265 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 17 : Other Equity (Contd..)

vi) Capital redemption reserve

Capital redemption reserve
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 135.71 135.71
Closing Balance 135.71 135.71
Effective Portion of Cashflow Hedges (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance (38.31) (68.91)
Add / (less): Charge for theyear - 37.69
Add / (less): Other comprehensive loss - (7.09)
Closing Balance (38.31) (38.31)

vii) Effective Portion of Cashflow Hedges

viii) Share application money pending allotment

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 3.03 -
Add / (less) : (Issue of share capital) / share application monies received (3.03) 3.03
Closing Balance (0.00) 3.03
Amalgamation adjustment reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance (2,327.15) (2,327.15)
Closing Balance (2,327.15) (2,327.15)

ix) Amalgamation adjustment reserve

Nature and purpose of reserves

Securities Premium

Securities Premium Reserve is used to record the premium on issue of shares and is utilised in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

General Reserve

Under the erstwhile Companies Act 1956, general reserve was created through an annual transfer of net income at a specified percentage in accordance with applicable regulations. The purpose of these transfers was to ensure that if a dividend distribution in a given year is more than 10% of the paid-up capital of the Company for that year, then the total dividend distribution is less than the total distributable results for that year. Consequent to introduction of Companies Act 2013, the requirement to mandatorily transfer a specified percentage of the net profit to general reserve has been withdrawn. However, the amount previously transferred to the general reserve can be utilised only in accordance with the specific requirements of Companies Act, 2013.

Share options outstanding account

The fair value of the equity-settled share based payment transactions is recognised in Statement of Profit and Loss with corresponding credit to Employee Stock Options Outstanding Account.

Effective Portion of Cashflow Hedges

The Company uses hedging instruments as part of its management of foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated on borrowings. For hedging foreign currency and interest rate risk, the Company uses foreign currency forward contracts, cross currency swaps, foreign currency option contracts and interest rate swaps. To the extent these hedges are effective, the change in fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in the effective portion of cash flow hedges. Amounts recognised in the effective portion of cash flow hedges is reclassified to the statement of profit and loss when the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Amalgamation adjustment reserve

The Company creates amalgamation adjustment reserve on account of business combination pursuant to any schemes for merger/demerger, etc.

266

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 17 : Other Equity (Contd..)

Retained earnings

Retained earnings are the profits/(loss) that the Company has earned/incurred till date, less any transfers to general reserve, dividends or other distributions paid to shareholders. Retained earnings include re-measurement loss / (gain) on defined benefit plans, net of taxes that will not be reclassified to Statement of Profit and Loss.

Capital reserve

In case of business combinations, if the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Company re-assesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity as capital reserve. However, if there is no clear evidence of bargain purchase, the entity recognises the gain directly in equity as capital reserve, without routing the same through OCI.

Capital redemption reserve

The Company in the past had redeemed certain preference shares of H 1,000.00 lakhs. The Company had set aside an equal amount from retained earnings into capital redemption reserve. Further, the said capital redemption reserve was used for issue of bonus shares in the year ended March 31, 2008 and an amount of H 864.29 lakhs was utilised from the said reserve.

Distribution paid and proposed

Distribution paid and proposed
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Dividendproposed
Final dividend proposed for the year ended March 31, 2025 of 3/- per share,
pendingshareholder's approval
3,460.27
-
Dividendpaid:
Final dividend paid for the year ended March 31, 2024 of 3/- per share and March
31, 2023 of 4/-per share
3,456.95
4,604.08

Note 18 : Borrowings

There are no borrowings outstanding as at 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

Note a : Below are the details of the assets hypothecated and immovable properties charged towards the facility of fund and nonfund based limits with the Company

First pari passu charge by way of hypothecation of inventories, book debts and all movable assets under the head property, plant and equipment

First pari passu charge on the Company's immovable properties at

  • Wardha premises - Plot no. 36, Block no. 17, Mouza no. 225, Bacharaj road, Gandhi Chowk, Wardha

  • Hari Kunj - Flat No. 103 and 104, 'B' wing, Sindhi Society, Chembur East, Mumbai - 400071

Second pari passu charge over present and future property, plant and equipment of the Company, situated at

  • Chakan Unit : Village Mahalunge, Chakan Talegaon Road, Khed, Pune - 410501;

  • Showroom on Ground floor and Office Premises on Second Floor at Bajaj Bhawan 226, Jamnalal Bajaj Marg, Nariman Point, Mumbai 400 021.

  • Office Premises No : 001, 502 and 701, 'Rustomjee Aspiree', Bhanu Shankar Yagnik Marg, Off Eastern Highway, Sion (East), Mumbai - 400 022

  • R & D centre at Plot no. 27/ pt 2/ at Millennium Business Park, TTC Industrial area, Mahape, Navi Mumbai

The Company has not defaulted on any loans which were due for repayment during the year.

Note b : The Company has funded and non-funded borrowing limits from banks and financial institutions and has utilised the same for the specific purpose for which it was taken. Further, these limits are on the basis of security of current assets and the Company has filed quarterly returns / statement of current assets with banks or financial institutions which are in agreement with the books of accounts.

267 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 19 : Other Financial Liabilities

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Non Current
Employee benefit liabilities 19.24 16.35
Total other non-current financial liabilities 19.24 16.35
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current
Capital creditors 366.34 312.34
Unpaid dividends 39.06 48.62
Trade deposits (dealers, vendors etc.) 662.24 664.65
Derivative liability 13.05 2.18
Otherpayables 742.58 968.64
Liabilitytowards corporate social responsibility(shortfall) (refer note 43) 247.90 122.13
Employee benefit liabilities 4,889.04 4,401.01
Total other current financial liabilities 6,960.21 6,519.57

All the above financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost except for derivative liabilities (forward exchange contracts) which are fair valued through profit and loss and financial guarantee contracts which are initially recognised at fair value.

Note 20 : Provisions

Note 20 : Provisions
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current Non Current Total Current Non Current Total
Service warranties* 4,505.86 1,221.62 5,727.48 4,477.05 969.70 5,446.75
Legal claims 247.24 - 247.24 302.41 - 302.41
Other matters** 566.83 - 566.83 448.16 - 448.16
Total Provisions 5,319.93 1,221.62 6,541.55 5,227.62 969.70 6,197.32

Movement in provisions is as given below:

Movement in provisions is as given below:
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Service Warranties Legal Claims Other matters
Opening balance as on 1st April, 2023 5,862.88 200.69 508.16
Arisingduringtheyear - 101.72 -
Utilised duringtheyear (416.13) (60.00)
Closing balance as on 31st March, 2024 5,446.75 302.41 448.16
Provision for theyear 280.73 - 118.67
Utilised duringtheyear - (55.17) -
Closing balance as on 31st March, 2025 5,727.48 247.24 566.83

*Refer note 1D(1)

**The Company has made provisions for certain litigation cases and pending assessments in respect of taxes, the outflow of which would depend on the outcome of the respective events.

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current Non Current Total Current Non Current Total
Leave obligations 436.43 1,277.37 1,713.80 458.03 1,356.61 1,814.64
Interest rateguarantee onprovident fund - 469.90 469.90 - 547.58 547.58
Gratuity(refer note a below) 1,097.20 3,089.09 4,186.29 866.76 3,286.32 4,153.08
Total employee benefit obligations 1,533.63 4,836.36 6,369.99 1,324.79 5,190.51 6,515.30

268

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Disclosure of defined benefit plans are as given below :

A. Gratuity :

  • The Company has a defined benefit gratuity plan in India (Funded) for its employees, which requires contribution to be made to a separately administered fund.

The gratuity benefit payable to the employees of the Company is greater of the two : (i) The provisions of the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 or (ii) The Company’s gratuity scheme as described below.

  • (i) The provisions of the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 :
Benefits as per the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 Benefits as per the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
Salaryfor calculation of Gratuity(GS) Last drawn basic salaryincludingdearness allowance (if any)
Gratuity Service (SER) Completed years of Continuous Service with part thereof in excess
of six months
Vesting period 5 Years #
Benefit on normal retirement 15/26 * GS * SER
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation
/ withdrawal
Same as normal retirement benefit based on the service up to the
date of exit.
Benefit on death in service Same as normal retirement benefit and no vesting period
condition applies.
Limit H20 lakhs

(ii) The Company’s gratuity scheme :

Benefits as per the Company’s Gratuity Scheme for HO Employees (Category S - Staff)

Salary for calculation of Gratuity (GS) Basic Salary + Special Pay + Personal Pay + Variable Dearness
Allowance + Fixed Dearness Allowance
Gratuity Service (SER) Completed years of Continuous Service with part thereof in excess
of six months
Vesting period 5 Years #
Benefit on normal retirement 21/26 * GS * SER
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation
/ withdrawal
Same as normal retirement benefit based on the service up to the
date of exit.
Benefit on death in service Same as normal retirement benefit and no vesting period
condition applies.
Limit No Limit

Benefits as per the Company’s Gratuity Scheme for HO (Category E - Executives, Category PSG - Project Services Group and Category Factory Staff - Chakan & Ranjangaon Employees)

Salary for calculation of Gratuity (GS) HO Category E & PSG: Basic Salary
FactoryStaff : Basic Salary+ DA, if any
Gratuity Service (SER) Completed years of Continuous Service with part thereof in excess
of six months
Vesting period 5 Years #
Benefit on normal retirement Service
Between 5 & 9 years
Between 10 & 14 years
Between 15 & 24 years
25years & Above
Benefits
60% x GS x SER
70% x GS x SER
80% x GS x SER
GS x SER
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation
/ withdrawal
Service
Between 5 & 9 years
Between 10 & 14 years
Between 15 & 24 years
25years & Above
Benefits
60% x GS x SER
70% x GS x SER
80% x GS x SER
90% x GS x SER

269 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Benefits as per the Company’s Gratuity Scheme for HO (Category E - Executives, Category PSG - Project Services Group and Category Factory Staff - Chakan & Ranjangaon Employees) Benefit on death in service HO Category E & PSG: GS x SER Factory Staff : Same as normal retirement benefit based on the service up to the date of exit. Limit No Limit

Completion of 240 days during the 5th year can be treated as completion of 1 year of continuous service.

In case of employees with age above the retirement age, the retirement is assumed to happen immediately and valuation is done accordingly.

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation are as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation are as given below (Amounts inJLak hs) : hs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation as at the beginning 4,916.21 4,490.07
Current Service Cost 477.29 480.21
Interest Cost 351.26 326.52
Re-measurement (gain) / loss arising from:
-
change in demographic assumptions
(370.01) -
-
change in financial assumptions
422.54 19.83
-
experience adjustments (i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions)
(71.73) 25.09
Benefits Paid (718.56) (425.51)
Present Value of Obligation as at the end 5,007.00 4,916.21

Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets is as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets is as given below (Amounts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the beginning 763.13 200.15
Adjustment on account on merger - 516.14
Investment Income 54.53 52.04
Employer's Contribution - -
Benefits Paid - (67.94)
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest (expense)/income 3.05 62.74
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the end 820.71 763.13

Changes in the Fair Value of Reimbursement Right is as given below * (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Fair Value of Reimbursement Right is as given below * (Amounts inJLakhs) : inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Fair Value of Reimbursement Right as at the beginning 3,844.18 4,232.55
Adjustment on account on merger - 666.37
Less : Assets transferred to BAJEL asper Arrangement of Scheme of demerger - (1,408.76)
Investment Income 274.66 355.93
Employer's Contribution - -
Benefits Paid (718.56) (436.98)
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest (expense)/income 124.07 435.07
Fair Value of Reimbursement Right as at the end 3,524.35 3,844.18
  • Reimbursement right is a non-qualifying insurance policy under Ind AS 19 as it is with Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Co. Ltd (a related party of Bajaj Electricals Limited). The same has been disclosed in Note 10 and Note 14 of the standalone financials statements

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 270

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Amount recognised in balance sheet is as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Amount recognised in balance sheet is as given below (Amounts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation 5,007.00 4,916.21
Fair Value of Plan Assets 820.71 763.13
Surplus / (Deficit) 4,186.29 4,153.08
Effects of Asset Ceiling, if any - -
Net Actuarially Valued Asset / (Liability) 4,186.29 4,153.08
Liabilityon an actual basis for employees at foreign branches - -
Total Net Asset / (Liability) 4,186.29 4,153.08

Amount recognised in statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income is as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Amount recognised in statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive incom e is as given below (Amounts inJLakhs) : e is as given below (Amounts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Costs charged to statement ofprofit and loss :
Current Service Cost 477.29 480.21
Interest Expense or Cost - 326.52
Investment Income 22.07 (375.88)
Expense recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 499.36 430.85
Re-measurement(gain) / loss arising from:
Change in demographic assumptions (370.01) -
Change in financial assumptions 422.54 19.83
Experience adjustments(i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions) (71.73) 25.09
Adjustment due to corporate action / de-merger - 132.61
Return onplan assets,excludingamount recognised in interest expense/(income) (127.12) (352.06)
(Income) / Expense recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (146.32) (174.53)
Total Expense Recognised during theyear 353.04 256.32

Major categories of Plan Assets & Reimbursement Right (as percentage of Total Assets)

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Funds managed byInsurer 100% 100%
Total 100% 100%

As the funds are managed wholly by the insurance company, the break-up of the plan assets is unavailable

The significant actuarial assumptions are as follows:

Financial Assumptions

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Discount rate (per annum) 6.50%
7.15%
Salary growth rate (per annum) 10.00%
8.50%
Demographic Assumptions (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Mortality Rate 100% of IALM 2012-
14
100% of IALM 12-14
Withdrawal rates, based on age: (per annum) :
Upto 30years 26.20%
27.00%
31 - 44years 26.20%
18.00%
Above 44years 26.20%
18.00%

271 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Summary of Membership Status

Summary of Membership Status
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Number of employees 1,775
2,040
Total monthlysalary(HIn Lakhs) 896.70
908.79
Averagepast service (years) 6.19
5.83
Average age (years) 38.27
37.27
Average remainingworkinglife (years) 19.74
20.74
Number of completedyears valued 10,995
11,044
Decrement adjusted remainingworkinglife (years) 3.16
4.54
Normal retirement age 58
58
  • The standard retirement date for executive employees is June 30 and the April 1st for the staff employees. In case of employees with age above the normal retirement age indicated above, the retirement is assumed to happen immediately and valuation is done accordingly.

Sensitivity Analysis

The sensitivity analysis is determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant. (Amounts in J Lakhs)

reporting period, while holding all other assump tions constant. (Amounts inJLakhs)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Defined Benefit Obligation (Base) 5,007.00
4,916.19
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Result of decrease
Result of increase
5,135.67
4,887.03
2.60%
(2.40%)
4,902.19
5,116.86
(2.10%)
2.20%
5,671.64
4,715.76
13.30%
(5.80%)
5,005.76
5,008.22
0.00%
0.00%
Result of decrease
Result of increase
Discount Rate (- / + 1%) 5,101.33
4,753.18
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) 3.77%
(3.32%)
SalaryGrowth Rate (- / + 1%) 4,766.20
5,083.58
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) (3.05%)
3.40%
Attrition Rate (- / + 50% of attrition rates) 5,320.02
4,714.47
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) 8.21%
(4.10%)
MortalityRate (- / + 10% of mortalityrates) 4,917.75
4,920.99
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) 0.03%
0.10%

The description of plans ability to affect the amount, timing and uncertainty of the entity’s future cash flows

a) Funding arrangements and Funding Policy

The scheme is managed on funded basis. Payment for present liability of future payment of gratuity is being made to approved gratuity fund, which fully covers the same under Cash Accumulation Policies of the Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) and Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Company Ltd. (BALIC). Every year, the insurance company carries out a funding valuation based on the latest employee data provided by the Company. Any deficit in the assets arising as a result of such valuation is funded by the Company.

b) Expected Contribution during the next annual reporting period (Amounts in J Lakhs)

c)

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
The Company's best estimate of Contribution duringthe nextyear 1,066.70 607.52
Maturity Profile of Defined Benefit Obligation (Amounts inJ)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Weighted average duration (based on discounted cashflows) 3 Years 4 Years

272

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Expected cash flows over the next (valued on undiscounted basis):
(Amounts inJLakhs):
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
1year 1,917.91
1,629.89
More than 1 and upto 2years 820.20
575.27
More than 2 and upto 5years 1,734.69
1,628.98
More than 5 and upto 10years 1,188.57
1,685.95
More than 10years 385.89
1,223.51

d) Asset liability matching strategies

For gratuity, the Company has purchased insurance policy, which is basically a year-on-year cash accumulation plan in which the interest rate is declared on yearly basis and is guaranteed for a period of one year. The insurance company, as part of the policy terms, makes payment of all gratuity outgoes happening during the year (subject to sufficiency of funds under the policy). The policy, thus, mitigates the liquidity risk. However, being a cash accumulation plan, the duration of assets is shorter compared to the duration of liabilities. Thus, the Company is exposed to movement in interest rate (in particular, the significant fall in interest rates, which should result in a increase in liability without corresponding increase in the asset)

B. Provident Fund (Defined Benefit Plan) :

Bajaj Electricals Limited operates in two schemes for the compliance of provident fund statute - (i) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Provident Fund Trust & Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees’ Provident Fund Trust (defined benefit plan) and (ii) RPFC Contributions for provident fund (defined contribution plan).

For exempt provident fund, the defined benefit obligation of the Company arises from the possibility that during anytime in the future, the scheme may earn insufficient investment income to meet the guaranteed interest rate declared by government / EPFO / relevant authorities as well as for fund assets shortfall as against the liabilities of the Trusts

The net defined benefit obligation as at the valuation date represents the excess of accumulated fund value (determined on actuarial basis) plus interest rate guaranteed liability over the fair value of plan assets or vice-a-versa

The benefit valued under PF obligation are summarised below:

Normal Retirement Age 58 Years *
Benefit on normal retirement Accrued Account Value
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation /
withdrawal
Accrued Account Value
Benefit on death in service Accrued Account Value
  • The standard retirement date for executive employees is June 30th of every year and the same is April 1st of every year for the staff employees.

The company's compliances for provident fund is governed by Employees' Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952. Responsibility for governance of the plans, including investment decisions and contribution schedules lies jointly with the company and the board of trustees. The board of trustees are composed of representatives of the company and plan participants in accordance with the plan’s regulations

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation of Trusts are as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation of Trusts are as given below (Amoun ts inJLakhs) : ts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation as at the beginning 23,044.84 20,328.77
Interest Cost 1,586.12 1,551.07
Current Service Cost 1,094.55 1,028.10
Employee's Contributions 1,639.65 1,639.11
Transfer In / (out) of the liability 580.55 875.49
Benefits Paid (5,164.66) (2,619.42)
Re-measurement (gain) / loss arising from:
-
experience variance (i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions), loss ifpositive
36.37 52.31
-
change in financial assumptions
15.54 189.41
Present Value of Obligation as at the end 22,832.96 23,044.84

273 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets of Trusts are as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets of Trusts are as given below (Amounts i nJLakhs) : nJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the beginning 23,505.39 20,418.54
Investment Income 1,616.53 1,555.74
Employer's Contributions 1,021.62 973.59
Employee's Contributions 1,639.65 1,639.11
Transfers In 580.55 875.49
Benefits Paid (5,164.66) (2,619.42)
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest (expense)/income 58.25 662.34
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the end 23,257.33 23,505.39

A deterministic approach is considered to estimate the value of Interest Rate Guarantee on the Exempt Provident Fund. The per annum cost of guarantee at which Interest Rate Guarantee Liability has been valued is mentioned below

Amount recognised in balance sheet of Trusts is as given below:

Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees' Provident Fund Trust (for Chakan unit employees) :

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation 507.01 440.67
Fair Value of Plan Assets 1,054.18 1,018.38
Surplus / (Deficit) 547.17 577.71
Effects of Asset Ceiling, if any - -
Net Asset / (Liability) 547.17 577.71

The present value of obligation of Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees' Provident Fund Trust represents the aggregate of accumulated fund value of J 496.58 lakhs (As on March 31, 2024 - H 430.98 lakhs) and interest rate guarantee H 10.43 lakhs (As on March 31, 2024 - H 9.70 lakhs). Of the above, the interest rate guarantee is recognised as provision in the Company's books, while the accumulated fund value is recognised by the Trust. The interest rate guarantee so recognised in the Company's books is considered as non-current liability

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust (for H.O. employees) (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust (for H.O. employees) ( Amounts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation 22,325.97 22,604.19
Fair Value of Plan Assets 22,203.16 22,487.02
Surplus / (Deficit) (122.81) (117.17)
Effects of Asset Ceiling, if any - -
Net Asset / (Liability) (122.81) (117.17)

The present value of obligation of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust represents the aggregate of accumulated fund value of H 21,865.51 lakhs (As on March 31, 2024 - H 22,106.9 lakhs) and interest rate guarantee H 459.46 lakhs (As on March 31, 2024 - H 497.33 lakhs). Of the above, the interest rate guarantee is recognised as provision in the Company's books, while the accumulated fund value is recognised by the Trust. The interest rate guarantee so recognised in the Company's books is considered as non-current liability.

Amount recognised in statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income of Trusts is as given below:

Particulars For the year ended For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Costs charged to statement ofprofit and loss :
Current Service Cost 1,094.55 1,028.10
Interest Cost 1,586.12 1,551.07
Investment Income (1,616.53) (1,555.74)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 274

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Particulars For the year ended For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Expense recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 1,064.14 1,023.43
Re-measurement (gain) / loss arising from:
-
Experience variance (i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions) *
36.37 52.31
-
change in financial assumptions
15.54 189.41
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest expense/(income) (58.25) (662.34)
Expense recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (6.34) (420.62)
Total Expense Recognised during theyear 1,057.80 602.81
  • included in other comprehensive income in the statement of profit and loss

The significant actuarial assumptions are as follows :

Financial and Demographic Assumptions

Financial and Demographic Assumptions
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
HO Unit
Chakan Unit
HO Unit
Chakan Unit
Discount rate (per annum) 6.67%
6.67%
7.17%
7.17%
Interest rateguarantee (per annum) 8.25%
8.25%
8.25%
8.25%
Average Historic Yield on the Investment (p.a.) 7.91%
7.91%
7.91%
7.82%
MortalityRate 100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Live Employees Live Employees
Attrition Rate, based on ages:
-
Upto 30years
4.99% 4.99%
-
31 to 44years
3.63% 3.63%
-
45 to 57years
3.62% 3.62%
-
Above 57years
0.38% 0.38%
Summary of Membership Status : (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Dormant/Inoperative Employees 3,199 2,815
Live Number of employees 1,355 1,650
Total Number of employees 4,554 4,465
Average age active employees (years) 38.89 37.24
Average age dormant employees (years) 39.52 36.88
Major categories of Plan Assets (as percentage of Total Plan Assets) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Government of India securities 1.20% 3.20%
State Government securities 38.40% 37.50%
Highqualitycorporate bonds 38.50% 34.40%
Equityshares of listed companies 16.70% 0.00%
Special Deposit Scheme 0.00% 6.50%

275 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

e 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Funds managed byInsurer 0.00% 0.00%
Bank balance 0.20% 0.40%
Other Investments 5.00% 18.00%
Total 100.00% 100.00%

Sensitivity Analysis

The sensitivity analysis is determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Defined Benefit Obligation (Base) 22,832.98
23,044.86
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Result of decrease
Result of increase
Result of decrease
Result of increase
23,065.04
23,025.85
0.09%
(0.08%)
22,537.83
24,614.39
(2.20%)
6.81%
Discount Rate (- / + 1%) 22,849.93
22,816.93
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) 0.10%
(0.10%)
Interest rateguarantee (- / + 1%) 22,363.09
24,264.86
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) (2.10%)
6.30%

The description of plans ability to affect the amount, timing and uncertainty of the entity’s future cash flows

a) Funding arrangements and Funding Policy

The scheme is managed on funded basis. Payment for present liability of future payment of PF is made by the Company towards shortfall of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust and Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees' Provident Fund Trust. The investments for the same are managed by Trustees as per advice and recommendations of a professional consultant and in compliance of obligatory pattern of investments as per government notification in official gazette for the pattern of investment for EPF exempted establishments. Any deficit in the assets of PF Trusts is funded by the Company. The provident fund for certain employees is a defined contribution plans covered under RPFC Contributions

b) Expected contribution during the next annual reporting period

Expected contribution during the next annual reporting period
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
The Trusts' best estimate of Contribution duringthe nextyear 1,070.50 1,017.39

This has been calculated assuming that the employer's contribution next year shall increase by 5%.

c) Asset liability matching strategies

For PF Trust Investments, the same are managed by Trustees as per advice and recommendations of a professional consultant. The Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation, Ministry of Labour, Government of India, vide its notification in official gazette notified the pattern of investment for EPF exempted establishments, which depicts the obligatory pattern of investments of PF contributions and interests. The pattern mandates to invest as below :

Category / Sub-Category Percentage of amount to be invested
Government Securities and Related Investments Minimum 45% and upto 50%
Debt Instruments and Related Investments Minimum 35% and upto 45%
Short-Term Debt Instruments and Related Investments Upto 5%
Equityand Related Investments Minimum 5% and upto 15%
Asset Backed, Trust Structured and Miscellaneous
Investments
Up to 5%

276

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

  • C. Expenses Recognised during the year (Defined Contribution Plan) :
Expenses Recognised during the year (Defined Contribution Plan) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Provident Fund 2,178.62
2,041.00
Superannuation 200.93
213.04
Pension 546.04
519.58

Note 22 : Trade Payables

Note 22 : Trade Payables
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current
Dues to micro, small and medium enterprises * 5,424.00 3,781.66
Tradepayable due to others 39,532.55 52,117.97
Total current tradepayables 44,956.55 55,899.63

For payables to related parties, refer note 38

  • Information as required to be furnished as per Section 22 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act, 2006) is given below. This information has been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis of information available with the Company.

Principal amount and interest due thereon remaining unpaid to any supplier covered under MSMED Act, 2006:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Principal 5,180.94
3,454.50
Interest 243.06
327.16
The amount of interest paid by the buyer in terms of Section 16, of the MSMED Act,
2006 along with the amounts of the payment made to the supplier beyond the
appointed dayduringeach accounting year.
-
133.19
The amount of interest due and payable for the period of delay in making payment
(which have been paid but beyond the appointed day during the year) but without
addingthe interest specified under MSMED Act, 2006.
-
-
The amount of interest accrued and remainingunpaid at the end of each accounting year. 243.06
327.16
The amount of further interest remaining due and payable even in the succeeding
years, until such date when the interest dues as above are actually paid to the small
enterprise for the purpose of disallowance as a deductible expenditure under section
23 of the MSMED Act, 2006.
-
-

Trade Payables aging schedule as at March 31, 2025

(Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from transaction date
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(i) Micro, small and medium enterprises (MSME) 5,222.01 126.39 22.38 53.22 5,424.00
(ii) Others 36,867.34 1,205.27 644.47 814.81 39,531.89
(iii) Disputed Dues - MSME - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Dues – Others - - - 0.66 0.66
TOTAL 42,089.35 1,331.66 666.85 868.69 44,956.55

277 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 22 : Trade Payables (Contd..)

Trade Payables aging schedule as at March 31, 2024

(Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from transaction date
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(i) Micro, small and medium enterprises (MSME) 3,712.39 16.55 22.47 15.03 3,766.44
(ii) Others 50,087.17 841.33 743.66 444.88 52,117.04
(iii) Disputed Dues - MSME - - - 15.22 15.22
(iv) Disputed Dues – Others - - 0.12 0.81 0.93
TOTAL 53,799.56 857.88 766.25 475.94 55,899.63

There are "no unbilled" and "Not due" trade payables, hence the same are not disclosed in the ageing schedule.

Note 22.1 : Trade credits

Note 22.1 : Trade credits
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Customer credits * 65,145.26 59,442.37
Supplier credits ** 81,150.16 68,830.01
Total trade credits 1,46,295.42 1,28,272.38

Considering the emerging practices in India and globally, the Company has certain obligations on behalf of suppliers or customers and in certain cases bears portion of interest cost. The company has treated the same as a separate line item as trade credit arrangements on the face of the balance sheet under financial liabilities to provide users to assess impact on liabilities, cash flows and liquidity risks more clearly. Suppliers credit was hitherto included in trade payables and customer channel financing was included in other financial liabilities. These are not due as on the date of the balance sheet.

  • Customer credits include receivables which are subject to factoring arrangements and channel financing facilities. Under this arrangement the Company has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash. The Company continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet with the corresponding liability under customer credits.

** Supplier’s credit also includes amounts payable towards vendor financing entered into with the suppliers. Under this arrangement, the supplier is eligible to receive payment prior to the expiry of extended credit period by assigning such invoices to a third-party purchaser bank based on security in the form of an undertaking issued by the Company to the bank. Further, the supplier charges interest to the Company for the extended credit period which has been presented under Finance Cost

Note 23 : Other Current Liabilities

Note 23 : Other Current Liabilities
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Statutoryliabilitiespayable 2,218.64
2,817.72
Deferred revenue (majorlyretailer bonding program) 4,777.50
3,449.45
Others (majorlyadvance from customers) -
833.06
Total other current liabilities 6,996.14
7,100.23

Note 24 : Revenue from operations

Note 24 : Revenue from operations
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Sale ofproducts 4,69,932.20 4,53,623.31
Revenue from Illuminationprojects 11,659.13 8,611.29
Other operatingrevenue
Scrapsales 925.86 1,604.58
Insurance claims 85.38 36.80
Others (majorlyexport incentives) 240.79 250.85
Total revenue from operations (Refer Note 41(i)) 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

278

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 25 : Other income

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Interest income on bank deposits and others 2,581.12 1,446.59
Interest income from financial assets at amortised cost 159.77 123.65
Interest on income tax refund 27.39 4,113.61
Rental income 282.57 152.85
Netgain on disposal ofproperty,plant & equipment 437.02 -
Netgain from sale of investment 282.96 180.63
Impairment allowance on trade receivables and others written back 516.45 705.08
Credit balance written back 226.23 1,341.65
Gain on termination of right-of-use assets 60.19 148.45
Others (majorlycross charge fromgroupentity) 903.96 434.56
Total other income 5,477.66 8,647.07

Note 26 : Cost of raw materials consumed

Note 26 : Cost of raw materials consumed
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Raw materials at the beginningof theyear 7,266.08 10,668.73
Add : Purchases 53,967.91 47,946.73
Less : Raw materials at the end of theyear (refer note 11) 6,381.50 7,266.08
Total cost of raw material consumed 54,852.49 51,349.38

Note 26 : Changes in inventories of work-in-progress, finished goods, traded goods

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening balance
Work inprogress 2,872.34 3,210.20
Finished Goods 1,789.40 1,467.85
Tradedgoods 62,689.85 80,733.78
Total opening balance 67,351.59 85,411.83
Closing balance
Work inprogress(refer note 11) 2,491.02 2,872.34
Finished Goods(refer note 11) 1,505.39 1,789.40
Tradedgoods(refer note 11) 60,467.82 62,689.85
Total Closing balance 64,464.23 67,351.59
Total Changes in inventories of work inprogress, tradedgoods and finishedgoods 2,887.36 18,060.24

Note 27 : Erection and subcontracting expenses

Note 27 : Erection and subcontracting expenses
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Erection and subcontractingexpense 3,892.84 2,621.02
Total Erection and subcontracting expense 3,892.84 2,621.02

Note 28 : Employee benefits expenses

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Salaries, wages and bonus 34,071.69 32,729.65
Contribution toprovident and other funds (refer note 21) 1,966.73 1,882.68
Employees share basedpayment expense includingcross charge (refer note 33) 1,165.06 1,087.46
Gratuity(refer note 21) 499.36 430.85
Staff welfare expenses 296.07 362.21
Total employee benefit expense 37,998.91 36,492.85

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

279 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 29 : Depreciation and amortisation expense

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Depreciation ofproperty,plant and equipment (Note 2) 7,292.26 5,021.89
Depreciation on investmentproperties (Note 4.1) 93.46 82.78
Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 4) 1,148.50 1,101.47
Depreciation of Right of Use assets (Note 3) 5,872.91 4,752.35
Total depreciation and amortisation expense 14,407.13 10,958.49

Note 30 : Other expenses

Note 30 : Other expenses
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Consumption of stores and spares 326.03 648.99
Packingmaterial consumed 4,006.29 3,763.17
Power and fuel 1,496.99 1,434.43
Rent(refer note 42) 823.67 2,083.70
Repairs and maintenance
Plant and machinery 431.57 525.45
Buildings 19.15 9.74
Others 325.59 261.18
Telephone and communication charges 377.18 662.23
Rates and taxes 104.52 227.41
Travel and conveyance 4,269.74 3,987.57
Insurance 1,181.87 502.71
Printingand stationery 57.49 46.87
Directors fees 80.50 80.15
Non executive directors commission 63.00 68.00
Advertisement andpublicity 14,036.62 11,264.96
Freight and forwarding 13,135.80 12,401.22
Productpromotion,demonstration and installation charges 10,568.73 9,719.30
Sales commission 1,573.55 1,731.77
Impairment allowance for doubtful debts and advances(net of reversals) 599.06 1,338.96
Bad debts and other irrecoverable debit balances written off 816.11 379.45
Payments to auditors(refer note 30(a)) 154.47 150.72
Corporate social responsibilityexpenditure(refer note 43) 471.22 514.04
E-Waste Management 1,000.68 850.83
Legal andprofessional fees 2,276.56 2,477.15
Site support charges - 59.95
Sales tax expenses (net) 214.97 224.28
Securityservice charges 1,274.27 1,246.49
Software expenses (AMC) 3,355.54 2,335.18
Warehouse Management Services 3,493.96 3,892.98
Warrantyexpenses (net of insurancepremium and claims) 6,414.19 2,843.79
Miscellaneous expenses 7,736.19 7,227.35
Total other expenses 80,685.51 72,960.02

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

Note 30(a) : Details of payment to auditors

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Payment to Auditors
As Auditor
Audit fee 102.00 88.31
Tax audit fee 4.00 3.70
Limited review fees 37.33 40.82
In other capacities
Certification fees 0.75 6.75
Re-imbursement of expenses 10.39 11.14
Totalpayment to auditors 154.47 150.72

280

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 31 : Finance costs

Note 31 : Finance costs
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Interest expense on financingactivities includingtrade credits 4,162.16 3,631.00
Interest expense on mobilization advances 274.81 677.29
Interest expense on lease liabilities (refer note 3) 2,005.47 1,551.30
Unwindingof discount onprovisions 84.42 110.74
Other borrowingcosts 457.83 377.55
Total finance cost 6,984.69 6,347.88

Note 32 : Income Tax Expense

(a) Income Tax Expense

e 32 : Income Tax Expense
Income Tax Expense
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current Tax
Current income tax charge 4,950.63 5,719.86
Adjustments of tax relatingto earlieryears - 11.31
Total Current tax expense 4,950.63 5,731.17
Total deferred tax expense / (benefit) (1,325.50) (2,009.37)
Income tax expense in the statement of profit and loss for continuing
operations
3,625.13 3,721.80
Income tax expense in the statement of profit and loss for discontinued
operations
- (144.54)
Income tax expense in the statement of profit and loss for continuing and
discontinued operations
3,625.13 3,577.26

(b) Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by India's domestic tax rate:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Profit from continuingoperations before income tax expense 16,967.59 17,309.51
Profit / (loss) from discontinued operations before income tax expense - (553.45)
Profit from continuing and discontinued operations before income tax
expense
16,967.59 16,756.06
Income Tax @ standard tax rate of 25.168% (March 31, 2024 - 25.168%) 4,270.40 4,217.17
Permanent differences due to:
Corporate social responsibility 124.88 164.28
Interest on micro, small & medium enterprises (156.33) 98.57
Donation expenses 0.52 18.37
Adjustment of tax relatingto earlieryears - 11.31
Capitalgains (626.71) -
Deferred tax created on subsidiary's losses - (1,414.71)
Block of depreciable assets for subsidiary' property, plant & equipment not
recognised earlier
- 405.17
Others 12.37 77.10
Income Tax Expense reported in statement ofprofit and loss 3,625.13 3,577.26

281 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options :

I. Details of the ESOS :

==> picture [464 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. BAJAJ GROWTH
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. 2007
----- End of picture text -----

1 Date of
Shareholder's
Approval
Approved at AGM held on 26 July 2007.
Revised/Modified at AGM held on 28
July2010.
As per the Postal
Ballot dated 21 Jan
2016
Approved via Postal Ballot dated 25
Jan 2024
2 Total Number
of Options
approved
Bajaj Growth 2007 Scheme approved
4,321,440 shares of face valueH2
each (erstwhile 864,288 shares ofJ10
each prior to share-split) equivalent
to 5% of paid up equity shares i.e.
86,428,800 shares as at the date of
the announcement of scheme. The
ESOP 2011 being the modified ESOP
2007 Scheme approved aggregate of
78,03,560 shares of face valueH2 each
equivalent to 8% of paid up equity
shares i.e. 97,544,495 as at the date of
the announcement of scheme.
30,27,073 shares of
face valueH2 each
equivalent to 3% of
paid up equity i.e.
100,902,426 shares
as at the date of the
announcement of
scheme.
5,75,510 shares of face value
H2 each, equivalent to 0.50%
of paid-up equity capital (i.e.
11,51,01,953 shares as on the date
of announcement of scheme).
3 Vesting
Requirements &
Exercise Period
Options’ vesting happen only on continuation of employment
being the vesting requirement. The options are granted to
employees with grade Assistant General Manager and above.
As per Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based
Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014, SEBI (Share Based
Employee Benefits) (Amendment) Regulations, 2015 and SEBI
(Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations,
2021, there is a minimum period of one year between the grant
of options and vesting of option observed by the Company. As
per the Company Policy, the vested options can be exercised
anytime up to 3 years from date of vesting. Options granted
under the plan carry no dividend or voting rights till the options
are exercised and duly allotted to the employees. When
exercisable, each option is convertible into one equity share.
The vesting of options granted
under the PSOP 2023 Scheme
shall be subject to the fulfilment
of specified performance criteria,
including the Company’s overall
performance and individual
performance assessments. The
vesting confirmation, along with
specific details, will be provided
by the HR team closer to the
respective vesting dates. Options
are granted to employees at the
level of Assistant General Manager
and above. In compliance with the

The vesting of options granted under the PSOP 2023 Scheme shall be subject to the fulfilment of specified performance criteria, including the Company’s overall performance and individual performance assessments. The vesting confirmation, along with specific details, will be provided by the HR team closer to the respective vesting dates. Options are granted to employees at the level of Assistant General Manager and above. In compliance with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014, the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) (Amendment) Regulations, 2015, and the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021, the Company adheres to a minimum period of one year between the date of grant and the date of vesting of options. As per the Company’s policy under the PSOP 2023 Scheme, vested options may be exercised at any time within two years from the date of vesting. Options granted under the plan do not carry any dividend or voting rights until they are exercised and equity shares are duly allotted to the employees. Upon exercise, each option entitles the holder to receive one equity share of the Company.

4 The Pricing Closing price on the stock exchange where there is highest traded volume on working day prior to the Formula date of grant.

282

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

==> picture [464 x 24] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. BAJAJ GROWTH
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. 2007
----- End of picture text -----

5 Maximum term of
Options granted
(years)
7 Years 7 Years 7 Years 5 Years
6 Method of
Settlement
Equity settled Equity settled Equity settled Equity settled
7 Source of shares Fresh Issue Fresh Issue Fresh Issue Fresh Issue
8 Variation in terms
of ESOP
Nil Nil The Nomination
& Remuneration
Committee of
the Company at
its meeting held
on 12 November
2021 amended
the Scheme to
align it with the
requirements of the
SEBI (Share Based
Employee Benefits
and Sweat Equity)
Regulations, 2021
Nil

9 Equity Shares The Company has 3,027,073 Equity Shares of H 2/- each reserved for issue available to issue as Employees Stock Options as its Total under Employee Pool Size as of March 31, 2024 under ESOPs 2015 Scheme, of Stock Options which number of stock options not yet granted under ESOP outstanding as at 2015 scheme are 841,348, number of stock options vested March 31, 2025 & exercisable under ESOP 2015 schemes are 439,225 and number of stock options unvested under ESOP 2015 scheme are 729,250. Thus, total equity shares reserved for issuance under ESOP Scheme outstanding as at March 31, 2024 are 2,009,823.

As of 31 March 2025, the Company has a total pool of 5,75,510 equity shares of H 2/- each available for issuance under the PSOP 2023 Scheme. Out of this: - 4,37,086 stock options remain ungranted, - 493 stock options have been vested and are exercisable, and - 1,37,931 stock options are currently unvested. Accordingly, the total number of equity shares reserved for issuance under the PSOP 2023 Scheme and outstanding as on 31 March 2025, is 5,75,510 stock options.

II. Option Movement

Option Movement during the year ended March 31, 2025

Sr.
No.
1
Particulars BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of Options
Outstanding at the
beginningof theyear
- - - - 11,68,475 875.16 - -
2 Options Granted during
theyear
- - - - 42,500 921.30 1,55,681 2.00
3 Options Forfeited /
Surrendered during the
year
- - - - 3,23,000 978.85 17,257 2.00

283 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

==> picture [463 x 171] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

BAJAJ GROWTH
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
2007
Sr.
No. Particulars No. of Wt. avg No. of Wt. avg No. of Wt. avg No. of Wt. avg
exercise exercise exercise exercise
options options options options
price price price price
4 Options Expired - - - - 5,750 452.56 - NA
(Lapsed) during the
year
5 Options Exercised - - - - 1,46,175 415.14 - NA
during the year
6 Number of options - - - - 7,36,050 926.98 1,38,424 2.00
outstanding at the end
of the year
7 Number of options - - - - 4,00,175 860.53 493 2.00
exercisable at the end
of the year
----- End of picture text -----

Option Movement during the year ended March 31, 2024

==> picture [463 x 56] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

BAJAJ GROWTH
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
2007
Sr.
No. Particulars No. of Wt. avg No. of Wt. avg No. of Wt. avg No. of Wt. avg
exercise exercise exercise exercise
options options options options
price price price price
----- End of picture text -----

1 No. of Options
Outstanding at the
beginningof theyear
- - - - 11,47,540 909.95 - -
2 Options Granted during
theyear
- - - - 2,55,000 1,063.20 - -
3 Options Forfeited /
Surrendered during the
year
- - - - 1,12,250 1,059.00 - -
4 Options Expired
(Lapsed) during the
year
- - - - 1,375 291.68 - -
5 Options Exercised
duringtheyear
- - - - 1,20,440 422.06 - -
6 Number of options
outstanding at the end
of theyear
- - - - 11,68,475 875.16 - -
7 Number of options
exercisable at the end
of theyear
- - - - 4,39,225 698.73 - -

III. Weighted Average remaining contractual life

Weighted average contractual life (years) as on March 31, 2025

Range of Exercise Price BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
0 to 100 Nil Nil Nil 3.38
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil 1,38,424.00
101 to 200 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
201 to 300 Nil Nil 1.60 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 39,500.00 Nil
301 to 400 Nil Nil 2.36 Nil

284

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

Range of Exercise Price BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 8,750.00 Nil
401 to 500 Nil Nil 0.39 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 5,125.00 Nil
501 to 600 Nil Nil 0.77 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 9,000.00 Nil
601 to 700 Nil Nil 2.12 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 36,125.00 Nil
701 to 800 Nil Nil 2.86 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 22,500.00 Nil
801 to 900 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
901 to 1000 Nil Nil 2.76 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 3,22,550.00 Nil
1001 to 1100 Nil Nil 3.59 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 2,92,500.00 Nil
1101 to 1200 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
1201 to 1300 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
Weighted average contractual life (years) as on March 31, 2024
Range of Exercise Price BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
0 to 100 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
101 to 200 Nil Nil 0.41 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 1,500.00 Nil
201 to 300 Nil Nil 2.26 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 76,250.00 Nil
301 to 400 Nil Nil 2.78 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 56,350.00 Nil
401 to 500 Nil Nil 1.22 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 50,500.00 Nil
501 to 600 Nil Nil 1.25 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 19,750.00 Nil
601 to 700 Nil Nil 2.87 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 71,825.00 Nil
701 to 800 Nil Nil 3.86 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 22,500.00 Nil
801 to 900 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
901 to 1000 Nil Nil 3.51 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 3,59,800.00 Nil
1001 to 1100 Nil Nil 4.56 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 5,10,000.00 Nil
1101 to 1200 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
1201 to 1300 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil

285 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

IV Weighted average Fair Value of Options Granted

Weighted average Fair Value of Options Granted during the year ended March 31, 2025 whose

Particulars
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011
Exerciseprice equals marketprice
No options were
granted during
the year
No options were
granted during
the year
Exerciseprice isgreater than marketprice
Exerciseprice is less than marketprice
ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
356.08 None
None None
None 946.56

Weighted average Fair Value of Options Granted during the year ended March 31, 2024 whose

Particulars
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011
Exerciseprice equals marketprice
No options were
granted during
the year
No options were
granted during
the year
Exerciseprice isgreater than marketprice
Exerciseprice is less than marketprice
ESOP 2015
PSOP 2023
481.74
No options were
granted during
the year
None
None

V The weighted average market price of options exercised :

Particulars BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
Duringtheyear ended March 31, 2025 NIL NIL 953.99 NIL
Duringtheyear ended March 31, 2024 NIL NIL 1,047.08 NIL

VI Method and Assumptions

Method and Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the year ended March 31, 2025:

Variables BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
1. Risk Free Interest Rate No options were
granted during
the year
No options were
granted during
the year
6.97% 6.70%
2. Expected Life (inyears) 4.15 3.01
3. Expected Volatility 35.26% 30.39%
4. Dividend Yield 0.00% 0.31%
5. Exercise Price (H) 921.30 2.00
6. Price of the underlying share in market at
the time of the optiongrant. (H)
921.30 957.12

Method and Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the year ended March 31, 2024:

Variables BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
1. Risk Free Interest Rate No options
granted during
the year
No options
granted during
the year
6.98% No options
granted during
the year
2. Expected Life (inyears) 4.15
3. Expected Volatility 38.83%
4. Dividend Yield 0.27%
5. Exercise Price (H) 1193.95
6. Price of the underlying share in market at
the time of the optiongrant. (H)
1193.95

286

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

Assumptions:

Stock Price: Closing price on National Stock Exchange on the date of grant has been considered

Volatility: The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility, adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. The volatility is calculated considering the daily volatility of the stock prices on National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. (NSE), over a period prior to the date of grant corresponding with the expected life of the options.

Risk-free rate of return: The risk-free interest rate being considered for the calculation is the interest rate applicable for a maturity equal to the expected life of the options based on the zero-coupon yield curve for Government Securities

Exercise Price: Exercise Price of each specific grant has been considered.

Time to Maturity: Time to Maturity / Expected Life of options is the period for which the Company expects the options to be live.

Expected divided yield: Expected dividend yield has been calculated as an average of dividend yields for five financial years preceding the date of the grant

VII Effect of Share-Based Payment Transactions on the Entity's standalone financial statement ( J In Lakhs) :

Particulars As at
31-Mar-25
As at
31-Mar-24
Employee share basedpayment expense (refer note 28) 1,165.06
1,087.46
Share option outstandingreserve (refer note 17) 3,117.83
2,698.94

Note 34 : Fair value measurements

(i) Financial instruments by category

The carrying amounts of financial instruments by class are as follows

The carrying amounts of financial instruments by class are as follows
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As at
31-Mar-25
As at
31-Mar-24
A. Financial assets
I.
Measured at amortized cost
Trade Receivables 1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87
Loans 0.94 50.38
Cash and Cash Equivalents 11,978.53 11,402.15
Bank Balances other than above 76.17 16,066.44
Other Financial Assets 40,289.49 6,111.81
II. Measured at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL)
Investments 6,702.78 3,497.64
1,89,179.48 1,54,739.29
B. Financial liabilities
I.
Measured at amortized cost
Trade Payables 44,956.55 55,899.63
Other Financial Liabilities 6,966.40 6,533.74
Lease Liabilities 24,328.96 21,489.56
Trade credits 1,46,295.42 1,28,272.38
II. Measured at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL)
Other Financial Liabilities
-
Forward contracts
13.05 2.18
2,22,560.38 2,12,197.49

287 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 34 : Fair value measurements (Contd..)

  • (ii) Set out below, is a fair value measurement hierarchy and comparison by class of carrying amounts and fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, other than those with carrying amounts which are reasonable approximations of their fair values:
Particulars Valuation
Techniques
Carrying
values
Fair Values Fair Values Measurement using Fair Values Measurement using Fair Values Measurement using
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
As at March 31, 2025
Investments Net Asset
Value (note a)
6,702.78 6,702.78 - - 6,702.78
Other Financial Liabilities
-
Forward contracts
Mark to
Market
(13.05) (13.05) - (13.05) -
6,689.73 6,689.73 - (13.05) 6,702.78
As at March 31, 2024
Investments Net Asset
Value (note a)
3,497.64 3,497.64 - 3,497.64
Other Financial Liabilities
-
Forward contracts
Mark to Market (2.18) (2.18) - (2.18) -
3,495.46 3,495.46 - (2.18) 3,497.64

There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.

Note a

In case of investments, the fair value has been determined based on the NAV (net asset value).

(iii) : Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurement

Particulars Amount
Balance as on 31st March 2023 4,678.81
Purchase duringtheyear 10,445.63
Sale duringtheyear (11,700.00)
Loss recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 73.20
Balance as on 31st March 2024 3,497.64
Purchase duringtheyear 6,046.00
Sale duringtheyear (3,146.00)
Profit recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 305.14
Balance as on 31st March 2025 6,702.78

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Company’s principal financial liabilities comprise of trade payables, trade credits, lease liabilities and other financial liabilities. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the entity’s operations and to provide support for its operations. The Company’s principal financial assets include trade receivables, investments, cash and cash equivalents and bank balances, loans and other financial assets, that derive directly from its operations.

The Company lays down appropriate policies and procedures to ensure that financial risks are identified, measured and managed in accordance with the entity’s policies and risk objectives.

The Company is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk, which are explained in detail below:

(A) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counter-party fails to meet its contractual obligations. Credit risk encompasses the direct risk of default, the risk of deterioration of creditworthiness as well as concentration risks. The Company is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities mainly in relation to trade and other receivables and bank deposits and investments.

288

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables of the Company are typically unsecured and credit risk is managed through credit approvals and periodical monitoring of the creditworthiness of customers to which the Company grants credit terms. In respect of trade receivables, the Company typically operates in two segments:

Consumer products

The Company sells the products mainly through various channels i.e. dealers and distributors, institutions and e-commerce and through government sector. The appointment of dealers, distributors, institutions is strictly driven as per the standard operating procedures and credit policy followed by the Company. In case of government sector, the credit risk is low.

Lighting Solutions

In case of Business to Consumer (B2C) sub-segment, the credit risk of the receivables are similar to consumer products.

In case of Business to Business (B2B) sub-segment, the Company undertakes projects for government institutions (including local bodies) and private institutional customers. The credit concentration is more towards government institutions. These projects are normally of duration of 6 months to 1 year. Such projects normally are regular tender business with the terms and conditions agreed as per the tender. The Company enters into such projects after careful consideration of strategy, terms of payment, past experience etc.

In case of private institutional customers, before tendering for the projects company evaluate the creditworthiness, general feedback about the customer in the market, past experience, if any with customer, and accordingly negotiates the terms and conditions with the customer.

The Company assesses its trade and other receivables for impairment at the end of each reporting period. In determining whether an impairment loss should be recorded in profit or loss, the Company makes judgements as to whether there is observable data indicating a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from such trade and other receivables. In respect of trade receivables the Company has a provisioning policy that is commensurate to the expected losses. The provisioning policy is based on past experience, customer creditability, and also on the nature and specifics of business. In case of B2B sub-segment in Lighting Solutions, the Company also provides on more case-to-case basis.

The maximum exposure to credit risk as at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 is the carrying value of such trade and other receivables as shown in note 6, 8 and 13 of the standalone financial statements.

Reconciliation of impairment allowance on trade and other receivables

Reconciliation of impairment allowance on trade and other receivables
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount
Impairment allowance on March 31, 2023 11,004.49
Additions duringtheyear 1,060.02
Reversals duringtheyear since amounts are written off (705.08)
Reversal duringtheyear sinceprovision no longer required (4,347.03)
Impairment allowance on March 31, 2024 7,012.40
Additions duringtheyear 499.56
Reversal duringtheyear sinceprovision no longer required (516.45)
Impairment allowance on March 31, 2025 6,995.51

Bank deposits & Investments

The Company maintains its cash and bank balances with credit worthy banks and financial institutions and reviews it on an on-going basis. Moreover, the interest-bearing deposits are with banks and financial institutions of reputation, good past track record and highquality credit rating. Hence, the credit risk is assessed to be low. The maximum exposure to credit risk as at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 is the carrying value of such cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks as shown in note 8, 12 and 13 of the financials.

B)

Liquidity risk

The Company has a central treasury department, which is responsible for maintaining adequate liquidity in the system to fund business growth, capital expenditures, as also ensure the repayment of financial liabilities. The department obtains business plans from business units including the capex budget, which is then consolidated and borrowing requirements are ascertained in terms of long term funds and short-term funds. Treasury maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit lines in the form of fund based and non-fund based (LC and BG) limits.

The limits sanctioned and utilised are then monitored monthly, fortnightly and daily basis to ensure that mismatches in cash flows are taken care of, all operational and financial commitments are honoured on time and there is proper movement of funds between the banks from cashflow and interest arbitrage perspective.

289 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

(i) Financing arrangements

The Company had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-03-2025
31-03-2024
Floating/ Fixed Rate
-
Expiringwithin Oneyear (Bank overdraft and other facilities)
74,285.68
1,31,118.48

Bank overdraft facilities are sanctioned for a period of one year which are then enhanced / renewed from time to time. Though the Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand as per the terms of sanction, these are usually renewed by all banks in normal circumstances. Hence Bank overdraft facilities are available for use throughout the year.

(ii) Maturities of financial liabilities

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

undiscounted payments:
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Carrying
value as at
March 31,
2025
up to 1 year Between 1
and 2 years
Between 2
and 5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Tradepayables 44,956.55 44,956.55 - - - 44,956.55
Lease liabilities (including
expected interestpayable)
24,328.96 7,537.16 7,430.04 12,420.94 1,706.42 29,094.56
Other financial liabilities 6,979.45 6,960.21 19.24 - - 6,979.45
Trade credits 1,46,295.42 1,46,295.42 - - - 1,46,295.42
Total 2,22,560.38 2,05,749.34 7,449.28 12,420.94 1,706.42 2,27,325.98
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Carrying
value as at
March 31,
2024
up to 1 year Between 1
and 2 years
Between 2
and 5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Tradepayables 55,899.63 55,899.63 - - - 55,899.63
Lease liabilities (including
expected interestpayable)
21,489.56 5,916.16 5,620.13 12,450.66 2,540.60 26,527.55
Other financial liabilities 6,535.92 6,519.57 16.35 - 6,535.92
Trade credits 1,28,272.38 1,28,272.38 - 1,28,272.38
Total 2,12,197.49 1,96,607.74 5,636.48 12,450.66 2,540.60 2,17,235.48

(C) Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk comprises three types of risk: interest rate risk, currency risk and other price risk such as commodity risk.

(i) Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates.

The Company operates in the global market and is therefore exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from foreign currency transactions, primarily with respect to the US Dollar ('USD'), Euro ('EUR'), Great Britain Pound ('GBP'), Chinese Yuan Renminbi ('RMB'), United Arab Emirates Dirham ('AED'), and Canadian Dollar (‘CAD’). Exposure is largely in exports receivables and Imports payables arising out of trade in the normal course of business. As these commercial transactions are recorded in currency other than the functional currency (INR), the Company is exposed to Foreign Exchange risk arising from future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities. The Company is a net importer as its imports and other forex liabilities exceeds the exports. It ascertains its forex exposure and bifurcates the same into forex receivables and payables. These exposures are covered by taking appropriate forward cover from the banks.

The Company takes a forward cover based on the underlying liability for the estimated period which would be closed to the likely maturity date of the forex liability proposed to be hedged. On maturity date, the forward contracts are utilized for settlement of the underlying transactions or cancelled.

290

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

  • (a) Foreign currency risk exposure:

The Company's exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period expressed in INR, are as follows :

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As at March 31, 2025 As at March 31, 2024
Financial assets
Financial
liabilities
1,831.14
2,397.71
8.88
9.31
-
19.98
-
0.41
-
4.16
0.47
5.55
Financial assets
Financial
liabilities
USD 1,260.65
2,731.91
EUR -
37.97
GBP -
1.29
SGD -
0.41
CNY 8.70
9.12
AED 0.45
5.41

Further, the Company has open foreign exchange forward contracts amounting to USD 23.29 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - USD 33.31 lakhs)

b) Sensitivity

The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from foreign currency denominated financial instruments is given below

financial instruments is given below
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Impact on profit after tax & Equity
31-03-2025
31-03-2024
USD sensitivity
INR appreciates by5% (31 March 2024 - 5%) 28.33
73.56
INR depreciates by5% (31 March 2024 - 5%) (28.33)
(73.56)

In respect of exposure in other currencies, the impact of sensitivity of which is very negligible.

(ii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. In case of short term borrowings, the interest rate is fixed in a large number of cases. Hence, interest rate risk is assessed to be low. Accordingly, the sensitivity / exposure to change in interest rate is insignificant

(iii) Commodity Price risk

The Company's revenue is exposed to market risk of price fluctuations related to the sales of its products. Market forces generally determine the prices for the products sold by the Company. This prices may be influenced by the factors such as supply, demand, production cost (including the cost of raw materials), regional and global economic conditions and growth. Adverse changes in any of the factors may reduce the revenue that Company earns from sale of its products. The Company is therefore subject to fluctuations in prices for the purpose of raw materials like Aluminium, Copper and other raw material inputs.

Commodity hedging is used primarily as a risk management tool to secure the future cash flow in case of volatility by entering into commodity forward contracts. The Company has entered into commodity forward contracts for aluminium and Copper. Hedging the price volatility of forecast aluminium and copper purchases is in accordance with the risk management strategy outlined by the Board of Directors. Hedging commodity is based on procurement schedule and price risk. Commodity is undertaken as a risk offsetting exercise and depending upon market conditions, hedges may extend beyond the financial year.

There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of the foreign exchange and commodity forward contracts match the terms of the expected highly probable forecast transactions (i.e., notional amount and expected payment date). The Company has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the foreign exchange and commodity forward contracts are identical to the hedged risk components. To test the hedge effectiveness, the Company uses the hypothetical derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

The hedge ineffectiveness can arise from:

  • Differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments

  • Different indexes (and accordingly different curves) linked to the hedged risk of the hedged items and hedging instruments

291 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

The counterparties’ credit risk differently impacting the fair value movements of the hedging instruments and hedged items

  • Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instruments

  • There are no commodity future contracts held as on 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

  • There are no hedging transactions during the year ended as on 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

  • There are no hedging gain/loss during the year ended as on 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

Note 36: Capital Management

The Company has cash surplus and has no capital other than equity and reserves.

The cash surpluses are currently invested in income generating debt instruments (including through mutual funds) and money market instruments depending on economic conditions in line with the guidelines set out by the Management. Safety of capital is of prime importance to ensure availability of capital for operations. Further the objective of the Company’s capital management is to safeguard its ability to continue as going concern, maintain strong credit rating, preserve cash and to ensure that it maintains an efficient capital structure and maximize shareholder value.

The Company does not have any borrowings and does not borrow funds unless circumstances require. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders or issue new shares. The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

The cash surplus position as on March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 are as below.

The cash surplus position as on March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 are as below.
(Hin Lakhs)
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Cash and cash equivalents 11,978.53 11,402.15
Balances other than cash and cash equivalents 76.17 16,066.44
Investments 6,187.46 3,004.50
Fixed deposits with remainingmaturityless than 12 months 32,608.52 -
Total 50,850.68 30,473.09

NOTE 37: Segment reporting

The Company has identified its business segments as its primary reportable segments, which comprises of Consumer Products and Lighting Solutions. “Consumer Products” includes Appliances, Fans and Morphy Richards. "Lighting Solutions" includes Professional Lighting (B2B) and Consumer Lighting (B2C).

1) Segment results and reconciliation to the amounts reflected in the standalone financial statements

  • For the year ended March 31, 2025
For the year ended March 31, 2025
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Revenue from Operations (external customers) 3,80,588.50 1,02,254.86 4,82,843.36
OperatingSegment and Profit 12,290.75 6,751.61 19,042.36
Reconciliation items / Unallocated income / (expenses)
Interest on Income Tax refund 27.39
Rent received 2.12
Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost 2,607.17
Profit / (Loss) on disposal of Property,plant & equipment 200.93
Depreciation and amortisation expenses (83.13)
Finance Cost (6,984.69)
Others 18.80
Profit before income tax and exceptional items 14,830.95

292

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

NOTE 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)

E 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Exceptional items (refer note 44) 2,136.64
Profit before tax for theyear from continuing operations 16,967.59
Profit / (loss) before tax for the year from discontinued
operations
-
Profit before tax for the year from continuing operations and
discontinued operations
16,967.59

For the year ended March 31, 2024

For the year ended March 31, 2024
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Revenue from Operations (external customers) 3,60,390.04 1,03,736.79 4,64,126.83
OperatingSegment and Profit 11,422.04 7,961.32 19,383.36
Reconciliation items / Unallocated income / (expenses)
Interest on Income Tax refund 4,113.61
Rent received 41.35
Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost 1,525.06
Profit / (Loss) on disposal of Property,plant & equipment (228.21)
Depreciation and amortisation expenses (510.73)
Finance Cost (6,347.88)
Others (667.05)
Profit before income tax and exceptional items 17,309.51
Exceptional items (refer note 44) -
Profit before tax for theyear from continuing operations 17,309.51
Profit / (loss) before tax for the year from discontinued
operations
(553.45)
Profit before tax for the year from continuing operations and
discontinued operations
16,756.06

There is no single customer which is more than 10% of the entity’s revenues. The amount of revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
India 4,74,216.89 4,56,964.47
Outside India 8,626.47 7,162.36
Total 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83

2) Segment Assets:

Segment assets are measured on the same principles as they have been for the purpose of these standalone financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset.

As on March 31, 2025

As on March 31, 2025
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Assets 2,51,434.21 54,211.90 3,05,646.11
Unallocated assets
Deferred tax assets 388.18
Income tax assets (net) 4,376.02
Investments (current and non-current) 6,702.41
Investmentproperties 15,454.45

293 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

NOTE 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)

E 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Property, Plant and Equipments, Capital work in progress,
Intangible assets, right-of-use assets and Intangible assets under
development
16,911.98
Cash and cash equivalents and other bank balances 12,054.70
Fixed deposits with remainingmaturityless than 12 months 32,608.52
Others 11,151.49
Total assets asper balance sheet 4,05,293.86

Others includes sales tax recoverables of H 1,682.58 lakhs, fixed deposits along with accured interest of H 3,823.51 lakhs and rent deposits of H 2,348.74 lakhs.

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Assets 2,46,787.32 51,416.14 2,98,203.46
Unallocated assets
Deferred tax assets 530.33
Income tax assets (net) 8,334.12
Investments (current and non-current) 3,497.64
Investmentproperties 13,324.91
Property, Plant and Equipments, Capital work in progress,
Intangible assets, right-of-use assets and Intangible assets under
development
19,584.06
Cash and cash equivalents and other bank balances 27,468.59
Assets held for sale 460.09
Others 11,913.05
Total assets asper balance sheet 3,83,316.25

Others includes sales tax recoverables of H 1,954.63 lakhs, fixed deposits along with accured interest of H 1,663.84 lakhs and rent deposits of H 2,150.82 lakhs.

The total of non-current assets other than financial instruments, investments and deferred tax assets, broken down by location of the assets, is shown below:

assets, is shown below:
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As at
31-Mar-25
As at
31-Mar-24
India 1,02,720.98 1,06,425.81
Total 1,02,720.98 1,06,425.81

The capital expenditure incurred for consumer products is H 8,996.54 lakhs (March 31, 2024 – H 6,038.80 lakhs), for lighting solutions is H 242.56 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 169.54 lakhs) and for Unallocable is H 2,336.73 lakhs (March 31, 2024 – H 4,764.90 lakhs)

3 Segment Liabilities:

Segment liabilities are measured on the same principles as they have been for the purpose of these standalone financial statements. The Company’s borrowings and derivative financial instruments are not considered to be segment liabilities but are managed by the treasury function

As on March 31, 2025

As on March 31, 2025
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Liabilities 1,92,721.08 45,905.32 2,38,626.40
Unallocated
Current tax liabilities 2,023.36
Others 8,754.30
Total liabilities asper balance sheet 2,49,404.06

294

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

NOTE 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)

Others majorly includes lease liabilities of H 6,256.40 lakhs

As on March 31, 2024

As on March 31, 2024
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Liabilities 1,75,388.59 50,680.34 2,26,068.93
Unallocated
Current tax liabilities 2,687.45
Others 10,437.88
Total liabilities asper balance sheet 2,39,194.26

Others majorly includes lease liabilities of H 5,499.26 lakhs

Finance income and costs and fair value gain and losses on financial assets are not allocated to individual segments, as the underlying instruments are managed on a Company basis.

Income tax, deferred tax and certain financial assets and liabilities are not allocated to those segment as they are also managed on a Company basis.

Capital expenditure consists of additions of property, plant & equipment, intangible assets and investment properties.

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties

==> picture [484 x 309] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
(A) Parent Entities
Not Applicable
(B) Group Entity - Bajel Projects Limited ##
As a Subsidiary (till August 31,
2023)
Contribution to Equity - - (50.00) -
Reimbursement of Expenses - - 139.18 -
Cancellation of inter company - - (143.32) -
receivable / (payable) before
demerger
Net payable created on demerger - - (22,135.61) -
Transactions pursuant to the
scheme of demerger (post Sep 1,
2023, i.e. effective date)
Payment / adjustment of Payables (1,207.75) 111.84 21,590.56 (545.05)
(includes bank transfers and
settlement of LC paid on behalf of
them (property in trust))
Net Purchases 14,032.06 2,128.60 5,287.30 2,061.10
Shared services 414.71 - 186.68 186.68
Reimbursements of expenses 478.51 - 351.63 351.63
Rent received 330.94 - 48.79 48.79
----- End of picture text -----

295 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

( H in Lakhs)

==> picture [484 x 556] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Income towards bank guarantees 15.98 - - -
exposure on behalf of Bajel Projects
Limited
Bank deposits placed to Banks on 1,450.00 175.00 - -
behalf of Bajel Projects Limited
Interest on bank deposits placed 37.40 -
to Banks on behalf of Bajel Projects
Limited
Sales of raw materials and 26.32 -
components
(C) Associate - Hind Lamps Private Limited (erstwhile Hind Lamps Limited)
Sales 290.29 (22.57) 283.40 5.34
Rent Received 2.31 - 2.23 -
(D) Key Managerial Personnel and their relatives #
Dr. Indu Shahani
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 30.50 (10.80)
Dr. R. P. Singh
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 28.50 (10.80)
Mr. Ajay Nagle
Long-term employee benefits - - 1.41 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Short-term employee benefits - - 55.30 -
Mr. H. V. Goenka
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 6.00 (2.70)
Mr. Madhur Bajaj
Directors' sitting fees and commission 14.00 (6.30) 12.00 (5.40)
Mr. Prashant Dalvi
Long-term employee benefits 1.43 - 1.00 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Post- employment benefits 0.71 - 0.49 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Short-term employee benefits 79.48 (15.98) 43.56 -
Mr. Saurabh Kumar
Directors' sitting fees and commission 15.50 (6.30) 2.00 (0.90)
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj
Long-term employee benefits 28.80 - 28.80 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Post- employment benefits 55.99 - 55.99 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Purchase of Car 41.95 - - -
Purchase of Car - Advance Given 2.00 - - -
Purchase of Car - Advance Refund (2.00) - - -
Purchase Of CCTV (part of Furnished - - 1.14 -
accommodation)
----- End of picture text -----

296

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

( H in Lakhs)

==> picture [484 x 556] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Purchase Of EPBAX AMC (part of 0.53 - - -
Furnished accommodation)
Received from chairman for 10.84 17.33 (30.93) 28.18
advance rent of Metaoxide (Hill Park
Residence)
Sale of Asset (Laptop) - - 0.05 -
Short-term employee benefits 711.11 (318.28) 771.03 (399.19)
Mr. Vikram Hosangady
Directors' sitting fees and commission 29.50 (11.70) 8.50 (3.60)
Mr.Anuj Poddar
Long-term employee benefits 12.86 - 25.11 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Perquisite value of ESOPs exercised 442.65 - - -
during the year
Post- employment benefits - - 10.72 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Reimbursement of Expenses - - 0.81 -
Share application money and 329.65 - - -
perquisite tax received pending
allotment
Short-term employee benefits 478.50 - 954.91 (299.39)
Mr.Ellatch C Prasad
Long-term employee benefits 5.67 - 4.84 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Perquisite value of ESOPs exercised 26.30 - - -
during the year
Post- employment benefits 2.46 - 2.08 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Short-term employee benefits 346.56 (74.82) 225.83 (12.50)
Mr.Munish Khetrapal
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 4.50 (1.38)
Mr.Rajivnayan Bajaj
Directors' sitting fees and commission 6.00 (2.70) 8.00 (3.60)
Mr.Shailesh Haribhakti
Directors' sitting fees and commission 29.50 (11.70) 27.50 (10.80)
Mr.Sudarshan Sampathkumar
Directors' sitting fees and commission 33.00 (11.70) 10.50 (4.50)
Mrs.Pooja Bajaj
Long-term employee benefits 0.44 - - -
(contribution to provident fund)
Purchase of Car 53.00 - - -
Short-term employee benefits 13.86 - 13.50 (5.40)
Ms. Swati Salgaocar
Directors' sitting fees and commission 15.50 (6.30) 8.50 (3.60)
----- End of picture text -----

297 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

==> picture [484 x 591] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
(E) Transactions with the Entities which is Controlled or Jointly Controlled by a person identified in para 9 (a) of Ind AS 24 -
Related Party Disclosures
Reimbursement of Expenses 334.37 (45.42) 303.24 (19.76)
Services Received 264.14 (0.20) 737.56 (527.23)
Rent Paid - - 57.00 -
Deposits given - - - 27.00
Donations Given 6.97 - 29.28 -
Sales - - - 2.29
(F) Dividend to Other Related Parties
Dividend Paid 2,203.49 - 2,937.94 -
(G) Transactions with the entities in which a person identified in para 9 (a) (i) of Ind AS 24 - Related Party Disclosures is a
member of the Key Management Personnel of the entity
CSR Contribution (Bajaj Electricals 339.53 - 550.97 (0.19)
Foundation)
Sales - - (0.55) 0.83
Reimbursement of Expenses 5.38 - 4.79 -
Rent Deposit Advanced - 200.00 - 200.00
Rent Paid 54.28 - 49.56 -
Purchases - - 0.46 -
Services Received 26.26 (8.80) 42.50 (2.49)
Rent Received 2.44 0.17 1.65 0.12
(H) Transactions with the entities in which a person identified in para 9 (a) (i) of Ind AS 24 - Related Party Disclosures has
significant influence over the entities
Services Received 44.55 4.62 49.79 0.44
Deposits Given/Refund - 2.94 0.42 2.94
Sales 3.73 (0.21) 4.26 (0.19)
(I) Transactions with the entities which are the post employment benefit plans as identified in para 9 (b) (v) of Ind AS 24 -
Related Party Disclosures
Trustees Bajaj Electricals Ltd 2,630.23 (215.56) 2,588.83 (208.67)
Employees Provident Fund
Matchwel Electrical India Limited 74.13 (5.77) 74.20 (6.72)
Employees Provident Fund Trust
(J) Transactions with the persons identified in para 9 (a) (i) of Ind AS 24 - Related Party Disclosures
Refund of Advance Rent - (15.00) - (15.00)
Sales 219.91 20.05 - 0.08
(K) Material transactions with related parties
Spencer Retail Limited
Sales - - 625.57 231.02
Services Received - - (6.45) (25.44)
Bajaj Allianz General Insurance
Company Limited
Insurance Premium paid 10,942.68 (735.09) 9,087.46 (17.02)
Advance Insurance Premium 439.83 439.83 1,001.22 1,001.22
(Deposit)
Claims Received 8,806.81 3,748.66 7,462.98 3,378.22
Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Co
Limited
----- End of picture text -----

298

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

==> picture [484 x 215] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Insurance Premium paid - - 143.16 -
Claims Received 718.56 - 585.49 -
Advance Insurance Premium for next - - 90.00 90.00
year
Right to reimbursement against - 4,423.85 - 4,997.38
employee benefit obligations for non-
qualifying insurance policies
Bajaj Finance Limited
Sales (0.50) 0.04 23.08 22.37
Services Received 208.79 0.58 66.09 (6.09)
Fixed Deposit Placed / Renewed 19,800.00 18,300.00 9,500.00 6,000.00
(Gross)
Interest Received on Fixed Deposit 1,306.13 1,021.61 419.12 146.31
----- End of picture text -----

As the future liability for defined benefit obligations and other long term employment benefits is provided on an actuarial basis for the Company as a whole, the amounts pertaining to key managerial personnel is not ascertainable and hence not included above.

There are no loans or advances granted to promoters, directors, KMPs and the related parties that are repayable on demand or without any terms or period of repayment

Refer note 40(xi) and 40(xii) for transactions entered between Bajaj Electricals Limited and Bajel Projects Limited pursuant to the scheme of demerger.

As on March 31, 2025, the Company has granted 240,738 employee stock options to Key Managerial Personnel. Of this, 17,875 options are vested, 16,113 options are unvested, 74,750 options are exercised and 132,000 options are cancelled.

Terms and conditions of major transactions with related parties

(i) Sales to related parties and concerned balances

Sales are made to related parties on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. The Company mutually negotiates and agrees sales price, discount and payment terms with the related parties by benchmarking the same to transactions with non-related parties, who purchase goods and services of the Company in similar quantities. Such sales generally include payment terms requiring related party to make payment within 30 to 60 days from the date of invoice.

Trade receivables outstanding balances are unsecured, interest free and require settlement in cash. No guarantee or other security has been received against these receivables. The amounts are recoverable within 30 to 60 days from the reporting date (31 March 2024: 30 to 60 days from the reporting date). For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Company has not recorded any impairment on receivables due from related parties (31 March 2024: Nil)

(ii) Purchase of goods and concerned balances

Purchases are made from related parties on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. The Company mutually negotiates and agrees purchase price and payment terms with the related parties by benchmarking the same to sale transactions with non-related parties entered into by the counter-party and similar purchase transactions entered into by the Company with the other non-related parties. Such purchases generally include payment terms requiring the Company to make payment within 30 to 60 days from the date of invoice.

Trade payables outstanding balances are unsecured, interest free and require settlement in cash. No guarantee or other security has been given against these payables. The amounts are payable within 30 to 60 days from the reporting date (31 March 2024: 30 to 60 days from the reporting date).

(iii) Compensation to KMP of the Company

The amounts disclosed above are the amounts recognised as an expense during the financial year related to KMP. The amounts do not include expense, if any, recognised toward post-employment benefits and other long-term benefits of key managerial personnel. Such expenses are measured based on an actuarial valuation done for each Company in the Company as a whole. Hence, amounts attributable

299 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

to KMPs are not separately determinable. Short-term employee benefits includes the sitting fees and commission as approved by the Board. Long-term employee benefits includes contribution to provident fund. Post-employment benefits includes contribution to super annunation fund. Further non-executive directors do not receive any gratuity or post-employment benefits from the Company.

(iv) Transactions with group entity (Bajel Projects Limited)

The transactions entered with Bajel Projects Limited mainly includes transactions like cross charge for shared services, reimbursement of expenses and rental for a let-out property. All of these transactions are on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. During the year, the Company has also entered into a transaction, where the Company has places fixed deposits on behalf of the group entity. The Company has carried out a benchmark analysis and is adequately compensated for the risk undertaken. Outstanding balances are unsecured, interest free and require settlement in cash. No guarantee or other security has been received against these outstanding. The amounts are recoverable within 30 to 60 days from the reporting date (31 March 2024: 30 to 60 days from the reporting date). For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from related parties (31 March 2024: Nil)

The Company has also given certain performance guarantees to third parties on behalf of the group entity. The Company has entered into a back-to-back indemnity arrangement by way of an Undertaking cum Corporate Guarantee (“UGC”), whereby the group entity shall, inter alia, agree to indemnify the Company for any loss, if any, suffered in the event that any Guarantee is invoked by a customer during this interim period. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Company has not recorded any impairment on guarantee arrangement (31 March 2024: Nil). Refer note 40(xi) and 40(xii) for more details

(v) Transactions with group entity (Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company Limited)

The Company has taken certain general insurances like warranty insurance and others from the group entity Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company Limited. All of these transactions are on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. The Company has certain insurance claims receivable for warranty insurances as on the balance sheet date. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from the group entity (31 March 2024: Nil)

(vi) Transactions with group entity (Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Co Limited)

The Company has taken insurance policies towards the gratuity and earned leave obligations towards the employees. These insurance policies are actuarially valued by an independent valuer. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from the group entity (31 March 2024: Nil)

(vii) Transactions with group entity (Bajaj Finance Limited)

The Company has invested the surplus funds in fixed deposits with the the group entity, Bajaj Finance Limited. The rate of interest offered are on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from the group entity (31 March 2024: Nil)

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS):

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS):
(Hin Lakhs, except per share data)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Profit / (loss) for theyear before exceptional items (A) (HIn Lakhs) - continuingoperations 11,116.86 13,587.71
Profit / (loss) for theyear after exceptional items (B) (HIn Lakhs) - continuingoperations 13,342.46 13,587.71
Profit / (loss) for theyear before exceptional items (C) (HIn Lakhs) - discontinued operations - (408.91)
Profit / (loss) for theyear after exceptional items (D) (HIn Lakhs) - discontinued operations - (408.91)
Profit for the year before exceptional items (A+C) (JIn Lakhs) - continuing and
discontinued operations
11,116.86 13,178.80
Profit for the year after exceptional items (B+D) (JIn Lakhs) - continuing and
discontinued operations
13,342.46 13,178.80
Weighted average number of equity shares for basic EPS (E) 11,52,72,874 11,51,04,879
Add: Effect of dilution (employee stock options - Refer Note 33) 1,78,166 1,75,578
Weighted average number of equity shares for diluted EPS (F) 11,54,51,040 11,52,80,457
Earnings Per Share inJ:- continuing operations
(a) Basic EPS before exceptional items (A/E) 9.64 11.81
(b) Diluted EPS before exceptional items (A/F) 9.63 11.79
(a) Basic EPS after exceptional items (B/E) 11.57 11.81

300

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS): (Contd..)

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS): (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs, except per share data)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
(b) Diluted EPS after exceptional items (B/F) 11.56
11.79
Earnings Per Share inJ:- discontinued operations
(a) Basic EPS before exceptional items (C/E) -
(0.36)
(b) Diluted EPS before exceptional items (C/F) -
(0.36)
(a) Basic EPS after exceptional items (D/E) -
(0.36)
(b) Diluted EPS after exceptional items (D/F) -
(0.36)
Earnings Per Share inJ:- continuing and discontinued operations
(a) Basic EPS before exceptional items (A+C/E) 9.64
11.45
(b) Diluted EPS before exceptional items (A+C/F) 9.63
11.43
(a) Basic EPS after exceptional items (B+D/E) 11.57
11.45
(b) Diluted EPS after exceptional items (B+D/F) 11.56
11.43

Note 40. Commitments and contingencies

a. Contingent liabilities

e 40. Commitments and contingencies
Contingent liabilities
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Contingent Liabilities notprovided for :
i)
Claims against the Company not acknowledged as debts
(Refer Note ix and x below)
1,323.30
1,406.17
ii)
Excise and Customs dutymatters under dispute
15.49
65.55
iii)
Service Tax matters under dispute
149.40
149.40
iv)
Income Tax matters under dispute
-
-
v)
Sales Tax and Goods and Service Tax matters under dispute
14,836.67
7,910.00
vi)
Uncalled liabilityin respect ofpartly paid Shares held as investments
7.20
7.20
vii)
Others
1,062.60
1,062.60
  • viii) The E-waste Rules, 2022 replaced E-waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and became effective from April 1, 2023. The Company manufactures wide range of products like, consumer electrical and electronics, and large and small electrical and electronic equipment, which are covered under the E-waste Rules, 2022.

  • Pursuant to the 2024 Amendment Rules, the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) also introduced the Guidelines for Environment Compensation under the E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2022 dated 9th September 2024 (“CPCB Guidelines”), which, fixed the lowest price for the purposes of non – fulfilment of EPR target end – product wise, for Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“EEE”) products, anywhere between INR 22 per kilogram to INR 41 per kilogram. Many companies/ producers have proceeded to file Writ Petitions before the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi under Article 226 of the Constitution of India, 1950, inter alia challenging the validity of the 2024 Amendment Rules and the CPCB Guidelines.

  • The Company has also taken a legal opinion on this matter challenging the same as ultravires. Pursuant to the above the Company has fulfilled its EPR obligations of FY25 at the rates prevailing/charged in the market by the EPR agencies, which is around H 7-10 per kilogram. However, since the matter above is sub-judice, the Company is disclosing H 1,193 lakhs as a contingent liability.

  • The amounts recognised in the financial statements towards fulfilment of EPR obligations for FY25 is H 1,001.68 lakhs which is shown under other expenses (note 30).

  • ix) These represent legal claims filed against the Company by various parties and these matters are in litigation. Management has assessed that in all these cases the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is not probable.

  • x) The Company had in earlier years terminated employment agreements of few die casting workmen at the Chakan plant. On 3rd July, 2018, the Honourable Hight Court of Bombay had awarded the appeal in favour of the Company. On 27th June, 2019, the appeal on the matter has been admitted in the Honourable Supreme Court. Management has assessed that the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is not probable and has accordingly considered the claim of H 354.17 lakhs as contingent liability as at March 31, 2025 ( H 328.70 as at March 31, 2024).

  • xi) For certain customer contracts that formed part of the demerged undertaking (erstwhile EPC Segment of the Company), the Company had provided certain performance bank guarantees. For smooth transitioning, the Company had allowed these guarantees to remain in place for a limited period post the effective date (September 1, 2023) until such time as Bajel Projects Limited (BPL) is able to have them replaced by its own bank guarantees. In turn, BPL and the Company has entered into a back-toback indemnity arrangement by way of an Undertaking cum Corporate Guarantee (“UGC”), whereby BPL shall, inter alia, agree to indemnify the Company for any loss, if any, suffered in the event that any Guarantee is invoked by a customer during this interim period. The open exposure as on March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 is H 1,571.86 lakhs and H 14,101.96 lakhs, respectively.

301 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 40. Commitments and contingencies (Contd..)

  • xii) Before the Scheme of Demerger between the Company and Bajel Projects Limited ('BPL') (erstwhile EPC segment of the Company), took effect, the Company had secured a contract for developing the electric supply infrastructure in Sasaram and Munger, Bihar, by South Bihar Power Distribution Company Limited (“Contract”). Following the Scheme, this Contract stands transferred and vested in Bajel Projects Limited.

To facilitate this transition of the Contract smoothly, it was proposed to form a Tripartite Agreement among Bajel Projects Limited, the Company, and South Bihar Power Distribution Company Limited, alongside an Irrevocable Indemnity Cum Undertaking between Bajel Projects Limited and the Company.

b. Commitments

  • i. Estimated amounts of contracts remaining to be executed in capital account (net of capital advances) is H 1,546.99 lakhs (March 31, 2024, H 755.58 lakhs).

Note 41: Disclosures of revenue from contracts with customers

The disclosures as required for revenue from contracts with customers are as given below

(i) Disaggregation of revenue

Disaggregation of the Company’s revenue from contracts with customers and reconciliation of amount of revenue recognised in the statement of profit and loss with the contracted price is as given below.

statement of profit and loss with the contracted price is as given below.
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
A. Revenue from contracts with customers
Consumerproducts (includes appliances, lightingand fans) 3,80,277.43 3,60,196.55
Lightingsolutions (includesprofessional and consumer lighting) 1,02,242.11 1,03,676.22
4,82,519.54 4,63,872.77
B. Reconciliation of contractedprice with (A) above
Revenue at contractedprice 5,19,626.96 4,97,028.52
Unbilled on account of work under certification 151.61 (25.30)
Billingin excess of revenue from illuminationprojects 267.18 (14.10)
Revenue deferred on customer loyalty program (1,328.05) (1,421.01)
Discounts (36,125.94) (31,545.59)
Others (72.22) (149.75)
Revenue from contracts with customers (a) 4,82,519.54 4,63,872.77
Add: Miscellaneous other operating income (b)
Claims received, export incentives, etc 323.82 254.06
Revenue from operations (a+b) 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Timing of revenue recognition
At apoint in time 4,20,465.73 4,02,008.81
Over aperiod of time 62,377.63 62,118.02
Revenue from operations 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83

(ii) Contract balances

The details of the contract assets, contract liabilities and receivables are as under

The details of the contract assets, contract liabilities and receivables are as under
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Contract assets 476.67
325.07
Contract liabilities 4,912.73
4,496.46
Trade receivables 1,30,131.57
1,17,610.87

The contract assets and contract liabilities balances mentioned above pertain to the B2B sub-segment Lighting Solutions Unit of the Company. The Company executes the work as per the terms and agreements mentioned in the contracts. The Company receives payments from the customers based on the milestone achievement and billing schedule as established in the contracts.

302

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 41: Disclosures of revenue from contracts with customers (Contd..)

Contract assets are initially recognised for revenue earned from supply of materials and erection services provided when the performance obligation is met. Upon achievement and acceptance of milestones mentioned by the customer, the amounts recognised as contract assets are reclassified to trade receivables.

Contract liabilities are relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract and billing in excess of contract revenue recognised. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the Company satisfies the performance obligation under the contract.

(iii) Performance obligations

Information about the Company's performance obligations under Consumer Products & Lighting Solutions segment are summarised below:

Consumer Product and B2C sub-segment of Lighting Solutions Segment:

a) Delivery of goods:

The Company sells fans, appliances and lighting products to the customers. The performance obligation is satisfied and revenue is recognised on dispatch of the goods to the customers. The stand alone selling price of the performance obligation is determined after taking the variable consideration and right to return. The contracts do not have a significant financing component. The Company offers standard warranty on selected products. The Company makes provision for same as per the principles laid down under Ind AS 37. The payment is generally due within 30 to 60 days across various streams of customers.

b) Loyalty program:

The Company operates a customer loyalty program (for retailers), where the customer is awarded certain points on purchase of selected products from the Company. The customer (retailer) can redeem these points in future. The Company treats the redemption of customer loyalty points as a separate performance obligation. Accordingly, the revenue is recognised by allocating the total transaction price on the stand alone selling prices of sale of goods and loyalty points.

c) Extended warranties:

The Company provides a warranty beyond fixing defects that existed at the time of sale. These service-type warranties are bundled together with the sale of products. Contracts for bundled sales of products and a service-type warranty comprise two performance obligations because the product and service-type warranty are both sold on a stand-alone basis and are distinct within the context of contract. Using the relative stand-alone selling price method, a portion of the transaction price is allocated to the service-type warranty and recognised as deferred revenue. Revenue for service-type warranties is recognised over the period in which the service is provided based on the time elapsed.

B2B sub-segment of Lighting Solutions:

The performance obligations is the supply of materials and erection services. The supply of materials and erection services are promised goods and services which are not individually distinct. Hence both of them are counted as a single performance obligation under the contract. The satisfaction of this performance obligation happens over time, as the performance or enhancement of the obligation is controlled by the customer. Also, the performance of the obligation creates an asset without any alternative use to the customer. The Company uses the input method to determine the progress of the satisfaction of the performance obligation and accordingly recognises revenue.

The standalone selling price of the performance obligation is determined after taking the variable consideration and significant financing component.

iv) Unsatisfied performance obligations

The transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied performance obligations are as below:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Consumerproducts (mainlyretailer bonding program) 4,427.81 3,099.76
Lightingsolutions 349.70 349.70
Total 4,777.51 3,449.46

303 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 42: Leases:

The Company for the consumer products segment, generally takes godowns on lease to store the goods at various locations. These godowns generally have a term of 1 year to 3 years. There are few godowns with a longer lease period of 5 years or more also. Further, the Company has few guest houses, residential premises and office premises also on leases which generally for a longer period ranging from 2-5 years.

The Company’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Upon adoption of Ind AS 116, the Company applied a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases for which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The Company recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets, on the commencement of the lease. There are several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. The Company determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The leases which the Company enters, does not have any variable payments. The lease rents are fixed in nature with gradual escalation in lease rent.

Apart from the above, the Company also has various leases which are either short term in nature or the assets which are taken on the leases are generally low value assets (e.g. printers). Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Disclosures under Ind AS 116

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Depreciation charge for right of use assets 5,872.91
4,752.35
Interest expense on lease liabilities 2,005.47
1,551.30
Lease rent expenses for short term leases 823.67
2,083.70
Cash outflow towards lease liabilities 6,858.71
4,468.16
-
asprincipal
4,853.24
2,916.86
-
as interest
2,005.47
1,551.30
Carryingamount of right of use assets 24,412.28
22,221.90
Carryingamount of lease liabilities 24,328.96
21,489.56

For movement of right of use assets, refer note 3

For movement of lease liability, refer note 3. For maturity profile of lease liabilities, refer note 35 (liquidity risk)

For significant judgements used for accounting right of use assets and lease liabilities, refer note 1D(6)

Note 43: Corporate Social Responsibility

As per section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013, the gross amount to be spent by the Company during financial year 24-25 is H 471.22 lakhs (Previous year H 514.04 Lakhs). The Company has spent H 260.38 lakhs (Previous year H 396.24 Lakhs) on various CSR initiatives as below:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Twopercent of average netprofit of the company asper section 135(5) 471.22 514.04
Spent on ongoing projects 249.32 370.56
Administrative expenses 11.06 25.68
Total Amount Spent for the Financial Year. (inJ**) (a) *** 260.38 396.24
Total Amount transferred to Unspent CSR Account asper section 135(6) (b) 210.84 117.80
Total (a + b) 471.22 514.04
  • The amount has been spent on purposes other than construction / acquisition of asset and no amounts are yet to be paid in cash

Details of un-spent CSR amounts (deposited in separate CSR unspent account)

Details of un-spent CSR amounts (deposited in separate CSR unspent account)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Financialyear 2021-22 - 2.83
Financialyear 2022-23 - 1.50
Financialyear 2023-24 37.07 117.80
Financialyear 2024-25 210.84 -
Total (refer note 19) 247.91 122.13

No amounts are spent in current year and previous year for construction / acquisition of any asset.

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

304

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 44: Exceptional items

Note 44: Exceptional items
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Voluntaryretirement scheme for Nashik Factory, Maharashtra (876.50) -
Profit on liquidation of few immovableproperties 3,013.14 -
2,136.64 -

Note 45: Discontinued operations

Note 45: Discontinued operations Note 45: Discontinued operations
The statement of profit and loss of EPC segment (discontinued operations) are presented below: (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-2025
For the period
ended
31-Aug-2023
Revenue from contracts with customers - 34,037.96
Expenses net of other income - 34,222.07
Finance costs - 369.34
Profit/(loss) before tax from a discontinued operation - (553.45)
Tax (expenses)/income: - (144.54)
Profit/(loss) for theyear from a discontinued operation - (408.91)
Other comprehensive income - 70.65
Total comprehensive income - (338.26)
The major classes of assets and liabilities of EPC segment which were discontinued are as follows: (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As at
31-Aug-2023
Assets
Property, plant and equipment 4,449.04
Capital work inprogress 37.46
Right of use assets 700.76
Other non-current assets 3,217.24
Inventories 12,618.05
Trade receivable 45,447.89
Cash and cash equivalents,includingcash attributable to the segment, pursuant to the scheme of demerger 23,842.51
Other current assets 9,723.34
Assets held for sale 1,00,036.29
Liabilities
Trade credits 9,952.04
Tradepayable 17,664.89
Employee benefit obligations 1,369.91
Contract liabilities 11,716.97
Others liabilities 2,532.75
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale 43,236.56
Net assets directly associated with disposalgroup 56,799.73
Add: Investments knocked off 50.00
Net debited to retained earnings 56,849.73
The net cash flows of discontinued operations are, as follows: (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the period
ended
31-Aug-2023
Operating (298.83)
Investing -
Financing -
Net cash (outflow)/inflow (298.83)

305 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 46: Goodwill

Note 46: Goodwill
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Goodwill on merger of Nirlep Appliances Private Limited (BEL Chhatrapati
Sambhajinagar Unit)
2,644.36 2,644.36
Goodwill on merger of Starlite LightingLimited (BEL Nashik Unit) 16,356.73 16,356.73
TOTAL 19,001.09 19,001.09

During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company has performed its annual impairment test and determined that there is no impairment. The recoverable amounts of the CGU’s have been determined on the basis of the value in use calculations. The calculation uses cash flow projections based on budgets approved by the management, discounting rate and terminal growth rate. Management believes that any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which the specific CGU’s recoverable amount is based would not cause its carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount.

Significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair values as at March 31, 2025

Particulars Significant Unobservable Inputs
Sensitivity
Goodwill on business combinations BEL Nashik Unit
Discount rate – 13%
Terminal value growth rate – 3%
BEL Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar Unit
Discount rate – 14.75%
Terminal value growth rate – 3%
BEL Nashik Unit
The enterprise value is greater than the value
of the goodwill plus WDV of CGU of Nashik
Unit and considering the sensitivity around the
assumptions used, there is no impairment required
as on March 31, 2025
0.50% increase in discount rate will decrease fair
value byH374.90 lakhs.
0.50% decrease in discount rate will increase the
fair value byH414.40 lakhs
0.50% increase in terminal value growth rate will
increase fair value byH273.90 lakhs.
0.50% decrease in terminal value growth rate will
decrease the fair value byH247.80 lakhs

BEL Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar Unit

The enterprise value is greater than the value of the goodwill plus WDV of CGU of Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar Unit and considering the sensitivity around the assumptions used, there is no impairment required as on March 31, 2025 0.25% increase in discount rate will decrease the fair value by H 17.20 lakhs. 0.25% decrease in discount rate will increase the fair value by H 18.00 lakhs 0.50% increase in terminal value growth rate will increase fair value by H 24.00 lakhs. 0.50% decrease in terminal value growth rate will decrease the fair value by H 22.00 lakhs

306

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 47: Ratios

( H in Lakhs)

==> picture [484 x 496] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

31-Mar- 31-Mar- %
Ratio Numerator Denominator Reasons for variance > 25%
25 24 Change
Current ratio Total current assets Total current 1.29 1.21 6.21% NA
(in times) liabilities
Debt equity ratio Total borrowings Total equity - - 0.00% NA
(in times) (excluding lease
liabilities)
Debt service (Net Profit / (Loss) for Finance Costs 4.82 5.04 (4.36%) NA
coverage ratio (in the year + Finance Costs + Long term
times) + Depreciation and borrowings
amortisation expense scheduled principal
+ Non-cash operating repayments during
expenses the year, excluding
lease liabilities
Return on equity Profit / (loss) for the year Average total equity 8.89% 7.87% 13.01% NA
ratio (%)
Inventory turnover Cost of raw materials Average inventory 4.52 3.80 19.20% NA
ratio (in times) consumed + Purchases of
traded goods + Changes
in inventories of work-in-
progress, finished goods,
traded goods + Erection &
subcontracting expenses
Trade receivables Revenue from operations Average receivables 3.90 4.02 (3.12%) NA
turnover ratio (including other
(in times) operating income)
Trade payables Cost of raw materials Average payables 6.61 5.63 17.48% NA
turnover ratio consumed + Purchases of
(in times) traded goods + Changes
in inventories of work-in-
progress, finished goods,
traded goods + Erection &
subcontracting expenses
Net capital Revenue from operations Net capital (current 7.52 10.21 (26.36%) There is increase in
turnover ratio (including other assets - current current assets by around H
(in times) operating income) liabilities) 20,377.59 lakhs mainly due
to increase in investments
and fixed deposits, because
of the surplus funds
generated.
Net profit ratio (%) Profit for the year Revenue from 2.76% 2.84% (2.68%) NA
operations
Return on capital Finance cost + Profit Average capital 14.54% 14.02% 3.74% NA
employed (%) before tax employed
Return on Interest / income on bank Average bank 8.44% 5.60% 50.81% The Company has invested
investment (%) deposits / mutual funds deposits / mutual the funds in high yielding
funds mutual funds and fixed
deposits.
----- End of picture text -----

307 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 48: Other statutory information

  1. The Company does not have any Benami property, where any proceeding has been initiated or pending against the Company for holding any Benami property.

  2. The Company does not have any charges or satisfaction which is yet to be registered with Registrar of Companies beyond the statutory period,

  3. The Company has not traded or invested in Crypto currency or Virtual Currency during the financial year.

  4. The Company has not advanced or loaned or invested funds to any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Intermediaries) with the understanding that the Intermediary shall:

  5. a. directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the company (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or

  6. b. provide any guarantee, security or the like to or on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries

  7. The Company has not received any fund from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Funding Party) with the understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Company shall

  8. a. directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or

  9. b. provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries,

  10. The Company has not had or does not have any such transaction which is not recorded in the books of accounts that has been surrendered or disclosed as income during the year in the tax assessments under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (such as, search or survey or any other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961

  11. The Company has not granted any loans or advances in nature of loans to promoters, directors and KMPs either severally or jointly with any other person during the year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

  12. The Company has not been declared wilful defaulter by any bank, financial institution, government or government authority.

  13. The Company has not revalued its property, plant and equipment (including right-to-use assets) or intangible assets during the year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

  14. Transactions with the companies which are struck off are as under

(Hin Lakhs)
Nature of Transaction Count (FY25) Count (FY24)
As on
March 31, 2025
As on
March 31, 2024
Receivables from customers 1 1
39.07
53.12
Receivables from vendors 2 11
0.16
0.39
  1. The Company has used accounting software for maintaining its books of account which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the software except that the Company is unable to comment on whether certain features of the audit trail of the said software has operated from the period September 8, 2024, to February 11, 2025 or whether there were any instances of audit trail feature being tampered during the said period in the absence of log of changes to certain audit features. Additionally, the audit trail of prior year has been preserved by the Company as per the statutory requirements for record retention to the extent it was enabled and recorded in the respective year. The same has been remediated as on date of adoption of these standalone financial statements.

Note 49: Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through May 12, 2025, the date at which the standalone financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there are no material items to disclose.

Note 50: Business Combinations

Merger of Nirlep Appliances Private Limited (NAPL) into the Company

The Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench, vide its order dated March 01, 2024 (“Order”) [passed in the matter of Company Scheme Petition No. C.P (C.A.A)/250(MB)2023 connected with C.A. (CAA)/246(MB)2022) (“Petition”) in respect of the Scheme], had inter-alia approved the Scheme of Merger by Absorption of Nirlep Appliances Private Limited (“Transferor Company”) with Bajaj Electricals Limited (“Transferee Company”) and their respective shareholders under Sections 230 to 232 and other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (“Scheme”).

308

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Standalone Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 50: Business Combinations (Contd..)

Accordingly, the Company had accounted for the merger under the pooling of interest method in financial year 2023-24 as prescribed in IND AS 103 Business Combinations of entities under common control. The Company had recorded the assets and liabilities, of the Transferor Company vested in it pursuant to this Scheme, at the carrying values of the Transferee Company. The identity of the reserves of the Transferor Company had been preserved and the Transferee Company had recorded the reserves of the Transferor Company in the same form and at the carrying amount.

Demerger of EPC segment

During the previous year, Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench (“”NCLT””) had approved the Scheme of Arrangement between Bajaj Electricals Limited “Demerged Company”) and Bajel Projects Limited (“Resulting Company”) and their respective shareholders (“”Scheme””). On July 5, 2023, the Company had received a certified true copy of the order dated June 8, 2023 (“”Order””) passed by the Hon’ble NCLT approving the Scheme. The Company had completed the process of obtaining the requisite consent, approval or permission of the appropriate authorities, which by applicable law or contract, agreement, were necessary for the effective transfer of business and/or implementation of the Scheme. The Scheme, has been made effective from September 1, 2023.

Accordingly, effect of the de-merger had been considered in the standalone financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2024. The assets and liabilities relating to the demerged undertaking have been de-recognised from the books and have been adjusted against the retained earnings in the said standalone financial statements.

Note 51: Previous year’s figures have been regrouped / reclassed wherever necessary to correspond with the current year’s classification / disclosure.

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Sanjay Sachdeva Chairman Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 00089358 DIN: 11017868

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

Prashant Dalvi EC Prasad Shailesh Haribhakti Company Secretary Chief Financial Officer Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

309 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Members of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Bajaj Electricals Limited (hereinafter referred to as “the Holding Company”), its associate and joint ventures comprising of the consolidated Balance sheet as at March 31, 2025, the consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss, including other comprehensive income, the consolidated Cash Flow Statement and the consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of material accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the consolidated financial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us and based on the consideration of report of other auditor on separate financial statements and on the other financial information of the associate and joint ventures, the aforesaid consolidated financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013, as amended (“the Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the consolidated state of affairs of the Holding Company including its associate and joint ventures as at March 31, 2025, their consolidated profit including other comprehensive income, their consolidated cash flows and the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SAs), as specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those Standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s Responsibilities

for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures in accordance with the ‘Code of Ethics’ issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2025. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements. The results of audit procedures performed by us and by other auditor of component not audited by us, as reported by them in their audit report furnished to us by the management, including those procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Key audit matters

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

A. Timing of revenue recognition (Refer Notes 1B(3)(1) and 24 of the consolidated financial statements)

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised upon transfer of control of promised goods and is measured at the transaction price of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns, schemes and rebates, based on contractually defined terms.

The timing of transfer of control in case of sales to distributors is basis the terms of arrangements such as delivery specifications, incoterms, ability of customers to return unsold goods which results in risk regarding recognition of revenue in the appropriate period.

Considering the above factors and the risk around recognition of revenue in the correct period, it was determined to be a key audit matter in our audit of the consolidated financial statements.

  • Audit procedures included the following: Assessed the Holding Company’s revenue recognition policy and its compliance in terms of Ind AS 115 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’; Assessed the design and tested the operating effectiveness of internal financial controls related to timing of revenue recognition; On a sample basis, we tested the underlying documents and terms of arrangement to assess the appropriateness of timing of revenue recognition in accordance with Ind AS 115; and other;

  • Performed analytical procedures on sales and sales return trend including subsequent sales returns;

  • Tested manual journal entries posted to revenue to identify unusual items;

310

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Key audit matters How our audit addressed the key audit matters
B. Allowances for inventories (Refer note 1B(13) and 11 for disclosure of the accompanying consolidated financial statements)
As at March 31, 2025, the carrying amount of inventories Audit procedures included the following:
amounted toH71,735.59 lakhs, after considering allowance for
aged and obsolete inventories ofH3,512.35 lakhs.

Read the Holding Company’s accounting policy for provisioning
for aged and obsolete inventories;
Management applies judgement in determining the provision
for such aged and obsolete inventories based upon its detailed
analysis of old inventories using the ageing report of such
inventories, net realizable value, its physical condition, future
use and sales projections for the said inventories.

Obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested
the operating effectiveness of internal financial controls that
the Holding Company has in relation to the identification of
aged and obsolete inventories and assessing the amount of
allowance for such inventories;
The determination of saleability of such aged and obsolete
inventories requires management to rely on certain assumptions
We performed audit procedures such as testing the inventory
and significant judgement. ageing report, testing the reasonableness of sales projections
Accordingly, the assessment of the provision for aged and
obsolete inventories has been considered as a key audit matter.
considered for future liquidation of the aged and obsolete
inventories and the realizable value of such inventories based
on historical sales data, orders in hand etc;
  • We also tested the appropriateness of the net realizable value considered by management for the aged and obsolete inventories by comparing the inventories value with the subsequent sales prices of the finished goods/recently realized prices;

  • We observed the inventory count performed by management for the year-end on a sample basis and assessed the physical condition of the inventories segregated as aged and obsolete inventories and compared the same with the inventories listing to check completeness;

  • We analyzed the inventory turnaround and compared that to management’s estimates on aged and obsolete inventories;

  • We verified if the computation of inventory provisioning for such aged and obsolete inventories is in line with Holding Company’s policy;

  • We assessed the adequacy and appropriateness of the Holding Company’s disclosures in Note 1B(13) on material accounting policy and Note 11 Inventories to the consolidated financial statements, as required by the applicable Indian Accounting Standards.

C. Impairment testing of Goodwill (Refer Note 46 of the consolidated financial statements)

As at March 31, 2025, the Holding Company has carrying amount of Goodwill of H 19,001.09 lakhs pertaining to Starlite Lighting Limited and Nirlep Appliances Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiaries which has been merged into the Company.

In accordance with the requirements of Ind AS 36 Impairment of Assets, the Holding Company performs an annual impairment assessment of Goodwill and the corresponding cash generating units to determine whether the recoverable value is below the carrying amount as at March 31, 2025.

For this purpose, the recoverable value of the cash generating unit is based on the value in use model, which has been derived from the discounted cash flow model. The model requires the Holding Company to make significant assumptions such as discount rate, near and long-term revenue growth rate and projected margins which involves inherent uncertainty since they are based on future business prospects and economic outlook.

Changes in certain methodologies and assumptions can lead to significant changes in the assessment of the recoverable value. Due to the level of judgments involved and its significance to the Holding Company’s financial position, this is considered to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included the following:

  • Obtained an understanding of the process followed by the management to determine the recoverable amounts of cash generating units determined by the Holding Company;

  • Evaluated the design and implementation and tested the operating effectiveness of key internal controls related to the Holding Company’s process relating to review of the annual impairment analysis;

  • Assessed Holding Company’s valuation methodology applied in determining recoverable value including the reasonableness of identification of cash generating units around the key drivers (cash flow forecasts, discount rates, expected growth rates, forecasted margins and terminal growth rates) based on our knowledge of the Holding Company and Industry. Compared the historical accuracy by comparing past forecasts to actual results achieved;

  • Assessed the recoverable value headroom by performing sensitivity testing of key assumptions used;

  • Tested the arithmetical accuracy of the computation of recoverable amounts of cash generating units; Assessed the disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements.

311 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Information Other than the Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon

The Holding Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual report, but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether such other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of Management for the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Holding Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and presentation of these consolidated financial statements in terms of the requirements of the Act that give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position, consolidated financial performance including other comprehensive income, consolidated cash flows and consolidated statement of changes in equity of the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specified under section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended. The respective Board of Directors of the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures are responsible for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of their respective companies and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, which have been used for the purpose of preparation of the consolidated financial statements by the Directors of the Holding Company, as aforesaid.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the respective Board of Directors of the companies included in the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures are responsible for assessing the ability of their respective companies to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Holding Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those respective Board of Directors of the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures are also responsible for overseeing the financial reporting process of their respective companies.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

  • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

  • Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Holding Company has adequate internal financial controls with reference to financial statements in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls.

  • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

  • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the ability of the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures to cease to continue as a going concern.

  • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

  • Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures of which we are the independent auditors, to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 312

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit of the financial statements of such entities included in the consolidated financial statements of which we are the independent auditors. For the other entities included in the consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by other auditor, such other auditor remain responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audits carried out by them. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance of the Holding Company and such other entities included in the consolidated financial statements of which we are the independent auditors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2025 and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Other Matters

  • (a) The consolidated financial statements also include theHolding Company’s share of net profit of H 0.00 lakhs for the year ended March 31, 2025, as considered in the consolidated financial statements, in respect of one associate, whose financial statements, other financial information have been audited by an other auditor and whose report has been furnished to us by the Management. Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of this associate, and our report in terms of sub-sections (3) of Section 143 of the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaid associate, is based solely on the report of such other auditor.

  • (b) The consolidated financial statements also include the Holding Company’s share of net profit of H 0.00 lakhs for the year ended March 31, 2025, as considered in the consolidated financial statements, in respect of 5 joint ventures, whose financial statements, other financial information have not been audited and whose unaudited financial statements, other unaudited financial information have been furnished to us by the Management. Our opinion, in so far as it relates amounts and disclosures included in respect of these joint ventures and our report in terms of sub-sections (3) of Section 143 of the Act in so far as it relates to the aforesaid joint ventures, is based solely on such unaudited financial statements and other unaudited financial information. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us by the Management, these financial statements and other financial information are not material to the Holding Company.

Our opinion above on the consolidated financial statements, and our report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements below, is not modified in respect of the above matters with respect to our reliance on the work done and the reports of the other auditor and the financial statements and other financial information certified by the Management.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

  1. As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 (“the Order”), issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, based on our audit and on the consideration of report of the other auditor on separate financial statement and the other financial information of the associate company, incorporated in India, as noted in the ‘Other Matter’ paragraph we give in the “ Annexure 1 ” a statement on the matters specified in paragraph 3(xxi) of the Order.

  2. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, based on our audit and on the consideration of report of the other auditor on separate financial statements and the other financial information of associate and, as noted in the ‘other matter’ paragraph we report, to the extent applicable, that:

  3. (a) We/the other auditor whose report we have relied upon have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit of the aforesaid consolidated financial statements;

  4. (b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid consolidation of the financial statements have been kept so far as it appears from our examination of those books and reports of the other auditor except for the matters stated in paragraph (i)(vi) below on reporting under Rule 11(g);

  5. (c) The Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss including the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement and Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the books of account maintained for the purpose of preparation of the consolidated financial statements;

  6. (d) In our opinion, the aforesaid consolidated financial statements comply with the Accounting Standards specified under Section 133 of the Act, read with Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended;

  7. (e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors of the Holding Company as on March 31, 2025 taken on record by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and the report of the statutory auditor who are appointed under Section 139 of the Act, of its associate company, none of the directors of the Holding Company’s’, its associate, incorporated in India, is disqualified as on March 31, 2025 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164 (2) of the Act;

  8. (f) The modification relating to the maintenance of accounts and other matters connected therewith are as stated in paragraph (b) above on reporting under Section 143(3)(b) and paragraph (i)(vi) below on reporting under Rule 11(g);

313 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

  • (g) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements of the Holding Company and its associate company and joint ventures, incorporated in India, and the operating effectiveness of such controls, based on our audit and on the consideration of report of the other auditor on separate financial statements and the other financial information of such associate and joint ventures, incorporated in India and to the extent applicable, as noted in the ‘Other Matter’ paragraph, refer to our separate Report in “ Annexure 2 ” to this report;

  • (h) In our opinion and based on the consideration of reports of other statutory auditor of the associate and incorporated in India, the managerial remuneration for the year ended March 31, 2025 has been paid / provided by the Holding Company incorporated in India to their directors in accordance with the provisions of section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act. The provisions of section 197 read with Schedule V of the Act are not applicable to its associate company incorporated in India for the year ended March 31, 2025.

  • (i) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us and based on the consideration of the report of the other auditor on separate financial statement as also the other financial information of the associate and joint ventures, as noted in the ‘Other matter’ paragraph:

  • i. The consolidated financial statements disclose the impact of pending litigations on its consolidated financial position of the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures in its consolidated financial statements – Refer Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements;

  • ii. The Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures did not have any material foreseeable losses in long-term contracts including derivative contracts during the year ended March 31, 2025;

  • iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Holding Company, its associate and joint ventures, incorporated in India during the year ended March 31, 2025.

  • iv. a) The respective managements of the Holding Company and its associate and joint ventures which are companies incorporated in India whose financial statements have been audited under the Act have represented to us and the other auditor of such associate respectively that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no funds have been advanced or loaned or invested (either from borrowed funds or share premium or any other sources or kind of funds) by the Holding Company or any of such associate and joint ventures to or in

any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Intermediaries”), with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise, that the Intermediary shall, whether, directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the respective Holding Company or any of such associate and joint ventures (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries;

  • b) The respective managements of the Holding Company and its associate and joint ventures which are companies incorporated in India whose financial statements have been audited under the Act have represented to us and the other auditor of such associate and joint ventures respectively that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no funds have been received by the respective Holding Company or any of such associate and joint ventures from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Funding Parties”), with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise, that the Holding Company or any of such associate and joint ventures shall, whether, directly or indirectly, lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries; and

  • c) Based on the audit procedures that have been considered reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances performed by us and that performed by the auditor of the associate and joint ventures which are companies incorporated in India whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, nothing has come to our or other auditor’s notice that has caused us or the other auditor to believe that the representations under sub-clause (a) and (b) contain any material mis-statement.

  • v) As stated in note 16 to the consolidated financial statements, The final dividend paid by the Holding Company incorporated in India during the year in respect of the same declared for the previous year is in accordance with section 123 of the Act to the extent it applies to payment of dividend. Further, the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, incorporated in India have proposed final dividend for the year which is subject to the approval of the members of the Holding Company at the respective ensuing Annual General Meeting. The dividend declared is in accordance with section 123 of the Act to the extent it applies to declaration of dividend.

314

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

  • vi) Based on our examination which included test checks and that performed by the respective auditor of an associate, which are companies incorporated in India, whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, except for the instances discussed in note 48(11) to the consolidated financial statements, the Holding Company and associate has used accounting software for maintaining its books of account including privileged access management tool which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the software except that we are unable to comment on whether certain features of the audit trail of the said software has operated from period September 8, 2024, to February 11, 2025 or whether there were any instances of audit trail feature being tampered

during the said period in the absence of log of changes to certain audit features. Additionally, the audit trail of prior year has been preserved by the Company as per the statutory requirements for record retention to the extent it was enabled and recorded in the respective year.

For S R B C & CO LLP

Chartered Accountants

ICAI Firm Registration Number: 324982E/E300003

per Aruna Kumaraswamy

Partner

Membership No.: 219350 UDIN: 25219350BMMABD1846 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

315 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Annexure ‘1’ referred to in paragraph under the heading “Report on other legal and regulatory requirements” of our report of even date

Re: Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Holding Company”)

(xxi) Qualifications or adverse remarks in the Companies (Auditors Report) Order (CARO) report of the Company included in the consolidated financial statements are:

Sr
no
Name CIN Holding company/
associate
Clause number of the CARO report
which is qualified or is adverse
1 BajajElectricals Limited L31500MH1938PLC009887 HoldingCompany Paragraph 3(i)(c)

For S R B C & CO LLP

Chartered Accountants ICAI Firm Registration Number: 324982E/E300003

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.: 219350 UDIN: 25219350BMMABD1846 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

316

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Annexure ‘2’ referred to in paragraph under the heading “Report on other legal and regulatory requirements” of our report of even date

Re: Bajaj Electricals Limited (“the Holding Company”)

Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)

In conjunction with our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Bajaj Electricals Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “Holding Company”) as of and for the year ended March 31, 2025, we have audited the internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements of the Holding Company and its associate and joint ventures, which are companies incorporated in India, as of that date.

Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

The respective Board of Directors of the Holding company including its associate and joint ventures, which are companies incorporated in India, are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Holding Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to the respective company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Holding Company's internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, specified under section 143(10) of the Act, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls, both, issued by ICAI. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained and the audit evidence obtained by the other auditor in terms of their report referred to in the Other Matters paragraph below, is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements.

Meaning of Internal Financial Controls With Reference to Consolidated Financial Statements

A company's internal financial control with reference to consolidated financial statements is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal financial control with reference to consolidated financial statements includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls With Reference to Consolidated Financial Statements

Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

317 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Opinion

In our opinion, the Holding Company, which is a company incorporated in India, have, maintained in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31,2025, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Holding Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI.

Other Matters

Our report under Section 143(3)(i) of the Act on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements of the Holding

Company, in so far as it relates to this one associate, which is company incorporated in India, is based on the corresponding report of the auditor of such associate incorporated in India.

For S R B C & CO LLP

Chartered Accountants ICAI Firm Registration Number: 324982E/E300003

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.: 219350 UDIN: 25219350BMMABD1846 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

318

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Consolidated Balance Sheet

as at 31st March 2025

==> picture [484 x 525] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
As at As at
Particulars Notes
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
ASSETS
Non-Current Assets
Property, plant and equipment 2 35,080.45 35,236.25
Capital work in progress 2 922.98 6,183.96
Right-of-use assets 3 24,412.28 22,221.90
Intangible assets 4 894.76 1,541.99
Intangible assets under development 4 332.04 161.71
Investment properties 4.1 15,628.87 13,582.07
Goodwill 46 19,001.09 19,001.09
Investments in an associate 5.1 - -
Investments in joint ventures 5.1 16,621.64 -
Financial Assets
i) Investments 5.3 515.32 493.14
ii) Trade receivables 6 1,492.24 1,293.37
iii) Other financial assets 8 6,929.10 5,027.53
Deferred tax assets (net) 9 388.18 530.33
Income tax assets (net) 4,376.02 8,334.12
Other non-current assets 10 6,448.51 8,496.85
Total Non-Current Assets 1,33,043.48 1,22,104.31
Current Assets
Inventories 11 71,735.59 75,664.03
Financial Assets
i) Investments 5.2 6,187.46 3,004.50
ii) Trade receivables 6 1,28,639.33 1,16,317.50
iii) Cash and cash equivalents 12 11,978.53 11,402.15
iv) Bank balances other than (iii) above 12.1 76.17 16,066.44
v) Loans 7 0.94 50.38
vi) Other current financial assets 13 33,360.39 1,084.28
Other current assets 14 36,416.94 36,837.50
Contract assets 41 476.67 325.07
2,88,872.02 2,60,751.85
Assets classified as held for sale 15 - 460.09
Total Current Assets 2,88,872.02 2,61,211.94
Total Assets 4,21,915.50 3,83,316.25
EQUITY & LIABILITIES
EQUITY
Equity share capital 16 2,306.84 2,303.92
Other Equity 17 1,70,204.60 1,41,818.08
Total Equity 1,72,511.44 1,44,122.00
LIABILITIES
Non-Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
ia) Lease liabilities 3 18,666.52 17,261.23
ii) Other financial liabilities 19 19.24 16.35
Provisions 20 1,221.62 969.70
Employee benefit obligations 21 4,836.36 5,190.51
Total Non-Current Liabilities 24,743.74 23,437.79
Current Liabilities
Financial Liabilities
ia) Lease liabilities 3 5,662.44 4,228.33
ii) Trade credits 22.1 1,46,295.42 1,28,272.38
iii) Trade payables 22
Total Outstanding dues of micro enterprises & small enterprises 5,424.00 3,781.66
Total Outstanding dues of other than micro enterprises & small enterprises 39,532.55 52,117.97
iv) Other current financial liabilities 19 6,960.21 6,519.57
Provisions 20 5,319.93 5,227.62
Employee benefit obligations 21 1,533.63 1,324.79
Current tax liabilities (net) 2,023.27 2,687.45
Contract liabilities 41 4,912.73 4,496.46
Other current liabilities 23 6,996.14 7,100.23
Total Current Liabilities 2,24,660.32 2,15,756.46
Total Liabilities 2,49,404.06 2,39,194.25
Total Equity & Liabilities 4,21,915.50 3,83,316.25
Summary of material accounting policies 1B
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
----- End of picture text -----

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

DIN: 00089358

Prashant Dalvi Company Secretary

Shailesh Haribhakti Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

EC Prasad Chief Financial Officer

319 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss

for the year ended 31st March 2025

==> picture [484 x 533] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs, unless otherwise stated)
Particulars Notes For the year ended31-Mar-25 For the year ended31-Mar-24
Continuing operations
Income:
Revenue from operations 24 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83
Other income 25 5,477.66 8,647.07
Total Income 4,88,321.02 4,72,773.90
Expenses:
Cost of raw materials consumed 26 54,852.49 51,349.38
Purchases of traded goods 2,71,781.14 2,56,674.51
Changes in inventories of work-in-progress, finished goods and traded goods 26 2,887.36 18,060.24
Erection and subcontracting expenses 27 3,892.84 2,621.02
Employee benefits expenses 28 37,998.91 36,492.85
Depreciation and amortisation expense 29 14,407.13 10,958.49
Other expenses 30 80,685.51 72,960.02
Finance costs 31 6,984.69 6,347.88
Total Expenses 4,73,490.07 4,55,464.39
Profit before exceptional items share of profit / (loss) of an associate and tax from continuing operations 14,830.95 17,309.51
Exceptional Items before tax 44 2,136.64 -
Profit before share of profit / (loss) of an associate and a joint venture and tax 16,967.59 17,309.51
Share of profit / (loss) of associate - -
Profit before tax for the year from continuing operations 16,967.59 17,309.51
Tax expense / (credit) :
Current tax 32 4,950.63 5,719.86
Deferred tax 9 (1,325.50) (2,009.37)
Adjustment of tax relating to earlier years 32 - 11.31
Total tax expenses from continuing operations 3,625.13 3,721.80
Profit for the year from continuing operations 13,342.46 13,587.71
Discontinued operations 45
Profit / (loss) before tax for the year from discontinued operations - (681.26)
Tax expense / (Credit) from discontinued operations 32 - (201.06)
Profit / (loss) for the year from discontinued operations - (480.20)
Profit for the year 13,342.46 13,107.51
Continuing operations
Other comprehensive (income) / loss
Items that will be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods
Cash flow hedge reserve 35c - 9.47
Income tax effect - (2.38)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods
Remeasurement (gains)/losses on defined benefit plans 21 (210.36) 75.94
Income tax effect 9 52.94 (21.09)
Other comprehensive (income) / loss net of tax from continuing operations (157.42) 61.94
Discontinued operations 45
Other comprehensive (income) / loss
Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods
Remeasurement (gains)/losses on defined benefit plans - (94.41)
Income tax effect - 23.46
Other comprehensive (income) / loss net of tax from discontinued operations - (70.95)
Total Comprehensive Income for the year net of tax 13,499.88 13,116.52
Profit for the year attributable to
Equity holders of the holding company 13,342.46 13,107.51
Non-controlling interest - -
Other comprehensive (income) / loss for the year attributable to
Equity holders of the holding company (157.42) (9.01)
Non-controlling interest - -
Total comprehensive income / (loss) for the year attributable to
Equity holders of the holding company 13,499.88 13,116.52
Non-controlling interest - -
Earnings Per Share from Continuing operations 39
Earnings per equity share before exceptional items (face value per share J 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 9.64 11.81
Diluted computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 9.63 11.79
Earnings per equity share after exceptional items (face value per share J 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 11.57 11.81
Diluted computed on the basis on profit from continuing operations 11.56 11.79
Earnings/(loss) Per Share Discontinued operations
Earnings/(loss) per equity share before exceptional items (face value per share J 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.42)
Diluted computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.42)
Earnings/(loss) per equity share after exceptional items (face value per share J 2)
Basic computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.42)
Diluted computed on the basis on profit / (loss) from discontinued operations - (0.42)
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per equity share before exceptional items (face value per share J 2)
Basic computed on the basis of profit for the year 9.64 11.39
Diluted computed on the basis of profit for the year 9.63 11.37
Earnings per equity share after exceptional items (face value per share J 2)
Basic computed on the basis of profit for the year 11.57 11.39
Diluted computed on the basis of profit for the year 11.56 11.37
Summary of material accounting policies 1B
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
----- End of picture text -----

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

Prashant Dalvi Company Secretary

Shailesh Haribhakti Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

EC Prasad Chief Financial Officer

320

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

A.
Equity share capital (Note 16)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Year Ended
31st March 2025
Year Ended
31st March 2024
Equity shares ofH2 each issued, subscribed and fully paid-up
At the beginning of the year
2,303.92
2,301.51
Changes in Equity Share Capital due to prior period errors
-
-
Restated balance at the beginning of the year
2,303.92
2,301.51
Issue of equity share capital during the year
2.92
2.41
At the end of the year
2,306.84
2,303.92
2,301.51 - 2,301.51 2.41 2,303.92 B.
Other equity (Note 17)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Share
Application
Money
Pending
Allotment
Reserves and surplus
Total
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
Effective
portion of
cash flow
hedges
Securities
premium
reserve
Shares
Option
Outstanding
General
Reserve
Retained
earnings
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
Capital
Reserve
Employee
welfare
trust
Capital
Reserve
Balance as at 31st March 2024
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31) 67,307.46
2,698.94 45,967.75 27,895.47
135.71
175.18
- 1,41,818.08
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,342.46
-
-
-
13,342.46
Other comprehensive income/ (loss)

-
-
-
-
-
-
157.42
-
-
-
157.42
Total
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31) 67,307.46
2,698.94 45,967.75 41,395.35
135.71
175.18
- 1,55,317.96
Exercise of share options
-
-
-
603.92
-
-
-
-
-
-
603.92
Exercise of share options - transferred
from shares options outstanding account
-
-
-
289.10
(289.10)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Employee stock option expense for the year
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
-
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of vested
options
-
-
-
-
(413.07)
-
413.07
-
-
-
-
Dividend on equity shares
-
-
-
-
-
(3,456.95)
-
-
-
(3,456.95)
Recognised during the year (refer note 5.1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
16,621.64
16,621.64
Share application monies received
(3.03)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3.03)
Balance as at 31st March 2025
-
(2,327.15)
(38.31) 68,200.48
3,117.83 45,967.75 38,351.47
135.71
175.18 16,621.64 1,70,204.60*
B.
Other equity (Note 17)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Share
Application
Money
Pending
Allotment
Reserves and surplus
Total
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
Effective
portion of
cash flow
hedges
Securities
premium
reserve
Shares
Option
Outstanding
General
Reserve
Retained
earnings
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
Capital
Reserve
Employee
welfare
trust
Capital
Reserve
Balance as at 31st March 2024
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31) 67,307.46
2,698.94 45,967.75 27,895.47
135.71
175.18
- 1,41,818.08
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,342.46
-
-
-
13,342.46
Other comprehensive income/ (loss)

-
-
-
-
-
-
157.42
-
-
-
157.42
Total
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31) 67,307.46
2,698.94 45,967.75 41,395.35
135.71
175.18
- 1,55,317.96
Exercise of share options
-
-
-
603.92
-
-
-
-
-
-
603.92
Exercise of share options - transferred
from shares options outstanding account
-
-
-
289.10
(289.10)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Employee stock option expense for the year
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
-
-
-
-
-
1,121.06
Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of vested
options
-
-
-
-
(413.07)
-
413.07
-
-
-
-
Dividend on equity shares
-
-
-
-
-
(3,456.95)
-
-
-
(3,456.95)
Recognised during the year (refer note 5.1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
16,621.64
16,621.64
Share application monies received
(3.03)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3.03)
Balance as at 31st March 2025
-
(2,327.15)
(38.31) 68,200.48
3,117.83 45,967.75 38,351.47
135.71
175.18 16,621.64 1,70,204.60*
13,342.46
157.42
13,342.46
157.42
1,55,317.96 603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
16,621.64
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
16,621.64
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
16,621.64
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
16,621.64
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
16,621.64
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
16,621.64
(3.03)
603.92
-
1,121.06
-
(3,456.95)
16,621.64
(3.03)
1,70,204.60 * Retained earnings includes revaluation reserve ofH808.60 lakhs subsumed during transition to Ind AS
** Other comprehensive income includes remeasurement (gains)/losses on defined benefit plans (net of tax) which are transferred to retained earnings. It also includes movement on cash flow hedges which are
transferred to effective portion of cashflow hedges reserve
Employee
welfare
trust
Capital
Reserve
**- **
-
-
**- ** -
-
-
-
-
16,621.64
-
**16,621.64 **
2,303.92 - 2,303.92 2.92 2,306.84
Capital
Reserve
175.18
-
-
175.18 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
**175.18 **
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
135.71
-
-
135.71 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
135.71
At the beginning of the year Changes in Equity Share Capital due to prior period errors Restated balance at the beginning of the year Issue of equity share capital during the year At the end of the year
Retained
earnings
27,895.47*
13,342.46
157.42
41,395.35 -
-
-
413.07
(3,456.95)
-
38,351.47
General
Reserve
**45,967.75 **
-
-
**45,967.75 ** -
-
-
-
-
-
-
**45,967.75 **
Shares
Option
Outstanding
**2,698.94 **
-
-
**2,698.94 ** -
(289.10)
1,121.06
(413.07)
-
-
-
**3,117.83 **
Securities
premium
reserve
67,307.46
-
-
67,307.46 603.92
289.10
-
-
-
-
-
68,200.48
Effective
portion of
cash flow
hedges
**(38.31) **
-
-
**(38.31) ** -
-
-
-
-
-
**(38.31) **
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
(2,327.15)
-
-
(2,327.15) -
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2,327.15)
-
-
3.03 -
-
-
-
-
-
(3.03)
-
Profit for the year Other comprehensive income/ (loss) ** Total Exercise of share options Exercise of share options - transferred
from shares options outstanding account
Employee stock option expense for the year Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of vested
options
Dividend on equity shares Recognised during the year (refer note 5.1) Share application monies received Balance as at 31st March 2025

321 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

B.
Other equity (Note 17)
(Rs in lakhs)
Particulars
Share
Application
Money
Pending
Allotment
Reserves and surplus
Total
Amalgamation
Adjustment
Reserve
Effective
portion of
cash flow
hedges
Securities
premium
reserve
Shares
Option
Outstanding
General
Reserve
Retained
earnings
Capital
Redemption
Reserve
Capital
Reserve
Employee
welfare
trust
Capital
Reserve
Balance as at 31st March 2023
-
(2,327.15)
(68.91) 66,594.40
1,874.06 45,967.75 76,069.03
135.71
175.18
- 1,88,420.07
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,107.51
-
-
-
13,107.51
Other comprehensive income/ (loss)

-
-
(7.09)
-
-
-
16.10
-
-
-
9.01
Total
-
(2,327.15)
(76.00) 66,594.40
1,874.06 45,967.75 89,192.64
135.71
175.18
- 2,01,536.59
Exercise of share options
-
-
-
505.92
-
-
-
-
-
-
505.92
Exercise of share options - transferred from
shares options outstanding account
-
-
-
207.14
(207.14)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Employee stock option expense for the
year
-
-
-
-
1,087.46
-
-
-
-
-
1,087.46
Transferred from share options
outstanding account on lapse of vested
options
-
-
-
-
(55.44)
-
55.44
-
-
-
-
Dividend on equity shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
(4,604.08)
-
-
-
(4,604.08)
Derecognised pursuant to demerger
-
-
-
- (56,748.53)
-
-
-
(56,748.53)
Application money received
3.03
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.03
Charge for the year
-
-
37.69
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
37.69
Balance as at 31st March 2024
3.03
(2,327.15)
(38.31) 67,307.46
2,698.94 45,967.75 27,895.47
135.71
175.18
- 1,41,818.08*
* Retained earnings includes revaluation reserve ofH808.60 lakhs subsumed during transition to Ind AS
Other comprehensive income includes remeasurement (gains)/losses on defined benefit plans (net of tax) which are transferred to retained earnings. It also includes movement on cash flow hedges which are
transferred to effective portion of cashflow hedges reserve
Summary of material accounting policies (Note 1B). The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements
As per our report attached of even date
For and on behalf of the Board of directors
For
S R B C & CO LLP
of
Bajaj Electricals Limited
ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003
Chartered Accountants
Shekhar Bajaj
Sanjay Sachdeva
Chairman
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
DIN: 00089358
DIN: 11017868
per
Aruna Kumaraswamy
Prashant Dalvi
EC Prasad
Shailesh Haribhakti**
Partner
Company Secretary
Chief Financial Officer
Chairman - Audit Committee
Membership No.219350
DIN: 00007347
Mumbai, May 12, 2025
Mumbai, May 12, 2025

322

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

for the year ended 31st March 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before income tax from continuing operations 16,967.59 17,309.51
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 14,407.13 10,958.49
Employee share-basedpayment expense 1,121.06 1,032.97
(Gain) / loss on disposal ofproperty,plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (net) (497.21) 79.76
Measurement of financial assets held at fair value through Profit or Loss (305.14) (73.20)
Measurement of financial assets and liabilities held at amortised cost (159.77) (123.65)
Exceptional items (2,136.64) -
Finance costs 6,984.69 6,347.88
Interest income (2,608.51) (5,560.20)
Credit balances written back (226.23) (1,341.65)
Impairment allowance for doubtful debts & advances (net of write back) 82.61 633.88
Bad debts and other irrecoverable debit balances written off 816.11 (379.28)
34,445.69 28,884.51
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase)/decrease in trade receivables (current & non-current) (13,225.25) (4,870.16)
(Increase)/decrease in financial and other assets (current & non-current) 1,452.08 (6,025.72)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 3,928.44 21,895.67
Increase/(decrease) in trade payables, provisions, employee benefit obligations, other
financial liabilities and other liabilities (current & non-current)
8,320.62 (3,952.69)
Cashgenerated from operations 34,921.58 35,931.61
Income taxespaid (net of refunds) (241.94) (253.98)
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing operations 34,679.64 35,677.63
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from operating activities from discontinued operations - (298.83)
Net cash inflow from operating activities from continuing and discontinued
operations (A)
34,679.64 35,378.80
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment including capital work in progress and
capital advances
(4,722.42) (12,365.70)
Purchase of intangible assets includingintangible assets under development (671.60) (750.99)
Proceeds from sale ofproperty,plant and equipment includingadvances received 2,497.17 43.77
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 2,388.58 -
Proceeds from sale of investmentproperties 4.58 7.71
Purchase of mutual funds (6,046.00) (10,445.63)
Proceeds from sale of mutual funds 3,146.00 11,700.00
Investments in bank deposits (17,644.38) (14,295.93)
Interest received 1,552.26 5,083.65
Net cash used in investing activities for continuing operations (19,495.81) (21,023.12)
Net cash used in investing activities for discontinued operations - -
Net cash used in investing activities for continued and discontinued operations (B) (19,495.81) (21,023.12)

323 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

for the year ended 31st March 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issues of shares 603.81 511.35
Repayment of borrowings - (16.65)
Payment ofprincipalportion of lease liabilities (4,853.24) (2,916.86)
Interestpaid on lease liabilities (2,005.47) (1,551.30)
Interestpaid on borrowings (4,895.60) (4,685.00)
Dividendpaid to equityshareholders (3,456.95) (4,604.08)
Net cash used in financing activities (14,607.45) (13,262.54)
Net cash used in financing activities for discontinued operations - -
Net cash used in financing activities for continuing and discontinued operations (C) (14,607.45) (13,262.54)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) 576.38 1,093.14
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of theyear 11,402.15 34,151.52
Less: Cash transferredpursuant to demerger (refer note 45) - (23,842.51)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of theyear 11,978.53 11,402.15
Cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations 11,978.53 11,402.15
Cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations - -
Cash and cash equivalents from continuing and discontinued operations 11,978.53 11,402.15
(Hin Lakhs)
Change in liability arising from financing activities Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Borrowings as on the beginning of theyear - 16.65
Repayment of borrowings - (16.65)
Borrowings as on the end of theyear - (0.00)

Summary of material accounting policies (Note 1B)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

Prashant Dalvi Company Secretary

EC Prasad

Chief Financial Officer

Shailesh Haribhakti

Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 324

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

1A GENERAL INFORMATION.

Bajaj Electricals Limited (‘the Parent Company’) is an existing public limited company incorporated on 14th July 1938 under the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1913 and deemed to exist within the purview of the Companies Act, 2013, having its registered office at 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai-400 001.

The Parent Company deals in Consumer Products (CP) (which includes domestic appliances, kitchen appliances, and electric Fans). The Parent Company deals in Lighting Solutions (which includes consumer and professional lighting). The equity shares of the Parent Company are listed on Bombay Stock Exchange Limited (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Indian Rupee ( H ). The Consolidated financial statements comprises the financial statements of the holding Company and its subsidiary and an associate, together are referred to as “the Group”

The consolidated Parent financial statements have been recommended for approval by the audit committee and is approved and adopted by the Board of the Parent Company, in their meeting held in Mumbai on May 12, 2025.

1B MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

This note provides a list of the significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.

  • 1 Statement of Compliance and basis of preparation

  • The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (hereinafter referred to as Ind AS) as notified by Ministry of Corporate Affairs pursuant to Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, as amended from time to time and other relevant provisions of the Act.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention except for the following:

  • certain financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) that are measured at fair value;

  • assets held for sale which are measured at lower of carrying value and fair value less cost to sell;

  • defined benefit plans where plan assets are measured at fair value; and

  • share-based payments at fair value as on the grant date of options given to employees.

Estimates, judgements and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and disclosures are based upon management’s evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, which may differ from the actual results at a subsequent date. The critical estimates, judgements and assumptions are presented in Note no. 1D.

The Group presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current and non-current classification. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current.

The Group has prepared the consolidated financial statements on the basis that it will continue to operate as a going concern.

An asset is treated as current when it is:

  • Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle

  • Expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period, or

  • Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

  • It is expected to be settled in normal operating cycle

  • It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or

  • There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period

All other liabilities as classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents. The Group has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

325 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements includes financial statements of Bajaj Electricals Limited and its subsidiary (together referred as a Group), and an associate and results, consolidated in accordance with Ind AS 28 - Investments in associate and joint venture, Ind AS 111 – Joint Arrangements and Ind AS 110 – Consolidated financial statements as given below:

Name of the Company Country of
Incorporation
% share holding of
the Company
Consolidated /
Equity accounted as
Hind Lamps Private Limited (erstwhile Hind Lamps Limited) India 19.00% Associate
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 1 India 67.07% Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 2 India 67.07% Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 3 India 67.07% Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 4 India 67.07% Joint Venture
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ HousingWelfare Fund India 67.07% Joint Venture

Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically, the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:

  • Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee)

  • Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and

  • The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns

Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights result in control. To support this presumption and when the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:

  • The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee

  • Rights arising from other contractual arrangements

  • The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights

  • The size of the group’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of the holdings of the other voting rights holders

The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Consolidated financial statements are prepared using uniform accounting policies for like transactions and other events in similar circumstances. If a member of the Group uses accounting polices other than those adopted in the consolidated financial statements for like transactions and other events in similar circumstances, appropriate adjustments are made to that Group member’s financial statements in preparing the consolidated financial statements to ensure conformity with the Group’s accounting policies. The financial statement of all entities used for the purpose of consolidation are drawn upto same reporting date as that of the parent company i.e., year ended 31st March 2025.

Consolidation procedure:

  • (a) Combine like items of assets, liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows of the parent with those of its subsidiary. For this purpose, income and expenses of the subsidiary are based on the amounts of the assets and liabilities recognised in the consolidated financial statements at the acquisition date.

  • (b) Offset (eliminate) the carrying amount of the parent’s investment in each subsidiary and the parent’s portion of equity of each subsidiary. Business combinations policy explains how to account for any related goodwill.

  • (c) Eliminate in full intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between entities of the group (profits or losses resulting from intragroup transactions that are recognised in assets, such as inventory and fixed assets, are eliminated in full). Ind AS 12 Income Taxes applies to temporary differences that arise from the elimination of profits and losses resulting from intragroup transactions.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the equity holders of the parent of the Group and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 326

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

to the financial statements of subsidiary to bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint venture. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The considerations made in determining whether significant influence or joint control are similar to those necessary to determine control over the subsidiary

When assessing control, the Group considers the nature of its relationship with other parties and whether those other parties are acting on the investor’s behalf (i.e. they are ‘de facto agents’). The determination of whether other parties are acting as de facto agents requires judgement, considering not only the nature of the relationship but also how those parties interact with each other and the investor. A party is a de facto agent when the Group has, or those that direct the activities of the Group have, the ability to direct that party to act on the Group’s behalf. In these circumstances, the Group shall consider its de facto agent’s decisionmaking rights and its indirect exposure, or rights, to variable returns through the de facto agent together with its own when assessing control of an investee.

Interest in associate and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition the consolidated financial statements include the groups share of profit and loss and OCI of equity accounted investee until the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases

When the group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the other entity. Unrealised gains on transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the group’s interest in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

2 Business combination and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. For each business combination, the Group elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisitionrelated costs are expensed as incurred.

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their acquisition date fair values (including related deferred tax). For this purpose, the liabilities assumed include contingent liabilities representing present obligation and they are measured at their acquisition fair values irrespective of the fact that outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is not probable.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests, and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.

A cash generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata based on the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognised in profit or loss. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted through goodwill during the measurement period, or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognized at

327 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

that date. These adjustments are called as measurement period adjustments. The measurement period does not exceed one year from the acquisition date

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it:

  • Derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary at their carrying amounts at the date when control is lost

  • Derecognises the carrying amount of any noncontrolling interests

  • Derecognises the cumulative translation differences recorded in equity

  • Recognises the fair value of the consideration received

  • Recognises the fair value of any investment retained

  • Recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or loss

  • Recognise that distribution of shares of subsidiary to Group in Group’s capacity as owners

  • Reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognised in OCI to profit or loss or transferred directly to retained earnings, if required by other Ind ASs as would be required if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities

Policy for demerger transactions

The accounting for demerger transactions are applicable from the date on which all substantive approvals are received.

The Group derecognises the carrying value of assets and liabilities pertaining to the demerged undertaking, from the carrying value of assets and liabilities as appearing in its books. The Group derecognises the carrying amount of investments. Loans and advances, receivables, payables and other dues outstanding relating to the demerged undertaking are cancelled and there are no further obligation / outstanding in that behalf. The excess/deficit if any, of the net assets transferred are adjusted with the retained earnings of the Group.

3 Revenue from contract with customers:

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements, because it typically controls the goods or services before transferring them to the customer.

The recognition criteria for sale of products and construction contracts is described below

(1) Sale of products

Revenue from sale of products is recognized at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on dispatch of the product to the customer’s destination. The Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g., customer loyalty points and warranties). In determining the transaction price for the sale of product, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration, the existence of significant financing components, and consideration payable to the customer (if any).

The Group provides volume rebates to certain customers once the quantity of products purchased during the period exceeds a threshold specified in the contract. Rebates are offset against amounts payable by the customer. To estimate the variable consideration for the expected future rebates, the Group applies the most likely amount method. The selected method that best predicts the amount of variable consideration is primarily driven by the number of volume thresholds contained in the contract.

Generally, the Group receives short-term advances from its customers. Using the practical expedient in Ind AS 115, the Group does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if it expects, at contract inception, that the period between the transfer of the promised good or service to the customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

The Group has a loyalty points program, “Retailer Bonding Program”, which allows customers to accumulate points that can be redeemed for free products. The loyalty points give rise to a separate performance obligation as they provide a material right to the customer. A portion of the transaction price is allocated to the loyalty points awarded to customers based on relative stand-alone selling price and recognized as deferred revenue until the points are redeemed. Revenue is recognized upon redemption of products by the customer. When estimating the stand-alone selling price of the loyalty points, the Group considers the likelihood that the customer will redeem the points. The Group updates its estimates of the points that will be redeemed on a quarterly basis and any adjustments to the deferred revenue are charged against revenue.

The Group provides a warranty beyond fixing defects that existed at the time of sale. These service-type warranties are bundled together with the sale of products. Contracts for bundled sales of products and a service-type warranty

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 328

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

comprise two performance obligations because the product and service-type warranty are both sold on a stand-alone basis and are distinct within the context of contract. Using the relative stand-alone selling price method, a portion of the transaction price is allocated to the servicetype warranty and recognised as deferred revenue. Revenue for service-type warranties is recognised over the period in which the service is provided based on the time elapsed.

(2) Construction contracts

Performance obligation in case of construction contracts is satisfied over a period of time, as the Group creates an asset that the customer control and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date if it meets the agreed specifications. Revenue from construction contracts is recognised based on the stage of completion determined with reference to the actual costs incurred up to reporting date on the construction contract and the estimated cost to complete the project. Cost estimates involves judgments including those relating to cost escalations; assessment of technical, political, regulatory and other related contract risks and their financial estimation; scope of deliveries and services required for fulfilling the contractually defined obligations and expected delays, if any. Provision for foreseeable losses/ construction contingencies on said contracts is made based on technical assessments of costs to be incurred and revenue to be accounted for. The Group has longterm receivables from customers. The transaction price for such contracts is discounted, using the rate that would be reflected in a separate financing transaction between the Group and its customers at contract inception, to take into consideration the significant financing component

(3) Contract balances

Contract asset

A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to the customer. If the Group performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before the customer pays consideration or before payment is due, a contract asset is recognised for the earned consideration that is conditional.

Trade receivables

A receivable represents the Group right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional (i.e., only the passage of time is required before payment of the consideration is due).

Contract liabilities

A contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has received consideration (or an amount

of consideration is due) from the customer. If a customer pays consideration before the Group transfers goods or services to the customer, a contract liability is recognized when the payment is made or the payment is due (whichever is earlier). Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the Group performs under the contract.

4 Leases:

As a lessee:

Right-of-use assets

The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Unless the Group is reasonably certain to obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognised right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term. Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment test.

The Group determines the lease term as the noncancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised

Leases are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the inception date fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognised in finance costs in the statement of profit and loss, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalized in accordance with the Group’s general policy on the borrowing costs. Contingent rentals are recognised as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expense in the period on which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

329 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases (i.e., those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease of low value assets recognition exemption to leases that are considered of low value (i.e., below H 5,00,000). Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

5 Other income:

  • (1) Interest income on financial asset is recognised using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates the expected cash flows by considering all the contractual terms of the financial instruments.

(2) Others:

The Group recognises other income on accrual basis. However, where the ultimate collection of the same is uncertain, revenue recognition is postponed to the extent of uncertainty. Rental income arising from operating leases is accounted for on a straight line basis over lease terms unless the receipts are structured to increase in line with expected general inflation to compensate for the expected inflationary cost increases and is included in the Consolidate Statement of profit or loss due to its operating nature.

6 Property, plant and equipment :

A) Asset class:

  • i) Freehold land is carried at historical cost including expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the land.

  • ii) All other items of property, plant and equipment (including capital work in progress) are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

  • iii) Capital goods manufactured by the Group for its own use are carried at their cost of production (including duties and other levies, if any) less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses if any.

  • iv) Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognised when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated statement of profit and loss. during the year in which they are incurred.

  • v) Losses arising from the retirement of, and gains or losses arising from disposal of property, plant and equipments which are carried at cost are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.

  • vi) Capital work-in-progress, property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Such cost includes the cost of replacing part of the property, plant and equipment and borrowing cost for long-term construction projects if the recognition criteria are met. When significant parts of property, plant and equipment are required to be replaced at intervals, the Group depreciates them separately based on their specific useful lives. Likewise, when a major inspection is performed, its cost is recognised in the carrying amount of the property, plant and equipment as a replacement if the recognition criteria are satisfied. All other repairs and maintenance costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Capital work-in-progress comprises cost of property, plant and equipment (including related expenses), that are not yet ready for their intended use at the reporting date.

B) Depreciation:

  • i) Depreciation is calculated using the straightline method to allocate their cost, net of their residual values, over their estimated useful lives. Premium of Leasehold land and leasehold improvements cost are amortised over the primary period of lease.

  • ii) 100% depreciation is provided in the month of addition for temporary structure cost at project site

  • iii) Where a significant component (in terms of cost) of an asset has an economic useful life different than that of it's corresponding asset, the component is depreciated over it's estimated useful life.

  • iv) The Group, based on internal technical assessments and management estimates, depreciates certain items of property, plant

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 330

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

7

& equipment over the estimated useful lives and considering residual value which are different from the one prescribed in Schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013. The management believes that these estimated useful lives and residual values are realistic and reflect fair approximation of the period over which the assets are likely to be used.

  • v) Useful life of asset is as given below:
Asset block Useful Life
(in years)
Building– Office 1 to 70
Building– Factory 1 to 60
OwnershipPremises 60
Plant & Machinery 1 to 24
Furniture & Fixtures 1 to 15
Electric Installations 1 to 25
Office Equipment 1 to 16
Vehicles 8 to 10
Dies & Jigs 1 to 16
Leasehold Improvements 5 to 10
Roads & Borewell 3 to 21
IT hardware 1 to 10
Laboratoryequipment’s 1 to 23
  • vi) The residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of property, plant and equipment are reviewed at each financial year and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

Intangible assets:

  • An intangible asset shall be recognised if, and only if:

  • (a) it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Group; and

  • (b) the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective individual estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis, from the date that they are available for use.

Intangible assets and amortisation:

Computer softwares / licenses are carried at historical cost. They have an expected finite useful life of 3 years and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Computer licenses which are purchased on annual subscription basis are expensed off in the year of purchase.

Trademarks are carried at historical cost. They have an registered finite useful life of 10 years and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Brand (Nirlep) is recognised on business combination and is amortised over a period of 5 years.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are considered to modify the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the consolidate statement of profit and loss unless such expenditure forms part of carrying value of another asset.

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures on an individual project are recognised as an intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate:

  • The technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that the asset will be available for use or sale

  • Its intention to complete and its ability and intention to use or sell the asset

  • How the asset will generate future economic benefits

  • The availability of resources to complete the asset

  • The ability to measure reliably the expenditure during development

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation of the asset begins when development is complete, and the asset is available for use. It is amortised over the period of expected future benefit. Amortisation expense is recognised in the consolidate statement of profit and loss unless such expenditure forms part of carrying value of another asset. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.

8 Investment properties:

  • Investment properties that are not intended to be occupied substantially for use by, or in the operations of the Group have been considered as investment properties. Investment properties are measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment loss, if any. The Group does not charge depreciation to investment property land which is held for future undetermined use. Though the Group measures investment property using cost-based measurement, the fair value of investment property is disclosed in the notes. Fair values are determined based on an annual evaluation performed by an accredited external independent valuer applying a valuation model.

331 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

Investment properties are derecognised either when they have been disposed of or when they are permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected from their disposal. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognised in profit or loss in the period of derecognition. In determining the amount of consideration from the derecognition of investment property the Group considers the effects of variable consideration, existence of a significant financing component, non-cash consideration, and consideration payable to the buyer (if any).

Transfers are made to (or from) investment property only when there is a change in use. The Group depreciates its investment properties over the useful life which is similar to that of property, plant and equipment.

9 Impairment of non-financial assets:

The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date if there is any indication of impairment based on internal/external factors. An asset is impaired when the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cashgenerating units). Impairment loss is charged to the Statement of Profit & Loss Account in the year in which an asset is identified as impaired. An impairment loss recognized in the prior accounting periods is reversed if there has been change in the estimates used to determine the assets recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account.

Impairment losses are recognised in the statement of profit and loss, except for properties previously revalued with the revaluation surplus taken to OCI.

For assets, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised

for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the consolidate statement of profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase.

10 Financial instruments:

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.

I. Financial Assets

A) Initial recognition and measurement

  • All financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus, in the case of financial assets not recorded at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset.

B) Subsequent measurement

For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are classified in four categories:

• Debt instruments at amortised cost

A ‘debt instrument’ is measured at the amortised cost if both the following conditions are met:

  • The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets for collecting contractual cash flows, and

  • Contractual terms of the asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) on the principal amount outstanding.

This category is the most relevant to the Group. After initial measurement, such financial assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included in other income in the consolidated statement of profit and loss. The losses arising from impairment are recognised in the profit or loss. This category generally applies to trade and other receivables.

  • Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI)

A ‘debt instrument’ is classified as at the FVTOCI if both of the following criteria are met:

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 332

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

  • The objective of the business model is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and selling the financial assets, and

  • The asset’s contractual cash flows represent SPPI.

Debt instruments included within the FVTOCI category are measured initially as well as at each reporting date at fair value. Fair value movements are recognized in the other comprehensive income (OCI). On derecognition of the asset, cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from the equity to consolidated statement of profit and loss. Interest earned whilst holding FVTOCI debt instrument is reported as interest income using the EIR method.

• Debt instruments at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

FVTPL is a residual category for debt instruments. Any debt instrument, which does not meet the criteria for categorization as at amortized cost or as FVTOCI, is classified as at FVTPL.

In addition, the Group may elect to designate a debt instrument, which otherwise meets amortized cost or FVTOCI criteria, as at FVTPL. However, such election is allowed only if doing so reduces or eliminates a measurement or recognition inconsistency (referred to as ‘accounting mismatch’). Debt instruments included within the FVTPL category are measured at fair value with all changes recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.

• Equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI)

All equity investments in scope of Ind AS 109 are measured at fair value. Equity instruments which are held for trading and contingent consideration recognised by an acquirer in a business combination to which Ind AS103 applies are classified as at FVTPL. For all other equity instruments, the Group may make an irrevocable election to present in other comprehensive income subsequent changes in the fair value. The Group makes such election on an instrument-byinstrument basis. The classification is made on initial recognition and is irrevocable.

If the Group decides to classify an equity instrument as at FVTOCI, then all fair value changes on the instrument, excluding dividends, are recognized in the OCI. There is no recycling of the amounts from OCI to

P&L, even on sale of investment. However, the Group may transfer the cumulative gain or loss within equity.

Equity instruments included within the FVTPL category are measured at fair value with all changes recognized in the P&L.

C) Derecognition

A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is primarily derecognised (i.e., removed from the consolidated balance sheet) when:

  • The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, or

  • The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset but has transferred control of the asset.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass through arrangement, it evaluates if and to what extent it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership. When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the Group continues to recognise the transferred asset to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement. In that case, the Group also recognises an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

D) Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortised cost and FVOCI debt instruments. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables only, the

333 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Group applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

II. Financial Liabilities

A) Initial recognition and measurement

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

B) Subsequent measurement

The measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification, as described below:

• Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are incurred for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term. This category also includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as defined by Ind AS 109. Separated embedded derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments. Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.

Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss are designated as such at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in Ind AS 109 are satisfied. For liabilities designated as FVTPL, fair value gains/ losses attributable to changes in own credit risk are recognized in OCI. These gains/ loss are not subsequently transferred to P&L. However, the Group may transfer the cumulative gain or loss within equity. All other changes in fair value of such liability are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.

• Loans and Borrowings

This is the category most relevant to the Group. After initial recognition, interestbearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance costs in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.

• Financial guarantee contracts

Financial guarantee contracts issued by the Group are those contracts that require a payment to be made to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because the specified debtor fails to make a payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Financial guarantee contracts are recognised initially as a liability at fair value, adjusted for transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of the guarantee. Subsequently, the liability is measured at the higher of the amount of loss allowance determined as per impairment requirements of Ind AS 109 and the amount recognised less cumulative amortisation.

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the contractual payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations.

C) De-recognition

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 334

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

III. Reclassification of financial assets / liabilities

After initial recognition, no reclassification is made for financial assets which are equity instruments and financial liabilities. For financial assets which are debt instruments, a reclassification is made only if there is a change in the business model for managing those assets. Changes to the business model are expected to be infrequent. The Group’s senior management determines change in the business model as a result of external or internal changes which are significant to the Group’s operations.

IV. Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount is reported in the consolidated balance sheet where there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of Group or the counterparty.

V. Derivatives and hedging activities

The Group enters derivatives like forwards contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently marked to market at the end of each reporting period with profit/loss being recognised in consolidated statement of profit and loss. Derivative assets/liabilities are classified under “other financial assets/other financial liabilities”. Profits and losses arising from cancellation of contracts are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.

The Group designates certain hedging instruments, which includes derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of foreign currency and commodity risk, as either cash flow hedge, fair value hedge or hedges or net investment in foreign operations. Hedges of foreign currency risk on firm commitments are accounted for cash flow hedges.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:

  • fair value hedge is when hedging the exposure to change in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an unrecognised song commitment

  • cash flow hedges when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or highly probable forecast transaction or the foreign currency risk in an unrecognised firm commitment.

At the inception of hedge relationship, the Group formally designates and keeps the hedge relationship to which the Group wishes to apply hedge accounting and risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes the Group’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge, the hedging/economic relationship, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk by hedged, hedge ratio and how the entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting exposure to changes in the hedge item fair value or cash flow attributable to the hedge risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cashflows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they were designated. Hedge that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting accounted for as described below

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in OCI in the Effective portion of cash flow hedges, while any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of profit and loss. The Effective portion of cash flow hedges is adjusted to the lower of the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument and the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item.

The Group uses forward commodity contracts for its exposure to volatility in the commodity prices. The ineffective portion relating to commodity contracts is recognised in other income or expenses.

The amounts accumulated in OCI are accounted for, depending on the nature of the underlying hedged transaction. If the hedged transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a non-financial item, the amount accumulated in equity is removed from the separate component of equity and included in the initial cost or other carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability. This is not a reclassification adjustment and will not be recognised in OCI for the period. This also applies where the hedged forecast transaction of a non-financial asset or non-financial liability subsequently becomes a firm commitment for which fair value hedge accounting is applied.

For any other cash flow hedges, the amount accumulated in OCI is reclassified to profit or loss as reclassification adjustment in the same period or periods during which the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss.

If cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, the amount that has been accumulated in OCI

335 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

must remain in accumulated OCI if the hedged future cash flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the amount will be immediately reclassified to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment. After discontinuation, once the hedged cash flow occurs, any amount remaining in accumulated OCI must be accounted for depending on the nature of the underlying transaction as described above.

11. Fair value measurements:

The Group measures financial instruments at fair value at each balance sheet date. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

  • In the principal market for the asset or liability, or

  • In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group. The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

  • Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

  • Level 2 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable

  • Level 3 — Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing

categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period. External valuers are involved for valuation of significant assets, such as properties and unquoted financial assets.

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.

This note summarises accounting policy for fair value. Other fair value related disclosures are given in the relevant notes.

12. Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheet and for the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, include cash on hand, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

13. Inventories:

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for as follows:

Raw materials: cost includes cost of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is determined on first in, first out basis.

Finished goods and work in progress: cost includes cost of direct materials and labour and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on the normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs. Cost is determined on first in, first out basis.

Traded goods: cost includes cost of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is determined on weighted average basis.

Initial cost of inventories includes the transfer of gains and losses on qualifying cash flow hedges, recognised in OCI, in respect of the purchases of raw materials. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

14. Foreign currency transactions:

Items included in the consolidated financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Indian Rupee ( H ), which is the Group functional and presentation currency.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 336

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

  • a) On initial recognition, all foreign currency transactions are recorded at the functional currency spot rate at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

  • b) Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currency outstanding at the close of reporting date are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date.

  • c) Exchange differences arising on settlement of translation of monetary items are recognised in the Consolidated statement of profit and loss.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of non-monetary items measured at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of the gain or loss on the change in fair value of the item (i.e., translation differences on items whose fair value gain or loss is recognised in OCI or profit or loss are also recognised in OCI or profit or loss, respectively)

15. Income tax

The income tax expense or credit for the year is the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for the jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and unabsorbed depreciation.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss. except to the extent, it relates to items recognized directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognized in equity or other comprehensive income.

A. Current income tax

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. The Group establishes provisions, wherever appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities.

B. Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the

reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect changes in probability that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.

Deferred tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or in equity). Deferred tax items are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in equity.

16. Borrowing costs

General and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale. Borrowing costs also include exchange difference arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

17. Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets

A. Provisions

  • A provision is recognised if

  • the Group has present legal or constructive obligation as a result of an event in the past;

  • it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and

  • the amount of the obligation has been reliably estimated.

Provisions are measured at the management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the end of the reporting

337 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

period. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted to reflect its present value using a current pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

The Group provides for general repairs of defects that existed at the time of sale, as required by the law. Provision for warranty related costs are recognised when the product is sold to the customer. Initial recognition is based on historical experience. The estimate of warranty related costs is revised annually.

If the Group has a contract that is onerous, the present obligation under the contract is recognised and measured as a provision. However, before a separate provision for an onerous contract is established, the Group recognises any impairment loss that has occurred on assets dedicated to that contract. An onerous contract is a contract under which the unavoidable costs (i.e., the costs that the Group cannot avoid because it has the contract) of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. The unavoidable costs under a contract reflect the least net cost of exiting from the contract, which is the lower of the cost of fulfilling it and any compensation or penalties arising from failure to fulfil it. The cost of fulfilling a contract comprises the costs that relate directly to the contract (i.e., both incremental costs and an allocation of costs directly related to contract activities).

B. Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when there is a possible obligation arising from past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group or a present obligation that arises from past events where it is either not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation or a reliable estimate of the amount cannot be made.

A contingent liability recognised in a business combination is initially measured at its fair value. Subsequently, it is measured at the higher of the amount that would be recognised in accordance with the requirements for provisions above or the amount initially recognised less, when appropriate, cumulative amortisation recognised in accordance with the requirements for revenue recognition.

C. Contingent assets

A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or nonoccurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group.

A contingent asset is not recognised but disclosed where an inflow of economic benefit is probable.

18. Employee benefits

A. Short-term obligations

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including nonmonetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in the same period in which the employees renders the related service and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

Retirement benefit in the form of provident fund is a defined contribution plan. The Group has no obligation, other than the contribution payable to the provident fund. The Group recognises contribution payable to the provident fund scheme as an expense, when an employee renders the related services. If the Contribution payable to the scheme for service received before the balance sheet date exceeds the contribution already paid, the deficit payable to the scheme is recognised as a liability after deducting the contribution already paid. If the contribution already paid exceeds the contribution due for services received before the balance sheet date, then excess is recognised as an asset to the extent that the prepayment will lead to a reduction in future payment or a cash refund.

B. Other long-term employee benefit obligations

The liabilities for earned leave and sick leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. They are therefore measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method. The benefits are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting period that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for atleast twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 338

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

C. Post-employment obligations

The Group operates the following postemployment schemes

  • (a) defined benefit plans - gratuity and obligation towards shortfall of Provident Fund Trusts

  • (b) defined contribution plans - Provident fund (RPFC Contributions), superannuation and pension

Defined benefit plans :

The liability or asset recognised in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets excluding non-qualifying asset (reimbursement right). The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on government bonds that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the consolidated statement of profit and loss. Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings in the consolidated statement of changes in equity and in the balance sheet.

Insurance policy held by the Group from insurers who are related parties are not qualifying insurance policies and hence the right to reimbursement is recognised as a separate assets under other non-current and/or current assets as the case may be.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognised immediately in consolidated profit or loss as past service cost.

Defined contribution plans :

In respect of certain employees, the Group pays provident fund contributions to publicly administered provident funds as per local regulations. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. Such contributions are accounted for as employee benefit expense when they are due. Defined contribution to superannuation fund

is being made as per the scheme of the Group. Defined contribution to Employees Pension Scheme 1995 is made to Government Provident Fund Authority whereas the contributions for National Pension Scheme is made to Stock Holding Corporation of India Limited

D. Share based payments

The Parent Company operates a number of equity settled, employee share based compensation plans, under which the Parent Company receives services from employees as consideration for equity shares of the Parent Company. Equity settled share based payment to employees and other providing similar services are measured at fair value of the equity instrument at grant date.

The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is determined by reference to the fair value of the options as at the Grant Date and is recognised as an ‘employee benefits expense’ with a corresponding increase in equity. The total expense is recognised over the vesting period which is the period over which the applicable vesting condition is to be satisfied. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted excluding the impact of any service vesting conditions.

At the end of each year, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the service vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the consolidated profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

If at any point of time after the vesting of the share options, the right to the same expires (either by virtue of lapse of the exercise period or the employee leaving the Parent Company), the fair value of the options accruing in favour of the said employee are written back to the retained earnings in the reporting period in which the right expires.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

Pursuant to the scheme of demerger, the employees also have benefits available in the other group entity. The Group records as a cross charge for such employee share based compensation

19. Trade Credits

Suppliers’ credit

Supplier’s credit also includes amounts payable towards vendor financing entered into with the suppliers. Under this arrangement, the supplier is eligible to receive payment prior to the expiry of extended credit period by assigning such invoices

339 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

to a third-party purchaser bank based on security in the form of an undertaking issued by the Group to the bank. Further, the supplier charges interest to the Group for the extended credit period which has been presented under Finance Cost.

These are normally settled up to four months. Where these arrangements are for goods used in the normal operations of the Group with a maturity of up to four months, the economic substance of the transaction is determined to be operating in nature and these are recognised as operational suppliers’ credit and disclosed on the face of the balance sheet under trade credits. Interest expense on these are recognised in the finance cost.

Payments made to vendors are treated as cash item and disclosed as cash flow from operating activity depending on the nature of the underlying transaction.

Customers’ credit

Customer credits include receivables which are subject to factoring arrangements and channel financing facilities. Under this arrangement the Group has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash. The Group continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet with the corresponding liability under customer credits.

20. Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available.

Operating segments often exhibit similar long-term financial performance if they have similar economic characteristics. Two or more operating segments are aggregated by the Group into a single operating segment if aggregation is consistent with the core principle of Ind AS 108, the segments have similar economic characteristics, and the segments are similar in aspects as defined by Ind AS.

The Group reports separately, information about an operating segment that meets any of quantitative thresholds as defined by Ind AS. Operating segments that do not meet any of the quantitative thresholds, are considered reportable and separately disclosed, only if management of the Group believes that information about the segment would be useful to users of the consolidated financial statements

Information about other business activities and operating segments that are not reportable separately are combined and disclosed in an ‘all other segments’ category

21. Dividends

The Parent Company recognises a liability to pay dividend to equity holders when the distribution is authorised and is no longer at the discretion of the Parent Company. As per the corporate laws in India, a distribution is authorised when it is approved by the shareholders. A corresponding amount is recognised directly in equity. Interim dividends are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the Parent Company's Board of Directors.

22. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale rather than through continuing use. Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to sell are the incremental costs directly attributable to the disposal of an asset (disposal group), excluding finance costs and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable, and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Actions required to complete the sale/ distribution should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the sale will be made or that the decision to sell will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the sale and the sale expected within one year from the date of classification. For these purposes, sale transactions include exchanges of non-current assets for other non-current assets when the exchange has commercial substance. The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded met only when the assets or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition, subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets (or disposal groups), its sale is highly probable; and it will genuinely be sold, not abandoned.

The Group treats sale of the asset or disposal group to be highly probable when:

  • The appropriate level of management is committed to a plan to sell the asset (or disposal group),

  • An active programme to locate a buyer and complete the plan has been initiated (if applicable),

  • The asset (or disposal group) is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value,

  • The sale is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification, and

  • Actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 340

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

Property, plant and equipment and intangible are not depreciated, or amortised assets once classified as held for sale. Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are presented separately from other items in the balance sheet.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount as profit or loss after tax from discontinued operations in the statement of profit and loss. All other notes to the financial statements mainly include amounts for continuing operations, unless otherwise mentioned.

23. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year. Earnings/ (loss) considered in ascertaining the Group 's earnings per share is the net profit / (loss) for the year. The weighted average number equity shares outstanding during the year and all year’s presented is adjusted for events, such as bonus shares, other than the conversion of potential equity shares, that have changed the number of equity shares outstanding, without a corresponding change in resources. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders and the weighted average number of share outstanding during the year is adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.

24. All amounts disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and notes have been rounded off to the nearest lakh (upto two decimals) as per the requirement of Schedule III, unless otherwise stated.

1C NEW AND AMENDED STANDARDS

The Group applied for the first-time certain standards and amendments, which are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 April 2025. The Company has not early adopted any standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

(i) Ind AS 117 Insurance Contracts

The Ministry of corporate Affairs (MCA) notified the Ind AS 117, Insurance Contracts, vide notification dated 12 August 2024, under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Amendment Rules, 2024, which is effective from annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2024.

Ind AS 117 Insurance Contracts is a comprehensive new accounting standard for insurance contracts covering recognition and measurement, presentation and disclosure. Ind AS 117 replaces Ind AS 104 Insurance Contracts. Ind AS 117 applies to all types of insurance contracts, regardless of the type of entities that issue them as well as to certain guarantees and financial instruments with discretionary participation features; a few scope exceptions will apply. Ind AS 117 is based on a general model, supplemented by:

  • A specific adaptation for contracts with direct participation features (the variable fee approach)

  • A simplified approach (the premium allocation approach) mainly for short-duration contracts

The application of Ind AS 117 had no impact on the Company’s standalone financial statements as the Company has not entered any contracts in the nature of insurance contracts covered under Ind AS 117.

(ii) Amendment to Ind AS 116 Leases – Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback

The MCA notified the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Second Amendment Rules, 2024, which amend Ind AS 116, Leases, with respect to Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback.

The amendment specifies the requirements that a seller-lessee uses in measuring the lease liability arising in a sale and leaseback transaction, to ensure the seller-lessee does not recognise any amount of the gain or loss that relates to the right of use it retains. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2024 and must be applied retrospectively to sale and leaseback transactions entered into after the date of initial application of Ind AS 116.

The amendment does not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE

There are no standards that are notified and not yet effective as on the date.

CLIMATE RELATED MATTERS

The Group considers climate-related matters in estimates and assumptions, where appropriate and based on its overall assessment, believes that the climate-related risks might not currently have a significant impact on the Group. However, the Group will continue to closely monitor relevant changes and developments, such as any new climate-related legislation as and when they become applicable

1D SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ESTIMATES, JUDGEMENTS AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom equal the actual results. The management also needs to exercise judgment in applying the Group’s accounting policies. This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different than those originally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included below.

1 Warranty provision

The Group generally offers 1-2 years standard warranties for its products. The Group has taken warranty insurance

341 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

under which most of the products are covered. The Group recognises warranty provision basis assumptions, on serviceable sales and cost to service those serviceable sales. The warranty insurance premium paid is charged off to the statement of profit and loss account and warranty insurance assets is created on an estimated basis. The insurance claims received are then netted against the said warranty insurance assets.

The Group also sells certain lighting fitting to its customers. In few lighting fittings products, the drivers are an essential part and are expected to last for a longer period. In such cases, the Group provides warranties beyond fixing defects that existed at the time of sale. Basis this, the Group recognises this as a separate performance obligation and recognises revenue only in the period in which such service is provided based on time elapsed.

2 Impairment allowance for trade receivables

The Group makes allowances for doubtful accounts receivable using a simplified approach which is a dual policy of an ageing based provision and historical / anticipated customer experience. Management believes that this simplified model closely represents the expected credit loss model to be applied on financial assets as per Ind AS 109. Further, in case of operationally closed projects, Group makes specific assessment of the overdue balances by considering the customer’s historical payment patterns, latest correspondences with the customers for recovery of the amounts outstanding and credit status of the significant counterparties where available. Accordingly, a best judgment estimate is made to record the impairment allowance in respect of operationally closed projects

Project revenue and costs

3

Revenue from construction contracts is recognised based on the stage of completion determined with reference to the actual costs incurred up to reporting date on the construction contract and the estimated cost to complete the project. The percentage-ofcompletion method places considerable importance on accurate estimates to the extent of progress towards completion and may involve estimates on the scope of deliveries and services required for fulfilling the contractually defined obligations. These significant estimates include total contract costs, total contract revenues, contract risks, including technical, political and regulatory risks, and other judgments. The Group re-assesses these estimates on periodic basis and makes appropriate revisions accordingly.

Fair value measurement

4

When the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet cannot be measured based on quoted prices in active markets, their fair value is measured using appropriate valuation techniques. The inputs for these valuations are taken from observable sources where possible, but where this is not feasible, a degree of judgement

is required in establishing fair values. Judgements include considerations of various inputs including liquidity risk, credit risk, volatility etc. Changes in assumptions/judgements about these factors could affect the reported fair value of financial instruments. Refer Note 34 of consolidated financial statements for the fair value disclosures and related sensitivity.

5 Employee benefits

The cost of the defined benefit gratuity plan and other post-employment leave benefits are determined using actuarial valuations. An actuarial valuation involves making various assumptions that may differ from actual developments in the future. These include the determination of the discount rate, future salary increases and mortality rates. Due to the complexities involved in the valuation and its long-term nature, a defined benefit obligation is highly sensitive to changes in these assumptions. All assumptions are reviewed at each reporting date. The mortality rate is based on publicly available mortality tables. Those mortality tables tend to change only at interval in response to demographic changes. Future salary increases are based on expected future inflation rates. Refer note 21 of financial statements for the disclosure.

6 Leases

Estimates are required to determine the appropriate discount rate used to measure lease liabilities. The Group cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease, therefore, it uses its incremental borrowing rate (IBR) to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the rate of interest that the Group would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The IBR therefore reflects what the Group ‘would have to pay’, which requires estimation when no observable rates are available or when they need to be adjusted to reflect the terms and conditions of the lease. The Group estimates the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates, bank rates to the Group for a loan of a similar tenure, etc). The Group has applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases of similar assets in similar economic environment with a similar end date.

7 Impairment of non-financial assets and goodwill

In case of non-financial assets, the Group estimates asset’s recoverable amount, which is higher of an asset’s or Cash Generating Units (CGU’s) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account, if no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 342

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded companies or other available fair value indicators.

The Group bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for each of the Group’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover a period of five years. For longer periods, a long-term growth rate is calculated and applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year. To estimate cash flow projections beyond periods covered by the most recent budgets/ forecasts, the Group extrapolates cash flow projections in the budget using a steady or declining growth rate for subsequent years, unless an increasing rate can be justified. In any case, this growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the products, industries, or country or countries in which the Group operates, or for the market in which the asset is used.

Impairment losses of continuing operations, including impairment on inventories, are recognised in the statement of profit and loss, except for properties previously revalued with the revaluation surplus taken to OCI. For such properties, the impairment is recognised in OCI up to the amount of any previous revaluation surplus.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the

statement of profit and loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase

8 Retailer Bonding Program

The Parent Company has a loyalty points program, “Retailer Bonding Program”, which allows customers to accumulate points that can be redeemed for free products upto a limited time period. The loyalty points give rise to a separate performance obligation as they provide a material right to the customer. A portion of the transaction price is allocated to the loyalty points awarded to customers based on relative stand-alone selling price and recognized as deferred revenue until the points are redeemed. Revenue is recognized upon redemption of products by the customer. When estimating the stand-alone selling price of the loyalty points, the Parent Company considers the likelihood that the customer will redeem the points. The Parent Company considers various judgement and estimates like determination of fair value, redeemed points, expiry, etc. The Parent Company updates its estimates on a quarterly basis and any adjustments to the deferred revenue are charged against revenue.

9 Share based payments

The Parent Company initially measures the cost of cash-settled transactions with employees using a binomial model to determine the fair value of the liability incurred. Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which is dependent on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the share option, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them.

10 Taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies.

  • 11 For judgements relating to contingent liabilities, refer note 40(a).

343

Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars
Freehold
Land
Building
Ownership
Premises
Plant &
Machinery
Furniture
& Fixtures
Electrical
Installations
Office
Equipment
Vehicles
Dies & Jigs
Leasehold
Improvements
Temporary
Structures
Roads &
Borewell
IT
Hardware
Total
Opening gross block as at 31st March 2023
3,722.28
8,734.24
6,271.54
9,701.23
2,406.79
1,357.43
1,641.53
392.67
8,138.13
383.92
31.04
159.44
8,713.53 51,653.77
Additions
-
304.17
(16.62)
1,628.50
419.16
190.42
334.21
20.84
5,047.72
1,021.26
-
78.14
1,552.17
10,579.97
Disposals
-
(2.49)
-
(651.74)
(80.12)
(1.28)
(53.43)
(22.79)
-
-
(2.83)
- (3,164.93)
(3,979.61)
Classified as held for sale
-
-
(277.77)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(277.77)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(862.61)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(862.61)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45)
-
49.14
-
(154.64)
(7.63)
(82.71)
(6.86)
13.56
0.01
-
2.83
-
(5.06)
(191.36)
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2024
3,722.28
9,085.06
5,114.54 10,523.35
2,738.20
1,463.86
1,915.45
404.28 13,185.86
1,405.18
31.04
237.58
7,095.71 56,922.39
Additions
-
111.94
-
794.07
237.47
173.01
494.36
107.55
8,848.57
(285.48)
-
3.91
571.39
11,056.79
Disposals
(1,648.45)
-
-
(278.78)
(34.76)
(13.34)
(50.19)
(119.11)
(608.88)
-
-
- (2,554.51)
(5,308.02)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(2,613.55)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2,613.55)
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2025
2,073.83
9,197.00
2,500.99 11,038.64
2,940.91
1,623.53
2,359.62
392.72 21,425.55
1,119.70
31.04
241.49
5,112.59 60,057.61
Opening accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2023
-
936.25
897.94
3,178.50
1,477.89
496.15
1,152.76
98.43
4,817.74
187.38
31.04
29.88
7,213.78 20,517.74
Depreciation charge during the year
-
336.91
131.10
933.10
357.63
158.79
189.21
65.81
1,812.26
96.40
-
26.94
913.74
5,021.89
Disposals
-
-
-
(472.79)
(71.75)
(0.65)
(46.62)
(17.23)
-
-
(2.83)
- (3,095.75)
(3,707.62)
Classified as held for sale
-
-
(36.87)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(36.87)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(137.70)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(137.70)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45)
-
(27.44)
(18.19)
91.98
(11.77)
(28.60)
(8.82)
(12.17)
(0.00)
-
2.83
(0.24)
41.12
28.70
Closing accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2024
-
1,245.72
836.28
3,730.79
1,752.00
625.69
1,286.53
134.84
6,630.00
283.78
31.04
56.58
5,072.89 21,686.14
Depreciation charge during the year
-
323.26
93.02
1,098.93
254.39
166.37
292.57
44.53
3,887.83
188.84
-
26.95
915.57
7,292.26
Disposal
-
-
-
(261.50)
(27.64)
(10.27)
(50.17)
(29.31)
(599.82)
-
-
- (2,553.82)
(3,532.53)
Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1)
-
-
(468.71)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(468.71)
Closing accumulated depreciation as at 31st
March 2025
-
1,568.98
460.59
4,568.22
1,978.75
781.79
1,528.93
150.06
9,918.01
472.62
31.04
83.53
3,434.64 24,977.16
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2024
3,722.28
7,839.34
4,278.26
6,792.56
986.20
838.17
628.92
269.44
6,555.86
1,121.40
-
181.00
2,022.82 35,236.25
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2025
2,073.83
7,628.02
2,040.40
6,470.42
962.16
841.74
830.69
242.66 11,507.54
647.08
-
157.96
1,677.95 35,080.45
10,579.97 (3,979.61) (277.77) (862.61) (191.36) 56,922.39 11,056.79 (5,308.02) (2,613.55) 60,057.61 20,517.74 5,021.89 (3,707.62) (36.87) (137.70) 28.70 21,686.14 7,292.26 (3,532.53) (468.71) 24,977.16 35,236.25 35,080.45
1,552.17 (3,164.93) - - (5.06) **7,095.71 ** 571.39 (2,554.51) - **5,112.59 ** **7,213.78 ** 913.74 (3,095.75) - - 41.12 **5,072.89 ** 915.57 (2,553.82) - **3,434.64 ** **2,022.82 ** **1,677.95 **
78.14 - - - - 237.58 3.91 - - 241.49 29.88 26.94 - - - (0.24) 56.58 26.95 - - 83.53 181.00 157.96
- (2.83) - - 2.83 31.04 - - - 31.04 31.04 - (2.83) - - 2.83 31.04 - - - 31.04 - -
1,021.26 - - - - 1,405.18 (285.48) - - 1,119.70 187.38 96.40 - - - - 283.78 188.84 - - 472.62 1,121.40 647.08
5,047.72 - - - 0.01 13,185.86 8,848.57 (608.88) - 21,425.55 4,817.74 1,812.26 - - - (0.00) 6,630.00 3,887.83 (599.82) - 9,918.01 6,555.86 11,507.54
20.84 (22.79) - - 13.56 **404.28 ** 107.55 (119.11) - **392.72 ** 98.43 65.81 (17.23) - - (12.17) 134.84 44.53 (29.31) - 150.06 269.44 **242.66 **
334.21 (53.43) - - (6.86) 1,915.45 494.36 (50.19) - 2,359.62 1,152.76 189.21 (46.62) - - (8.82) 1,286.53 292.57 (50.17) - 1,528.93 628.92 830.69
190.42 (1.28) - - (82.71) 1,463.86 173.01 (13.34) - 1,623.53 496.15 158.79 (0.65) - - (28.60) 625.69 166.37 (10.27) - 781.79 838.17 841.74
419.16 (80.12) - - (7.63) 2,738.20 237.47 (34.76) - 2,940.91 1,477.89 357.63 (71.75) - - (11.77) 1,752.00 254.39 (27.64) - 1,978.75 986.20 962.16
1,628.50 (651.74) - - (154.64) 10,523.35 794.07 (278.78) - 11,038.64 3,178.50 933.10 (472.79) - - 91.98 3,730.79 1,098.93 (261.50) - 4,568.22 6,792.56 6,470.42
(16.62) - (277.77) (862.61) - **5,114.54 ** - - (2,613.55) **2,500.99 ** 897.94 131.10 - (36.87) (137.70) (18.19) 836.28 93.02 - (468.71) 460.59 4,278.26 2,040.40
304.17 (2.49) - - 49.14 9,085.06 111.94 - - 9,197.00 936.25 336.91 - - - (27.44) 1,245.72 323.26 - - 1,568.98 7,839.34 7,628.02
- - - - - 3,722.28 - (1,648.45) - 2,073.83 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,722.28 2,073.83
Additions Disposals Classified as held for sale Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Discontinued operations (refer note 45) Closing gross block as at 31st March 2024 Additions Disposals Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Closing gross block as at 31st March 2025 Opening accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2023
Depreciation charge during the year Disposals Classified as held for sale Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Discontinued operations (refer note 45) Closing accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2024
Depreciation charge during the year Disposal Classified as investment property (refer note 4.1) Closing accumulated depreciation as at 31st
March 2025
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2024
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2025

344

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 2 : Property, plant and equipment (Contd..)

(i) Leased assets

The Group has not given any assets on operating lease to third parties.

(ii) Property, plant and equipment pledged as security

Refer to note 18 for information on property, plant and equipment pledged as security by the Group.

(iii) Contractual obligations

Refer to note 40(b) for disclosure of contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.

(iv) Capital work-in-progress

Capital work-in-progress mainly comprises of dies & jigs, plant and machineries and factory building amounting to H 171.25 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 5,840.46 lakhs), H 126.38 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 23.50 lakhs) and H 307.25 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 37.87 lakhs) respectively, pending to be put to use.

Movement of capital work-in-progress (CWIP)

Movement of capital work-in-progress (CWIP)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Opening at the start of theyear 6,183.96 4,058.82
Additions duringtheyear 5,845.72 5,796.29
Capitalised duringtheyear (11,106.70) (3,671.15)
Closing at the end of theyear 922.98 6,183.96

(v) Title deeds

The title deeds of immovable properties are held in the name of the Group. Certain title deeds of the immovable properties, in the nature of freehold land and building, which were acquired pursuant to a Scheme of Amalgamation approved by National Company Law Tribunal’s (NCLT) Order dated May 21st 2020 for Hind Lamps Limited, dated August 25th 2022 for Starlite Lighting Limited and dated March 07th 2024 for Nirlep Appliances Private Limited are not individually held in the name of the Holding Company, however the deed of merger has been registered by the Holding Company on March 31, 2025.

(vi) Ageing schedule

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2025

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2025
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in CWIP for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 635.83 199.96 - 87.19 922.98
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 635.83 199.96 - 87.19 922.98

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2024

CWIP aging schedule as at March 31, 2024
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in CWIP for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 5,721.36 103.55 351.70 7.35 6,183.96
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 5,721.36 103.55 351.70 7.35 6,183.96

All the upcoming projects of the Group are within the timelines as estimated during the original plan and the actual cost of projects are within the total cost as estimated by the management of the Group as at the Balance Sheet date.

345 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 3: Right of use assets and Lease liabilities

The details of the right-of-use asset held by the Group is as follows:

Right-of-use assets

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Buildings Equipments Leasehold land Total
Gross block as on March 31, 2023 13,389.35 22.72 2,818.62 16,230.69
Additions for theyear 19,327.08 - - 19,327.08
Deletions for theyear (6,925.27) - - (6,925.27)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45) - - (324.30) (324.30)
Gross block as on March 31, 2024 25,791.16 22.72 2,494.32 28,308.20
Additions for theyear 9,007.27 - - 9,007.27
Deletions for theyear (3,236.24) - - (3,236.24)
Closing gross block as on March 31, 2025 31,562.19 22.72 2,494.32 34,079.23
Accumulated depreciation as on March 31, 2023 3,949.66 21.72 312.09 4,283.47
Depreciation for theyear 4,717.27 - 35.08 4,752.35
Deletions for theyear (2,941.43) - - (2,941.43)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45) 25.08 - (33.17) (8.09)
Accumulated depreciation as on March 31, 2025 5,750.58 21.72 314.00 6,086.30
Depreciation for theyear 5,839.02 - 33.89 5,872.91
Deletions for theyear (2,292.26) - - (2,292.26)
Closing accumulated depreciation as
March 31, 2025
9,297.34 21.72 347.89 9,666.95
Net carrying value of right of use assets
as on March 31, 2024
20,040.58 1.00 2,180.32 22,221.90
Net carrying value of right of use assets
as on March 31, 2025
22,264.85 1.00 2,146.43 24,412.28

Lease liabilities

as on March 31, 2025
Lease liabilities
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year Ended
Mar 31, 2025
Year Ended
Mar 31, 2024
Opening lease liabilities 21,489.56 10,051.52
Additions for theyear 8,757.01 18,958.89
Deletions / Modifications for theyear (1,063.57) (4,180.91)
Discontinued operations (refer note 45) - (423.08)
Finance cost for theyear 2,004.67 1,551.30
Lease instalmentspaid for theyear (6,858.71) (4,468.16)
Closing lease liabilities 24,328.96 21,489.56
-
classified as current
-
classified as non-current
5,662.44
18,666.52
4,228.33
17,261.23

For maturity profile of lease liabilities, refer Note 35 (B)(ii)

Note 4: Intangible Assets

Note 4: Intangible Assets
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Trade
Marks
Computer
Software
Brand Distributor
/ Dealer
Network
Customer
relationships
Total
Opening gross block as at 31st March 2023 0.51 3,369.69 1,952.33 195.57 26.10 5,544.20
Additions - 720.25 - - - 720.25
Disposals - (465.75) - - - (465.75)
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2024 0.51 3,624.19 1,952.33 195.57 26.10 5,798.70
Additions - 501.27 - - - 501.27
Closing gross block as at 31st March 2025 0.51 4,125.46 1,952.33 195.57 26.10 6,299.97

346

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 4: Intangible Assets (Contd..)

Note 4: Intangible Assets (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Trade
Marks
Computer
Software
Brand Distributor
/ Dealer
Network
Customer
relationships
Total
Opening accumulated amortization as at
31st March 2023
0.40 1,607.10 1,791.81 195.57 26.10 3,620.98
Additions - - - - - -
Amortisation charge for theyear 0.06 940.90 160.52 - - 1,101.48
Disposals - (465.75) - - - (465.75)
Closing gross accumulated depreciation as at
31st March 2024
0.46 2,082.25 1,952.33 195.57 26.10 4,256.71
Amortisation charge for theyear 0.05 1,148.45 - - - 1,148.50
Closing accumulated amortization as at
31st March 2025
0.51 3,230.70 1,952.33 195.57 26.10 5,405.21
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2024
0.05 1,541.94 - - - 1,541.99
Closing Net carrying amount as at
31st March 2025
- 894.76 - - - 894.76

(i) Note

Intangible assets under development mainly comprises of IT softwares license and implementation cost amounting to H 332.04 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 161.71 lakhs).

(ii) Ageing schedule

Intangible asset under development (IAUD) ageing schedule as at March 31, 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in IAUD for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 297.14 34.90 - - 332.04
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 297.14 34.90 - - 332.04
Intangible asset under development aging schedule as at March 31, 2024
Particulars
Amount in IAUD for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years
2-3 years
More than
3 years
Projects inprogress
161.71
-
-
-
Projects temporarilysuspended
-
-
-
-
TOTAL
161.71
-
-
-
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount in IAUD for a period of
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
Projects inprogress 161.71 - - - 161.71
Projects temporarilysuspended - - - - -
TOTAL 161.71 - - - 161.71

All the upcoming projects of the Group are within the timelines as estimated during the original plan and the actual cost of projects are within the total cost as estimated by the management of the Group as at the Balance Sheet date.

(iii) Movement in intangible assets under development

Movement in intangible assets under development
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Year ended
31-Mar-25
Year ended
31-Mar-24
Opening at the start of theyear 161.71 130.94
Additions duringtheyear 486.47 161.71
Capitalised duringtheyear (316.14) (130.94)
Closing at the end of theyear 332.04 161.71

347 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 4.1: Investment properties

Note 4.1: Investment properties
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Building &
Ownership Premises
Land Total
Gross block as at 31st March 2023 750.47 12,600.00 13,350.47
Disposals (20.76) - (20.76)
Transferred fromproperty, plant and equipment(refer note 2) 862.61 - 862.61
Gross block as at 31st March 2024 1,592.32 12,600.00 14,192.32
Disposals (34.50) - (34.50)
Transferred fromproperty, plant and equipment(refer note 2) 2,613.55 - 2,613.55
Gross block as at 31st March 2025 4,171.37 12,600.00 16,771.37
Accumulated depreciation as at 31st March 2023 402.82 - 402.82
Depreciation 82.78 - 82.78
Disposals (13.05) - (13.05)
Transferred fromproperty, plant and equipment(refer note 2) 137.70 - 137.70
Accumulated depreciation as at 31st March 2024 610.25 - 610.25
Depreciation 93.46 - 93.46
Disposals (29.92) - (29.92)
Transferred fromproperty, plant and equipment(refer note 2) 468.71 - 468.71
Accumulated depreciation as at 31st March 2025 1,142.50 - 1,142.50
Net carrying amount as at 31st March 2024 982.07 12,600.00 13,582.07
Net carrying amount as at 31st March 2025 3,028.87 12,600.00 15,628.87

The amounts recorded above for freehold land are fair values on acquisition date based on valuation performed by a registered valuer as defined under rule 2 of Companies (Registered Valuers and Valuation) Rules, 2017. The Group has no restrictions on the realisability of its investment properties. Fair value of land as at 31st March 2025 is H 12,600 lakhs ( H 12,600 lakhs as at 31st March 2024). The fair valuation is based on current prices in the active market for similar lands. The main inputs used are quantum, area, location, demand, etc.

Note 5.1 : Investments in an associate

Note 5.1 : Investments in an associate
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Unquoted
Investment in an associate
Non-current equity investments (unquoted) in Hind Lamps Private Limited (erstwhile
Hind Lamps Limited)
- 1,140,000(March 31,2024 - 1,140,000)equityshares ofH25 each
- -
Accumulated impairment allowance in value of investments in Hind Lamps Private
Limited(erstwhile Hind Lamps Limited)
- -
- -
Total investments in an associate - -

Note 5.1 : Investments in joint ventures

Note 5.1 : Investments in joint ventures
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Unquoted
Investment in net assets of employee welfare trusts
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 1 3,579.65 -
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 2 4,036.22 -
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 3 4,367.03 -
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ Welfare Fund No 4 4,344.03 -
BajajElectricals Limited Employees’ HousingWelfare Fund 294.71 -
Total investment in net assets of employee welfare trusts 16,621.64 -
Accumulated impairment allowance in net assets of employee welfare trusts - -
Total investments in an associate 16,621.64 -

Pursuant to revisions in arrangements with regard to operations, management and beneficial interest of the Employee Welfare Trusts Funds, the Holding Company has determined that it has obtained joint control along with another group entity over the Trusts funds. Accordingly, the Holding Company has accounted for its interest in the Trust Funds in accordance with the requirements of Ind AS 111 Joint Arrangements, resulting in recognition of the Holding Company's proportionate share in net assets of the Trust Funds at H 16,621.64 lakhs with a corresponding credit to the Capital Reserve.

348

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 5.2 : Financial assets (Investments - Current)

(a) Investment in equity instruments

Investment in equity instruments
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Unquoted
Investment in mutual funds
Investment in equity/debt mutual funds 6,187.46 3,004.50
6,187.46 3,004.50
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars No. of Units as on
March 31, 2025
No. of Units
March 31,
as on
2024
Value as on
March 31, 2025
Value as on
March 31, 2024
ICICI Prudential - MoneyMarket Fund 2,50,894.20 - 945.04 -
ICICI Prudential - Overnight Fund - 38,828.39 - 501.09
HDFC Mutual Fund - MoneyMarket Fund 16,520.54 - 944.45 -
HDFC Mutual Fund - Liquid Fund - 1.20 - 0.06
HDFC Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 14,087.24 - 500.54
Tata Ultra Short Term Fund-Direct Plan- Growth 64,64,340.03 - 944.15 -
Bajaj Finserv Money Market Fund-Direct
Plan-Growth
81,546.14 - 928.05 -
SBI Savings Fund - Direct Plan - Growth 12,29,407.01 - 536.07 -
SBI Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 12,848.31 - 500.53
Tata Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 39,625.06 - 500.56
Mirae Asset Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 40,816.84 - 501.09
Kotak MoneyMarket Fund - (Growth) - Direct 21,247.33 - 944.53 -
Kotak Mutual Fund - Liquid Fund - 4.41 - 0.06
Kotak Mutual Fund - Overnight Fund - 39,189.49 - 500.57
Mirae Asset MoneyMarket Fund 75,457.38 - 945.17 -
Total 6,187.46 3,004.50
Aggregate value ofquoted investments 6,187.46 3,004.50
Aggregate value of impairment in value
of investment
- -

Note 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current)

(a) Investment in equity instruments

e 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current)
Investment in equity instruments
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Unquoted
Investment in equity shares
Non-current equity investments (unquoted) in M. P. Lamps Limited *
- 48,000 (March 31, 2024 - 48,000) equity shares ofH10/- each; (Partly paid shares
-H2.50/- Per share paid up, Called upH5.00/- per share)
- 95,997 (March 31, 2024 - 95,997) equity shares ofH10/- each; (Partly paid shares
-H1.25 Per sharepaid up, Called up H5per share).
2.40 2.40
Accumulated Fair value loss recorded in value of investments M. P. Lamps Limited. (2.40) (2.40)
- -
Non-current equity investments (unquoted) in Mayank Electro Ltd.
- 100 (March 31, 2024 - 100) equityshares ofH100/- each.
0.10 0.10
Total equity instruments 0.10 0.10

349 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current) (Contd..)

(b) Investment in debt instruments

e 5.3 : Financial assets (Investments - Non-Current) (Contd..)
Investment in debt instruments
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Unquoted
Investment in venture capital fund
Units of Bharat Innovation Fund - 4,189.470 Units as on March 31, 2025
(4,189.470 Units as on March 31, 2024)
514.85 492.67
Investment in other securities
Gold coins 0.37 0.37
Total debt instruments 515.22 493.04
Total non-current investments 515.32 493.14
Aggregate value ofquoted investments - -
Aggregate value of unquoted investments 515.32 493.14
  • In respect of Investments made in M. P. Lamps Ltd., calls of H 2.50 per share on 48,000 equity shares and H 3.75 per share on 95,997 Equity Shares aggregating to H 4.80 Lakhs have not been paid by the Holding Company. On principles of prudence the entire investment in M.P. Lamps Ltd. is considered as impaired and accordingly carried at H NIL.

Note 6 : Trade receivables

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current 1,28,639.33 1,16,317.50
Non-current 1,492.24 1,293.37
1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87
Unsecured, consideredgood 1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87
Unsecured, credit impaired 6,583.55 6,649.85
Total 1,36,715.12 1,24,260.72
Impairment allowance, credit impaired (allowance for bad and doubtful debts) (6,583.55) (6,649.85)
Total trade receivables (net of impairment allowance) 1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87

The above includes receivables from related parties. Refer note 38 for more details.

Transferred receivables

The carrying amount of trade receivables, include receivables which are subject to factoring arrangements and channel financing facilities. Under this arrangement the Holding Company has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash. The Holding Company therefore continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet. The amount repayable under the factoring agreement is presented as other financial liabilities. The amount repayable under the factoring agreement is presented as trade credits in note 22.1

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Trade credits (Note 22.1) 65,145.26 59,442.37
Total Transferred receivables 65,145.26 59,442.37

Trade receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally received within the credit period. For trade and other receivables due from firms or private companies in which any director is a partner, a director or a member, refer note 38.

Trade Receivables ageing schedule as at 31st March 2025

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from *
Not Due Less than 6
months
6 months
-1 year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(i) Undisputed Trade receivables —
consideredgood
- 1,23,052.96 1,017.45 5,115.63 789.33 156.20 1,30,131.57
(ii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— which have significant
increase in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(iii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— credit impaired
- - 58.46 314.25 492.06 2,719.21 3,583.98

350

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 6 : Trade receivables (Contd..)

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from *
Not Due Less than 6
months
6 months
-1 year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(iv) Disputed Trade Receivables —
consideredgood
- - - - - - -
(v) Disputed Trade Receivables —
which have significant increase
in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(vi) Disputed Trade Receivables —
credit impaired
- - 24.52 58.98 1,841.92 1,074.15 2,999.57
TOTAL - 1,23,052.96 1,100.43 5,488.86 3,123.31 3,949.56 1,36,715.12

Trade Receivables ageing schedule as at 31st March 2024

==> picture [484 x 46] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
Outstanding for following periods from
Particulars Less than 6 6 months More than
Not Due 1-2 Years 2-3 years Total
months -1 year 3 years
----- End of picture text -----*

(i) Undisputed Trade receivables —
consideredgood
- 1,06,872.00 7,666.85 508.28 736.82 1,826.92 1,17,610.87
(ii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— which have significant
increase in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(iii) Undisputed Trade Receivables
— credit impaired
- - 384.21 328.61 766.57 2,621.97 4,101.36
(iv) Disputed Trade Receivables —
consideredgood
- - - - - - -
(v) Disputed Trade Receivables —
which have significant increase
in credit risk
- - - - - - -
(vi) Disputed Trade Receivables —
credit impaired
- - 0.01 1,825.89 0.01 722.58 2,548.49
TOTAL - 1,06,872.00 8,051.07 2,662.78 1,503.40 5,171.47 1,24,260.72

*Outstanding from the transaction date for FY25 & FY24

Note 7 : Loans

(Unsecured, considered good unless otherwise stated)

( H in Lakhs)

Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current
Unsecured, consideredgood 0.94 50.38
Total current loans 0.94 50.38

Note 8 : Other financial assets

(Unsecured, considered good unless otherwise stated)

Note 8 : Other financial assets
(Unsecured, considered good unless otherwise stated)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Securitydeposits,consideredgood 3,037.02 3,295.41
Securitydeposits,credit impaired 146.54 97.13
Impairment allowance for credit impaired securitydeposits (146.54) (97.13)
3,037.02 3,295.41
Long term deposits with banks with remaining maturity period of more than 12 months
(provided as securityfor various regulatoryregistrations)
2,199.00 1,182.43
Interest accrued on bank deposits 1,693.08 549.69
Total non-current other financial assets 6,929.10 5,027.53

For breakup of financial assets carried at amortised cost, refer note 34. For deposits with related parties, refer note 38

351 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 9 : Deferred tax assets (net)

Note 9 : Deferred tax assets (net) Note 9 : Deferred tax assets (net)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Deferred tax assets 5,148.76 6,627.66
Deferred tax liabilities (4,760.58) (6,097.33)
Total deferred tax assets/ (liabilities) (net) 388.18 530.33
Breakup and movement in deferred tax assets (Hin Lakhs)


Lease
liabilities
and
Others
Total
3,248.52 6,767.53
(571.20)
1,153.52
-
2.67
(85.15) (1,296.06)
2,592.17 6,627.66
367.62
(11.25)
-
(52.94)
- (1,414.71)
2,959.79 5,148.76
Particulars Employee
benefit
obligations
(gratuity)



Employee
benefit
obligations
(leave
obligations)




Impairment
allowance
(allowance
for doubtful
debts and
advances)





Financial
assets
measured
at
amortised
cost





Assets
held for
sale


Carried
forward
losses


Lease
liabilities
and
Others



Total
As at 31st March, 2023 38.01
93.19
2.67
(56.13)
77.74
141.79
(52.94)
-
166.59
147.45 2,780.92 **0.85 ** 551.78 **- ** **3,248.52 ** 6,767.53
(Charged) / Credited :
to statement ofprofit and loss 47.78 141.55 (0.85) 28.34 1,414.71 (571.20) 1,153.52
to other comprehensive income - - - - - - 2.67
to discontinued operations (28.76) (1,126.02) - - - (85.15) (1,296.06)
As at 31st March, 2024 166.47 1,796.45 **- ** **580.12 ** **1,414.71 ** **2,592.17 ** 6,627.66
(Charged) / Credited :
to statement ofprofit and loss 38.67 20.79 - (580.12) - 367.62 (11.25)
to other comprehensive income - - - - - - (52.94)
transferred to income tax assets - - - - (1,414.71) - (1,414.71)
As at 31st March, 2025 205.14 1,817.24 - - **- ** **2,959.79 ** 5,148.76

Breakup and movement in deferred tax liabilities

Breakup and movement in deferred t ax liabilities (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Property,
plant and
equipment
Intangible
Assets
Financial
Assets
measured at
Amortised Cost
Investment
properties
Right of Use
assets and
Others
Total
As at 31st March, 2023 2,363.05 53.46 107.62 1,779.28 3,003.85 7,307.26
Charged / (credited) :
to Statement of Profit or Loss (109.71) (53.46) (32.47) 868.93 (1,529.14) (855.85)
to discontinued operations (354.08) - - - - (354.08)
As at 31st March, 2024 1,899.26 - 75.15 2,648.21 1,474.71 6,097.33
Charged / (credited) :
to Statement of Profit or Loss (945.13) - (24.31) (178.34) (188.97) (1,336.75)
As at 31st March, 2025 954.13 - 50.84 2,469.87 1,285.74 4,760.58
Note 10 : Other non-current assets (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Capital advances 656.20 1,871.48
Impairment allowance for credit impaired capital advances (6.63) (6.63)
649.57 1,864.85
Sales tax recoverables 2,227.11 2,499.17
Balances withgovernment authorities - 80.83
Right to reimbursement against employee benefit obligations for insurers who are
relatedparties (Non-qualifyinginsurancepolicies) (refer note 21)
2,076.16 3,047.26
Others 1,754.47 1,263.54
6,707.31 8,755.65
Impairment allowance for doubtful advances (258.80) (258.80)
Total other non-current assets 6,448.51 8,496.85

*Others mainly include advances to suppliers.

352

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 11 : Inventories

Note 11 : Inventories
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Raw material 6,381.50 7,266.08
Work-in-progress 2,491.02 2,872.34
Finishedgoods 1,505.39 1,789.40
Tradedgoods 58,450.64 60,428.07
Material in Transit(tradedgoods) 2,017.18 2,261.77
Others(majorlystores and spares) 889.86 1,046.37
Total Inventories 71,735.59 75,664.03

The above includes provision of inventories of H 3,512.35 lakhs and H 4,553.96 lakhs for March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 respectively.

Note 12 : Cash and cash equivalents

( H in Lakhs)

Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Balances with banks
in current accounts 5,406.43 2,111.23
in cash credit accounts 4,445.90 5,776.30
Deposits with original maturityof less than three months 2,125.72 3,513.45
Cash on hand 0.48 1.17
Total cash and cash equivalents 11,978.53 11,402.15

There are no restrictions with regards to cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the reporting period and prior period.

Note 12.1 : Bank balances

Note 12.1 : Bank balances
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Unpaid Dividend Accounts * 39.06 48.62
Deposits with original maturityof more than three months & less than twelve months - 16,013.45
Others 37.11 4.37
Total bank balances 76.17 16,066.44
  • There are no amounts due and outstanding to be credited to the Investor Education and Protection Fund as at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024

Note 13 : Other current financial assets

Note 13 : Other current financial assets
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Interest accrued on bank deposits 48.87 136.01
Securitydeposits 3.43 249.60
Receivable from GratuityFund 0.90 -
Fixed deposits with remainingmaturityless than 12 months 32,608.52 -
Other current financial asset receivable 698.67 698.67
Total other current financial assets 33,360.39 1,084.28
  • Other includes receivables from the government authorities in lieu of Packaged Scheme of Incentives.

For deposits with related parties, refer note 38

Note 14 : Other current assets

Note 14 : Other current assets
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Export benefits receivable 50.98 58.16
Balances withgovernment authorities 13,034.19 13,627.71
Right to reimbursement against employee benefit obligations for insurers who are
relatedparties (Non-qualifyinginsurancepolicies)
2,346.92 1,950.12
Others * 20,871.32 21,087.98
Sales tax recoverables 113.53 113.53
Total other current assets 36,416.94 36,837.50

*Others mainly includes warranty insurance assets of H 5,542.88 lakhs (March 31, 2024 H 5,715.82 lakhs), insurance claims receivable of H 3,748.66 lakhs (March 31, 2024 H 3,378.22 lakhs) and advances to suppliers of H 9,872.77 lakhs (March 31, 2024 H 11,454.96 lakhs)

353 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 15 : Assets classified as held for sale

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Leaseholdpremises * - 219.40
Ownership premises ** - 240.69
Total assets classified as held for sale - 460.09
  • Upon relocation of Holding Company’s employees to new office premises in Mumbai, the erstwhile leasehold immovable property together with buildings and structure standing thereon was lying vacant. Therefore, the Board of Directors of the Holding Company approved the sale and transfer of leasehold rights therein in favour of the purchaser vide Resolution dated March 23, 2015 subject to the permissions from the appropriate authorities. The said transaction has been completed. Refer note 44 for exceptional items

** H 240.69 lakhs pertains to an ownership office premise at Mohali, for which the Board of Directors of the Holding Company have approved the sale in favour of the purchaser vide Resolution dated October 27, 2023. The said transaction is expected to be completed in FY24-25.

Note 16 : Equity share capital

Note 16 : Equity share capital
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Authorised Amount Amount
75,50,00,000 equityshares (March 31, 2024 - 75,50,00,000) ofH2/- each. 15,100.00 15,100.00

i) Movement in Issued, Subscribed and Paid up Equity Share Capital

Issued capital

Issued capital
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars No of Shares Amount
As at 31st March 2023 11,50,75,638 2,301.51
Exercise of Options under employee stock option scheme (refer note iv below) 1,20,440 2.41
As at 31st March 2024 11,51,96,078 2,303.92
Exercise of Options under employee stock option scheme (refer note iv below) 1,46,175 2.92
As at 31st March 2025 11,53,42,253 2,306.84
Paid-up capital
Calls in arrears @H2per share, under rights issue (refer note iii below) (55) (0.00110)
As at 31st March 2025 11,53,42,198 2,306.84

ii) Terms and rights attached to equity shares

The Holding Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of H 2/- per share. Each holder of equity shares is entitled to one vote per share. In the event of liquidation of the Holding Company, the holders of equity shares will be entitled to receive remaining assets of the Holding Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. The distribution will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.

iii) The Details of Shareholders holding more than 5% Shares:

(Hin Lakhs)
Name of the Shareholder As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2024
Nos.
% Holding
Nos.
% Holding
2,25,48,276
19.57
1,91,36,840
16.61
75,45,224
6.55
67,93,915
5.90
Jamnalal Sons Private Limited 2,25,48,276
19.55
BajajHoldings & Investment Limited 1,91,36,840
16.59
Kiran Bajaj 75,45,224
6.54
HDFC Small CapFund 1,09,08,004
9.46

iv) Share reserved for issue under employee stock option scheme

For details of shares reserved for issue under the employee share based payment plan of the Holding Company, please refer Note 33.

354

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 16 : Equity share capital (Contd..)

v) Change in promoter shareholding

( H in Lakhs)

Promoter Name As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2024
% change
during the
year
No of shares
% of total
shares
As at 31st March 2024
% change
during the
year
No of shares
% of total
shares
No of shares
% of total
shares
No of shares
Promoters
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 18,14,639
1.57%
18,14,639 1.58%
(0.01%)
Mr. Madhur Bajaj 2,00,000
0.17%
2,00,000 0.17%
0.00%
Mr. NirajBajaj 11,30,882
0.98%
11,30,882 0.98%
0.00%
Mr. Sanjivnayan Bajaj* 4,28,749
0.37%
4,28,749 0.37%
0.00%
Mr. Rahulkumar Bajaj** NA
NA
NA NA
0.00%
Mr. Rajivnayan Bajaj*** -
0.00%
- 0.00%
0.00%
Promoter Group
Individuals :
Mrs. Kiran Bajaj 75,45,224
6.54%
75,45,224 6.55%
(0.01%)
Ms. Neelima BajajSwamy 1,85,000
0.16%
2,00,000 0.17%
(0.01%)
Ms. Minal Bajaj 6,94,674
0.60%
6,94,674 0.60%
0.00%
Ms. Geetika Bajaj 21,60,084
1.87%
21,60,084 1.88%
(0.01%)
Ms. Nimisha Jaipuria -
0.00%
- 0.00%
0.00%
Ms. Sunaina Kejriwal -
0.00%
12,40,730 1.08%
(1.08%)
Mr. Niravnayan Bajaj 2,82,507
0.24%
2,82,507 0.25%
(0.01%)
Ms. Kumud Bajaj 2,00,000
0.17%
2,00,000 0.17%
0.00%
Ms. Pooja Bajaj 15,41,875
1.34%
15,41,875 1.34%
0.00%
Ms. Suman Jain 1,10,700
0.10%
1,10,700 0.10%
0.00%
Ms. Kriti Bajaj 1,01,297
0.09%
1,01,297 0.09%
0.00%
Ms. Shefali Bajaj 33,767
0.03%
33,767 0.03%
0.00%
Ms. Deepa Bajaj 1,126
0.00%
1,126 0.00%
0.00%
Master VanrajBajaj 18,43,556
1.60%
18,43,556 1.60%
0.00%
Mr. Manish Santoshkumar Kejriwal 12,40,730
1.08%
- 0.00%
1.08%
Body Corporate
Jamnalal Sons Private Limited 2,25,48,276
19.55%
2,25,48,276 19.57%
(0.02%)
BajajHoldings And Investment Limited 1,91,36,840
16.59%
1,91,36,840 16.61%
(0.02%)
Hind Musafir AgencyLimited 12,88,000
1.12%
12,88,000 1.12%
0.00%
Baroda Industries Private Limited 14,12,738
1.22%
14,12,738 1.23%
(0.01%)
BajajInternational Private Limited 9,17,881
0.80%
9,17,881 0.80%
0.00%
Hercules Hoists Limited 6,24,596
0.54%
6,24,596 0.54%
0.00%
Shekhar Holdings Private Limited 5,40,253
0.47%
5,40,253 0.47%
0.00%
Rahul Securities Private Limited 4,67,093
0.40%
4,67,093 0.41%
(0.01%)
BachhrajFactories Private Limited 1,05,466
0.09%
1,05,466 0.09%
0.00%
BajajSevashram Private Limited 5,550
0.00%
5,550 0.00%
0.00%
BachhrajAnd CompanyPrivate Limited 81,585
0.07%
66,585 0.06%
0.01%
Kamalnayan Investment & TradingPrivate Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110 0.00%
0.00%
Madhur Securities Private Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110 0.00%
0.00%
NirajHoldings Private Limited 4,72,162
0.41%
4,72,162 0.41%
0.00%
Rupa Equities Private Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110 0.00%
0.00%
SanrajNayan Investments Private Limited 1,110
0.00%
1,110 0.00%
0.00%
Trusts
Geetika Trust No.2 (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) NA
NA
NA NA
0.00%
Niravnayan Trust (NirajBajajas a Trustee) 5,24,721
0.45%
5,24,721 0.46%
(0.01%)
Neelima Bajaj Swamy Family Trust
(Neelima BajajSwamyas a Trustee)
8,12,973
0.70%
8,12,973 0.71%
(0.01%)
Nimisha Jaipuria Family Trust
(Nimisha Jaipuria as a Trustee)
6,28,043
0.54%
6,28,043 0.55%
(0.01%)
Kriti Bajaj Family Trust
(Minal NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000
0.43%
5,00,000 0.43%
0.00%

355 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 16 : Equity share capital (Contd..)

( H in Lakhs)

Promoter Name As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2025 As at 31st March 2024 As at 31st March 2024 % change
during the
year
No of shares % of total
shares
No of shares % of total
shares
Niravnayan Bajaj Family Trust
(NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000 0.43% 5,00,000 0.43% 0.00%
Rishab FamilyTrust - 0.00% - 0.00% 0.00%
Sanjali FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Siddhant FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Nimisha Bajaj Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
2,06,575 0.18% 2,06,575 0.18% 0.00%
Neelima Bajaj Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
21,644 0.02% 21,644 0.02% 0.00%
VanrajBajajTrust (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) 10,00,000 0.87% 10,00,000 0.87% 0.00%
Kumud Neelima Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Kumud Nimisha Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Neelima Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Nimisha Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,799 0.11% 1,25,799 0.11% 0.00%
Total 7,23,42,279 62.69% 7,23,42,279 62.82% (0.13%)
(Hin Lakhs)
Promoter Name As at 31st March 2024 As at 31st March 2023 % change
during the
year
No of shares % of total
shares
No of shares % of total
shares
Promoters
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj 18,14,639 1.58% 18,14,639 1.58% 0.00%
Mr. Madhur Bajaj 2,00,000 0.17% 2,00,000 0.17% 0.00%
Mr. NirajBajaj 11,30,882 0.98% 11,30,882 0.98% 0.00%
Mr. Sanjivnayan Bajaj* 4,28,749 0.37% 4,28,749 0.37% 0.00%
Mr. Rahulkumar Bajaj** NA NA NA NA 0.00%
Mr. Rajivnayan Bajaj*** - 0.00% NA NA 0.00%
Promoter Group
Individuals :
Mrs. Kiran Bajaj 75,45,224 6.55% 75,45,224 6.56% (0.01%)
Ms. Neelima BajajSwamy 2,00,000 0.17% 2,00,000 0.17% 0.00%
Ms. Minal Bajaj 6,94,674 0.60% 6,94,674 0.60% 0.00%
Ms. Geetika Bajaj 21,60,084 1.88% 21,60,084 1.88% 0.00%
Ms. Nimisha Jaipuria - 0.00% NA NA 0.00%
Ms. Sunaina Kejriwal 12,40,730 1.08% 12,40,730 1.08% 0.00%
Mr. Niravnayan Bajaj 2,82,507 0.25% 2,82,507 0.25% 0.00%
Ms. Kumud Bajaj 2,00,000 0.17% 2,00,000 0.17% 0.00%
Ms. Pooja Bajaj 15,41,875 1.34% 15,41,875 1.34% 0.00%
Ms. Suman Jain 1,10,700 0.10% 1,10,700 0.10% 0.00%
Ms. Kriti Bajaj 1,01,297 0.09% 1,01,297 0.09% 0.00%
Ms. Shefali Bajaj 33,767 0.03% 33,767 0.03% 0.00%
Ms. Deepa Bajaj 1,126 0.00% 1,126 0.00% 0.00%
Master VanrajBajaj 18,43,556 1.60% 18,43,556 1.60% 0.00%
Body Corporate
Jamnalal Sons Private Limited 2,25,48,276 19.57% 2,25,48,276 19.59% (0.02%)
BajajHoldings And Investment Limited 1,91,36,840 16.61% 1,91,36,840 16.63% (0.02%)
Hind Musafir AgencyLimited 12,88,000 1.12% 12,88,000 1.12% 0.00%

356

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 16 : Equity share capital (Contd..)

Note 16 : Equity share capital (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Promoter Name As at 31st March 2024 As at 31st March 2023 % change
during the
year
No of shares % of total
shares
No of shares % of total
shares
Baroda Industries Private Limited 14,12,738 1.23% 14,12,738 1.23% 0.00%
BajajInternational Private Limited 9,17,881 0.80% 9,17,881 0.80% 0.00%
Hercules Hoists Limited 6,24,596 0.54% 6,24,596 0.54% 0.00%
Shekhar Holdings Private Limited 5,40,253 0.47% 5,40,253 0.47% 0.00%
Rahul Securities Private Limited 4,67,093 0.41% 4,67,093 0.41% 0.00%
BachhrajFactories Private Limited 1,05,466 0.09% 1,05,466 0.09% 0.00%
BajajSevashram Private Limited 5,550 0.00% 5,550 0.00% 0.00%
BachhrajAnd CompanyPrivate Limited 66,585 0.06% 66,585 0.06% 0.00%
Kamalnayan Investment & TradingPrivate Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
Madhur Securities Private Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
NirajHoldings Private Limited 4,72,162 0.41% 1,110 0.00% 0.41%
Rupa Equities Private Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
SanrajNayan Investments Private Limited 1,110 0.00% 1,110 0.00% 0.00%
Trusts
Geetika Trust No.2 (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) NA NA NA NA 0.00%
Niravnayan Trust (NirajBajajas a Trustee) 5,24,721 0.46% 5,24,721 0.46% 0.00%
Neelima Bajaj Swamy Family Trust
(Neelima BajajSwamyas a Trustee)
8,12,973 0.71% 8,12,973 0.71% 0.00%
Nimisha Jaipuria Family Trust
(Nimisha Jaipuria as a Trustee)
6,28,043 0.55% 6,28,043 0.55% 0.00%
Kriti Bajaj Family Trust
(Minal NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000 0.43% 5,00,000 0.43% 0.00%
Niravnayan Bajaj Family Trust
(NirajBajajas a Trustee)
5,00,000 0.43% 5,00,000 0.43% 0.00%
Rishab FamilyTrust - 0.00% 4,71,052 0.41% (0.41%)
Sanjali FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Siddhant FamilyTrust 2,62,717 0.23% 2,62,717 0.23% 0.00%
Nimisha Bajaj Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
2,06,575 0.18% 2,06,575 0.18% 0.00%
Neelima Bajaj Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
21,644 0.02% 21,644 0.02% 0.00%
VanrajBajajTrust (Kiran Bajajas a Trustee) 10,00,000 0.87% 10,00,000 0.87% 0.00%
Kumud Neelima Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Kumud Nimisha Family Trust
(Madhur Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Neelima Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,800 0.11% 1,25,800 0.11% 0.00%
Madhur Nimisha Family Trust
(Kumud Bajajas a Trustee)
1,25,799 0.11% 1,25,799 0.11% 0.00%
Total 7,23,42,279 62.82% 7,23,42,279 62.86% (0.04%)
  • Considered as a Promoter post demise of Mr. Rahulkumar Bajaj on February 12, 2022

** Ceased to be a promoter post sad demise on February 12, 2022

  • *** Rajivnayan Bajaj classified in Promoter category from June, 2023 quarter

357 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 17 : Other Equity

Note 17 : Other Equity Note 17 : Other Equity
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
i)
Securitiespremium reserve
68,200.48 67,307.46
ii) General reserve 45,967.75 45,967.75
iii) Share options outstandingaccount 3,117.83 2,698.94
iv) Retained earnings 38,351.47 27,895.47
v) Capital reserve 175.18 175.18
vi) Capital redemption reserve 135.71 135.71
vii) Effectiveportion of cash flow hedges (38.31) (38.31)
viii) Share application money pendingallotment - 3.03
ix) Amalgamation adjustment reserve (2,327.15) (2,327.15)
x) Employee welfare trust Capital Reserve 16,621.64 -
Total reserves and surplus 1,70,204.60 1,41,818.08
i)
iii)
iv)
ii)
v)
Securities premium reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 67,307.46 66,594.40
Add: Exercise of share options 603.92 505.92
Add: Exercise of share options - transferred from shares options outstandingaccount 289.10 207.14
Closing Balance 68,200.48 67,307.46
General Reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 45,967.75 45,967.75
Closing Balance 45,967.75 45,967.75
Shares options outstanding account (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 2,698.94 1,874.06
Add : Employee stock option expense for theyear 1,121.06 1,087.46
Less : Transferred to retained earnings on account on lapse of vested options (413.07) (55.44)
Less : Exercise of options - to securitiespremium (289.10) (207.14)
Closing Balance 3,117.83 2,698.94
Retained earnings (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 27,895.47 76,069.03
Add: Netprofit for theyear 13,342.46 13,107.51
Add: Other comprehensive income 157.42 16.10
Add : Transferred from share options reserve for vested cancelled options 413.07 55.44
Less: Dividend on equityshares (3,456.95) (4,604.08)
Less: Transfer from minorityinterest on account of business combination - (56,748.53)
Closing Balance 38,351.47 27,895.47
Capital reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 175.18 175.18
Closing Balance 175.18 175.18

358

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 17 : Other Equity (Contd..)

vi) Capital redemption reserve

ix)
vii)
viii)
x)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 135.71 135.71
Closing Balance 135.71 135.71
Effective portion of cash flow hedges (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance (38.31) (68.91)
Add / (less): Charge for theyear - 37.69
Add / (less): Other comprehensive loss - (7.09)
Closing Balance (38.31) (38.31)
Share application money pending allotment (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance 3.03 -
Add / (less) : (Issue of share capital) / share application monies received (3.03) 3.03
Closing Balance (0.00) 3.03
Amalgamation adjustment reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance (2,327.15) (2,327.15)
Closing Balance (2,327.15) (2,327.15)
Employee welfare trust Capital Reserve (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening Balance - -
Add : Recognised duringtheyear 16,621.64 -
Closing Balance 16,621.64 -

Nature and purpose of reserves

Securities Premium

Securities Premium Reserve is used to record the premium on issue of shares and is utilised in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

General Reserve

Under the erstwhile Companies Act 1956, general reserve was created through an annual transfer of net income at a specified percentage in accordance with applicable regulations. The purpose of these transfers was to ensure that if a dividend distribution in a given year is more than 10% of the paid-up capital of the Holding Company for that year, then the total dividend distribution is less than the total distributable results for that year. Consequent to introduction of Companies Act 2013, the requirement to mandatorily transfer a specified percentage of the net profit to general reserve has been withdrawn. However, the amount previously transferred to the general reserve can be utilised only in accordance with the specific requirements of Companies Act, 2013.

Share options outstanding account

The fair value of the equity-settled share based payment transactions is recognised in Statement of Profit and Loss with corresponding credit to Employee Stock Options Outstanding Account.

Effective Portion of Cashflow Hedges

The Group uses hedging instruments as part of its management of foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated on borrowings. For hedging foreign currency and interest rate risk, the Group uses foreign currency forward contracts, cross currency swaps, foreign currency option contracts and interest rate swaps. To the extent these hedges are effective, the change in fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in the effective portion of cash flow hedges. Amounts recognised in the effective portion of cash flow hedges is reclassified to the statement of profit and loss when the hedged item affects profit or loss.

359 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 17 : Other Equity (Contd..)

Amalgamation adjustment reserve

The Group creates amalgamation adjustment reserve on account of business combination pursuant to any schemes for merger/demerger, etc.

Retained earnings

Retained earnings are the profits/(loss) that the Group has earned/incurred till date, less any transfers to general reserve, dividends or other distributions paid to shareholders. Retained earnings include re-measurement loss / (gain) on defined benefit plans, net of taxes that will not be reclassified to Statement of Profit and Loss.

Capital reserve

In case of business combinations, if the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity as capital reserve. However, if there is no clear evidence of bargain purchase, the entity recognises the gain directly in equity as capital reserve, without routing the same through OCI.

Capital redemption reserve

The Holding Company in the past had redeemed certain preference shares of H 1,000.00 lakhs. The Holding Company had set aside an equal amount from retained earnings into capital redemption reserve. Further, the said capital redemption reserve was used for issue of bonus shares in the year ended March 31, 2008 and an amount of H 864.29 lakhs was utilised from the said reserve.

Employee welfare trust Capital Reserve

Pursuant to revisions in arrangements with regard to operations, management and beneficial interest of the Employee Welfare Trust Funds, the Holding Company has determined that it has obtained joint control along with another group entity over the Trusts Funds. Accordingly, the Holding Company has accounted for its interest in the Trust Funds in accordance with the requirements of Ind AS 111 Joint Arrangements, resulting in recognition of the Holding Company's proportionate share in net assets of the Trust Funds.

Distribution paid and proposed

Distribution paid and proposed
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Dividendproposed
Final dividend proposed for the year ended March 31, 2025 of 3/- per share,
pendingshareholder's approval
3,460.27
-
Dividendpaid:
Final dividend paid for the year ended March 31, 2024 of 3/- per share and March
31, 2023 of 4/-per share
3,456.95
4,604.08

Note 18 : Borrowings

There are no borrowings outstanding as at 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

Note a : Below are the details of the assets hypothecated and immovable properties charged towards the facility of fund and nonfund based limits with the Group

First pari passu charge by way of hypothecation of inventories, book debts and all movable assets under the head property, plant and equipment

First pari passu charge on the Holding Company's immovable properties at

  • Wardha premises - Plot no. 36, Block no. 17, Mouza no. 225, Bacharaj road, Gandhi Chowk, Wardha

  • Hari Kunj - Flat No. 103 and 104, 'B' wing, Sindhi Society, Chembur East, Mumbai - 400071

Second pari passu charge over present and future property, plant and equipment of the Holding Company, situated at

  • Chakan Unit : Village Mahalunge, Chakan Talegaon Road, Khed, Pune - 410501;

  • Showroom on Ground floor and Office Premises on Second Floor at Bajaj Bhawan 226, Jamnalal Bajaj Marg, Nariman Point, Mumbai 400 021.

  • Office Premises No : 001, 502 and 701, 'Rustomjee Aspiree', Bhanu Shankar Yagnik Marg, Off Eastern Highway, Sion (East), Mumbai - 400 022

360

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 18 : Borrowings (Contd..)

  • R & D centre at Plot no. 27/ pt 2/ at Millennium Business Park, TTC Industrial area, Mahape, Navi Mumbai

The Holding Company has not defaulted on any loans which were due for repayment during the year.

Note b : The Group has used the borrowings from banks and financial institutions for the specific purpose for which it was taken. Further, the Group has borrowings from banks or financial institutions on the basis of security of current assets and has filed quarterly returns / statement of current assets with banks or financial institutions which are in agreement with the books of accounts.

Note 19 : Other Financial Liabilities

Note 19 : Other Financial Liabilities
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Non Current
Employee benefit liabilities 19.24 16.35
Total other non-current financial liabilities 19.24 16.35
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current
Capital creditors 366.34 312.34
Unpaid dividends 39.06 48.62
Trade deposits (dealers, vendors etc.) 662.24 664.65
Derivative liability 13.05 2.18
Otherpayables * 742.58 968.64
Liabilitytowards corporate social responsibility(shortfall) (refer note 43) 247.90 122.13
Employee benefit liabilities 4,889.04 4,401.01
Total other current financial liabilities 6,960.21 6,519.57

All the above financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost except for derivative liabilities (forward exchange contracts) which are fair valued through profit and loss and financial guarantee contracts which are initially recognised at fair value.

Note 20 : Provisions

Note 20 : Provisions
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current Non Current Total Current
4,477.05
Non Current Total
Service warranties* 4,505.86 1,221.62 5,727.48 969.70 5,446.75
Legal claims 247.24 - 247.24 302.41 - 302.41
Other matters** 566.83 - 566.83 448.16 - 448.16
Total Provisions 5,319.93 1,221.62 6,541.55 5,227.62 969.70 6,197.32

Movement in provisions is as given below:

Movement in provisions is as given below:
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Service Warranties Legal Claims Other matters
Opening balance as on 1st April, 2023 5,862.88 200.69 508.16
Provision for theyear - 101.72 -
Utilised duringtheyear (416.13) - (60.00)
Closing balance as on 31st March, 2024 5,446.75 302.41 448.16
Provision for theyear 280.73 - 118.67
Utilised duringtheyear - (55.17) -
Closing balance as on 31st March, 2025 5,727.48 247.24 566.83

*Refer note 1D(1)

**The Group has made provisions for certain litigation cases and pending assessments in respect of taxes, the outflow of which would depend on the outcome of the respective events.

361 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current Non Current Total Current Non Current Total
Leave obligations 436.43 1,277.37 1,713.80 458.03 1,356.61 1,814.64
Interest rateguarantee onprovident fund - 469.90 469.90 - 547.58 547.58
Gratuity(refer note a below) 1,097.20 3,089.09 4,186.29 866.76 3,286.32 4,153.08
Total employee benefit obligations 1,533.63 4,836.36 6,369.99 1,324.79 5,190.51 6,515.30

Disclosure of defined benefit plans are as given below :

A. Gratuity :

The Group has a defined benefit gratuity plan in India (Funded) for its employees, which requires contribution to be made to a separately administered fund.

The gratuity benefit payable to the employees of the Group is greater of the two : (i) The provisions of the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 or (ii) The Group’s gratuity scheme as described below.

  • (i) The provisions of the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 :
Benefits as per the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 Benefits as per the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
Salaryfor calculation of Gratuity(GS) Last drawn basic salaryincludingdearness allowance (if any)
Gratuity Service (SER) Completed years of Continuous Service with part thereof in excess
of six months
Vesting period 5 Years #
Benefit on normal retirement 15/26 * GS * SER
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation
/ withdrawal
Same as normal retirement benefit based on the service up to the
date of exit.
Benefit on death in service Same as normal retirement benefit and no vesting period condition
applies.
Limit H20 lakhs
  • (ii) The Group’s gratuity scheme :
Benefits as per the Group’s Gratuity Scheme for HO Employees (Category S - Staff) Benefits as per the Group’s Gratuity Scheme for HO Employees (Category S - Staff)
Salary for calculation of Gratuity (GS) Basic Salary + Special Pay + Personal Pay + Variable Dearness
Allowance + Fixed Dearness Allowance
Gratuity Service (SER) Completed years of Continuous Service with part thereof in excess
of six months
Vesting period 5 Years #
Benefit on normal retirement 21/26 * GS * SER
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation
/ withdrawal
Same as normal retirement benefit based on the service up to the
date of exit.
Benefit on death in service Same as normal retirement benefit and no vesting period condition
applies.
Limit No Limit
Benefits as per the Group’s Gratuity Scheme for HO (Category E - Executives, Category PSG - Project Services Group and
Category Factory Staff - Chakan & Ranjangaon Employees)
Benefits as per the Group’s Gratuity Scheme for HO (Category E - Executives, Category PSG - Project Services Group and
Category Factory Staff - Chakan & Ranjangaon Employees)
Salary for calculation of Gratuity (GS) HO Category E & PSG: Basic Salary
FactoryStaff : Basic Salary+ DA, if any
Gratuity Service (SER) Completed years of Continuous Service with part thereof in excess
of six months
Vesting period 5 Years #
Benefit on normal retirement Service
Between 5 & 9 years
Between 10 & 14 years
Between 15 & 24 years
25years & Above
Benefits
60% x GS x SER
70% x GS x SER
80% x GS x SER
GS x SER

362

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Benefits as per the Group’s Gratuity Scheme for HO (Category E - Executives, Category PSG - Project Services Group and
Category Factory Staff - Chakan & Ranjangaon Employees)
Benefits as per the Group’s Gratuity Scheme for HO (Category E - Executives, Category PSG - Project Services Group and
Category Factory Staff - Chakan & Ranjangaon Employees)
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation
/ withdrawal
Service
Between 5 & 9 years
Between 10 & 14 years
Between 15 & 24 years
25years & Above
Benefits
60% x GS x SER
70% x GS x SER
80% x GS x SER
90% x GS x SER
Benefit on death in service HO Category E & PSG: GS x SER
Factory Staff : Same as normal retirement benefit based on the
service upto the date of exit.
Limit No Limit

Completion of 240 days during the 5th year can be treated as completion of 1 year of continuous service.

In case of employees with age above the retirement age, the retirement is assumed to happen immediately and valuation is done accordingly.

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation are as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation are as given below (Amounts inJLak hs) : hs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation as at the beginning 4,916.21 4,490.07
Current Service Cost 477.29 480.21
Interest Cost 351.26 326.52
Re-measurement (gain) / loss arising from:
-
change in demographic assumptions
(370.01) -
-
change in financial assumptions
422.54 19.83
-
experience adjustments (i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions)
(71.73) 25.09
Benefits Paid (718.56) (425.51)
Present Value of Obligation as at the end 5,007.00 4,916.21
Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets is as given below (Amounts inJLakhs) : (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the beginning 763.13 200.15
Adjustment on account of merger - 516.14
Investment Income 54.53 52.04
Employer's Contribution - -
Benefits Paid - (67.94)
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest (expense)/income 3.05 62.74
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the end 820.71 763.13
Changes in the Fair Value of Reimbursement Right is as given below * (Amounts inJLakhs) : (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Fair Value of Reimbursement Right as at the beginning 3,844.18 4,232.55
Adjustment on account of merger - 666.37
Less : Assets transferred to BAJEL asper Arrangement of Scheme - (1,408.76)
Investment Income 274.66 355.93
Employer's Contribution - -
Benefits Paid (718.56) (436.98)
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest (expense)/income 124.07 435.07
Fair Value of Reimbursement Right as at the end 3,524.35 3,844.18
  • Reimbursement right is a non-qualifying insurance policy under Ind AS 19 as it is with Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Co. Ltd (a related party of Bajaj Electricals Limited). The same has been disclosed in Note 10 and Note 14 of the consolidated financials statements

363 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Amount recognised in balance sheet is as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation 5,007.00 4,916.21
Fair Value of Plan Assets 820.71 763.13
Surplus / (Deficit) 4,186.29 4,153.08
Effects of Asset Ceiling, if any - -
Net Actuarially Valued Asset / (Liability) 4,186.29 4,153.08
Liabilityon an actual basis for employees at foreign branches - -
Total Net Asset / (Liability) 4,186.29 4,153.08

Amount recognised in statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income is as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Amount recognised in statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive incom e is as given below (Amounts inJLakhs) : e is as given below (Amounts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Costs charged to statement ofprofit and loss :
Current Service Cost 477.29 480.21
Interest Expense or Cost - 326.52
Investment Income 22.07 (375.88)
Expense recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 499.36 430.85
Re-measurement(gain) / loss arising from:
Change in demographic assumptions (370.01) -
Change in financial assumptions 422.54 19.83
Experience adjustments(i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions) (71.73) 25.09
Adjustment due to corporate action / de-merger - 132.61
Return onplan assets,excludingamount recognised in interest expense/(income) (127.12) (352.06)
(Income) / Expense recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (146.32) (174.53)
Total Expense Recognised during theyear 353.04 256.32
Major categories of Plan Assets & Reimbursement Right (as percentage of Total Assets) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Funds managed byInsurer 100% 100%
Total 100% 100%

As the funds are managed wholly by the insurance company, the break-up of the plan assets is unavailable

The significant actuarial assumptions are as follows:

Financial Assumptions

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Discount rate (per annum) - Range 6.50%
7.15%
Salary growth rate (per annum) - Range 10.00%
8.50%
Demographic Assumptions (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Mortality Rate 100% of IALM
2012-14
100% of IALM 12-14
Withdrawal rates, based on age: (per annum) :
Upto 30years 26.20%
27.00%
31 - 44years 26.20%
18.00%
Above 44years 26.20%
18.00%

364

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Summary of Membership Status

Summary of Membership Status
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Number of employees 1,775
2,040
Total monthlysalary(HIn Lakhs) 896.70
908.79
Averagepast service (years) - Range 6.19
5.83
Average age (years) - Range 38.27
37.27
Average remainingworkinglife (years) 19.74
20.74
Number of completedyears valued 10,995
11,044
Decrement adjusted remainingworkinglife (years) - Range 3.16
4.54
Normal retirement age 58
58

The standard retirement date for executive employees is June 30 and the April 1st for the staff employees. In case of employees with age above the normal retirement age indicated above, the retirement is assumed to happen immediately and valuation is done accordingly.

Sensitivity Analysis

The sensitivity analysis is determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant. (Amounts in J Lakhs)

reporting period, while holding all other assump tions constant. (Amounts inJLakhs)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Defined Benefit Obligation (Base) 5,007.00
4,916.19
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Result of decrease
Result of increase
Result of decrease
Result of increase
Discount Rate (- / + 1%)
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity)
5,135.67
4,887.03
5,101.33
4,753.18
2.60%
(2.40%)
3.77%
(3.32%)
Salary Growth Rate (- / + 1%)
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity)
4,902.19
5,116.86
4,766.20
5,083.58
(2.10%)
2.20%
(3.05%)
3.40%
Attrition Rate (- / + 50% of attrition rates)
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity)
5,671.64
4,715.76
5,320.02
4,714.47
13.30%
(5.80%)
8.21%
(4.10%)
Mortality Rate (- / + 10% of mortality rates)
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity)
5,005.76
5,008.22
4,917.75
4,920.99
0.00%
0.00%
0.03%
0.10%

The description of plans ability to affect the amount, timing and uncertainty of the entity’s future cash flows

a) Funding arrangements and Funding Policy

The scheme is managed on funded basis. Payment for present liability of future payment of gratuity is being made to approved gratuity fund, which fully covers the same under Cash Accumulation Policies of the Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) and Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Company Ltd. (BALIC). Every year, the insurance company carries out a funding valuation based on the latest employee data provided by the Group. Any deficit in the assets arising as a result of such valuation is funded by the Group.

b) Expected Contribution during the next annual reporting period (Amounts in J Lakhs)

c)

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
The Group's best estimate of Contribution duringthe nextyear 1,066.70 607.52
Maturity Profile of Defined Benefit Obligation (Amounts inJ)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Weighted average duration (based on discounted cashflows) 3 Years 4 Years

365 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Expected cash flows over the next (valued on undiscounted basis):
(Amounts inJLakhs):
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
1year 1,917.91
1,629.89
More than 1 and upto 2years 820.20
575.27
More than 2 and upto 5years 1,734.69
1,628.98
More than 5 and upto 10years 1,188.57
1,685.95
More than 10years 385.89
1,223.51

d) Asset liability matching strategies

For gratuity, the Group has purchased insurance policy, which is basically a year-on-year cash accumulation plan in which the interest rate is declared on yearly basis and is guaranteed for a period of one year. The insurance company, as part of the policy terms, makes payment of all gratuity outgoes happening during the year (subject to sufficiency of funds under the policy). The policy, thus, mitigates the liquidity risk. However, being a cash accumulation plan, the duration of assets is shorter compared to the duration of liabilities. Thus, the Group is exposed to movement in interest rate (in particular, the significant fall in interest rates, which should result in a increase in liability without corresponding increase in the asset)

B. Provident Fund (Defined Benefit Plan) :

Bajaj Electricals Limited operates in two schemes for the compliance of provident fund statute - (i) Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees’ Provident Fund Trust & Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees’ Provident Fund Trust (defined benefit plan) and (ii) RPFC Contributions for provident fund (defined contribution plan).

For exempt provident fund, the defined benefit obligation of the Group arises from the possibility that during anytime in the future, the scheme may earn insufficient investment income to meet the guaranteed interest rate declared by government / EPFO / relevant authorities as well as for fund assets shortfall as against the liabilities of the Trusts

The net defined benefit obligation as at the valuation date represents the excess of accumulated fund value (determined on actuarial basis) plus interest rate guaranteed liability over the fair value of plan assets or vice-a-versa

The benefit valued under PF obligation are summarised below:

Normal Retirement Age 58 Years *
Benefit on normal retirement Accrued Account Value
Benefit on early retirement / termination / resignation /
withdrawal
Accrued Account Value
Benefit on death in service Accrued Account Value
  • The standard retirement date for executive employees is June 30th of every year and the same is April 1st of every year for the staff employees.

The Group's compliances for provident fund is governed by Employees' Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952. Responsibility for governance of the plans, including investment decisions and contribution schedules lies jointly with the Group and the board of trustees. The board of trustees are composed of representatives of the Group and plan participants in accordance with the plan’s regulations

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation of Trusts are as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Present Value of Obligation of Trusts are as given below (Amoun ts inJLakhs) : ts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation as at the beginning 23,044.84 20,328.77
Interest Cost 1,586.12 1,551.07
Current Service Cost 1,094.55 1,028.10
Employee's Contributions 1,639.65 1,639.11
Transfer In / (out) of the liability 580.55 875.49
Benefits Paid (5,164.66) (2,619.42)
Re-measurement (gain) / loss arising from:
-
experience variance (i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions), loss ifpositive
36.37 52.31
-
change in financial assumptions
15.54 189.41
Present Value of Obligation as at the end 22,832.96 23,044.84

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 366

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets of Trusts are as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Changes in the Fair Value of Plan Assets of Trusts are as given below (Amounts i nJLakhs) : nJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the beginning 23,505.39 20,418.54
Investment Income 1,616.53 1,555.74
Employer's Contributions 1,021.62 973.59
Employee's Contributions 1,639.65 1,639.11
Transfers In 580.55 875.49
Benefits Paid (5,164.66) (2,619.42)
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest (expense)/income 58.25 662.34
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the end 23,257.33 23,505.39

A deterministic approach is considered to estimate the value of Interest Rate Guarantee on the Exempt Provident Fund. The per annum cost of guarantee at which Interest Rate Guarantee Liability has been valued is mentioned below

Amount recognised in balance sheet of Trusts is as given below:

Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees' Provident Fund Trust (for Chakan unit employees) (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees' Provident Fund Trust (for Chakan u nit employees) (Amou nts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation 507.01 440.67
Fair Value of Plan Assets 1,054.18 1,018.38
Surplus / (Deficit) 547.17 577.71
Effects of Asset Ceiling, if any - -
Net Asset / (Liability) 547.17 577.71

The present value of obligation of Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees' Provident Fund Trust represents the aggregate of accumulated fund value of H 496.58 lakhs (As on March 31, 2024 - H 430.98 lakhs) and interest rate guarantee H 10.43 lakhs (As on March 31, 2023 - H 9.70 lakhs). Of the above, the interest rate guarantee is recognised as provision in the Group's books, while the accumulated fund value is recognised by the Trust. The interest rate guarantee so recognised in the Group's books is considered as non-current liability

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust (for H.O. employees) (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust (for H.O. employees) ( Amounts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Present Value of Obligation 22,325.97 22,604.19
Fair Value of Plan Assets 22,203.16 22,487.02
Surplus / (Deficit) (122.81) (117.17)
Effects of Asset Ceiling, if any - -
Net Asset / (Liability) (122.81) (117.17)

The present value of obligation of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust represents the aggregate of accumulated fund value of H 21,865.51 lakhs (As on March 31, 2024 - H 22,106.9 lakhs) and interest rate guarantee H 459.46 lakhs (As on March 31, 2024 - H 497.33 lakhs). Of the above, the interest rate guarantee is recognised as provision in the Group's books, while the accumulated fund value is recognised by the Trust. The interest rate guarantee so recognised in the Group's books is considered as non-current liability.

Amount recognised in statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income of Trusts is as given below (Amounts in J Lakhs) :

(Amounts inJLakhs) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Costs charged to statement ofprofit and loss :
Current Service Cost 1,094.55
1,028.10
Interest Cost 1,586.12
1,551.07

367 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

e 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Investment Income (1,616.53) (1,555.74)
Expense recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 1,064.14 1,023.43
Re-measurement (gain) / loss arising from:
-
Experience variance (i.e. Actual experience vs assumptions) *
36.37 52.31
-
change in financial assumptions
15.54 189.41
Return onplan assets, excludingamount recognised in interest expense/(income) (58.25) (662.34)
Expense recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (6.34) (420.62)
Total Expense Recognised during theyear 1,057.80 602.81
  • included in other comprehensive income in the statement of profit and loss

The significant actuarial assumptions are as follows : Financial and Demographic Assumptions

( H in Lakhs)

Particulars As As on on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
HO Unit
Chakan Unit
HO Unit
Chakan Unit
7.17%
7.17%
8.25%
8.25%
7.91%
7.82%
100.00%
100.00%
Discount rate (per annum) 6.67%
6.67%
Interest rateguarantee (per annum) 8.25%
8.25%
Average Historic Yield on the Investment (p.a.) 7.91%
7.91%
MortalityRate 100.00%
100.00%
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Live Employees Live Employees
Attrition Rate, based on ages:
-
Upto 30years
4.99% 4.99%
-
31 to 44years
3.63% 3.63%
-
45 to 57years
3.62% 3.62%
-
Above 57years
0.38% 0.38%
Summary of Membership Status : (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Dormant/Inoperative Employees 3,199 2,815
Live Number of employees 1,355 1,650
Total Number of employees 4,554 4,465
Average age active employees (years) 38.89 37.24
Average age dormant employees (years) 39.52 36.88
Major categories of Plan Assets (as percentage of Total Plan Assets) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Government of India securities 1.20% 3.20%
State Government securities 38.40% 37.50%
Highqualitycorporate bonds 38.50% 34.40%
Equityshares of listed companies 16.70% 0.00%
Special Deposit Scheme 0.00% 6.50%
Funds managed byInsurer 0.00% 0.00%

368

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

e 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..) e 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As on
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Bank balance 0.20% 0.40%
Other Investments 5.00% 18.00%
Total 100.00% 100.00%
Sensitivity Analysis
The sensitivity analysis is determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the
reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant. (Amounts inJLakhs)
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Defined Benefit Obligation (Base) 22,832.98
23,044.86
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Result of decrease
Result of increase
22,849.93
22,816.93
0.10%
(0.10%)
22,363.09
24,264.86
(2.10%)
6.30%
Result of decrease
Result of increase
Discount Rate (- / + 1%) 23,065.04
23,025.85
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) 0.09%
(0.08%)
Interest rateguarantee (- / + 1%) 22,537.83
24,614.39
(% change compared to base due to sensitivity) (2.20%)
6.81%

The sensitivity analysis is determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant. (Amounts in J Lakhs)

The description of plans ability to affect the amount, timing and uncertainty of the entity’s future cash flows

a) Funding arrangements and Funding Policy

The scheme is managed on funded basis. Payment for present liability of future payment of PF is made by the Group towards shortfall of Bajaj Electricals Limited Employees' Provident Fund Trust and Matchwel Electricals (India) Ltd Employees' Provident Fund Trust. The investments for the same are managed by Trustees as per advice and recommendations of a professional consultant and in compliance of obligatory pattern of investments as per government notification in official gazette for the pattern of investment for EPF exempted establishments. Any deficit in the assets of PF Trusts is funded by the Group. The provident fund for certain employees is a defined contribution plans covered under RPFC Contributions

b) Expected contribution during the next annual reporting period (Amounts in J Lakhs)

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
The Trusts' best estimate of Contribution duringthe nextyear 1,070.50 1,017.39

This has been calculated assuming that the employer's contribution next year shall increase by 5%.

c) Asset liability matching strategies

For PF Trust Investments, the same are managed by Trustees as per advice and recommendations of a professional consultant. The Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation, Ministry of Labour, Government of India, vide its notification in official gazette notified the pattern of investment for EPF exempted establishments, which depicts the obligatory pattern of investments of PF contributions and interests. The pattern mandates to invest as below :

Category / Sub-Category Percentage of amount to be invested
Government Securities and Related Investments Minimum 45% and upto 50%
Debt Instruments and Related Investments Minimum 35% and upto 45%
Short-Term Debt Instruments and Related Investments Upto 5%
Equityand Related Investments Minimum 5% and upto 15%
Asset Backed, Trust Structured and Miscellaneous
Investments
Up to 5%

369 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 21 : Employee Benefit Obligations (Contd..)

  • C. Expenses Recognised during the year (Defined Contribution Plan) :
Expenses Recognised during the year (Defined Contribution Plan) :
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Provident Fund 2,178.62
2,041.00
Superannuation 200.93
213.04
Pension 546.04
519.58

Note 22 : Trade Payables

Note 22 : Trade Payables
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current
Dues to micro, small and medium enterprises * 5,424.00 3,781.66
Tradepayable due to others 39,532.55 52,117.97
Total current tradepayables 44,956.55 55,899.63

For payables to related parties, refer note 38

  • Information as required to be furnished as per Section 22 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act, 2006) is given below. This information has been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis of information available with the Group.

Principal amount and interest due thereon remaining unpaid to any supplier covered under MSMED Act, 2006:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Principal 5,180.94
3,454.50
Interest 243.06
327.16
The amount of interest paid by the buyer in terms of Section 16, of the MSMED Act,
2006 along with the amounts of the payment made to the supplier beyond the
appointed dayduringeach accounting year.
-
133.19
The amount of interest due and payable for the period of delay in making payment
(which have been paid but beyond the appointed day during the year) but without
addingthe interest specified under MSMED Act, 2006.
-
-
The amount of interest accrued and remainingunpaid at the end of each accounting year. 243.06
327.16
The amount of further interest remaining due and payable even in the succeeding
years, until such date when the interest dues as above are actually paid to the small
enterprise for the purpose of disallowance as a deductible expenditure under section
23 of the MSMED Act, 2006.
-
-

Trade Payables aging schedule as at March 31, 2025

(Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from transaction date
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(i) Micro, small and medium enterprises (MSME) 5,222.01 126.39 22.38 53.22 5,424.00
(ii) Others 36,867.34 1,205.27 644.47 814.81 39,531.89
(iii) Disputed Dues - MSME - - - - -
(iv) Disputed Dues – Others - - - 0.66 0.66
TOTAL 42,089.35 1,331.66 666.85 868.69 44,956.55

370

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 22 : Trade Payables (Contd..)

Trade Payables aging schedule as at March 31, 2024

(Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Outstanding for following periods from transaction date
Less than
1 Year
1-2 Years 2-3 years More than
3 years
Total
(i) Micro, small and medium enterprises (MSME) 3,712.39 16.55 22.47 15.03 3,766.44
(ii) Others 50,087.17 841.33 743.66 444.88 52,117.04
(iii) Disputed Dues - MSME - - - 15.22 15.22
(iv) Disputed Dues – Others - - 0.12 0.81 0.93
TOTAL 53,799.56 857.88 766.25 475.94 55,899.63

There are "no unbilled" and "Not due" trade payables, hence the same are not disclosed in the ageing schedule.

Note 22.1 : Trade credits

Note 22.1 : Trade credits
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Customer credits * 65,145.26 59,442.37
Supplier credits ** 81,150.16 68,830.01
Total trade credits 1,46,295.42 1,28,272.38

Considering the emerging practices in India and globally, the Group has certain obligations on behalf of suppliers or customers and in certain cases bears portion of interest cost. The group has treated the same as a separate line item as trade credit arrangements on the face of the balance sheet under financial liabilities to provide users to assess impact on liabilities, cash flows and liquidity risks more clearly. Suppliers credit was hitherto included in trade payables and customer channel financing was included in other financial liabilities. These are not due as on the date of the balance sheet.

  • Customer credits include receivables which are subject to factoring arrangements and channel financing facilities. Under this arrangement the Group has transferred the relevant receivables to the factor in exchange for cash. The Group continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet with the corresponding liability under customer credits.

** Supplier’s credit also includes amounts payable towards vendor financing entered into with the suppliers. Under this arrangement, the supplier is eligible to receive payment prior to the expiry of extended credit period by assigning such invoices to a third-party purchaser bank based on security in the form of an undertaking issued by the Group to the bank. Further, the supplier charges interest to the Group for the extended credit period which has been presented under Finance Cost

Note 23 : Other Current Liabilities

Note 23 : Other Current Liabilities
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Statutoryliabilitiespayable 2,218.64
2,817.72
Deferred revenue (majorlyretailer bonding program) 4,777.50
3,449.45
Others (majorlyadvance from customers) -
833.06
Total other current liabilities 6,996.14
7,100.23

Note 24 : Revenue from operations

Note 24 : Revenue from operations
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Sale ofproducts 4,69,932.20 4,53,623.31
Revenue from illuminationprojects 11,659.13 8,611.29
Other operatingrevenue
Scrapsales 925.86 1,604.58
Insurance claims 85.38 36.80
Others (majorlyexport incentives) 240.79 250.85
Total revenue from operations (Refer Note 41(i)) 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

371 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 25 : Other income

Note 25 : Other income
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Interest income on bank deposits and others 2,581.12 1,446.59
Interest income from financial assets at amortised cost 159.77 123.65
Interest on income tax refund 27.39 4,113.61
Rental income 282.57 152.85
Netgain on disposal ofproperty,plant & equipment 437.02 -
Netgain from sale of investment 282.96 180.63
Impairment allowance on trade receivables and others written back 516.45 705.08
Credit balance written back 226.23 1,341.65
Gain on termination of right-of-use assets 60.19 148.45
Others (majorlycross charge fromgroupentity) 903.96 434.56
Total other income 5,477.66 8,647.07

Note 26 : Cost of raw materials consumed

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Raw materials at the beginningof theyear 7,266.08 10,668.73
Add : Purchases 53,967.91 47,946.73
Less : Raw materials at the end of theyear (refer note 11) 6,381.50 7,266.08
Total cost of raw material consumed 54,852.49 51,349.38

Note 26 : Changes in inventories of work-in-progress, finished goods, traded goods

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Opening balance
Work inprogress 2,872.34 3,210.20
Finished Goods 1,789.40 1,467.85
Tradedgoods 62,689.85 80,733.78
Total opening balance 67,351.59 85,411.83
Closing balance
Work inprogress(refer note 11) 2,491.02 2,872.34
Finished Goods(refer note 11) 1,505.39 1,789.40
Tradedgoods(refer note 11) 60,467.82 62,689.85
Total Closing balance 64,464.23 67,351.59
Total Changes in inventories of work inprogress, tradedgoods and finishedgoods 2,887.36 18,060.24

Note 27 : Erection and subcontracting expenses

Note 27 : Erection and subcontracting expenses
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Erection and subcontractingexpense 3,892.84 2,621.02
Total Erection and subcontracting expense 3,892.84 2,621.02
Note 28 : Employee benefits expenses (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Salaries, wages and bonus 34,071.69 32,729.65
Contribution toprovident and other funds (refer note 21) 1,966.73 1,882.68
Employees share basedpayment expense includingcross charge (refer note 33) 1,165.06 1,087.46
Gratuity(refer note 21) 499.36 430.85
Staff welfare expenses 296.07 362.21
Total employee benefit expense 37,998.91 36,492.85

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

372

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 29 : Depreciation and amortisation expense

Note 29 : Depreciation and amortisation expense
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Depreciation ofproperty,plant and equipment (Note 2) 7,292.26 5,021.89
Depreciation on investmentproperties (Note 4.1) 93.46 82.78
Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 4) 1,148.50 1,101.47
Depreciation of Right of Use assets (Note 3) 5,872.91 4,752.35
Total depreciation and amortisation expense 14,407.13 10,958.49

Note 30 : Other expenses

Note 30 : Other expenses
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Consumption of stores and spares 326.03 648.99
Packingmaterial consumed 4,006.29 3,763.17
Power and fuel 1,496.99 1,434.43
Rent(refer note 42) 823.67 2,083.70
Repairs and maintenance
Plant and machinery 431.57 525.45
Buildings 19.15 9.74
Others 325.59 261.18
Telephone and communication charges 377.18 662.23
Rates and taxes 104.52 227.41
Travel and conveyance 4,269.74 3,987.57
Insurance 1,181.87 502.71
Printingand stationery 57.49 46.87
Directors fees 80.50 80.15
Non executive directors commission 63.00 68.00
Advertisement andpublicity 14,036.62 11,264.96
Freight and forwarding 13,135.80 12,401.22
Productpromotion,demonstration and installation charges 10,568.73 9,719.30
Sales commission 1,573.55 1,731.77
Impairment allowance for doubtful debts and advances(net of reversals) 599.06 1,338.96
Bad debts and other irrecoverable debit balances written off 816.11 379.45
Payments to auditors 154.47 150.72
Corporate social responsibilityexpenditure(refer note 43) 471.22 514.04
E-Waste Management 1,000.68 850.83
Legal and Professional Fees 2,276.56 2,477.15
Site support charges - 59.95
Sales tax expenses (net) 214.97 224.28
Securityservice charges 1,274.27 1,246.49
Software expenses (AMC) 3,355.54 2,335.18
Warehouse Management Services 3,493.96 3,892.98
Warrantyexpenses (net of insurancepremium and claims) 6,414.19 2,843.79
Miscellaneous expenses 7,736.19 7,227.35
Total other expenses 80,685.51 72,960.02

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

Note 31 : Finance costs

Note 31 : Finance costs
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Interest expense on financingactivities includingtrade credits 4,162.16 3,631.00
Interest expense on mobilization advances 274.81 677.29
Interest expense on lease liabilities (refer note 3) 2,005.47 1,551.30
Unwindingof discount onprovisions 84.42 110.74
Other borrowingcosts 457.83 377.55
Total finance cost 6,984.69 6,347.88

373 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 32 : Income Tax Expense

(a) Income Tax Expense

e 32 : Income Tax Expense
Income Tax Expense
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Current Tax
Current income tax charge 4,950.63 5,719.86
Adjustments of tax relatingto earlieryears - 11.31
Total Current tax expense 4,950.63 5,731.17
Total deferred tax expense / (benefit) (1,325.50) (2,009.37)
Income tax expense in the statement of profit and loss for continuing
operations
3,625.13 3,721.80
Income tax expense in the statement of profit and loss for discontinued
operations
- (201.06)
Income tax expense in the statement of profit and loss for continuing and
discontinued operations
3,625.13 3,520.74

(b) Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by India's domestic tax rate:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Profit from continuingoperations before income tax expense 16,967.59 17,309.51
Profit / (loss) from discontinued operations before income tax expense - (681.26)
Profit from continuing and discontinued operations before income
tax expense
16,967.59 16,628.25
Income Tax @ standard tax rate of 25.168% (March 31, 2024 - 25.168%) 4,270.40 4,185.00
Permanent differences due to:
Corporate social responsibility 124.88 164.28
Interest on micro, small & medium enterprises (156.33) 98.57
Donation expenses 0.52 18.37
Adjustment of tax relatingto earlieryears - 11.31
Capitalgains (626.71) -
Deferred tax created on subsidiary's losses - (1,414.71)
Block of depreciable assets for subsidiary' property, plant & equipment not
recognised earlier
- 405.17
Others 12.37 52.75
Income Tax Expense reported in statement ofprofit and loss 3,625.13 3,520.74

Note 33 : Employee stock options :

I. Details of the ESOS :

==> picture [247 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. BAJAJ GROWTH
Particulars ESOP 2011
No. 2007
----- End of picture text -----

1 Date of
Shareholder's
Approval
Originally approved in AGM held on 26
Jul 2007 and revised in AGM held on 28
Jul 2010
2 Total Number
of Options
approved
Bajaj Growth 2007 Scheme approved
4,321,440 shares of face valueH2
each (erstwhile 864,288 shares ofH10
each prior to share-split) equivalent
to 5% of paid up equity shares i.e.
86,428,800 shares as at the date of
the announcement of scheme. The
ESOP 2011 being the modified ESOP
2007 Scheme approved aggregate of
78,03,560 shares of face valueH2 each
equivalent to 8% of paid up equity
shares i.e. 97,544,495 as at the date of
the announcement of scheme.

ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023 As per the Postal Approved via Postal Ballot dated 25 Ballot dated 21 Jan Jan 2024 2016 30,27,073 shares of 5,75,510 shares of face value face value H 2 each H 2 each, equivalent to 0.50% equivalent to 3% of of paid-up equity capital (i.e. paid up equity i.e. 11,51,01,953 shares as on the date 100,902,426 shares of announcement of scheme). as at the date of the announcement of scheme.

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25 374

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

==> picture [463 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. BAJAJ GROWTH
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. 2007
----- End of picture text -----

Sr.
No.
Particulars
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011
ESOP 2015
PSOP 2023
Sr.
No.
Particulars
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011
ESOP 2015
PSOP 2023
Sr.
No.
Particulars
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011
ESOP 2015
PSOP 2023
3
Vesting
Requirements &
Exercise Period
Options’ vesting happen only on continuation of employment
being the vesting requirement. The options are granted to
employees with grade Assistant General Manager and above.
As per Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based
Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014, SEBI (Share Based
Employee Benefits) (Amendment) Regulations, 2015 and SEBI
(Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations,
2021, there is a minimum period of one year between the grant
of options and vesting of option observed by the Holding
Company. As per the Company Policy, the vested options can
be exercised anytime up to 3 years from date of vesting. Options
granted under the plan carry no dividend or voting rights till the
options are exercised and duly allotted to the employees. When
exercisable, each option is convertible into one equity share.
The vesting of options granted
under the PSOP 2023 Scheme
shall be subject to the fulfilment
of specified performance criteria,
including the Holding Company’s
overall performance and individual
performance assessments. The
vesting confirmation, along with
specific details, will be provided
by the HR team closer to the
respective vesting dates. Options
are granted to employees at the
level of Assistant General Manager
and above. In compliance with the
Securities and Exchange Board
of India (Share Based Employee
Benefits) Regulations, 2014, the
SEBI (Share Based Employee
Benefits) (Amendment) Regulations,
2015, and the SEBI (Share Based
Employee Benefits and Sweat
Equity) Regulations, 2021, the
Holding Company adheres to
a minimum period of one year
between the date of grant and the
date of vesting of options. As per the
Holding Company’s policy under
the PSOP 2023 Scheme, vested
options may be exercised at any
time within two years from the date
of vesting. Options granted under
the plan do not carry any dividend
or voting rights until they are
exercised and equity shares are duly
allotted to the employees. Upon
exercise, each option entitles the
holder to receive one equity share of
the HoldingCompany.
4 The Pricing
Formula
Closing price on the stock exchange where there is highest traded volume on working day prior to the
date ofgrant.
5 Maximum term of
Options granted
(years)
7 Years
7 Years
7 Years
5 Years
6 Method of
Settlement
Equity settled
Equity settled
Equity settled
Equity settled
7 Source of shares Fresh Issue
Fresh Issue
Fresh Issue
Fresh Issue
exercised and equity shares are duly
allotted to the employees. Upon
exercise, each option entitles the
holder to receive one equity share of
the HoldingCompany.
4 The Pricing Closing price on the stock exchange where there is highest traded volume on working day prior to the
Formula date ofgrant.
5 Maximum term of 7 Years 7 Years 7 Years 5 Years
Options granted
(years)
6 Method of Equity settled Equity settled Equity settled Equity settled
Settlement
7 Source of shares Fresh Issue Fresh Issue Fresh Issue Fresh Issue

375 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

==> picture [464 x 25] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Sr. BAJAJ GROWTH
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. 2007
----- End of picture text -----

8 Variation in terms
of ESOP
Nil
Nil
The Nomination
& Remuneration
Committee of the
Holding Company
at its meeting held
on 12 November
2021 amended
the Scheme to
align it with the
requirements of the
SEBI (Share Based
Employee Benefits
and Sweat Equity)
Regulations, 2021
Nil
9 Equity Shares
reserved for issue
under Employee
Stock Options
outstanding as at
March 31, 2024
The Holding Company has 3,027,073 Equity Shares ofH2/-
each available to issue as Employees Stock Options as its Total
Pool Size as of March 31, 2024 under ESOPs 2015 Scheme, of
which number of stock options not yet granted under ESOP
2015 scheme are 841,348, number of stock options vested
& exercisable under ESOP 2015 schemes are 439,225 and
number of stock options unvested under ESOP 2015 scheme
are 729,250. Thus, total equity shares reserved for issuance
under ESOP Scheme outstanding as at March 31, 2024 are
2,009,823.
As of 31 March 2025, the Holding
Company has a total pool of
5,75,510 equity shares ofH2/- each
available for issuance under the
PSOP 2023 Scheme.
Out of this:
- 4,37,086 stock options remain
ungranted,
- 493 stock options have been
vested and are exercisable, and
- 1,37,931 stock options are
currently unvested.
Accordingly, the total number of
equity shares reserved for issuance
under the PSOP 2023 Scheme and
outstanding as on 31 March 2025, is
5,75,510 stock options.

II. Option Movement

Option Movement during the year ended March 31, 2025

Sr.
No.
1
Particulars BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of Options
Outstanding at the
beginningof theyear
- - - - 11,68,475 875 - -
2 Options Granted during
theyear
- - - - 42,500 921 1,55,681 2
3 Options Forfeited /
Surrendered during the
year
- - - - 3,23,000 979 17,257 2
4 Options Expired
(Lapsed) during the
year
- - - - 5,750 453 - NA
5 Options Exercised
duringtheyear
- - - - 1,46,175 415 - NA

376

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

Sr.
No.
6
Particulars BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
Number of options
outstanding at the end
of theyear
- - - - 7,36,050 927 1,38,424 2
7 Number of options
exercisable at the end
of theyear
- - - - 4,00,175 861 493 2
Option Movement during the year ended March 31, 2024
Sr.
No.
Particulars
BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
1
No. of Options
Outstanding at the
beginningof theyear
-
-
-
2
Options Granted during
theyear
-
-
-
3
Options Forfeited /
Surrendered during the
year
-
-
-
4
Options Expired
(Lapsed) during the
year
-
-
-
5
Options Exercised
duringtheyear
-
-
-
6
Number of options
outstanding at the end
of theyear
-
-
-
7
Number of Options
exercisable at the end
of theyear
-
-
-
Particulars BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of
options
Wt. avg
exercise
price
No. of Options
Outstanding at the
beginningof theyear
- - - - 11,47,540 909.95 - -
2 Options Granted during
theyear
- - - - 2,55,000 1,063.20 - -
3 Options Forfeited /
Surrendered during the
year
- - - - 1,12,250 1,059.00 - -
4 Options Expired
(Lapsed) during the
year
- - - - 1,375 291.68 - -
5 Options Exercised
duringtheyear
- - - - 1,20,440 422.06 - -
6 Number of options
outstanding at the end
of theyear
- - - - 11,68,475 875.16 - -
7 Number of Options
exercisable at the end
of theyear
- - - - 4,39,225 698.73 - -

III. Weighted Average remaining contractual life

Weighted average contractual life (years) as on March 31, 2025

Range of Exercise Price BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
0 to 100 Nil Nil Nil 3.38
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil 1,38,424.00
101 to 200 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
201 to 300 Nil Nil 1.60 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 39,500.00 Nil
301 to 400 Nil Nil 2.36 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 8,750.00 Nil
401 to 500 Nil Nil 0.39 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 5,125.00 Nil
501 to 600 Nil Nil 0.77 Nil

377 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

Range of Exercise Price BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 9,000.00 Nil
601 to 700 Nil Nil 2.12 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 36,125.00 Nil
701 to 800 Nil Nil 2.86 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 22,500.00 Nil
801 to 900 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
901 to 1000 Nil Nil 2.76 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 3,22,550.00 Nil
1001 to 1100 Nil Nil 3.59 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 2,92,500.00 Nil
1101 to 1200 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
1201 to 1300 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
Weighted average contractual life (years) as on March 31, 2024
Range of Exercise Price BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
0 to 100 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
101 to 200 Nil Nil 0.41 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 1,500.00 Nil
201 to 300 Nil Nil 2.26 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 76,250.00 Nil
301 to 400 Nil Nil 2.78 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 56,350.00 Nil
401 to 500 Nil Nil 1.22 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 50,500.00 Nil
501 to 600 Nil Nil 1.25 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 19,750.00 Nil
601 to 700 Nil Nil 2.87 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 71,825.00 Nil
701 to 800 Nil Nil 3.86 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 22,500.00 Nil
801 to 900 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
901 to 1000 Nil Nil 3.51 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 3,59,800.00 Nil
1001 to 1100 Nil Nil 4.56 Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil 5,10,000.00 Nil
1101 to 1200 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil
1201 to 1300 Nil Nil Nil Nil
No. of Options Outstanding Nil Nil Nil Nil

378

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

IV Weighted average Fair Value of Options Granted

Weighted average Fair Value of Options Granted during the year ended March 31, 2025 whose

==> picture [464 x 59] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

BAJAJ GROWTH
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
2007
(a) Exercise price equals market price No options were No options were 356.08 None
(b) Exercise price is greater than market price granted during granted during None None
(c) Exercise price is less than market price the year the year None 946.56
----- End of picture text -----

Weighted average Fair Value of Options Granted during the year ended March 31, 2024 whose

==> picture [464 x 127] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

BAJAJ GROWTH
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
2007
(a) Exercise price equals market price No options were No options were 481.74 No options were
(b) Exercise price is greater than market price granted during granted during None granted during
(c) Exercise price is less than market price the year the year None the year
The weighted average market price of options exercised :
BAJAJ GROWTH
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
2007
During the year ended March 31, 2025 NIL NIL 953.99 NIL
During the year ended March 31, 2024 NIL NIL 1,047.08 NIL
----- End of picture text -----

V The weighted average market price of options exercised :

VI Method and Assumptions

Method and Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the year ended March 31, 2025:

Variables BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
1. Risk Free Interest Rate No options were
granted during
the year
No options were
granted during
the year
6.97% 6.70%
2. Expected Life (inyears) 4.15 3.01
3. Expected Volatility 35.26% 30.39%
4. Dividend Yield 0.00% 0.31%
5. Exercise Price (H) 921.30 2.00
6. Price of the underlying share in market at
the time of the optiongrant. (H)
921.30 957.12

Method and Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the year ended March 31, 2024:

Variables BAJAJ GROWTH
2007
ESOP 2011 ESOP 2015 PSOP 2023
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
1. Risk Free Interest Rate No options
granted during
the year
No options
granted during
the year
6.98% No options
granted during
the year
2. Expected Life (inyears) 4.15
3. Expected Volatility 38.83%
4. Dividend Yield 0.27%
5. Exercise Price (H) 1193.95
6. Price of the underlying share in market at
the time of the optiongrant. (H)
1193.95

379 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 33 : Employee stock options : (Contd..)

Assumptions:

Stock Price: Closing price on National Stock Exchange on the date of grant has been considered

Volatility: The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility, adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. The volatility is calculated considering the daily volatility of the stock prices on National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. (NSE), over a period prior to the date of grant corresponding with the expected life of the options.

Risk-free rate of return: The risk-free interest rate being considered for the calculation is the interest rate applicable for a maturity equal to the expected life of the options based on the zero-coupon yield curve for Government Securities

Exercise Price: Exercise Price of each specific grant has been considered.

Time to Maturity: Time to Maturity / Expected Life of options is the period for which the Holding Company expects the options to be live.

Expected divided yield: Expected dividend yield has been calculated as an average of dividend yields for five financial years preceding the date of the grant

VII Effect of Share-Based Payment Transactions on the Entity's consolidated financial statement ( J In Lakhs) :

Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Employee share basedpayment expense (refer note 28) 1,165.06
1,087.46
Share option outstandingreserve (refer note 17) 3,117.83
2,698.94

Note 34 : Fair value measurements

(i) Financial instruments by category

The carrying amounts of financial instruments by class are as follows

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As at
31-Mar-25
As at
31-Mar-24
A. Financial assets
I.
Measured at amortized cost
Trade Receivables 1,30,131.57 1,17,610.87
Loans 0.94 50.38
Cash and Cash Equivalents 11,978.53 11,402.15
Bank Balances other than above 76.17 16,066.44
Other Financial Assets 40,289.49 6,111.81
II. Measured at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL)
Investments 6,702.78 3,497.64
1,89,179.48 1,54,739.29
B. Financial liabilities
I.
Measured at amortized cost
Trade Payables 44,956.55 55,899.63
Other Financial Liabilities 6,966.40 6,533.74
Lease Liabilities 24,328.96 21,489.56
Trade credits 1,46,295.42 1,28,272.38
II. Measured at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL)
-
Forward contracts
13.05 2.18
2,22,560.38 2,12,197.49

380

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 34 : Fair value measurements (Contd..)

  • (ii) Set out below, is a fair value measurement hierarchy and comparison by class of carrying amounts and fair value of the Group’s financial instruments, other than those with carrying amounts which are reasonable approximations of their fair values:
Particulars Valuation
Techniques
Carrying
values
Fair Values Fair Values Measurement using Fair Values Measurement using Fair Values Measurement using
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
As at March 31, 2025
Investments Net Asset
Value (note a)
6,702.78 6,702.78 - 6,702.78
Other Financial Liabilities
-
Forward contracts
Mark to Market (13.05) (13.05) - (13.05) -
6,689.73 6,689.73 - (13.05) 6,702.78
As at March 31, 2024
Investments Net Asset
Value (note a)
3,497.64 3,497.64 - 3,497.64
Other Financial Liabilities
-
Forward contracts
Mark to Market (2.18) (2.18) - (2.18) -
3,495.46 3,495.46 - (2.18) 3,497.64

There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.

Note a

In case of investments, the fair value has been determined based on the NAV (net asset value).

(iii) Reconciliation of level 3 fair value measurement

Particulars Amount
Balance as on 31st March 2023 4,678.81
Purchase duringtheyear 10,445.63
Sale duringtheyear (11,700.00)
Loss recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 73.20
Balance as on 31st March 2024 3,497.64
Purchase duringtheyear 6,046.00
Sale duringtheyear (3,146.00)
Profit recognised in statement ofprofit and loss 305.14
Balance as on 31st March 2025 6,702.78

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise of trade payables, trade credits, lease liabilities and other financial liabilities. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the entity’s operations and to provide support for its operations. The Group’s principal financial assets include trade receivables, investments, cash and cash equivalents and bank balances, loans and other financial assets, that derive directly from its operations.

The Group lays down appropriate policies and procedures to ensure that financial risks are identified, measured and managed in accordance with the entity’s policies and risk objectives.

The Group is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk, which are explained in detail below:

A) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counter-party fails to meet its contractual obligations. Credit risk encompasses the direct risk of default, the risk of deterioration of creditworthiness as well as concentration risks. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities mainly in relation to trade and other receivables and bank deposits and investments.

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables of the Group are typically unsecured and credit risk is managed through credit approvals and periodical monitoring of the creditworthiness of customers to which the Group grants credit terms. In respect of trade receivables, the Group typically operates in two segments:

381 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

Consumer products

The Group sells the products mainly through various channels i.e. dealers and distributors, institutions and e-commerce and through government sector. The appointment of dealers, distributors, institutions is strictly driven as per the standard operating procedures and credit policy followed by the Group. In case of government sector, the credit risk is low.

Lighting Solutions

In case of Business to Consumer (B2C) sub-segment, the credit risk of the receivables are similar to consumer products.

In case of Business to Business (B2B) sub-segment, the Group undertakes projects for government institutions (including local bodies) and private institutional customers. The credit concentration is more towards government institutions. These projects are normally of duration of 6 months to 1 year. Such projects normally are regular tender business with the terms and conditions agreed as per the tender. The Group enters into such projects after careful consideration of strategy, terms of payment, past experience etc.

In case of private institutional customers, before tendering for the projects Group evaluate the creditworthiness, general feedback about the customer in the market, past experience, if any with customer, and accordingly negotiates the terms and conditions with the customer.

The Group assesses its trade and other receivables for impairment at the end of each reporting period. In determining whether an impairment loss should be recorded in profit or loss, the Group makes judgements as to whether there is observable data indicating a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from such trade and other receivables. In respect of trade receivables the Group has a provisioning policy that is commensurate to the expected losses. The provisioning policy is based on past experience, customer creditability, and also on the nature and specifics of business. In case of B2B sub-segment in Lighting Solutions, the Group also provides on more case-to-case basis.

The maximum exposure to credit risk as at March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 is the carrying value of such trade and other receivables as shown in note 6, 8 and 13 of the consolidated financial statements.

Reconciliation of impairment allowance on trade and other receivables

Reconciliation of impairment allowance on trade and other receivables
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Amount
Impairment allowance on March 31, 2023 11,004.49
Additions duringtheyear 1,060.02
Reversals duringtheyear since amounts are written off (705.08)
Reversal duringtheyear sinceprovision no longer required (4,347.03)
Impairment allowance on March 31, 2024 7,012.40
Additions duringtheyear 499.56
Reversal duringtheyear sinceprovision no longer required (516.45)
Impairment allowance on March 31, 2025 6,995.51

Bank deposits and investments

The Group maintains its cash and bank balances with credit worthy banks and financial institutions and reviews it on an on-going basis. Moreover, the interest-bearing deposits are with banks and financial institutions of reputation, good past track record and high-quality credit rating. Hence, the credit risk is assessed to be low. The maximum exposure to credit risk as at 31 March 2025 and 31 March 2024 is the carrying value of such cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks as shown in note 8, 12 and 13 of the financials.

B) Liquidity risk

The Group has a central treasury department, which is responsible for maintaining adequate liquidity in the system to fund business growth, capital expenditures, as also ensure the repayment of financial liabilities. The department obtains business plans from business units including the capex budget, which is then consolidated and borrowing requirements are ascertained in terms of Long term funds and short-term funds. Considering the peculiar nature of EPC business, which is very working capital intensive, treasury maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit lines in the form of fund based and nonfund based (LC and BG) limits.

The limits sanctioned and utilised are then monitored monthly, fortnightly and daily basis to ensure that mismatches in cash flows are taken care of, all operational and financial commitments are honoured on time and there is proper movement of funds between the banks from cashflow and interest arbitrage perspective.

382

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

(i) Financing arrangements

The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period

The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-03-2025
31-03-2024
Floating/ Fixed Rate
-
Expiringwithin Oneyear (Bank overdraft and other facilities)
74,285.68
1,31,118.48

Bank overdraft facilities are sanctioned for a period of one year which are then enhanced / renewed from time to time. Though the Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand as per the terms of sanction, these are usually renewed by all banks in normal circumstances. Hence Bank overdraft facilities are available for use throughout the year.

(ii) Maturities of financial liabilities

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Carrying
value as at
March 31,
2025
up to 1 year Between 1
and 2 years
Between 2
and 5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Tradepayables 44,956.55 44,956.55 - - - 44,956.55
Lease liabilities (including
expected interestpayable)
24,328.96 7,537.16 7,430.04 12,420.94 1,706.42 29,094.56
Other financial liabilities 6,979.45 6,960.21 19.24 - - 6,979.45
Trade credits 1,46,295.42 1,46,295.42 - - - 1,46,295.42
Total 2,22,560.38 2,05,749.34 7,449.28 12,420.94 1,706.42 2,27,325.98
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Carrying
value as at
March 31,
2024
up to 1 year Between 1
and 2 years
Between 2
and 5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Tradepayables 55,899.63 55,899.63 - - - 55,899.63
Lease liabilities (including
expected interestpayable)
21,489.56 5,916.16 5,620.13 12,450.66 2,540.60 26,527.55
Other financial liabilities 6,535.92 6,519.57 16.35 - - 6,535.92
Trade credits 1,28,272.38 1,28,272.38 - - - 1,28,272.38
Total 2,12,197.49 1,96,607.74 5,636.48 12,450.66 2,540.60 2,17,235.48

(C) Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk comprises three types of risk: interest rate risk, currency risk and other price risk such as commodity risk.

(i) Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates.

The Group operates in the global market and is therefore exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from foreign currency transactions, primarily with respect to the US Dollar ('USD'), Euro ('EUR'), Great Britain Pound ('GBP'), Chinese Yuan Renminbi ('RMB'), United Arab Emirates Dirham ('AED'), Kenyan Shillings (‘KES’), Zambian Kwacha (‘ZMW’) and Canadian Dollar (‘CAD’). Exposure is largely in exports receivables and Imports payables arising out of trade in the normal course of business. As these commercial transactions are recorded in currency other than the functional currency (INR), the Group is exposed to Foreign Exchange risk arising from future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities. The Group is a net importer as its imports and other forex liabilities exceeds the exports. It ascertains its forex exposure and bifurcates the same into forex receivables and payables. These exposures are covered by taking appropriate forward cover from the banks.

383 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

The Group takes a forward cover for the period which matches the maturity date of the forex liability which is proposed to be hedged. On maturity date, the forward contracts are utilized for settlement of the underlying transactions.

(a) Foreign currency risk exposure:

The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period expressed in INR, are as follows :

( H in Lakhs)

Particulars As at March 31, 2025 As at March 31, 2024
Financial assets
Financial
liabilities
Financial assets
Financial
liabilities
1,260.65
2,731.91
-
37.97
-
1.29
-
0.41
8.70
9.12
0.45
5.41
USD 1,831.14
2,397.71
EUR 8.88
9.31
GBP -
19.98
SGD -
0.41
CNY -
4.16
AED 0.47
5.55

Further, the Holding Company has open foreign exchange forward contracts amounting to USD 23.39 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - USD 33.31 lakhs

b) Sensitivity

The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from foreign currency denominated financial instruments is given below

financial instruments is given below
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Impact on profit after tax & Equity
31-03-2025
31-03-2024
USD sensitivity
INR appreciates by5% (31 March 2024 - 5%) 28.33
73.56
INR depreciated by5%(31 March 2024 - 5%) (28.33)
(73.56)

In respect of exposure in other currencies, the impact of sensitivity of which is very negligible.

(ii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Incase of short term borrowings, the interest rates is fixed in a large number of cases, Hence, interest rate risk is assessed to be low. Accordingly, the sensitivity / exposure to change in interest rate is insignificant

(iii) Commodity Price risk

The Holding Company’s revenue is exposed to market risk of price fluctuations related to the sales of its products. Market forces generally determine the prices for the products sold by the Holding Company. This prices may be influenced by the factors such as supply, demand, production cost (including the cost of raw materials), regional and global economic conditions and growth. Adverse changes in any of the factors may reduce the revenue that Holding Company earns from sale of its products. The Holding Company is therefore subject to fluctuations in prices for the purpose of raw materials like Aluminium, Copper and other raw material inputs.

Commodity hedging is used primarily as a risk management tool to secure the future cash flow in case of volatility by entering into commodity forward contracts. The Holding Company has entered into commodity forward contracts for aluminium and Copper. Hedging the price volatility of forecast aluminium and copper purchases is in accordance with the risk management strategy outlined by the Board of Directors. Hedging commodity is based on procurement schedule and price risk. Commodity is undertaken as a risk offsetting exercise and depending upon market conditions, hedges may extend beyond the financial year.

There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of the foreign exchange and commodity forward contracts match the terms of the expected highly probable forecast transactions (i.e., notional amount and expected payment date). The Holding Company has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the foreign exchange and commodity forward contracts are identical to the hedged risk components. To test the hedge effectiveness, the Holding Company uses the hypothetical derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

384

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 35: Financial risk management objectives and policies (Contd..)

  • The hedge ineffectiveness can arise from:

  • Differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments

  • Different indexes (and accordingly different curves) linked to the hedged risk of the hedged items and hedging instruments

  • The counterparties’ credit risk differently impacting the fair value movements of the hedging instruments and hedged items

  • Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instruments

  • There are no commodity future contracts held as on 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

  • There are no hedging transactions during the year ended as on 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

  • There are no hedging gain/loss during the year ended as on 31st March 2025 and 31st March 2024.

Note 36: Capital Management

The Group has cash surplus and has no capital other than equity and reserves.

The cash surpluses are currently invested in income generating debt instruments (including through mutual funds) and money market instruments depending on economic conditions in line with the guidelines set out by the Management. Safety of capital is of prime importance to ensure availability of capital for operations. Further the objective of the Group’s capital management is to safeguard its ability to continue as going concern, maintain strong credit rating, preserve cash and to ensure that it maintains an efficient capital structure and maximize shareholder value.

The Group does not have any borrowings and does not borrow funds unless circumstances require. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders or issue new shares. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

The cash surplus position as on March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 are as below.

The cash surplus position as on March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 are as below.
(Hin Lakhs)
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Cash and cash equivalents 11,978.53 11,402.15
Balances other than cash and cash equivalents 76.17 16,066.44
Investments 6,187.46 3,004.50
Fixed deposits with remainingmaturityless than 12 months 32,608.52 -
Total 50,850.68 30,473.09

NOTE 37: Segment reporting

The Holding Company has identified its business segments as its primary reportable segments, which comprises of Consumer Products and Lighting Solutions. “Consumer Products” includes Appliances, Fans and Morphy Richards. "Lighting Solutions" includes Professional Lighting (B2B) and Consumer Lighting (B2C).

  • 1) Segment results and reconciliation to the amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements

  • For the year ended March 31, 2025

For the year ended March 31, 2025
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Revenue from Operations (external customers) 3,80,588.50 1,02,254.86 4,82,843.36
OperatingSegment and Profit 12,290.75 6,751.61 19,042.36
Reconciliation items / Unallocated income / (expenses)
Interest on Income Tax refund 27.39
Rent received 2.12
Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost 2,607.17
Profit / (Loss) on disposal of Property,plant & equipment 200.93
Depreciation and amortisation expenses (83.13)

385 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

NOTE 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)

( H in Lakhs)

Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Finance Cost (6,984.69)
Others 18.80
Profit before income tax and exceptional items 14,830.95
Exceptional items (refer note 44) 2,136.64
Profit before tax for theyear from continuing operations 16,967.59
Profit / (loss) before tax for the year from discontinued
operations
-
Profit before tax for the year from continuing operations and
discontinued operations
16,967.59

For the year ended March 31, 2024

For the year ended March 31, 2024
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Revenue from Operations (external customers) 3,60,390.04 1,03,736.79 4,64,126.83
OperatingSegment and Profit 11,422.04 7,961.32 19,383.36
Reconciliation items / Unallocated income / (expenses)
Interest on Income Tax refund 4,113.61
Rent received 41.35
Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost 1,525.06
Profit / (Loss) on disposal of Property,plant & equipment (228.21)
Depreciation and amortisation expenses (510.73)
Finance Cost (6,347.88)
Others (667.05)
Profit before income tax and exceptional items 17,309.51
Exceptional items (refer note 44) -
Profit before tax for theyear from continuing operations 17,309.51
Profit / (loss) before tax for the year from discontinued
operations
(681.26)
Profit before tax for the year from continuing operations and
discontinued operations
16,628.25

There is no single customer which is more than 10% of the entity’s revenues. The amount of revenue from external customers broken down by location of the customers is shown in table below:

down by location of the customers is shown in table below:
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
India 4,74,216.89 4,56,964.47
Outside India 8,626.47 7,162.36
Total 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83

386

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

NOTE 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)

2) Segment Assets:

Segment assets are measured on the same principles as they have been for the purpose of these consolidated financial statements. These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset.

As on March 31, 2025

As on March 31, 2025
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Assets 2,51,434.21 54,211.90 3,05,646.11
Unallocated assets
Deferred tax assets 388.18
Income tax assets (net) 4,376.02
Investments (current and non-current) 6,702.41
Investment in net assets of employee welfare trusts 16,621.64
Investmentproperties 15,454.45
Property, Plant and Equipments, Capital work in progress,
Intangible assets, right-of-use assets and Intangible assets under
development
16,911.98
Cash and cash equivalents and other bank balances 12,054.70
Fixed deposits with remainingmaturityless than 12 months 32,608.52
Others 11,151.49
Total assets asper balance sheet 421915.50

Others includes sales tax recoverables of H 1,682.58 lakhs, fixed deposits along with accured interest of H 3,823.51 lakhs and rent deposits of H 2,348.74 lakhs.

As on March 31, 2024

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Assets 2,46,787.32 51,416.14 2,98,203.46
Unallocated assets
Deferred tax assets 530.33
Income tax assets (net) 8,334.12
Investments (current and non-current) 3,497.64
Investmentproperties 13,324.91
Property, Plant and Equipments, Capital work in progress,
Intangible assets, right-of-use assets and Intangible assets under
development
19,584.06
Cash and cash equivalents and other bank balances 27,468.59
Assets held for sale 460.09
Others current and non-current assets 11,913.05
Total assets asper balance sheet 3,83,316.25

Others includes sales tax recoverables of H 1,954.63 lakhs, fixed deposits along with accured interest of H 1,663.84 lakhs and rent deposits of H 2,150.82 lakhs.

The total of non-current assets other than financial instruments, investments and deferred tax assets, broken down by location of the assets, is shown below:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As at
March 31, 2025
As at
March 31, 2024
India 1,02,720.98 1,06,425.81
Total 1,02,720.98 1,06,425.81

The capital expenditure incurred for consumer products is H 8,996.54 lakhs (March 31, 2024 – H 6,038.80 lakhs), for lighting solutions is H 242.56 lakhs (March 31, 2024 - H 169.54 lakhs) and for Unallocable is H 2,336.73 lakhs (March 31, 2024 – H 4,764.90 lakhs)

387 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

NOTE 37: Segment reporting (Contd..)

3) Segment Liabilities:

Segment liabilities are measured on the same principles as they have been for the purpose of these consolidated financial statements. The Group’s borrowings and derivative financial instruments are not considered to be segment liabilities but are managed by the treasury function

As on March 31, 2025

( H in Lakhs)

Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Liabilities 1,92,721.08 45,905.32 2,38,626.40
Unallocated
Current tax liabilities 2,023.36
Others 8,754.30
Total liabilities asper balance sheet 2,49,404.06

Others majorly includes lease liabilities of H 6,256.40 lakhs

As on March 31, 2024

As on March 31, 2024
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars Consumer Products Lighting Solutions Total
Total Segment Liabilities 1,75,388.59 50,680.34 2,26,068.93
Unallocated
Current tax liabilities 2,687.45
Others 10,437.88
Total liabilities asper balance sheet 2,39,194.26

Others majorly includes lease liabilities of H 5,499.26 lakhs

Finance income and costs and fair value gain and losses on financial assets are not allocated to individual segments, as the underlying instruments are managed on a Company basis.

Income tax, deferred tax and certain financial assets and liabilities are not allocated to those segment as they are also managed on a Company basis.

Capital expenditure consists of additions of property, plant & equipment, intangible assets and investment properties.

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties

==> picture [483 x 235] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
(A) Holding company
Not Applicable
(B) Subsidiary - Bajel Projects Limited (till August 31, 2023) ##
As a Subsidiary
(till August 31, 2023)
Contribution to Equity - - (50.00) -
Reimbursement of Expenses - - 139.18 -
Cancellation of inter company - - (143.32) -
receivable / (payable) before
demerger
Net payable created on demerger - - (22,135.61) -
(basis difference in capital employed)
Transactions pursuant to the
scheme of demerger (post Sep 1,
2023, i.e effective date)
----- End of picture text -----

388

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

( H in Lakhs)

==> picture [484 x 588] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Payment / adjustment of Payables (1,207.75) 111.84 21,590.56 (545.05)
(includes bank transfers and
settlement of LC paid on behalf of
them (property in trust))
Net Purchases 14,032.06 2,128.60 5,287.30 2,061.10
Shared services 414.71 - 186.68 186.68
Reimbursements of expenses 478.51 - 351.63 351.63
Rent received 330.94 - 48.79 48.79
Income towards bank guarantees 15.98 - - -
exposure on behalf of Bajel Projects
Limited
Bank deposits placed to Banks on 1,450.00 175.00 - -
behalf of Bajel Projects Limited
Interest on bank deposits placed 37.40 - - -
to Banks on behalf of Bajel Projects
Limited
Sales of raw materials and 26.32 - - -
components
(C) Associate - Hind Lamps Private Limited (erstwhile Hind Lamps Limited)
Sales 290.29 (22.57) 283.40 5.34
Rent Received 2.31 - 2.23 -
(C.1) Joint ventures - Employee welfare trusts funds
Investment in net assets of employee 16,621.64 16,621.64 - -
welfare trusts funds
(D) Key Management Personnel and their relatives #
Dr. Indu Shahani
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 30.50 (10.80)
Dr. R. P. Singh
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 28.50 (10.80)
Mr. Ajay Nagle
Long-term employee benefits - - 1.41 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Short-term employee benefits - - 55.30 -
Mr. H. V. Goenka
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 6.00 (2.70)
Mr. Madhur Bajaj
Directors' sitting fees and commission 14.00 (6.30) 12.00 (5.40)
Mr. Prashant Dalvi
Long-term employee benefits 1.43 - 1.00 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Post- employment benefits 0.71 - 0.49 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Short-term employee benefits 79.48 (15.98) 43.56 -
Mr. Saurabh Kumar
Directors' sitting fees and commission 15.50 (6.30) 2.00 (0.90)
Mr. Shekhar Bajaj
Long-term employee benefits 28.80 - 28.80 -
(contribution to provident fund)
----- End of picture text -----

389 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

( H in Lakhs)

==> picture [484 x 597] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Post- employment benefits 55.99 - 55.99 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Purchase of Car 41.95 - - -
Purchase of Car - Advance Given 2.00 - - -
Purchase of Car - Advance Refund (2.00) - - -
Purchase Of CCTV (part of Furnished - - 1.14 -
accommodation)
Purchase Of EPBAX AMC (part of 0.53 - - -
Furnished accommodation)
Received from chairman for 10.84 17.33 (30.93) 28.18
advance rent of Metaoxide (Hill Park
Residence)
Sale of Asset (Laptop) - - 0.05 -
Short-term employee benefits 711.11 (318.28) 771.03 (399.19)
Mr. Vikram Hosangady
Directors' sitting fees and commission 29.50 (11.70) 8.50 (3.60)
Mr.Anuj Poddar
Long-term employee benefits 12.86 - 25.11 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Perquisite value of ESOPs excercised 442.65 - - -
during the year
Post- employment benefits - - 10.72 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Reimbursement of Expenses - - 0.81 -
Share application money and 329.65 - - -
perquisite tax received pending
allotment
Short-term employee benefits 478.50 - 954.91 (299.39)
Mr.Ellatch C Prasad
Long-term employee benefits 5.67 - 4.84 -
(contribution to provident fund)
Perquisite value of ESOPs exercised 26.30 - - -
during the year
Post- employment benefits 2.46 - 2.08 -
(contribution to super annunation
fund)
Short-term employee benefits 346.56 (74.82) 225.83 (12.50)
Mr.Munish Khetrapal
Directors' sitting fees and commission - - 4.50 (1.38)
Mr.Rajivnayan Bajaj
Directors' sitting fees and commission 6.00 (2.70) 8.00 (3.60)
Mr.Shailesh Haribhakti
Directors' sitting fees and commission 29.50 (11.70) 27.50 (10.80)
Mr.Sudarshan Sampathkumar
Directors' sitting fees and commission 33.00 (11.70) 10.50 (4.50)
Mrs.Pooja Bajaj
Long-term employee benefits 0.44 - - -
(contribution to provident fund)
----- End of picture text -----

390

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

==> picture [484 x 603] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Purchase of Car 53.00 - - -
Short-term employee benefits 13.86 - 13.50 (5.40)
Ms. Swati Salgaocar
Directors' sitting fees and commission 15.50 (6.30) 8.50 (3.60)
(E) Transactions with the Entities which is Controlled or Jointly Controlled by a person identified in para 9 (a) of Ind AS 24 -
Related Party Disclosures
Reimbursement of Expenses 334.37 (45.42) 303.24 (19.76)
Services Received 264.14 (0.20) 737.56 (527.23)
Rent Paid - - 57.00 -
Deposits given - - - 27.00
Donations Given 6.97 - 29.28 -
Sales - - - 2.29
(F) Dividend to Related Parties
Dividend Paid 2,203.49 - 2,937.94 -
(G) Transactions with the entities in which a person identified in para 9 (a) (i) of Ind AS 24 - Related Party Disclosures is a
member of the Key Management Personnel of the entity
CSR Contribution (Bajaj Electricals 339.53 - 550.97 (0.19)
Foundation)
Sales - - (0.55) 0.83
Reimbursement of Expenses 5.38 - 4.79 -
Rent Deposit Advanced - 200.00 - 200.00
Rent Paid 54.28 - 49.56 -
Purchases - - 0.46 -
Services Received 26.26 (8.80) 42.50 (2.49)
Rent Received 2.44 0.17 1.65 0.12
(H) Transactions with the entities in which a person identified in para 9 (a) (i) of Ind AS 24 - Related Party Disclosures has
significant influence over the entities
Services Received 44.55 4.62 49.79 0.44
Deposits Given/Refund - 2.94 0.42 2.94
Sales 3.73 (0.21) 4.26 (0.19)
(I) Transactions with the entities which are the post employment benefit plans as identified in para 9 (b) (v) of Ind AS 24 -
Related Party Disclosures
Trustees Bajaj Electricals Ltd 2,630.23 (215.56) 2,588.83 (208.67)
Employees Provident Fund
Matchwel Electrical India Limited 74.13 (5.77) 74.20 (6.72)
Employees Provident Fund Trust
(J) Transactions with the persons identified in para 9 (a) (i) of Ind AS 24 - Related Party Disclosures
Refund of Advance Rent - (15.00) - (15.00)
Sales 219.91 20.05 - 0.08
(K) Material transactions with related parties
Spencer Retail Limited
Sales - - 625.57 231.02
Services Received - - (6.45) (25.44)
Bajaj Allianz General Insurance
Company Limited
Insurance Premium paid 10,942.68 (735.09) 9,087.46 (17.02)
Advance Insurance Premium 439.83 439.83 1,001.22 1,001.22
(Deposit)
Claims Received 8,806.81 3,748.66 7,462.98 3,378.22
----- End of picture text -----

391 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

==> picture [484 x 236] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

( H in Lakhs)
2024-25 2023-24
Outstanding Outstanding
Name of Related Party Transaction receivable Transaction receivable
Nature of Transaction
and Nature of relationship Value for the / (payable) Value for the / (payable)
year carried in the year carried in the
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet
Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Co
Limited.
Insurance Premium paid - - 143.16 -
Claims Received 718.56 - 585.49 -
Advance Insurance Premium for next - - 90.00 90.00
year
Right to reimbursement against - 4,423.85 - 4,997.38
employee benefit obligations for non-
qualifying insurance policies
Bajaj Finance Limited
Sales (0.50) 0.04 23.08 22.37
Services Received 208.79 0.58 66.09 (6.09)
Fixed Deposit Placed / Renewed 19,800.00 18,300.00 9,500.00 6,000.00
(Gross)
Interest Received on Fixed Deposit 1,306.13 1,021.61 419.12 146.31
----- End of picture text -----

As the future liability for defined benefit obligations and other long term employment benefits is provided on an actuarial basis for the Group as a whole, the amounts pertaining to key managerial personnel is not ascertainable and hence not included above.

There are no loans or advances granted to promoters, directors, KMPs and the related parties) that are repayable on demand or without any terms or period of repayment.

Refer note 40(xii) and 40(xiii) for transactions entered between Bajaj Electricals Limited and Bajel Projects Limited pursuant to the scheme of demerger.

As on March 31, 2025, the Company has granted 240,738 employee stock options to Key Managerial Personnel. Of this, 17,875 options are vested, 16,113 options are unvested, 74,750 options are exercised and 132,000 options are cancelled.

Terms and conditions of major transactions with related parties

(i) Sales to related parties and concerned balances

Sales are made to related parties on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. The Holding Company mutually negotiates and agrees sales price, discount and payment terms with the related parties by benchmarking the same to transactions with non-related parties, who purchase goods and services of the Holding Company in similar quantities. Such sales generally include payment terms requiring related party to make payment within 30 to 60 days from the date of invoice.

Trade receivables outstanding balances are unsecured, interest free and require settlement in cash. No guarantee or other security has been received against these receivables. The amounts are recoverable within 30 to 60 days from the reporting date (31 March 2024: 30 to 60 days from the reporting date). For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Holding Company has not recorded any impairment on receivables due from related parties (31 March 2024: Nil)

(ii) Purchase of goods and concerned balances

Purchases are made from related parties on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. The Holding Company mutually negotiates and agrees purchase price and payment terms with the related parties by benchmarking the same to sale transactions with non-related parties entered into by the counter-party and similar purchase transactions entered into by the Holding Company with the other non-related parties. Such purchases generally include payment terms requiring the Holding Company to make payment within 30 to 60 days from the date of invoice.

Trade payables outstanding balances are unsecured, interest free and require settlement in cash. No guarantee or other security has been given against these payables. The amounts are payable within 30 to 60 days from the reporting date (31 March 2024: 30 to 60 days from the reporting date).

392

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 38: Disclosure of transactions with related parties (Contd..)

(iii) Compensation to KMP of the Company

The amounts disclosed above are the amounts recognised as an expense during the financial year related to KMP. The amounts do not include expense, if any, recognised toward post-employment benefits and other long-term benefits of key managerial personnel. Such expenses are measured based on an actuarial valuation done for each Holding Company in the Holding Company as a whole. Hence, amounts attributable to KMPs are not separately determinable. Short-term employee benefits includes the sitting fees and commission as approved by the Board. Long-term employee benefits includes contribution to provident fund. Postemployment benefits includes contribution to super annunation fund. Further non-executive directors do not receive any gratuity or post-employment benefits from the Holding Company.

(iv) Transactions with group entity (Bajel Projects Limited)

The transactions entered with Bajel Projects Limited mainly includes transactions like cross charge for shared services, reimbursement of expenses and rental for a let-out property. All of these transactions are on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. During the year, the Holding Company has also entered into a transaction, where the Holding Company has placed fixed deposits on behalf of the group entity. The Holding Company has carried out a benchmark analysis and is adequately compensated for the risk undertaken. Outstanding balances are unsecured, interest free and require settlement in cash. No guarantee or other security has been received against these outstanding. The amounts are recoverable within 30 to 60 days from the reporting date (31 March 2024: 30 to 60 days from the reporting date). For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Holding Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from related parties (31 March 2024: Nil)

The Holding Company has also given certain performance guarantees to third parties on behalf of the group entity. The Holding Company has entered into a back-to-back indemnity arrangement by way of an Undertaking cum Corporate Guarantee (“UGC”), whereby the group entity shall, inter alia, agree to indemnify the Holding Company for any loss, if any, suffered in the event that any Guarantee is invoked by a customer during this interim period. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Holding Company has not recorded any impairment on guarantee arrangement (31 March 2024: Nil). Refer note 40(xi) and 40(xii) for more details

(v) Transactions with group entity (Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company Limited)

The Holding Company has taken certain general insurances like warranty insurance and others from the group entity Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company Limited. All of these transactions are on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. The Holding Company has certain insurance claims receivable for warranty insurances as on the balance sheet date. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Holding Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from the group entity (31 March 2024: Nil)

(vi) Transactions with group entity (Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Co Limited)

The Holding Company has taken insurance policies towards the gratuity and earned leave obligations towards the employees. These insurance policies are actuarially valued by an independent valuer. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Holding Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from the group entity (31 March 2024: Nil)

(vii) Transactions with group entity (Bajaj Finance Limited)

The Holding Company has invested the surplus funds in fixed deposits with the the group entity, Bajaj Finance Limited. The rate of interest offered are on the same terms as applicable to third parties in an arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business. For the year ended 31 March 2025, the Holding Company has not recorded any impairment on these outstanding due from the group entity (31 March 2024: Nil)

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS):

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS):
(Hin Lakhs, except per share data))
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Profit / (loss) for theyear before exceptional items (A) (HIn Lakhs) - continuingoperations 11,116.86 13,587.71
Profit / (loss) for theyear after exceptional items (B) (HIn Lakhs) - continuingoperations 13,342.46 13,587.71
Profit / (loss) for theyear before exceptional items (C) (HIn Lakhs) - discontinued operations - (480.20)
Profit / (loss) for theyear after exceptional items (D) (HIn Lakhs) - discontinued operations - (480.20)
Profit for the year before exceptional items (A+C) (JIn Lakhs) - continuing and
discontinued operations
11,116.86 13,107.51
Profit for the year after exceptional items (B+D) (JIn Lakhs) - continuing and
discontinued operations
13,342.46 13,107.51
Weighted average number of equity shares for basic EPS (E) 11,52,72,874 11,51,04,879
Add: Effect of dilution (employee stock options - Refer Note 33) 1,78,166 1,75,578

393 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS): (Contd..)

Note 39. Earnings per share (EPS): (Contd..)
(Hin Lakhs, except per share data))
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Weighted average number of equity shares for diluted EPS (F) 11,54,51,040 11,52,80,457
Earnings Per Share inJ:- continuing operations
(a) Basic EPS before exceptional items (A/E) 9.64 11.81
(b) Diluted EPS before exceptional items (A/F) 9.63 11.79
(a) Basic EPS after exceptional items (B/E) 11.57 11.81
(b) Diluted EPS after exceptional items (B/F) 11.56 11.79
Earnings Per Share inJ:- discontinued operations
(a) Basic EPS before exceptional items (C/E) - (0.42)
(b) Diluted EPS before exceptional items (C/F) - (0.42)
(a) Basic EPS after exceptional items (D/E) - (0.42)
(b) Diluted EPS after exceptional items (D/F) - (0.42)
Earnings Per Share inJ:- continuing and discontinued operations
(a) Basic EPS before exceptional items (A+C/E) 9.64 11.39
(b) Diluted EPS before exceptional items (A+C/F) 9.63 11.37
(a) Basic EPS after exceptional items (B+D/E) 11.57 11.39
(b) Diluted EPS after exceptional items (B+D/F) 11.56 11.37

Note 40. Commitments and contingencies

a. Contingent liabilities

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Contingent Liabilities not provided for :
i)
Claims against the Groupnot acknowledged as debts (Refer Note ix & x below)
1,323.30
1,406.17
ii)
Excise and Customs dutymatters under dispute
15.49
65.55
iii)
Service Tax matters under dispute
149.40
149.40
iv)
Income Tax matters under dispute
-
-
v)
Sales Tax and Goods and Service Tax matters under dispute
14,836.67
7,910.00
vi)
Uncalled liabilityin respect ofpartly paid Shares held as investments
7.20
7.20
vii)
Others
1,062.60
1,062.60
  • viii) The E-waste Rules, 2022 replaced E-waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and became effective from April 1, 2023. The Holding Company manufactures wide range of products like, consumer electrical and electronics, and large and small electrical and electronic equipment, which are covered under the E-waste Rules, 2022.

  • Pursuant to the 2024 Amendment Rules, the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) also introduced the Guidelines for Environment Compensation under the E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2022 dated 9th September 2024 (“CPCB Guidelines”), which, fixed the lowest price for the purposes of non – fulfilment of EPR target end – product wise, for Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“EEE”) products, anywhere between INR 22 per kilogram to INR 41 per kilogram. Many companies/ producers have proceeded to file Writ Petitions before the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi under Article 226 of the Constitution of India, 1950, inter alia challenging the validity of the 2024 Amendment Rules and the CPCB Guidelines.

  • The Holding Company has also taken a legal opinion on this matter challenging the same as ultravires. Pursuant to the above the Holding Company has fulfilled its EPR obligations of FY25 at the rates prevailing/charged in the market by the EPR agencies, which is around H 7-10 per kilogram. However, since the matter above is sub-judice, the Holding Company is disclosing H 1,193 lakhs as a contingent liability.

  • The amounts recognised in the financial statements towards fulfilment of EPR obligations for FY25 is H 1,001.68 lakhs which is shown under other expenses (note 30).

  • ix) These represent legal claims filed against the Group by various parties and these matters are in litigation. Management has assessed that in all these cases the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is not probable.

  • x) The Holding Company had in earlier years terminated employment agreements of few die casting workmen at the Chakan plant. On 3rd July, 2018, the Honourable Hight Court of Bombay had awarded the appeal in favour of the Holding Company. On 27th June, 2019, the appeal on the matter has been admitted in the Honourable Supreme Court. Management has assessed that the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is not probable and has accordingly considered the claim of H 354.17 lakhs as contingent liability as at March 31, 2025 ( H 328.70 as at March 31, 2024).

394

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 40. Commitments and contingencies (Contd..)

  • xi) For certain customer contracts that formed part of the demerged undertaking (erstwhile EPC Segment of the Holding Company), the Holding Company had provided certain performance bank guarantees. For smooth transitioning of the demerged undertaking, the Holding Company had allowed these guarantees to remain in place for a limited period post the effective date (September 1, 2023) until such time as Bajel Projects Limited (BPL) is able to have them replaced by its own bank guarantees. In turn, BPL and the Holding Company has entered into a back-to-back indemnity arrangement by way of an Undertaking cum Corporate Guarantee (“UGC”), whereby BPL shall, inter alia, agree to indemnify the Holding Company for any loss, if any, suffered in the event that any Guarantee is invoked by a customer during this interim period. The open exposure as on March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 is H 1,571.86 lakhs and H 14,101.96 lakhs, respectively.

  • xii) Before the Scheme of Demerger between the Holding Company and Bajel Projects Limited ('BPL') (erstwhile EPC segment of the Holding Company), took effect, the Group had secured a contract for developing the electric supply infrastructure in Sasaram and Munger, Bihar, by South Bihar Power Distribution Company Limited (“Contract”). Following the Scheme, this Contract stands transferred and vested in Bajel Projects Limited.

  • To facilitate this transition of the Contract smoothly, it was proposed to form a Tripartite Agreement among Bajel Projects Limited, the Holding Company, and South Bihar Power Distribution Company Limited, alongside an Irrevocable Indemnity Cum Undertaking between Bajel Projects Limited and the Holding Company.

b. Commitments

  • i. Estimated amounts of contracts remaining to be executed in capital account (net of capital advances) is H 1,546.99 lakhs (March 31, 2024, H 755.58 lakhs).

Note 41: Disclosures of revenue from contracts with customers

The disclosures as required for revenue from contracts with customers are as given below

(i) Disaggregation of revenue

Disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers and reconciliation of amount of revenue recognised in the statement of profit and loss with the contracted price is as given below.

statement of profit and loss with the contracted price is as given below.
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
A. Revenue from contracts with customers
Consumerproducts (includes appliances, lightingand fans) 3,80,277.43 3,60,196.55
Lightingsolutions (includesprofessional and consumer lighting) 1,02,242.11 1,03,676.22
4,82,519.54 4,63,872.77
B. Reconciliation of contractedprice with (A) above
Revenue at contractedprice 5,19,626.96 4,97,028.52
Unbilled on account of work under certification 151.61 (25.30)
Billingin excess of revenue from illuminationprojects 267.18 (14.10)
Revenue deferred on customer loyalty program (1,328.05) (1,421.01)
Discounts (36,125.94) (31,545.59)
Others (72.22) (149.75)
Revenue from contracts with customers (a) 4,82,519.54 4,63,872.77
Add: Miscellaneous other operating income (b)
Claims received, export incentives, etc 323.82 254.06
Revenue from operations (a+b) 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Timing of revenue recognition
At apoint in time 4,20,465.73 4,02,008.81
Over aperiod of time 62,377.63 62,118.02
Revenue from operations 4,82,843.36 4,64,126.83

395 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 41: Disclosures of revenue from contracts with customers (Contd..)

(ii) Contract balances

The details of the contract assets, contract liabilities and receivables are as under

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Contract assets 476.67
325.07
Contract liabilities 4,912.73
4,496.46
Trade receivables 1,30,131.57
1,17,610.87

The contract assets and contract liabilities balances mentioned above pertain to the B2B sub-segment Lighting Solutions Unit of the Group. The Group executes the work as per the terms and agreements mentioned in the contracts. The Group receives payments from the customers based on the milestone achievement and billing schedule as established in the contracts.

Contract assets are initially recognised for revenue earned from supply of materials and erection services provided when the performance obligation is met. Upon achievement and acceptance of milestones mentioned by the customer, the amounts recognised as contract assets are reclassified to trade receivables.

Contract liabilities are relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract and billing in excess of contract revenue recognised. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the Group satisfies the performance obligation under the contract.

(iii) Performance obligations

Information about the Group's performance obligations under Consumer Products and Lighting solutions segment are summarised below:

Consumer Product & Lighting Solutions Segment:

a) Delivery of goods:

The Group sells fans, appliances and lighting products to the customers. The performance obligation is satisfied and revenue is recognised on dispatch of the goods to the customers. The stand alone selling price of the performance obligation is determined after taking the variable consideration and right to return. The contracts do not have a significant financing component. The Group offers standard warranty on selected products. The Group makes provision for same as per the principles laid down under Ind AS 37. The payment is generally due within 30 to 60 days across various streams of customers.

b) Loyalty program:

The Group operates a customer loyalty program (for retailers), where the customer is awarded certain points on purchase of selected products from the Group. The customer (retailer) can redeem these points in future. The Group treats the redemption of customer loyalty points as a separate performance obligation. Accordingly, the revenue is recognised by allocating the total transaction price on the stand alone selling prices of sale of goods and loyalty points.

c) Extended warranties:

The Group provides a warranty beyond fixing defects that existed at the time of sale. These service-type warranties are bundled together with the sale of products. Contracts for bundled sales of products and a service-type warranty comprise two performance obligations because the product and service-type warranty are both sold on a stand-alone basis and are distinct within the context of contract. Using the relative stand-alone selling price method, a portion of the transaction price is allocated to the service-type warranty and recognised as deferred revenue. Revenue for service-type warranties is recognised over the period in which the service is provided based on the time elapsed

B2B sub-segment of Lighting Solutions:

The performance obligations is the supply of materials and erection services. The supply of materials and erection services are promised goods and services which are not individually distinct. Hence both of them are counted as a single performance obligation under the contract. The satisfaction of this performance obligation happens over time, as the performance or enhancement of the obligation is controlled by the customer. Also, the performance of the obligation creates an asset without any alternative use to the customer. The Group uses the input method to determine the progress of the satisfaction of the performance obligation and accordingly recognises revenue.

The standalone selling price of the performance obligation is determined after taking the variable consideration and significant financing component.

396

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 41: Disclosures of revenue from contracts with customers (Contd..)

iv) Unsatisfied performance obligations

The transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied performance obligations are as below:

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Consumerproducts (mainlyretailer bonding program) 4,427.81 3,099.76
Lightingsolutions 349.70 349.70
Total 4,777.51 3,449.46

Note 42: Leases:

The Group for the consumer products segment, generally takes godowns on lease to store the goods at various locations. These godowns generally have a term of 1 year to 3 years. There are few godowns with a longer lease period of 5 years or more also. Further, the Group has few guest houses, residential premises and office premises also on leases which generally for a longer period ranging from 2-5 years.

The Group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Upon adoption of Ind AS 116, the Group applied a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases for which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets, on the commencement of the lease. There are several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The leases which the Group enters, does not have any variable payments. The lease rents are fixed in nature with gradual escalation in lease rent.

Apart from the above, the Group also has various leases which are either short term in nature or the assets which are taken on the leases are generally low value assets (e.g. printers). Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Disclosures under Ind AS 116

Disclosures under Ind AS 116
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25
31-Mar-24
Depreciation charge for right of use assets 5,872.91
4,752.35
Interest expense on lease liabilities 2,005.47
1,551.30
Lease rent expenses for short term leases 823.67
2,083.70
Cash outflow towards lease liabilities 6,858.71
4,468.16
-
asprincipal
4,853.24
2,916.86
-
as interest
2,005.47
1,551.30
Carryingamount of right of use assets 24,412.28
22,221.90
Carryingamount of lease liabilities 24,328.96
21,489.56

For movement of right of use assets, refer note 3

For movement of lease liability, refer note 3. For maturity profile of lease liabilities, refer note 35 (liquidity risk)

For significant judgements used for accounting right of use assets and lease liabilities, refer note 1D(6)

Note 43: Corporate Social Responsibility

As per section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013, the gross amount to be spent by the Holding Company during financial year 24-25 is H 471.22 lakhs (Previous year H 514.04 Lakhs). The Holding Company has spent H 260.38 lakhs (Previous year H 396.24 Lakhs) on various CSR initiatives as below:

isH471.22 lakhs (Previous yearH514.04 Lakhs). The Holding Company has spentH26
various CSR initiatives as below:
0.38 lakhs (Previous y earH396.24 Lakhs) on
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Twopercent of average netprofit of the Holding Company asper section 135(5) 471.22 514.04
Spent on ongoing projects 249.32 370.56
Administrative expenses 11.06 25.68
Total Amount Spent for the Financial Year. (inJ**) (a) *** 260.38 396.24
Total Amount transferred to Unspent CSR Account asper section 135(6) (b) 210.84 117.80
Total (a + b) 471.22 514.04
  • The amount has been spent on purposes other than construction / acquisition of asset and no amounts are yet to be paid in cash

397 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 43: Corporate Social Responsibility (Contd..)

Details of amounts lying in unspent CSR (deposited in separate CSR unspent account)

(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Financialyear 2020-21 - 2.83
Financialyear 2021-22 - 1.50
Financialyear 2022-23 37.07 117.80
Financialyear 2023-24 210.84
Total (refer note 19) 247.91 122.13

No amounts are spent in current year and previous year for construction / acquisition of any asset.

For details of related parties transactions, refer note 38.

Note 44: Exceptional items

Note 44: Exceptional items
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Voluntaryretirement scheme for Nashik Factory, Maharashtra (876.50) -
Profit on liquidation of few immovableproperties 3,013.14 -
2,136.64 -

Note 45: Discontinued operations

The statement of profit and loss of EPC segment (discontinued operations) for the year are presented below:


(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the year ended
31-Mar-2025
For the period
ended
31-Aug-2023
Revenue from contracts with customers - 34,037.96
Expenses - 34,349.88
Finance costs - 369.34
Profit/(loss) before tax from a discontinued operation - (681.26)
Tax(expenses)/income: - 201.06
Profit/(loss) for theyear from a discontinued operation - (480.20)
Other comprehensive income - 70.95
Total comprehensive income - (409.25)
The major classes of assets and liabilities of EPC segment which were discontinued are as follows: (Hin Lakhs)
Particulars As at
31-Aug-2023
Assets
Property, plant and equipment 4,449.04
Capital work inprogress 37.46
Right of use assets 700.76
Other non-current assets 3,217.24
Inventories 12,618.05
Trade receivable 45,447.89
Cash and cash equivalents,includingcash attributable to the segment, pursuant to the scheme of demerger 23,842.51
Other current assets 9,723.34
Assets held for sale 1,00,036.29
Liabilities
Trade credits 9,952.04
Tradepayable 17,664.89
Employee benefit obligations 1,369.91
Contract liabilities 11,716.97
Others liabilities 2,633.95
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale 43,337.76
Net assets directly associated with disposalgroup 56,698.53
Add: Investments knocked off 50.00
Net debited to retained earnings 56,748.53

398

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 45: Discontinued operations (Contd..)

The net cash flows of EPC business are, as follows

The net cash flows of EPC business are, as follows
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars For the period
ended
31-Aug-2023
Operating (298.83)
Investing -
Financing -
Net cash (outflow)/inflow (298.83)

Note 46: Goodwill

Note 46: Goodwill
(Hin Lakhs)
Particulars 31-Mar-25 31-Mar-24
Goodwill on acquisition of Nirlep Appliances Private Limited (BEL Chhatrapati
Sambhajinagar Unit)
2,644.36 2,644.36
Goodwill on acquisition of Business (BEL Nashik Unit) 16,356.73 16,356.73
TOTAL 19,001.09 19,001.09

During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Group has performed its annual impairment test and determined that there is no impairment. The recoverable amounts of the CGU’s have been determined on the basis of the value in use calculations. The calculation uses cash flow projections based on budgets approved by the management, discounting rate and terminal growth rate. Management believes that any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which the specific CGU’s recoverable amount is based would not cause its carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount.

(i) Significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair values as at March 31, 2025

Particulars Significant Unobservable Inputs
Sensitivity
Goodwill on business combinations BEL Nashik Unit
Discount rate – 13%
Terminal value growth rate – 3%
BEL Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar Unit
Discount rate – 14.75%
Terminal value growth rate – 3%
BEL Nashik Unit
The enterprise value is greater than the value
of the goodwill plus WDV of CGU of Nashik
Unit and considering the sensitivity around the
assumptions used, there is no impairment required
as on March 31, 2025
0.50% increase in discount rate will decrease fair
value byH374.90 lakhs.
0.50% decrease in discount rate will increase the
fair value byH414.40 lakhs
0.50% increase in terminal value growth rate will
increase fair value byH273.90 lakhs.
0.50% decrease in terminal value growth rate will
decrease the fair value byH247.80 lakhs

BEL Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar Unit

The enterprise value is greater than the value of the goodwill plus WDV of CGU of Chhatrapati Sambhajinagar Unit and considering the sensitivity around the assumptions used, there is no impairment required as on March 31, 2025 0.25% increase in discount rate will decrease the fair value by H 17.20 lakhs.

  • 0.25% decrease in discount rate will increase the fair value by H 18.00 lakhs 0.50% increase in terminal value growth rate will increase fair value by H 24.00 lakhs.

  • 0.50% decrease in terminal value growth rate will decrease the fair value by H 22.00 lakhs

399 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview

Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 47: Disclosure of interest in entities

Disclosure in terms of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013 as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025.

(Hin Lakhs) (Hin Lakhs)
Net Assets (i.e. Total
assets minus total
liabilities)
Share in Profit or (loss) Share in other
comprehensive
income
Share in total
comprehensive
income
1. Holding Company 90.36% 1,55,889.80 100.00% 13,342.46 100.00% 157.42 100.00% 13,499.88
BajajElectricals Limited
2. Associate & Joint Ventures
Hind Lamps Private Limited
(erstwhile Hind Lamps
Limited)
0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% -
Bajaj Electricals Limited
Employees’ Welfare Fund No 1
2.08% 3,579.65 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% -
Bajaj Electricals Limited
Employees’ Welfare Fund No 2
2.34% 4,036.22 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% -
Bajaj Electricals Limited
Employees’ Welfare Fund No 3
2.53% 4,367.03 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% -
Bajaj Electricals Limited
Employees’ Welfare Fund No 4
2.52% 4,344.03 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% -
Bajaj Electricals Limited
Employees’ Housing Welfare
Fund
0.17% 294.71 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% -
Total 100.00% 1,72,511.44 100.00% 13,342.46 **100.00% ** 157.42 100.00% 13,499.88

Disclosure in terms of Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013 as at and for the year ended March 31, 2024

( H in Lakhs)

Net Assets (i.e. Total
assets minus total
liabilities)
Share in Profit or (loss) Share in other
comprehensive
income
Share in total
comprehensive
income
1. Holding Company
BajajElectricals Limited 100.00%
1,44,122.00
100.00%
13,107.51
100.00%
9.01
100.00%
13,116.52
2. Associate
Hind Lamps Limited 0.00%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
Total 100.00%
1,44,122.00
100.00%
13,107.51
100.00%
9.01
100.00%
13,116.52

Note 48: Other statutory information

  1. The Group does not have any Benami property, where any proceeding has been initiated or pending against the Group for holding any Benami property.

  2. The Group does not have any charges or satisfaction which is yet to be registered with Registrar of Companies beyond the statutory period,

  3. The Group has not traded or invested in Crypto currency or Virtual Currency during the financial year.

  4. The Group has not advanced or loaned or invested funds to any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Intermediaries) with the understanding that the Intermediary shall:

  5. a. directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Group (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or

  6. b. provide any guarantee, security or the like to or on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries

  7. The Group has not received any fund from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Funding Party) with the understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Group shall

  8. a. directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or

  9. b. provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries,

400

Bajaj Electricals Limited (BEL)

86[th] Annual Report 2024-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 48: Other statutory information (Contd..)

  1. The Group has not had or does not have any such transaction which is not recorded in the books of accounts that has been surrendered or disclosed as income during the year in the tax assessments under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (such as, search or survey or any other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961

  2. The Group has not granted any loans or advances in nature of loans to promoters, directors and KMPs either severally or jointly with any other person during the year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

  3. The Group has not been declared wilful defaulter by any bank, financial institution, government or government authority.

  4. The Group has not revalued its property, plant and equipment (including right-to-use assets) or intangible assets during the year ended March 31, 2025.

  5. Transactions with the companies which are struck off are as under

(Hin Lakhs)
Count (FY24)
As on
March 31, 2025
As on
March 31, 2024
1
39.07
53.12
11
0.16
0.39
Nature of Transaction Count (FY25)
Receivables from customers 1
Receivables from vendors 2
  1. The Group has used accounting software for maintaining its books of account which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the software except that the Group is unable to comment on whether certain features of the audit trail of the said software has operated from the period September 8, 2024, to February 11, 2025 or whether there were any instances of audit trail feature being tampered during the said period in the absence of log of changes to certain audit features. Additionally, the audit trail of prior year has been preserved by the Group as per the statutory requirements for record retention to the extent it was enabled and recorded in the respective year. The same has been remediated as on date of adoption of these consolidated financial statements.

Note 49: Subsequent events

The Group has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through May 8, 2025, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there are no material items to disclose.

Note 50: Business Combinations

Merger of Nirlep Appliances Private Limited (NAPL) into the Group

The Hon'ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench, vide its order dated March 01, 2024 (“Order”) [passed in the matter of Company Scheme Petition No. C.P (C.A.A)/250(MB)2023 connected with C.A. (CAA)/246(MB)2022) (“Petition”) in respect of the Scheme], has inter-alia approved the Scheme of Merger by Absorption of Nirlep Appliances Private Limited (“Transferor Company”) with Bajaj Electricals Limited (“Transferee Company”) and their respective shareholders under Sections 230 to 232 and other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (“Scheme”).

Accordingly, the Group had accounted for the merger under the pooling of interest method in financial year 2023-24 as prescribed in IND AS 103 Business Combinations of entities under common control. This combination has no effect on the consolidated financial statements

401 Financial Statements

Corporate Overview Statutory Reports

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended March 31, 2025

Note 50: Business Combinations (Contd..)

Demerger of EPC segment

During the previous year, Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench (“”NCLT””) had approved the Scheme of Arrangement between Bajaj Electricals Limited (“Demerged Company”) and Bajel Projects Limited (“Resulting Company”) and their respective shareholders (“”Scheme””). On July 5, 2023, the Company had received a certified true copy of the order dated June 8, 2023 (“”Order””) passed by the Hon’ble NCLT approving the Scheme. The Company had completed the process of obtaining the requisite consent, approval or permission of the appropriate authorities, which by applicable law or contract, agreement, were necessary for the effective transfer of business and/or implementation of the Scheme. The Scheme, has been made effective from September 1, 2023.

Accordingly, effect of the de-merger had been considered in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2024. The assets and liabilities relating to the demerged undertaking have been de-recognised from the books and have been adjusted against the retained earnings in the said consolidated financial statements.

Note 51: Previous year’s figures have been regrouped / reclassed wherever necessary to correspond with the current year’s classification / disclosure.

As per our report attached of even date For S R B C & CO LLP ICAI Firm Registration No. 324982E/E300003 Chartered Accountants

For and on behalf of the Board of directors of Bajaj Electricals Limited

Shekhar Bajaj Chairman DIN: 00089358

Sanjay Sachdeva

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer DIN: 11017868

per Aruna Kumaraswamy Partner Membership No.219350 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

Prashant Dalvi Company Secretary

EC Prasad

Chief Financial Officer

Shailesh Haribhakti

Chairman - Audit Committee DIN: 00007347 Mumbai, May 12, 2025

Notes

Notes

Notes

==> picture [117 x 56] intentionally omitted <==

Corporate Office: Bajaj Electricals, 26[th] and 27[th] Floor, One Unity Center, Senapati Bapat Marg, Prabhadevi (West), Mumbai – 400013. Registered Office: Bajaj Electricals, 45/47, Veer Nariman Road, Mumbai 400001. CIN: L31500MH1938PLC009887 www.bajajelectricals.com